diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-05 02:14:35 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-05 02:14:35 -0800 |
| commit | 9295fc40720163ec35d618115fd07b5611b9349b (patch) | |
| tree | 476eabbed87380d64904db5829ec828dd4eaa2a9 | |
| parent | 02e71283dbda22d8eb43999cb21863f405570a92 (diff) | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-0.txt | 5333 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-0.zip | bin | 92899 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h.zip | bin | 2575024 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/50471-h.htm | 6087 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 157071 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/img000.jpg | bin | 101453 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/img001.jpg | bin | 54725 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/img002.jpg | bin | 19870 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/img003.jpg | bin | 206741 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/img004.jpg | bin | 204630 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/img005.jpg | bin | 219418 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/img006.jpg | bin | 206747 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/img007.jpg | bin | 189884 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/img008.jpg | bin | 167948 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/img009.jpg | bin | 205251 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/img010.jpg | bin | 185534 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/img011.jpg | bin | 189979 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/img012.jpg | bin | 182147 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50471-h/images/img013.jpg | bin | 180927 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/old/50471-8.txt | 5361 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/old/50471-8.zip | bin | 92324 -> 0 bytes |
24 files changed, 17 insertions, 16781 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1aa4653 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #50471 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/50471) diff --git a/old/50471-0.txt b/old/50471-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3fe8bfc..0000000 --- a/old/50471-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5333 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg eBook of Two Little Pilgrims’ Progress, by Frances Hodgson Burnett - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you -will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before -using this eBook. - -Title: Two Little Pilgrims’ Progress - A Story of the City Beautiful - -Author: Frances Hodgson Burnett - -Release Date: November 17, 2015 [eBook #50471] -[Most recently updated: June 22, 2021] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -Produced by: Stephen Hutcheson, Dave Morgan and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team - -*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TWO LITTLE PILGRIMS’ PROGRESS *** - - - - -[Illustration: THEIR DREAM HAD COME TRUE.] - - - - - TWO LITTLE PILGRIMS’ PROGRESS - _A Story of the City Beautiful_ - - - BY - FRANCES HODGSON BURNETT - - NEW YORK - CHARLES SCRIBNER’S SONS - 1916 - - Copyright, 1895, 1897, by - CHARLES SCRIBNER’S SONS - - - - - LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - _FROM DRAWINGS BY REGINALD B. BIRCH_ - - - PAGE - Their dream had come true, Frontispiece - “Everything in the world,” said Robin, 15 - “Aunt Matilda,” she said, suddenly, 35 - Meg looked rather like a little witch, 67 - “Is this the train to Chicago?” said Robin, 79 - “You like a cup coffee?” she asked, 97 - “Now we are in Venice,” 111 - “Well, Jem!” she exclaimed, 121 - He was looking at her in an absent, miserable way, 127 - “To—to—the Fair?” he said, tremulously, 141 - “Take me with you,” 153 - “It’s a queer sight,” she said to John Holt, 195 - - - - - TWO LITTLE PILGRIMS’ PROGRESS - - - - - I - - -The sun had set, and the shadows were deepening in the big barn. The -last red glow—the very last bit which reached the corner the children -called the Straw Parlor—had died away, and Meg drew her knees up higher, -so as to bring the pages of her book nearer to her eyes as the twilight -deepened, and it became harder to read. It was her bitterest grievance -that this was what always happened when she became most interested and -excited—the light began to fade away, and the shadows to fill all the -corners and close in about her. - -She frowned as it happened now—a fierce little frown which knitted her -childish black brows as she pored over her book, devouring the page, -with the determination to seize on as much as was possible. It was like -running a desperate race with the darkness. - -She was a determined child, and no one would have failed to guess as -much who could have watched her for a few moments as she sat on her -curious perch, her cheeks supported by her hands, her shock of straight -black hair tumbling over her forehead. - -The Straw Parlor was the top of a straw stack in Aunt Matilda’s barn. -Robin had discovered it one day by climbing a ladder which had been left -leaning against the stack, and when he had found himself on the top of -it he had been enchanted by the feeling it gave him of being so high -above the world, and had called Meg up to share it with him. - -She had been even more enchanted than he. - -They both hated the world down below—Aunt Matilda’s world—which seemed -hideous and exasperating and sordid to them in its contrast to the world -they had lived in before their father and mother had died, and they had -been sent to their sole relation, who did not want them, and only took -them in from respect to public opinion. Three years they had been with -Aunt Matilda, and each week had seemed more unpleasant than the last. -Mrs. Matilda Jennings was a renowned female farmer of Illinois, and she -was far too energetic a manager and business woman to have time to spend -on children. She had an enormous farm, and managed it herself with a -success and ability which made her celebrated in agricultural papers. If -she had not given her dead brother’s children a home, they would have -starved or been sent to the poorhouse. Accordingly, she gave them food -to eat and beds to sleep in, but she scarcely ever had time to notice -them. If she had had time to talk to them, she had nothing to say. She -cared for nothing but crops and new threshing-machines and fertilizers, -and they knew nothing about such things. - -“She never says anything but ‘Go to bed,’ ‘Keep out of the way.’ She’s -not like a woman at all,” Meg commented once, “she’s like a man in -woman’s clothes.” - -Their father had been rather like a woman in man’s clothes. He was a -gentle, little, slender man, with a large head. He had always been poor, -and Mrs. Matilda Jennings had regarded him as a contemptible failure. He -had had no faculty for business or farming. He had taught school, and -married a school teacher. They had had a small house, but somehow it had -been as cosey as it was tiny. They had managed to surround themselves -with an atmosphere of books, by buying the cheap ones they could afford -and borrowing the expensive ones from friends and circulating libraries. -The twins—Meg and Robin—had heard stories and read books all the first -years of their lives, as they sat in their little seats by the small, -warm fireside. In Aunt Matilda’s bare, cold house there was not a book -to be seen. A few agricultural papers were scattered about. Meals were -hurried over as necessary evils. The few people who appeared on the -scene were farmers, who talked about agricultural implements and the -wheat market. - -“It’s such a bare place,” Robin used to say, and he would drive his -hands into the depths of his pockets and set his square little jaw, and -stare before him. - -Both the twins had that square little jaw. Neither of them looked like -their father and mother, except that from their mother they inherited -black hair. Robin’s eyes were black, but Meg’s were gray, with thick -black lashes. They were handsome little creatures, but their shocks of -straight black hair, their straight black brows and square little jaws, -made them look curiously unlike other children. They both remembered one -winter evening, when, as they sat on their seat by the fire, their -father, after looking at them with a half smile for a moment or so, -began to laugh. - -“Margaret,” he said to their mother, “do you know who those two are -like? You have heard me speak of Matilda often enough.” - -“Oh, Robert!” she exclaimed, “surely they are not like Matilda?” - -“Well, perhaps it is too much to say they are like her,” he answered, -“but there is something in their faces that reminds me of her strongly. -I don’t know what it is exactly, but it is there. It is a good thing, -perhaps,” with a queer tone in his voice. “Matilda always did what she -made up her mind to do. Matilda was a success. I was always a failure.” - -“Ah, no, Bob,” she said, “not a failure!” - -She had put her hand on his shoulder, and he lifted it and pressed it -against his thin cheek. - -“Wasn’t I, Maggie?” he said, gently, “wasn’t I? Well, I think these two -will be like Matilda in making up their minds and getting what they -want.” - -Before the winter was over Robin and Meg were orphans, and were with -Aunt Matilda, and there they had been ever since. - -Until the day they found the Straw Parlor it had seemed as if no corner -in the earth belonged to them. Meg slept on a cot in a woman servant’s -room, Robin shared a room with some one else. Nobody took any notice of -them. - -“When any one meets us anywhere,” Meg said, “they always look surprised. -Dogs who are not allowed in the house are like us. The only difference -is that they don’t drive us out. But we are just as much in the way.” - -“I know,” said Robin; “if it wasn’t for you, Meg, I should run away.” - -“Where?” said Meg. - -“Somewhere,” said Robin, setting his jaw; “I’d find a place.” - -“If it wasn’t for you,” said Meg, “I should be so lonely that I should -walk into the river. I wouldn’t stand it.” It is worth noticing that she -did not say “I _could_ not stand it.” - -But after the day they found the Straw Parlor they had an abiding-place. -It was Meg who preëmpted it before she had been on the top of the stack -five minutes. After she had stumbled around, looking about her, she -stopped short, and looked down into the barn. - -“Robin,” she said, “this is another world. We are miles and miles away -from Aunt Matilda. Let us make this into our home—just yours and -mine—and live here.” - -“We are in nobody’s way—nobody will even know where we are,” said Robin. -“Nobody ever asks, you know. Meg, it will be just like our own. We will -live here.” And so they did. On fine days, when they were tired of -playing, they climbed the ladder to rest on the heap of yellow straw; on -wet days they lay and told each other stories, or built caves, or read -their old favorite books over again. The stack was a very high one, and -the roof seemed like a sort of big tent above their heads, and the barn -floor a wonderful, exaggeratedly long, distance below. The birds who had -nests in the rafters became accustomed to them, and one of the -children’s chief entertainments was to lie and watch the mothers and -fathers carry on their domestic arrangements, feeding their young ones, -and quarrelling a little sometimes about the way to bring them up. The -twins invented a weird little cry, with which they called each other, if -one was in the Straw Parlor and the other one entered the barn, to find -out whether it was occupied or not. They never mounted to the Straw -Parlor, or descended from it, if any one was within sight. This was -their secret. They wanted to feel that it was very high, and far away -from Aunt Matilda’s world, and if any one had known where they were, or -had spoken to them from below, the charm would have been broken. - -This afternoon, as Meg pored over her book, she was waiting for Robin. -He had been away all day. At twelve years old Robin was not of a light -mind. When he had been only six years old he had had serious plans. He -had decided that he would be a great inventor. He had also decided—a -little later—that he would not be poor, like his father, but would be -very rich. He had begun by having a savings bank, into which he put -rigorously every penny that was given to him. He had been so quaintly -systematic about it that people were amused, and gave him pennies -instead of candy and toys. He kept a little banking book of his own. If -he had been stingy he would have been a very unpleasant little boy, but -he was only strict with himself. He was capable of taking from his -capital to do the gentlemanly thing by Meg at Christmas. - -“He has the spirit of the financier, that is all,” said his father. - -Since he had been with Aunt Matilda he had found opportunities to earn a -trifle rather frequently. On the big place there were small, troublesome -duties the farm hands found he could be relied on to do, which they were -willing to pay for. They found out that he never failed them. - -“Smart little chap,” they said; “always up to time when he undertakes a -thing.” - -To-day he had been steadily at work under the head man. Aunt Matilda had -no objection to his odd jobs. - -“He has his living to earn, and he may as well begin,” she said. - -So Meg had been alone since morning. She had only one duty to perform, -and then she was free. The first spring they had been with Aunt Matilda -Robin had invested in a few chickens, and their rigorous care of them -had resulted in such success that the chickens had become a sort of -centre of existence to them. They could always have any dreams of the -future upon the fortune to be gained by chickens. You could calculate on -bits of paper about chickens and eggs until your head whirled at the -magnitude of your prospects. Meg’s duty was to feed them, and show them -scrupulous attentions when Robin was away. - -After she had attended to them she went to the barn, and, finding it -empty, climbed up to the Straw Parlor with an old “Pilgrim’s Progress,” -to spend the day. - - -This afternoon, when the light began to redden and then to die away, she -and Christian were very near the gates. She longed so to go in with him, -and was yearning towards them with breathless eagerness, when she heard -Robin’s cry below, coming up from the barn floor. - -She sprang up with a start, feeling bewildered a second, before she -answered. The City Beautiful was such millions—such millions of miles -away from Aunt Matilda’s barn. She found herself breathing quickly and -rubbing her eyes, as she heard Robin hurrying up the ladder. - -Somehow she felt as if he was rather in a hurry, and when his small, -black shock head and wide-awake black eyes appeared above the straw she -had a vague feeling that he was excited, and that he had come from -another world. He clambered on to the stack and made his way to her, and -threw himself full length on the straw at her side. - -“Meg!” he said—“Hallo, you look as if you were in a dream! Wake -up!—Jones and Jerry are coming to the barn—I hurried to get here before -them; they’re talking about something I want you to hear—something new! -Wake up!” - -“Oh, Robin!” said Meg, clutching her book and coming back to earth with -a sigh, “I don’t want to hear Jones and Jerry. I don’t want to hear any -of the people down there. I’ve been reading the ‘Pilgrim’s Progress,’ -and I do wish—I do so _wish_ there _was_ a City Beautiful.” - -Robin gave a queer little laugh. He really was excited. - -“There is going to be one,” he said. “Jones and Jerry don’t really know -it, but it is something like that they are talking about; a City -Beautiful—a real one—on this earth, and not a hundred miles away. Let’s -get near the edge and listen.” - - - - - II - - -They drew as near to the edge as they could without being seen. They did -not understand in the least. Robin was not given to practical jokes, but -what he had said sounded rather as if there was a joke somewhere. But -she saw Jones and Jerry enter the barn, and saw, before they entered, -that they were deep in talk. It was Jones who was speaking. Jones was -Aunt Matilda’s head man, and was an authority on many things. - -“There’s been exhibitions and fairs all over the world,” he was saying, -“but there’s been nothing like what this will be. It will be a city, -that’s what it will be, and all the world is going to be in it. They are -going to build it fronting on the water, and bank the water up into -lakes and canals, and build places like white palaces beside them, and -decorate the grounds with statues and palms and flowers and fountains, -and there’s not a country on earth that won’t send things to fill the -buildings. And there won’t be anything a man can’t see by going through -’em. It’ll be as good as a college course to spend a week there.” - -Meg drew a little closer to Robin in the straw. - -“What are they talking about?” she whispered. - -“Listen,” said Bob. - -Jerry, who was moving about at some work below, gave a chuckling laugh. - -“Trust ’em to do the biggest thing yet, or bust, them Chicago people,” -he said. “It’s got to be the biggest thing—a Chicago Fair.” - -“It’s not goin’ to be the Chicago Fair,” Jones said. “They’re not goin’ -to put up with no such idea as that; it’s the World’s Fair. They’re -going to ring in the universe.” - -“That’s Chicago out an’ out,” said Jerry. “Buildin’s twenty stories -high, an’ the thermometer twenty-five degrees below zero, an’ a World’s -Fair. Christopher Columbus! I’d like to see it!” - -“I bet Christopher Columbus would like to see it,” said Jones. “It’s out -of compliment to him they’re getting it up—for discovering Chicago.” - -“Well, I didn’t know he made his name that way partic’lar,” said Jerry. -“Thought what he prided hisself on was discoverin’ America.” - -“Same thing,” said Jones, “same thing! Wouldn’t have had much to blow -about, and have statues set up, and comic operas written about him, if -it had only been America he’d discovered. Chicago does him full credit, -and she’s goin’ to give him a send-off that’ll be a credit to her.” - -Robin smothered a little laugh in his coat-sleeve. He was quite used to -hearing jokes about Chicago. The people in the country round it were -enormously proud of it, and its great schemes and great buildings and -multi-millionaires, but those who were given to jokes had the habit of -being jocular about it, just as they had the habit of proclaiming and -dwelling upon its rush and wealth and enterprise. But Meg was not a -jocular person. She was too intense and easily excited. She gave Robin -an impatient nudge with her elbow, not in reproof, but as a sort of -irrepressible ejaculation. - -“I wish they wouldn’t be funny,” she exclaimed. “I want them to tell -more about it. I wish they’d go on.” - -But they did not go on; at least, not in any way that was satisfactory. -They only remained in the barn a short time longer, and they were busy -with the work they had come to do. Meg craned her neck and listened, but -they did not tell more, and she was glad when they went away, so that -she could turn to Robin. - -“Don’t you know more than that?” she said. “Is it true? What have you -heard? Tell me yourself.” - -“I’ve heard a lot to-day,” said Robin. “They were all talking about it -all the time, and I meant to tell you myself, only I saw Jones and Jerry -coming, and thought, perhaps, we should hear something more if we -listened.” - -They clambered over to their corner and made themselves comfortable. -Robin lay on his back, but Meg leaned on her elbows, as usual, with her -cheeks resting on her hands. Her black elf-locks hung over her forehead, -and her big eyes shone. - -“Rob,” she said, “go on. What’s the rest?” - -“The rest!” he said. “It would take a week to tell it all, I should -think. But it’s going to be the most wonderful thing in the world. They -are going to build a place that will be like a white, beautiful city, on -the borders of the lake—that was why I called it the City Beautiful. It -won’t be on the top of a hill, of course——” - -“But if it is on the edge of the lake, and the sun shines and the big -water is blue and there are shining white palaces, it will be better, I -believe,” said Meg. “What is going to be in the city?” - -“Everything in the world,” said Robin. “Things from everywhere—from -every country.” - -“There are a great many countries,” said Meg. “You know how it is in the -geography. Europe, Asia, and Africa, as well as America. Spain and -Portugal and France and England—and Sweden and Norway and Russia and -Lapland—and India—and Italy—and Switzerland, and all the others.” - -“There will be things—and people—brought from them all. I heard them say -so. They say there will be villages, with people walking about in them.” - -[Illustration: “EVERYTHING IN THE WORLD,” SAID ROBIN.] - -“Do they walk about when they are at home?” exclaimed Meg. - -“Yes, in the queer clothes they wear in their own countries. There’s -going to be an Esquimaux village.” - -“With dogs and sledges?” cried Meg, lifting her head. - -“Yes; and you know that place in Italy where the streets are made of -water——” - -“It’s Venice,” said Meg. “And they go about in boats called gondolas.” - -“And the men who take them about are called gondoliers,” interrupted -Robin. “And they have scarfs and red caps, and push their boats along -with poles. There will be gondolas at the Fair, and people can get into -them and go about the canals.” - -“Just as they do in Venice?” Meg gasped. - -“Just as they do in Venice. And it will be the same with all the other -countries. It will be as if they were all brought there—Spanish places -and Egyptian places and German places—and French and Italian and Irish -and Scotch and English—and all the others.” - -“To go there would be like travelling all over the world,” cried Meg. - -“Yes,” said Rob, excitedly. “And all the trades will be there, and all -the machines—and inventions—and pictures—and books—and statues—and -scientific things—and wonderful things—and everything any one wants to -learn about in all the world!” - -In his excitement, his words had become so rapid that they almost -tumbled over each other, and he said the last sentence in a rush. There -were red spots on his cheeks, and a queer look in his black eyes. He had -been listening to descriptions of this thing all day. A new hand, hot -from the excitement in Chicago, had been among the workers. Apparently -he had heard of nothing else, thought of nothing else, talked of nothing -else, and dreamed of nothing else but the World’s Fair for weeks. -Finding himself among people who had only bucolic and vague ideas about -it, he had poured forth all he knew, and being a rather good talker, had -aroused great excitement. Robin had listened with eyes and ears wide -open. He was a young human being, born so full of energy and enterprise -that the dull, prosaic emptiness of his life in Aunt Matilda’s world had -been more horrible than he had been old enough to realize. He could not -have explained why it had seemed so maddening to him, but the truth was -that in his small, boyish body was imprisoned the force and ability -which in manhood build great schemes, and not only build, but carry them -out. In him was imprisoned one of the great business men, inventors, or -political powers of the new century. But of this he knew nothing, and so -ate his young heart out in Aunt Matilda’s world, sought refuge with Meg -in the Straw Parlor, and was bitterly miserable and at a loss. - -How he had drunk in every word the man from Chicago had uttered! How he -had edged near to him and tried not to lose him for a moment! How he had -longed for Meg to listen with him, and had hoarded up every sentence! If -he had not been a man in embryo, and a strong and clear-headed creature, -he would have done his work badly. But he never did his work badly. He -held on like a little bulldog, and thought of what Meg would say when -they sat in the straw together. Small wonder that he looked excited when -his black head appeared above the edge of the straw. He was wrought up -to the highest pitch. Small wonder that there were deep red spots on his -cheeks, and that there was a queer, intense look in his eyes, and about -his obstinate little mouth. - -He threw up his arms with a desperate gesture. - -“_Everything_,” he said again, staring straight before him, “that any -one could want to learn about—everything in all the world.” - -“Oh, Robin!” said Meg, in quite a fierce little voice, “and we—_we_ -shall never see it!” - -She saw Robin clinch his hands, though he said nothing, and it made her -clinch her own hands. Robin’s were tough, little, square-fingered fists, -brown and muscular; Meg’s hands were long-fingered, flexible, and -slender, but they made good little fists when they doubled themselves -up. - -“Rob,” she said, “we never see anything! We never hear anything! We -never learn anything! If something doesn’t happen we shall be -Nothings—that’s what we shall be—Nothings!” And she struck her fist upon -the straw. - -Rob’s jaw began to look very square, but he did not speak. - -“We are twelve years old,” Meg went on. “We’ve been here three years, -and we don’t know one thing we didn’t know when we came here. If we had -been with father and mother we should have been learning things all the -time. We haven’t one thing of our own, Rob, but the chickens and the -Straw Parlor—and the Straw Parlor might be taken away from us.” - -Rob’s square jaw relaxed just sufficiently to allow of a grim little -grin. - -“We’ve got the Treasure, Meg,” he said. - -Meg’s laugh had rather a hysterical sound. That she should not have -mentioned the Treasure among their belongings was queer. They talked so -much about the Treasure. At this moment it was buried in an iron bank, -deep in the straw, about four feet from where they sat. It was the very -bank Robin had hoarded his savings in when he had begun at six years old -with pennies, and a ten-cent blank-book to keep his accounts in. -Everything they had owned since then had been pushed and dropped into -it—all the chicken and egg money, and all Robin had earned by doing odd -jobs for any one who would give him one. Nobody knew about the old iron -bank any more than they knew about the Straw Parlor, and the children, -having buried it in the straw, called it the Treasure. Meg’s stories -about it were numerous and wonderful. Sometimes magicians came, and -multiplied it a hundred-fold. Sometimes robbers stole it, and they -themselves gave chase, and sought it with wild adventure; but perhaps -the most satisfactory thing was to invent ways to spend it when it had -grown to enormous proportions. Sometimes they bought a house in New -York, and lived there together. Sometimes they traded in foreign lands -with it. Sometimes they bought land, which increased in value to such an -extent that they were millionaires in a month. Ah! it was a treasure -indeed. - -After the little, low, over-strained laugh, Meg folded her arms on the -straw and hid her face in them. Robin looked at her with a troubled air -for about a minute. Then he spoke to her. - -“It’s no use doing that,” he said. - -“It’s no use doing anything,” Meg answered, her voice muffled in her -arms. “I don’t want to do this any more than you do. We’re so lonely!” - -“Yes, we’re lonely,” said Robin, “that’s a fact.” And he stared up at -the dark rafters above him, and at some birds who were clinging to them -and twittering about a nest. - -“I said I wished there was a City Beautiful,” Meg said, “but it seems to -make it worse that there is going to be something like it so near, and -that we should never get any nearer to it than a hundred miles.” - -Rob sat up, and locked his hands together round his knees. - -“How do you know?” he said. - -“How do I know?” cried Meg, desperately, and she lifted her head, -turning her wet face sideways to look at him. He unlocked his hands to -give his forehead a hard rub, as if he were trying either to rub some -thought out of or into it. - -“Just because we are lonely there _is_ use in doing things,” he said. -“There’s nobody to do them for us. At any rate, we’ve got as far on the -way to the City as the bottom of the Hill of Difficulty.” - -And he gave his forehead another rub and looked straight before him, and -Meg drew a little closer to him on the straw, and the family of birds -filled the silence with domestic twitters. - - - - - III - - -During the weeks that followed they spent more time than ever in their -hiding-place. They had an absorbing topic of conversation, a new and -wonderful thing, better than their old books, even better than the -stories Meg made when she lay on the straw, her elbows supporting her, -her cheeks on her hands, and her black-lashed gray eyes staring into -space. Hers were always good stories, full of palaces and knights and -robber chiefs and fairies. But this new thing had the thrill of being a -fairy story which was real—so real that one could read about it in the -newspapers, and everybody was talking about it, even Aunt Matilda, her -neighbors, and the work-hands on the farm. To the two lonely children, -in their high nest in the straw-stack, it seemed a curious thing to hear -these people in the world below talk about it in their ordinary, -everyday way, without excitement or awe, as if it was a new kind of big -ploughing or winnowing machine. To them it was a thing so beautiful that -they could scarcely find the words to express their thoughts and dreams -about it, and yet they were never alone together without trying to do -so. - -On wet, cheerless days, in which they huddled close together in their -nest to keep from being chilled, it was their comfort to try to imagine -and paint pictures of the various wonders until, in their interest, they -forgot the dampness of the air, and felt the unending patter of the -rain-drops on the barn roof merely a pleasant sort of accompaniment to -the stories of their fancies. - -Since the day when they had listened to Jones and Jerry joking, down -below them in the barn, Rob had formed the habit of collecting every -scrap of newspaper relating to the wonder. He cut paragraphs out of Aunt -Matilda’s cast-aside newspapers; he begged them from the farm-hands and -from the country store-keepers. Anything in the form of an illustration -he held as a treasure beyond price, and hoarded it to bring to Meg with -exultant joy. - -How they pored over these things, reading the paragraphs again and -again, until they knew them almost by heart. How they studied the -pictures, trying to gather the proportions and color of every column and -dome and arch! What enthusiast, living in Chicago itself, knew the -marvel as they did, and so dwelt on and revelled in its beauties! No one -knew of their pleasure; like the Straw Parlor, it was their secret. The -strangeness of their lives lay in the fact that absolutely no one knew -anything about them at all, or asked anything, thinking it quite -sufficient that their friendlessness was supplied with enough animal -heat and nourishment to keep their bodies alive. - -Of that other part of them—their restless, growing young brains and -naturally craving hearts, which in their own poor enough but still human -little home had at least been recognized and cared for—Aunt Matilda knew -nothing, and, indeed, had never given a thought to it. She had not -undertaken the care of intelligences and affections; her own were not of -an order to require supervision. She was too much occupied with her -thousand-acre farm, and the amazing things she was doing with it. That -the children could read and write and understood some arithmetic she -knew. She had learned no more herself, and had found it enough to build -her fortune upon. She had never known what it was to feel lonely and -neglected, because she was a person quite free from affections and quite -enough for herself. She never suspected that others could suffer from a -weakness of which she knew nothing, because it had never touched her. - -If any one had told her that these two children, who ate her plentiful, -rough meals at her table, among field-hands and servants, were neglected -and lonely, and that their dim knowledge of it burned in their childish -minds, she would have thought the announcement a piece of idle, -sentimental folly; but that no solid detail of her farming was a fact -more real than this one was the grievous truth. - -“When we were at home,” was Meg’s summing-up of the situation, “at least -we belonged to somebody. We were poor, and wore our clothes a long time, -and had shabby shoes, and couldn’t go on excursions, but we had our -little bench by the fire, and father and mother used to talk to us and -let us read their books and papers, and try to teach us things. I don’t -know what we were going to be when we grew up, but we were going to do -some sort of work, and know as much as father and mother did. I don’t -know whether that was a great deal or not, but it was something.” - -“It was enough to teach school,” said Robin. “If we were not so far out -in the country now, I believe Aunt Matilda would let us go to school if -we asked her. It wouldn’t cost her anything if we went to the public -school.” - -“She wouldn’t if we didn’t ask her,” said Meg. “She would never think of -it herself. Do you know what I was thinking yesterday? I was looking at -the pigs in their sty. Some of them were eating, and one was full, and -was lying down going to sleep. And I said to myself, ‘Robin and I are -just like you. We live just like you. We eat our food and go to bed, and -get up again and eat some more food. We don’t learn anything more than -you do, and we are not worth as much to anybody. We are not even worth -killing at Christmas.’” - -If they had never known any other life, or if nature had not given them -the big, questioning eyes and square little jaws and strong, nervous -little fists, they might have been content to sink into careless -idleness and apathy. No one was actively unkind to them; they had their -Straw Parlor, and were free to amuse themselves as they chose. But they -had been made of the material of which the world’s workers are built, -and their young hearts were full of a restlessness and longing whose -full significance they themselves did not comprehend. - -And this wonder working in the world beyond them—this huge, beautiful -marvel, planned by the human brain and carried out by mere human hands; -this great thing with which all the world seemed to them to be -throbbing, and which seemed to set no limit to itself and prove that -there was no limit to the power of human wills and minds—this filled -them with a passion of restlessness and yearning greater than they had -ever known before. - -“It is an enchanted thing, you know, Robin—it’s an enchanted thing,” Meg -said one day, looking up from her study of some newspaper clippings and -a magazine with some pictures in it. - -“It seems like it,” said Robin. - -“I’m sure it’s enchanted,” Meg went on. “It seems so tremendous that -people should think they could do such huge things. As if they felt as -if they could do anything or bring anything from anywhere in the world. -It almost frightens me sometimes, because it reminds me of the Tower of -Babel. Don’t you remember how the people got so proud that they thought -they could do anything, and they began to build the tower that was to -reach to heaven; and then they all woke up one morning and found they -were all speaking different languages and could not understand each -other. Suppose everybody was suddenly struck like that some morning -now—I mean the Fair people!” widening her eyes with a little shiver. - -“They won’t be,” said Rob. “Those things have stopped happening.” - -“Yes, they have,” said Meg. “Sometimes I wish they hadn’t. If they -hadn’t, perhaps—perhaps if we made burnt offerings, we might be taken by -a miracle to see the World’s Fair.” - -“We haven’t anything to burn,” said Rob, rather gloomily. - -“We’ve got the chickens,” Meg answered as gloomily, “but it wouldn’t do -any good. Miracles are over.” - -“The world is all different,” said Robin. “You have to do your miracle -yourself.” - -“It will be a miracle,” Meg said, “if we ever get away from Aunt -Matilda’s world, and live like people instead of like pigs who are -comfortable—and we shall have to perform it ourselves.” - -“There is no one else,” said Robin. “You see, there is no one else in -the world.” - -He threw out his hand and it clutched Meg’s, which was lying in the -straw near him. He did not know why he clutched it—he did not in the -least know why; nor did she know why a queer sound in his voice suddenly -made her feel their unfriendedness in a way that overwhelmed her. She -found herself looking at him, with a hard lump rising in her throat. It -was one of the rainy days, and the hollow drumming and patter of the big -drops on the roof seemed somehow to shut them in with their loneliness -away from all the world. - -“It’s a strange thing,” she said, almost under her breath, “to be two -children, only just twelve years old, and to be quite by ourselves in -such a big world, where there are such millions and millions of people -all busy doing things and making great plans, and none of them knowing -about us, or caring what we are going to do.” - -“If we work our miracle ourselves,” said Rob, holding her hand quite -tight, “it will be better than having it worked for us. Meg!”—as if he -were beginning a new subject—“Meg!” - -“What?” she answered, still feeling the hard lump in her throat. - -“Do you think we are going to stay here always?” - -“I—oh, Robin, I don’t know.” - -“Well, I do, then. We are _not_—and that’s the first step up the Hill of -Difficulty.” - - - - - IV - - -All their lives the children had acted in unison. When they had been -tiny creatures they had played the same games and used the same toys. It -had seemed of little importance that their belongings were those of a -boy and girl. When Robin had played with tops and marbles, Meg had -played with them too. When Meg had been in a domestic and maternal mood, -and had turned to dolls and dolls’ housekeeping, Robin had assumed some -masculine rôle connected with the amusement. It had entertained him as -much at times to be the dolls’ doctor, or the carpenter who repaired the -dolls’ furniture or made plans for the enlargement of the dolls’ house, -as it had entertained Meg to sew the flags and dress the sailors who -manned his miniature ships, and assist him with the tails of his kites. -They had had few playmates, and had pleased each other far better than -outsiders could have done. - -“It’s because we are twins,” Meg said. “Twins are made alike, and so -they like the same things. I’m glad I’m a twin. If I had to be born -again and be an _un_-twin I’m sure I should be lonely.” - -“I don’t think it matters whether you are a boy or a girl, if you are a -twin,” said Robin. “You are part of the other one, and so it’s as if you -were both.” - -They had never had secrets from each other. They had read the same books -as they grew older, been thrilled by the same stories, and shared in -each other’s plans and imaginings or depressions. So it was a curious -thing that at this special time, when they were drawn nearest to one -another by an unusual interest and sympathy, there should have arrived a -morning when each rose with a thought unshared by the other. - -Aunt Matilda was very busy that day. She was always busy, but this -morning seemed more actively occupied than usual. She never appeared to -sit down, unless to dispose of a hurried meal or go over some accounts. -She was a wonderful woman, and the twins knew that the most -objectionable thing they could do was not to remove themselves after a -repast was over; but this morning Meg walked over to a chair and firmly -sat down in it, and watched her as she vigorously moved things about, -rubbed dust off them, and put them in their right places. - -Meg’s eyes were fixed on her very steadily. She wondered if it was true -that she and Robin were like her, and if they would be more like her -when they had reached her age, and what would have happened to them -before that time came. It was true that Aunt Matilda had a square jaw -also. It was not an encouraging thing to contemplate; in fact, as she -looked at her, Meg felt her heart begin a slow and steady thumping. But, -as it thumped, she was getting herself in hand with such determination -that when she at last spoke her chin looked very square indeed, and her -black-lashed eyes were as nearly stern as a child’s eyes can look. - -“Aunt Matilda,” she said, suddenly. - -“Well?” and a tablecloth was whisked off and shaken. - -“I want to talk to you.” - -“Talk in a hurry, then. I’ve no time to waste in talk.” - -“How old were you when you began to work and make money?” - -Aunt Matilda smiled grimly. - -“I worked out for my board when I was ten years old,” she said. “Me and -your father were left orphans, and we had to work, or starve. When I was -twelve I got a place to wash dishes and look after children and run -errands, and I got a dollar a week because it was out in the country, -and girls wouldn’t stay there.” - -“Do you know how old _I_ am?” asked Meg. - -“I’ve forgotten.” - -“I’m twelve years old.” She got up from her chair and walked across the -room and stood looking up at Aunt Matilda. “I’m an orphan too, and so is -Robin,” she said, “and we have to work. You give us a place to stay in; -but—there are other things. We have no one, and we have to do things -ourselves; and we are twelve, and twelve is a good age for people who -have to do things for themselves. Is there anything in this house or in -the dairy or on the farm that would be worth wages, that I could do? I -don’t care how hard it is if I can do it.” - -If Aunt Matilda had been a woman of sentiment she might have been moved -by the odd, unchildish tenseness and sternness of the little figure, and -the straight-gazing eyes, which looked up at her from under the thick -black hair tumbling in short locks over the forehead. Twelve years old -was very young to stand and stare the world in the face with such eyes. -But she was not a woman of sentiment, and her life had been spent among -people who knew their right to live could only be won by hard work, and -who began the fight early. So she looked at the child without any -emotion whatever. - -“Do you suppose you could more than earn your bread if I put you in the -dairy and let you help there?” she said. - -“Yes,” answered Meg, unflinchingly, “I know I could. I’m strong for my -age, and I’ve watched them doing things there. I can wash pans and bowls -and cloths, and carry things about, and go anywhere I’m told. I know how -clean things have to be kept.” - -[Illustration: “AUNT MATILDA,” SHE SAID, SUDDENLY.] - -“Well,” said Aunt Matilda, looking her over sharply, “they’ve been -complaining about the work being too much for them, lately. You go in -there this morning and see what you can do. You shall have a dollar a -week if you’re worth it. You’re right about its being time that you -should begin earning something.” - -“Thank you, ma’am,” said Meg, and she turned round and walked away in -the direction of the dairy, with two deep red spots on her cheeks and -her heart thumping again—though this time it thumped quickly. - -She reached the scene of action in the midst of a rush of work, and -after their first rather exasperated surprise at so immature and -inexperienced a creature being supposed to be able to help them, the -women found plenty for her to do. She said so few words and looked so -little afraid that she made a sort of impression on them. - -“See,” she said to the head woman, “Aunt Matilda didn’t send me to do -things that need teaching. Just tell me the little things, it does not -matter what, and I’ll do them. I can.” - -How she worked that morning—how she ran on errands—how she carried this -and that—how she washed and scrubbed milk-pans—and how all her tasks -were menial and apparently trivial, though entirely necessary, and how -the activity and rapidity and unceasingness of them tried her -unaccustomed young body, and finally made her limbs ache and her back -feel as if it might break at some unexpected moment, Meg never forgot. -But such was the desperation of her indomitable little spirit and the -unconquerable will she had been born with, that when it was over she was -no more in the mood for giving up than she had been when she walked in -among the workers after her interview with Aunt Matilda. - -When dinner-time came she walked up to Mrs. Macartney, the manager of -the dairy work, and asked her a question. - -“Have I helped you?” she said. - -“Yes, you have,” said the woman, who was by no means an ill-natured -creature for a hard-driven woman. “You’ve done first-rate.” - -“Will you tell Aunt Matilda that?” said Meg. - -“Yes,” was the answer. - -Meg was standing with her hands clasped tightly behind her back, and she -looked at Mrs. Macartney very straight and hard from under her black -brows. - -“Mrs. Macartney,” she said, “if I’m worth it, Aunt Matilda will give me -a dollar a week; and it’s time I began to work for my living. Am I worth -that much?” - -“Yes, you are,” said Mrs. Macartney, “if you go on as you’ve begun.” - -“I shall go on as I’ve begun,” said Meg. “Thank you, ma’am,” and she -walked back to the house. - -After dinner she waited to speak to Aunt Matilda again. - -“I went to the dairy,” she said. - -“I know you did,” Aunt Matilda answered. “Mrs. Macartney told me about -it. You can go on. I’ll give you the dollar a week.” - -She looked the child over again, as she had done in the morning, but -with a shade of expression which might have meant a touch of added -interest. Perhaps her mind paused just long enough to bring back to her -the time when she had been a worker at twelve years old, and also had -belonged to no one. - -“She’ll make her living,” she said, as she watched Meg out of the room. -“She’s more like me than she is like her father. Robert wasn’t -worthless, but he had no push.” - -Having made quite sure that she was not wanted in the dairy for the time -being, Meg made her way to the barn. She was glad to find it empty, so -that she could climb the ladder without waiting. When she reached the -top and clambered over the straw the scent of it seemed delightful to -her. It was like something welcoming her home. She threw herself down -full length in the Straw Parlor. Robin had not been at dinner. He had -gone out early and had not returned. As she lay, stretching her tired -limbs, and staring up at the nest in the dark, tent-like roof above her, -she hoped he would come. And he did. In about ten minutes she heard the -signal from the barn floor, and answered it. Robin came up the ladder -rather slowly. When he made his way over the straw to her corner, and -threw himself down beside her, she saw that he was tired too. They -talked a few minutes about ordinary things, and then Meg thought she -would tell him about the dairy. But it appeared that he had something to -tell himself, and he began first. - -“I’ve been making a plan, Meg,” he said. - -“Have you?” said Meg. “What is it?” - -“I’ve been thinking about it for two or three days,” he went on, “but I -thought I wouldn’t say anything about it until—till I tried how it would -work.” - -Meg raised herself on her elbow and looked at him curiously. It seemed -so queer that he should have had a plan too. - -“Have you—tried?” she said. - -“Yes,” he answered, “I have been working for Jones this morning, and I -did quite a lot. I worked hard. I wanted him to see what I could do. And -then, Meg, I asked him if he would take me on—like the rest of the -hands—and pay me what I was worth.” - -“And what did he say?” breathlessly. - -“He looked at me a minute—all over—and half laughed, and I thought he -was going to say I wasn’t worth anything. It wouldn’t have been true, -but I thought he might, because I’m only twelve years old. It’s pretty -hard to be only twelve when you want to get work. But he didn’t, he -said, ‘Well, I’m darned if I won’t give you a show;’ and I’m to have a -dollar a week.” - -“Robin,” Meg cried, with a little gasp of excitement, “so am I!” - -“So are you!” cried Robin, and sat bolt upright. “_You!_” - -“It’s—it’s because we are twins,” said Meg, her eyes shining like lamps. -“I told you twins did things alike because they couldn’t help it. We -have both thought of the same thing. I went to Aunt Matilda, asked her -to let me work somewhere and pay me, and she let me go into the dairy -and try, and Mrs. Macartney said I was a help, and I am to have a dollar -a week, if I go on as I’ve begun.” - -Robin’s hand gave hers a clutch, just as it had done before, that day -when he had not known why. - -“Meg, I believe,” he said, “I believe that we two will always go on as -we begin. I believe we were born that way. We have to, we can’t help it. -And two dollars a week, if they keep us, and we save it all—we could go -almost anywhere—sometime.” - -Meg’s eyes were fixed on him with a searching, but half frightened -expression. - -“Almost anywhere,” she said, quite in a whisper. “Anywhere not more than -a hundred miles away.” - - - - - V - - -They did not tell each other of the strange and bold thought which had -leaped up in their minds that day. Each felt an unwonted shyness about -it, perhaps because it had been so bold; but it had been in each mind, -and hidden though it was, it remained furtively in both. - -They went on exactly as they had begun. Each morning Meg went to her -drudgery in the dairy and Robin followed Jones whithersoever duty led. -If the elder people had imagined they would get tired and give up they -found out their mistake. That they were often tired was true, but that -in either there arose once the thought of giving up, never! And they -worked hard. The things they did to earn their weekly stipend would have -touched the heart of a mother of cared-for children, but on Mrs. -Jennings’s model farm people knew how much work a human being could do -when necessity drove. They were all driven by necessity, and it was -nothing new to know that muscles ached and feet swelled and burned. In -fact, they knew no one who did not suffer, as a rule, from these small -inconveniences. And these children, with their set little faces and -mature intelligence, were somehow so unsuggestive of the weakness and -limitations of childhood that they were often given work which was -usually intrusted only to elder people. Mrs. Macartney found that Meg -never slighted anything, never failed in a task, and never forgot one, -so she gave her plenty to do. Scrubbing and scouring that others were -glad to shirk fell to her share. She lifted and dragged things about -that grown-up girls grumbled over. What she lacked in muscle and size -she made up in indomitable will power that made her small face set -itself and her small body become rigid as iron. Her work ended by not -confining itself to the dairy, but extended to the house, the -kitchen—anywhere there were tiresome things to be done. - -With Robin it was the same story. Jones was not afraid to give him any -order. He was of use in all quarters—in the huge fields, in the barn, in -the stables, and as a messenger to be trusted to trudge any distance -when transport was not available. - -They both grew thin but sinewy looking, and their faces had a rather -strained look. Their always large black eyes seemed to grow bigger, and -their little square jaws looked more square every day; but on Saturday -nights they each were paid their dollar, and climbed to the Straw Parlor -and unburied the Treasure and added to it. - -Those Saturday nights were wonderful things. To the end of life they -would never forget them. Through all the tired hours of labor they were -looked forward to. Then they lay in their nest of straw and talked -things over—there it seemed that they could relax and rest their limbs -as they could do it nowhere else. Mrs. Jennings was not given to sofas -and easy-chairs, and it is not safe to change position often when one -has a grown-up bedfellow. But in the straw they could roll at full -length, curl up or stretch out just as they pleased, and there they -could enlarge upon the one subject that filled their minds, and -fascinated and enraptured them. - -Who could wonder that it was so! The City Beautiful was growing day by -day, and the development of its glories was the one thing they heard -talked of. Robin had established the habit of collecting every scrap of -newspaper referring to it. He cut them out of Aunt Matilda’s old papers, -he begged them from every one, neighbors, store-keepers, work hands. -When he was sent on errands he cast an all-embracing glance ’round every -place his orders took him to. The postmaster of the nearest village -discovered his weakness and saved paragraphs and whole papers for him. -Before very long there was buried near the Treasure a treasure even more -valuable of newspaper cuttings, and on the wonderful Saturday nights -they gave themselves up to revelling in them. - -How they watched it and followed it and lived with it—this great human -scheme which somehow seemed to their young minds more like the scheme of -giants and genii! How they seized upon every new story of its wonders -and felt that there could be no limit to them! They knew every purpose -and plan connected with it—every arch and tower and hall and stone they -pleased themselves by fancying. Newspapers were liberal with -information, people talked of it, they heard of it on every side. To -them it seemed that the whole world must be thinking of nothing else. - -“While we are lying here,” Meg said—“while you are doing chores, and I -am scouring pans and scrubbing things, it is all going on. People in -France and in England and in Italy are doing work to send to it—artists -are painting pictures, and machinery is whirling and making things, and -everything is pouring into that one wonderful place. And men and women -planned it, you know—just men and women. And if we live a few years we -shall be men and women, and they were once children like us—only, if -they had been quite like us they would never have known enough to do -anything.” - -“But when they were children like us,” said Robin, “they did not know -what they would have learned by this time—and they never dreamed about -this.” - -“That shows how wonderful men and women are,” said Meg. “I believe they -can do _anything_ if they set their minds to it.” And she said it -stubbornly. - -“Perhaps they can,” said Robin, slowly. “Perhaps _we_ could do anything -we set our minds to.” - -There was the suggestive tone in his voice which Meg had been thrilled -by more than once before. She had been thrilled by it most strongly when -he had said that if they saved their two dollars a week they might be -able to go almost anywhere. Unconsciously she responded to it now. - -“If I could do anything I set my mind to,” she said, “do you know what I -would set my mind to first?” - -“What?” - -“I would set my mind to going to that wonderful place. I would set it to -seeing everything there, and remembering all I could hold, and learning -all there was to be learned—and I would _set it hard_.” - -“So would I,” said Robin. - -It was a more suggestive voice than before that he said the words in; -and suddenly he got up, and went and tore away the straw from the -burying-place of the Treasure. He took out the old iron bank, and -brought it back to their corner. - -He did it so suddenly, and with such a determined air, that Meg rather -lost her breath. - -“What are you going to do with the Treasure?” she asked. - -“I am going to count it.” - -“Why?” - -He was opening the box, using the blade of a stout pocket-knife as a -screwdriver. - -“A return ticket to Chicago costs fourteen dollars,” he said. “I asked -at the dépôt. That would be twenty-eight dollars for two people. Any one -who is careful can live on a very little for a while. I want to see if -we shall have money enough to _go_.” - -“To _go_!” Meg cried out. “To the Fair, Robin?” - -She could not believe the evidence of her ears—it sounded so daring. - -“Nobody would take us!” she said. “Even if we had money enough to pay -for ourselves, nobody would take us.” - -“Take!” answered Robin, working at his screws. “No, nobody would. What’s -the matter with taking ourselves?” - -Meg sat up in the straw, conscious of a sort of shock. - -“To go by ourselves, like grown-up people! To buy our tickets ourselves, -and get on the train, and go all the way—alone! And walk about the Fair -alone, Robin?” - -“Who takes care of us here?” answered Robin. “Who has looked after us -ever since father and mother died? Ourselves! Just ourselves! Whose -business are we but our own? Who thinks of us, or asks if we are happy -or unhappy?” - -“Nobody,” said Meg. And she hid her face in her arms on her knees. - -Robin went on stubbornly. - -“Nobody is ever going to do it,” he said, “if we live to be hundreds of -years old. I’ve thought of it when I’ve been working in the fields with -Jones, and I’ve thought of it when I’ve been lying awake at night. It’s -kept me awake many and many a time.” - -“So it has me,” said Meg. - -“And since this thing began to be talked about everywhere, I’ve thought -of it more and more,” said Rob. “It means more to people like us than it -does to any one else. It’s the people who never see things, who have no -chances, it means the most to. And the more I think of it, the more I—I -won’t let it go by me!” And all at once he threw himself face downward -on the straw, and hid his face in his arms. - -Meg lifted hers. There was something in the woful desperation of his -movement that struck her to the heart. She had never known him do such a -thing in their lives before. That was not his way. Whatsoever hard thing -had happened—howsoever lonely and desolate they had felt—he had never -shown his feeling in this way. She put out her hand and touched his -shoulder. - -“Robin!” she said. “Oh, Robin!” - -“I don’t care,” he said, from the refuge of his sleeves. “We _are_ -little when we are compared with grown-up people. They would call us -children; and children usually have some one to help them and tell them -what to do. I’m only like this because I’ve been thinking so much and -working so hard—and it does seem like an Enchanted City—but no one ever -thinks we could care about anything more than if we were cats and dogs. -It was not like that at home, even if we were poor.” - -Then he sat up with as little warning as he had thrown himself down, and -gave his eyes a fierce rub. He returned to the Treasure again. - -“I’ve been making up my mind to it for days,” he said. “If we have the -money we can buy our tickets and go some night without saying anything -to any one. We can leave a note for Aunt Matilda, and tell her we are -all right and we are coming back. She’ll be too busy to mind.” - -“Do you remember that book of father’s we read?” said Meg. “That one -called ‘David Copperfield.’ David ran away from the bottle place when he -was younger than we are, and he had to walk all the way to Dover.” - -“We shall not have to walk; and we won’t let any one take our money away -from us,” said Robin. - -“Are we going, really?” said Meg. “You speak as if we were truly going; -and it _can’t_ be.” - -“Do you know what you said just now about believing human beings could -do _anything_, if they set their minds to it? Let’s set our minds to -it.” - -“Well,” Meg answered, rather slowly, as if weighing the matter, “let’s!” - -And she fell to helping to count the Treasure. - - - - - VI - - -Afterwards, when they looked back upon that day, they knew that the -thing had decided itself then, though neither of them had said so. - -“The truth was,” Robin used to say, “we had both been thinking the same -thing, as we always do, but we had been thinking it in the back part of -our minds. We were afraid to let it come to the front at first, because -it seemed such a big thing. But it went on thinking by itself. That -time, when you said ‘We shall _never_ see it,’ and I said, ‘How do you -know?’ we were both thinking about it in one way; and I know I was -thinking about it when I said, ‘We are not going to stay here always. -That is the first step up the Hill of Difficulty.’” - -“And that day when you said you would not let it go by you,” Meg would -answer, “that was the day we reached the Wicket Gate.” - -It seemed very like it, for from that day their strange, unchildish -purpose grew and ripened, and never for an hour was absent from the mind -of either. If they had been like other children, living happy lives, -full of young interests and pleasures, it might have been crossed out by -other and newer things; if they had been of a slighter mental build, and -less strong, they might have forgotten it; but they never did. When they -had counted the Treasure, and had realized how small it was after all, -they had sat and gazed at each other for a while with grave eyes, but -they had only been grave, and not despairing. - -“Twenty-five dollars,” said Robin. “Well, that’s not much after nearly -six years; but we saved it nearly all by cents, you know, Meg.” - -“And it takes a hundred cents to make a dollar,” said Meg; “and we were -poor people’s children.” - -“And we bought the chickens,” said Robin. - -“And you have always given me a present at Christmas, Robin, even if it -_was_ only a little one. That’s six Christmases.” - -“We have eight months to work in,” said Robin, calculating. “If you get -four dollars a month, and I get four, that will be sixty-four dollars by -next June. Twenty-five dollars and sixty-four dollars make eighty-nine. -Eighty-nine dollars for us to live on and go to see all the things; -because we must see them all, if we go. And I suppose we shall have to -come back”—with a long breath. - -“Oh, dear!” cried Meg, “how _can_ we come back?” - -“I don’t know,” said Robin. “We shall hate it, but we have nowhere else -to go.” - -“Perhaps we are going to seek our fortunes, and perhaps we shall find -them,” said Meg; “or perhaps Aunt Matilda won’t let us come back. Rob,” -with some awe, “do you think she will be angry?” - -“I’ve thought about that,” Robin answered contemplatively, “and I don’t -think she will. She would be too busy to care much even if we ran away -and said nothing. But I shall leave a letter, and tell her we have saved -our money and gone somewhere for a holiday, and we’re all right, and she -need not bother.” - -“She won’t bother even if she is angry,” Meg said, with mournful eyes. -“She doesn’t care about us enough.” - -“If she loved us,” Rob said, “and was too poor to take us herself, we -couldn’t go at all. We couldn’t run away, because it would worry her so. -You can’t do a thing, however much you want to do it, if it is going to -hurt somebody who is good to you, and cares.” - -“Well, then, we needn’t stay here because of Aunt Matilda,” said Meggy. -“That’s one sure thing. It wouldn’t interfere with her ploughing if we -were both to die at once.” - -“No,” said Rob, deliberately, “that’s just what it would _not_.” And he -threw himself back on the straw and clasped his hands under his head, -gazing up into the dark roof above him with very reflective eyes. - -But they had reached the Wicket Gate, and from the hour they passed it -there was no looking back. That in their utter friendlessness and -loneliness they should take their twelve-year-old fates in their own -strong little hands was, perhaps, a pathetic thing; that once having -done so they moved towards their object as steadily as if they had been -of the maturest years was remarkable, but no one ever knew or even -suspected the first until the last. - -The days went by, full of work, which left them little time to lie and -talk in the Straw Parlor. They could only see each other in the leisure -hours, which were so few, and only came when the day was waning. Finding -them faithful and ready, those about them fell into the natural, easy, -human unworthiness of imposing by no means infrequently on their -inexperienced willingness and youth. So they were hard enough worked, -but each felt that every day that passed brought them nearer to the end -in view; and there was always something to think of, some detail to be -worked out mentally, or to be discussed, in the valuable moments when -they were together. - -“It’s a great deal better than it used to be,” Meg said, “at all events. -It’s better to feel tired by working than to be tired of doing nothing -but think and think dreary things.” - -As the weather grew colder it was hard enough to keep warm in their -hiding-place. They used to sit and talk, huddled close together, bundled -in their heaviest clothing, and with the straw heaped close around them -and over them. - -There were so many things to be thought of and talked over! Robin -collected facts more sedulously than ever—facts about entrance fees, -facts about prices of things to eat, facts about places to sleep. - -“Going to the Fair yourself, sonny?” Jones said to him one day. Jones -was fond of his joke. “You’re right to be inquirin’ round. Them -hotel-keepers is given to tot up bills several stories higher than their -hotels is themselves.” - -“But I suppose a person needn’t go to a hotel,” said Robin. “There must -be plenty of poor people who can’t go to hotels, and they’ll have to -sleep somewhere.” - -“Ah, there’s plenty of poor people,” responded Jones, cheerfully, -“plenty of ’em. Always is. But they won’t go to Chicago while the Fair’s -on. They’ll sleep at home—that’s where they’ll sleep.” - -“That’s the worst of it,” Rob said to Meg afterwards; “you see, we have -to sleep _somewhere_. We could live on bread and milk or crackers and -cheese—or oatmeal—but we have to _sleep_ somewhere.” - -“It will be warm weather,” Meg said, reflectively. “Perhaps we could -sleep out of doors. Beggars do. We don’t mind.” - -“I don’t think the police would let us,” Robin answered. “If they -would—perhaps we might have to, some night; but we are going to that -place, Meg—we are _going_.” - -Yes, they believed they were going, and lived on the belief. This being -decided, howsoever difficult to attain, it was like them both that they -should dwell upon the dream, and revel in it in a way peculiarly their -own. It was Meg whose imagination was the stronger, and it is true that -it was always she who made pictures in words and told stories. But Robin -was always as ready to enter into the spirit of her imaginings as she -was to talk about them. There was a word he had once heard his father -use which had caught his fancy, in fact, it had attracted them both, and -they applied it to this favorite pleasure of theirs of romancing with -everyday things. The word was “philander.” - -“Now we have finished adding up and making plans,” he would say, putting -his ten-cent account-book into his pocket, “let us philander about it.” - -And then Meg would begin to talk about the City Beautiful—a City -Beautiful which was a wonderful and curious mixture of the enchanted one -the whole world was pouring its treasures into, one hundred miles away, -and that City Beautiful of her own which she had founded upon the one -towards which Christian had toiled through the Slough of Despond and up -the Hill of Difficulty and past Doubting Castle. Somehow one could -scarcely tell where one ended and the others began, they were so much -alike, these three cities—Christian’s, Meg’s, and the fair, ephemeral -one the ending of the nineteenth century had built upon the blue lake’s -side. - -“They must look alike,” said Meg. “I am sure they must. See what it says -in the ‘Pilgrim’s Progress.’ ‘Now just as the gates were opened to let -in the men, I looked in after them, and behold, the City shone like the -sun’—and then it says, ‘The talk they had with the Shining Ones was -about the glory of the place; who told them that the beauty and glory of -it were inexpressible.’ I always think of it, Robin, when I read about -those places like white palaces and temples and towers that are being -built. I am so glad they are white. Think how the City will ‘shine like -the sun’ when it stands under the blue sky and by the blue water, on a -sunshiny day.” - -They had never read the dear old worn “Pilgrim’s Progress” as they did -in those days. They kept it in the straw near the Treasure, and always -had it at hand to refer to. In it they seemed to find parallels for -everything. - -“Aunt Matilda’s world is the City of Destruction,” they would say. “And -our loneliness and poorness are like Christian’s ‘burden.’ We have to -carry it like a heavy weight, and it holds us back.” - -“What was it that Goodwill said to Christian about it?” Robin asked. - -Meg turned over the pages. She knew all the places by heart. It was easy -enough to find and read how “At last there came a grave person to the -gate, named Goodwill,” and in the end he said, “As to thy burden, be -content to bear it until thou comest to the place of deliverance; for -there it will fall from thy back itself.” - -“But out of the ‘Pilgrim’s Progress,’” Robin said, with his reflecting -air, “burdens don’t fall off by themselves. If you are content with them -they stick on and get bigger. Ours would, I know. You have to do -something yourself to get them off. But—” with a little pause for -thought, “I like that part, Meg. And I like Goodwill, because he told it -to him. It encouraged him, you know. You see it says next, ‘Then -Christian began to gird up his loins and address himself to his -journey.’” - -“Robin,” said Meg, suddenly shutting the book and giving it a little -thump on the back, “it’s not only Christian’s City that is like our -City. _We_ are like Christian. We are pilgrims, and our way to that -place is our Pilgrims’ Progress.” - - - - - VII - - -And the cold days of hard work kept going by, and the City Beautiful -grew, and, huddled close together in the straw, the children planned and -dreamed, and read and re-read the “Pilgrim’s Progress,” following -Christian step by step. And Aunt Matilda became busier every day, it -seemed, and did not remember that they were alive except when she saw -them. And nobody guessed and nobody knew. - -Days so quickly grow to weeks, and weeks slip by so easily until they -are months, and at last there came a time when Meg, going out in the -morning, felt a softer air, and stopped a moment by a bare tree to -breathe it in and feel its lovely touch upon her cheek. She turned her -face upward with a half-involuntary movement, and found herself looking -at such a limitless vault of tender blueness that her heart gave a quick -throb, seemed to spring up to it, and carry her with it. For a moment it -seemed as if she had left the earth far below, and was soaring in the -soft depths of blueness themselves. And suddenly, even as she felt it, -she heard on the topmost branch of the bare tree a brief little -rapturous trill, and her heart gave a leap again, and she felt her -cheeks grow warm. - -“It is a bluebird,” she said; “it is a bluebird. And it is the spring, -and that means that the time is quite near.” - -She had a queer little smile on her face all day as she worked. She did -not know it was there herself, but Mrs. Macartney saw it. - -“What’s pleasing you so, Meggy, my girl?” she asked. - -Meg wakened up with a sort of start. - -“I don’t know—exactly,” she said. - -“You don’t know,” said the woman, good-naturedly. “You look as if you -were thinking over a secret, and it was a pleasant one.” - -That evening it was not cold when they sat in the Straw Parlor, and Meg -told Robin about the bluebird. - -“It gave me a strange feeling to hear it,” she said. “It seemed as if it -was speaking to me. It said, ‘You must get ready. It is quite near.’” - -They had made up their minds that they would go in June, before the -weather became so hot that they might suffer from it. - -“Because we have to consider everything,” was Robin’s idea. “We shall be -walking about all the time, and we have no cool clothes, and we shall -have no money to buy cool things; and if we should be ill, it would be -worse for us than for children who have some one with them.” - -In the little account-book they had calculated all they should own on -the day their pilgrimage began. They had apportioned it all out: so much -for the price of the railroad tickets, so much for entrance fees, -and—not so much, but so little—oh, so little!—for their food and -lodging. - -“I have listened when Jones and the others were talking,” said Robin; -“and they say that everybody who has room to spare, and wants to make -money, is going to let every corner they have. So you see there will be -sure to be people who have quite poor places that they would be obliged -to rent cheap to people who are poor, like themselves. We will go -through the small side streets and look.” - -The first bluebird came again, day after day, and others came with it, -until the swift dart of blue wings through the air and the delicious -ripple of joyous sound were no longer rare things. The days grew warmer, -and the men threw off their coats, and began to draw their shirt-sleeves -across their foreheads when they were at work. - -One evening when Robin came up into the Straw Parlor he brought -something with him. It was a battered old tin coffee-pot. - -“What is that for?” asked Meg; for he seemed to carry it as if it was of -some value. - -“It’s old and rusty, but there are no holes in it,” Robin answered. “I -saw it lying in a fence corner, where some one had thrown it—perhaps a -tramp. And it put a new thought into my head. It will do to boil eggs -in.” - -“Eggs!” said Meg. - -“There’s nothing much nicer than hard-boiled eggs,” said Robin, “and you -can carry them about with you. It just came into my mind that we could -take some of our eggs, and go somewhere where no one would be likely to -see us, and build a fire of sticks, and boil some eggs, and carry them -with us to eat.” - -“Robin,” cried Meg, with admiring ecstasy, “I wish I had thought of -that!” - -“It doesn’t matter which of us thought of it,” said Rob, “it’s all the -same.” - -So it was decided that when the time came they should boil their supply -of eggs very hard, and roll them up in pieces of paper and tuck them -away carefully in the one small bag which was to carry all their -necessary belongings. These belongings would be very few—just enough to -keep them decent and clean, and a brush and comb between them. They used -to lie in bed at night, with beating hearts, thinking it all over, -sometimes awakening in a cold perspiration from a dreadful dream, in -which Aunt Matilda or Jones or some of the hands had discovered their -secret and confronted them with it in all its daring. They were so full -of it night and day that Meg used to wonder that the people about them -did not see it in their faces. - -“They are not thinking of us,” said Robin. “They are thinking about -crops. I dare say Aunt Matilda would like to see the Agricultural -Building, but she couldn’t waste the time to go through the others.” - -Oh, what a day it was, what a thrilling, exciting, almost unbearably -joyful day, when Robin gathered sticks and dried bits of branches, and -piled them in a corner of a field far enough from the house and -outbuildings to be quite safe! He did it one noon hour, and as he passed -Meg on his way back to his work, he whispered: - -“I have got the sticks for the fire all ready.” - -And after supper they crept out to the place, with matches, and the -battered old coffee-pot, and the eggs. - -As they made their preparations, they found themselves talking in -whispers, though there was not the least chance of any one’s hearing -them. Meg looked rather like a little witch as she stood over the -bubbling old pot, with her strange, little dark face and shining eyes -and black elf locks. - -“It’s like making a kind of sacrifice on an altar,” she said. - -“You always think queer things about everything, don’t you?” said Robin. -“But they’re all right; I don’t think of them myself, but I like them.” - -When the eggs were boiled hard enough they carried them to the barn and -hid them in the Straw Parlor, near the Treasure. Then they sat and -talked, in whispers still, almost trembling with joy. - -“Somehow, do you know,” Meg said, “it feels as if we were going to do -something more than just go to the Fair. When people in stories go to -seek their fortunes, I’m sure they feel like this. Does it give you a -kind of creeping in your stomach whenever you think of it, Rob?” - -“Yes, it does,” Robin whispered back; “and when it comes into my mind -suddenly something gives a queer jump inside me.” - -“That’s your heart,” said Meg. “Robin, if anything should stop us, I -believe I should drop _dead_.” - -“No, you wouldn’t,” was Rob’s answer, “but it’s better not to let -ourselves think about it. And I don’t believe anything as bad as that -_could_ happen. We’ve worked so hard, and we have nobody but ourselves, -and it can’t do any one any harm—and we don’t _want_ to do any one any -harm. No, there must be _something_ that wouldn’t let it be.” - -[Illustration: MEG LOOKED RATHER LIKE A LITTLE WITCH.] - -“I believe that too,” said Meg, and this time it was she who clutched at -Robin’s hand; but he seemed glad she did, and held as close as she. - -And then, after the bluebirds had sung a few times more, there came a -night when Meg crept out of her cot after she was sure that the woman in -the other bed was sleeping heavily enough. Every one went to bed early, -and every one slept through the night in heavy, tired sleep. Too much -work was done on the place to allow people to waste time in -sleeplessness. Meg knew no one would waken as she crept down stairs to -the lower part of the house and softly opened the back door. - -Robin was standing outside, with the little leather satchel in his hand. -It was a soft, warm night, and the dark blue sky was full of the glitter -of stars. - -Both he and Meg stood still a moment, and looked up. “I’m glad it’s like -this,” Meg said; “it doesn’t seem so lonely. Is your heart thumping, -Robin?” - -“Yes, rather,” whispered Robin. “I left the letter in a place where Aunt -Matilda will be likely to find it some time to-morrow.” - -“What did you say?” Meg whispered back. - -“What I told you I was going to. There wasn’t much to say. Just told her -we had saved our money, and gone away for a few days; and we were all -right, and she needn’t worry.” - -Everything was very still about them. There was no moon, and, but for -the stars, it would have been very dark. As it was, the stillness of -night and sleep, and the sombreness of the hour, might have made less -strong little creatures feel timid and alone. - -“Let us take hold of each other’s hands as we walk along,” said Meg. “It -will make us feel nearer, and—and _twinner_.” - -And so, hand in hand, they went out on the road together. - - - - - VIII - - -It was four miles to the dépôt, but they were good walkers. Robin hung -the satchel on a stick over his shoulder; they kept in the middle of the -road and walked smartly. There were not many trees, but there were a -few, occasionally, and it was pleasanter to walk where the way before -them was quite clear. And somehow they found themselves still talking in -whispers, though there was certainly no one to overhear them. - -“Let us talk about Christian,” said Meg. “It will not seem so lonely if -we are talking. I wish we could meet Evangelist.” - -“If we knew he was Evangelist when we met him,” said Robin. “If we -didn’t know him, we should think he was some one who would stop us. And -after all, you see, he only showed Christian the shining light, and told -him to go to it. And we are farther on than that. We have passed the -Wicket Gate.” - -“The thing we want,” said Meg, “is the Roll to read as we go on, and -find out what we are to do.” - -And then they talked of what was before them. They wondered who would be -at the little dépôt and if they would be noticed, and of what the -ticket-agent would think when Robin bought the tickets. - -“Perhaps he won’t notice me at all,” said Rob. “And he does not know me. -Somebody might be sending us alone, you know. We are not _little_ -children.” - -“That’s true,” responded Meg, courageously. “If we were six years old it -would be different. But we are twelve!” - -It did make it seem less lonely to be talking, and so they did not stop. -And there was so much to say. - -“Robin,” broke forth Meg once, giving his hand a sudden clutch, “we are -on the way—we are _going_. Soon we shall be in the train and it will be -carrying us nearer and nearer. Suppose it was a dream, and we should -wake up!” - -“It isn’t a dream!” said Rob, stoutly. “It’s real—it’s as real as Aunt -Matilda!” He was always more practical-minded than Meg. - -“We needn’t philander any more,” Meg said. - -“It isn’t philandering to talk about a real thing.” - -“Oh, Rob, just think of it—waiting for us under the stars, this very -moment—the City Beautiful!” - -And then, walking close to each other in the dimness, they told each -other how they saw it in imagination, and what its wonders would be to -them, and which they would see first, and how they would remember it all -their lives afterwards, and have things to talk of and think of. Very -few people would see it as they would, but they did not know that. It -was not a gigantic enterprise to them, a great scheme fought for and -struggled over for the divers reasons poor humanity makes for itself; -that it would either make or lose money was not a side of the question -that reached them. They only dwelt on the beauty and wonder of it, which -made it seem like an enchanted thing. - -“I keep thinking of the white palaces, and that it is like a fairy -story,” Meg said, “and that it will melt away like those cities -travellers sometimes see in the desert. And I wish it wouldn’t. But it -will have been real for a while, and everybody will remember it. I am so -glad it is beautiful—and white. I am _so_ glad it is white, Robin!” - -“And I keep thinking,” said Robin, “of all the people who have made the -things to go in it, and how they have worked and invented. There have -been some people, perhaps, who have worked months and months making one -single thing—just as we have worked to go to see it. And perhaps, at -first they were afraid they couldn’t do it, and they set their minds to -it as we did, and tried and tried, and then did it at last. I like to -think of those men and women, Meg, because, when the City has melted -away, the things won’t melt. They will last after the people. And we are -_people_ too. I’m a man, and you are a woman, you know, though we are -only twelve, and it gives me a strong feeling to think of those others.” - -“It makes you think that perhaps men and women _can_ do anything if they -set their minds to it,” said Meg, quite solemnly. “Oh, I do like that!” - -“I like it better than anything else in the world,” said Rob. “Stop a -minute, Meg. Come here in the shade.” - -He said the last words quickly, and pulled her to the roadside, where a -big tree grew which threw a deep shadow. He stood listening. - -“It’s wheels!” he whispered. “There is a buggy coming. We mustn’t let -any one see us.” - -It was a buggy, they could tell that by the lightness of the wheels, and -it was coming rapidly. They could hear voices—men’s voices—and they drew -back and stood very close to each other. - -“Do you think they have found out, and sent some one after us?” -whispered Meg, breathlessly. - -“No,” answered Robin, though his heart beat like a triphammer. “No, no, -no.” - -The wheels drew nearer, and they heard one of the men speaking. - -“Chicago by sunrise,” he was saying, “and what I don’t see of it won’t -be worth seeing.” - -The next minute the fast-trotting horse spun swiftly down the road, and -carried the voices out of hearing. Meg and Robin drew twin sighs of -relief. Robin spoke first. - -“It is some one who is going to the Fair,” he said. - -“Perhaps we shall see him in the train,” said Meg. - -“I dare say we shall,” said Robin. “It was nobody who knows us. I didn’t -know his voice. Meg, let’s take hands again, and walk quickly; we might -lose the train.” - -They did not talk much more, but walked briskly. They had done a good -day’s work before they set out, and were rather tired, but they did not -lag on that account. Sometimes Meg took a turn at carrying the satchel, -so that Robin might rest his arm. It was not heavy, and she was as -strong for a girl as he was for a boy. - -At last they reached the dépôt. There were a number of people waiting on -the platform to catch the train to Chicago, and there were several -vehicles outside. They passed one which was a buggy, and Meg gave Robin -a nudge with her elbow. - -“Perhaps that belongs to our man,” she said. - -There were people enough before the office to give the ticket-agent -plenty to do. Robin’s heart quickened a little as he passed by with the -group of maturer people, but no one seemed to observe him particularly, -and he returned to Meg with the precious bits of pasteboard held very -tight in his hand. - -Meg had waited alone in an unlighted corner, and when she saw him coming -she came forward to meet him. - -“Have you got them?” she said. “Did any one look at you or say -anything?” - -“Yes, I got them,” Robin answered. “And, I’ll tell you what, Meg, these -people are nearly all going just where we are going, and they are so -busy thinking about it, and attending to themselves, that they haven’t -any time to watch any one else. That’s one good thing.” - -“And the nearer we get to Chicago,” Meg said, “the more people there -will be, and the more they will have to think of. And at that beautiful -place, where there is so much to see, who will look at two children? I -don’t believe we shall have any trouble at all.” - -It really did not seem likely that they would, but it happened, by a -curious coincidence, that within a very few minutes they saw somebody -looking at them. - -The train was not due for ten minutes, and there were a few people who, -being too restless to sit in the waiting-rooms, walked up and down on -the platform. Most of these were men, and there were two men who walked -farther than the others did, and so neared the place where Robin and Meg -stood in the shadow. One was a young man, and seemed to be listening to -instructions his companion, who was older, was giving him, in a rapid, -abrupt sort of voice. This companion, who might have been his employer, -was a man of middle age. He was robust of figure and had a clean-cut -face, with a certain effect of strong good looks. It was, perhaps, -rather a hard face, but it was a face one would look at more than once; -and he too, oddly enough, had a square jaw and straight black brows. But -it was his voice which first attracted Robin and Meg as he neared them, -talking. - -“It’s the man in the buggy,” whispered Robin. “Don’t you know his voice -again?” and they watched him with deep interest. - -He passed them once, without seeming to see them at all. He was -explaining something to his companion. The second time he drew near he -chanced to look up, and his eye fell on them. It did not rest on them -more than a second, and he went on speaking. The next time he neared -their part of the platform he turned his glance towards them, as they -stood close together. It was as if involuntarily he glanced to see if -they were still where they had been before. - -“A pair of children,” they heard him say, as if the fleeting impression -of their presence arrested his train of thought for a second. “Look as -if no one was with them.” - -He merely made the comment in passing, and returned to his subject the -next second; but Meg and Robin heard him, and drew farther back into the -shadow. - -But it was not necessary to stand there much longer. They heard a -familiar sound in the distance, the shrill cry of the incoming train—the -beloved giant who was to carry them to fairyland; the people began to -flock out of the waiting-rooms with packages and valises and umbrellas -in hand; the porters suddenly became alert, and hurried about attending -to their duties; the delightful roar drew nearer and louder, and began -to shake the earth; it grew louder still, a bell began to make a -cheerful tolling, people were rushing to and fro; Meg and Robin rushed -with them, and the train was panting in the dépôt. - -It was even more thrilling than the children had thought it would be. -They had travelled so very little, and did not know exactly where to go. -It might not be the right train even. They did not know how long it -would wait. It might rush away again before they could get on. People -seemed in such a hurry and so excited. As they hurried along they found -themselves being pushed and jostled, before the steps of one of the cars -a conductor stood, whom people kept showing tickets to. There were -several persons round him when Robin and Meg reached the place where he -stood. People kept asking him things, and sometimes he passed them on, -and sometimes let them go into his car. - -[Illustration: “IS THIS THE TRAIN TO CHICAGO?” SAID ROBIN.] - -“Is this the train to Chicago?” said Robin, breathlessly. - -But he was so much less than the other people, and the man was so busy, -he did not hear him. - -Robin tried to get nearer. - -“Is this the Chicago train, sir?” he said, a little louder. - -He had had to press by a man whom he had been too excited to see, and -the man looked down, and spoke to him. - -“Chicago train?” he said, in a voice which was abrupt, without being -ill-natured. “Yes, you’re all right. Got your sleeping tickets?” - -Robin looked up at him quickly. He knew the voice, and was vaguely glad -to hear it. He and Meg had never been in a sleeping-car in their lives, -and he did not quite understand. He held out his tickets. - -“We are going to sleep on the train,” he said; “but we have nothing but -these.” - -“Next car but two, then,” he said; “and you’d better hurry.” - -And when both voices thanked him at once, and the two caught each -other’s hands and ran towards their car, he looked after them and -laughed. - -“I’m blessed if they’re not by themselves,” he said, watching them as -they scrambled up the steps. “And they’re going to the Fair, I’ll bet a -dollar. _That’s Young America_, and no mistake!” - - - - - IX - - -The car was quite crowded. There were more people than themselves who -were going to the Fair and were obliged to economize. When the children -entered, and looked about them in the dim light, they thought at first -that all the seats were full. People seemed to be huddled up asleep or -sitting up awake in all of them. Everybody had been trying to get to -sleep, at least, and the twins found themselves making their whispers -even lower than before. - -“I think there is a seat empty just behind that very fat lady,” Meg -whispered. - -It was at the end of the car, and they went to it, and found she was -right. They took possession of it quietly, putting their satchel under -the seat. - -“It seems so still,” said Meg, “I feel as if I was in somebody’s -bedroom. The sound of the wheels makes it seem all the quieter. It’s as -if we were shut in by the noise.” - -“We mustn’t talk,” said Robin, “or we shall waken the people. Can you go -to sleep, Meg?” - -“I can if I can stop thinking,” she answered, with a joyful sigh. “I’m -very tired; but the wheels keep saying, over and over again, ‘We’re -going—we’re going—we’re going.’ It’s just as if they were talking. Don’t -you hear them?” - -“Yes, I do. Do they say that to you, too? But we mustn’t listen,” Robin -whispered back. “If we do we shall not go to sleep, and then we shall be -too tired to walk about. Let’s put our heads down, and shut our eyes, -Meg.” - -“Well, let’s,” said Meg. - -She curled herself up on the seat, and put her head into the corner. - -“If you lean against me, Rob,” she said, “it will be softer. We can take -turns.” - -They changed position a little two or three times, but they were worn -out with the day’s work, and their walk, and the excitement, and the -motion of the train seemed like a sort of rocking which lulled them. -Gradually their muscles relaxed and they settled down, though, after -they had done so, Meg spoke once, drowsily. - -“Rob,” she said, “did you see that was our man?” - -“Yes,” answered Rob, very sleepily indeed, “and he looked as if he knew -us.” - - * * * * * * * * - -If they had been less young, or if they had been less tired, they might -have found themselves awake a good many times during the night. But they -were such children, and, now that the great step was taken, were so -happy, that the soft, deep sleepiness of youth descended upon and -overpowered them. Once or twice during the night they stirred, wakened -for a dreamy, blissful moment by some sound of a door shutting, or a -conductor passing through. But they were only conscious of a delicious -sense of strangeness, of the stillness of the car full of sleepers, of -the half-realized delight of feeling themselves carried along through -the unknown country, and of the rattle of the wheels, which never ceased -saying rhythmically, “We’re going—we’re going—we’re going!” - -Ah! what a night of dreams and new, vague sensations, to be remembered -always! Ah! that heavenly sense of joy to come, and adventure, and young -hopefulness and imagining! Were there many others carried towards the -City Beautiful that night who bore with them the same rapture of longing -and belief; who saw with such innocent clearness only the fair and -splendid thought which had created it, and were so innocently blind to -any shadow of sordidness or mere worldly interest touching its white -walls? And after the passing of this wonderful night, what a wakening in -the morning, at the first rosiness of dawn, when all the other occupants -of the car were still asleep, or restlessly trying to be at ease! - -It was as if they both wakened at almost the same moment. The first -shaft of early sunlight streaming in the window touched Meg’s eyelids, -and she slowly opened them. Then something joyous and exultant rushed in -upon her heart, and she sat upright. And Robin sat up too, and they -looked at each other. - -“It’s the Day, Meg!” said Robin. “It’s the Day!” Meg caught her breath. - -“And nothing has stopped us,” she said. “And we are getting nearer and -nearer. Rob, let us look out of the window.” - -For a while they looked out, pressed close together, and full of such -ecstasy of delight in the strangeness of everything that at first they -did not exchange even their whispers. - -It is rather a good thing to see—rather well worth while even for a man -or woman—the day waking, and waking the world, as one is borne swiftly -through the morning light, and one looks out of a car window. What it -was to these two children only those who remember the children who were -themselves long ago can realize at all. The country went hurrying past -them, making curious sudden revelations and giving half-hints in its -haste; prairie and field, farmhouse and wood and village all wore a -strange, exciting, vanishing aspect. - -“It seems,” Meg said, “as if it was all going somewhere—in a great -hurry—as if it couldn’t wait to let us see it.” - -“But we are the ones that are going,” said Rob. “Listen to the -wheels—and we shall soon be there.” - -After a while the people who were asleep began to stir and stretch -themselves. Some of them looked cross, and some looked tired. The very -fat lady in the seat before them had a coal smut on her nose. - -“Robin,” said Meg, after looking at her seriously a moment, “let’s get -our towel out of the bag and wet it and wash our faces.” - -They had taken the liberty of borrowing a towel from Aunt Matilda. It -was Meg who had thought of it, and it had, indeed, been an inspiration. -Robin wetted two corners of it, and they made a rigorous if limited -toilet. At least they had no smuts on their noses, and after a little -touching up with the mutual comb and brush, they looked none the worse -for wear. Their plain and substantial garments were not of the order -which has any special charm to lose. - -“And it’s not our clothes that are going to the Fair,” said Meg, “it’s -_us_!” - -And by the time they were in good order, the farms and villages they -were flying past had grown nearer together. The platforms at the dépôts -were full of people who wore a less provincial look; the houses grew -larger and so did the towns; they found themselves flashing past -advertisements of all sorts of things, and especially of things -connected with the Fair. - -“You know how we used to play ‘hunt the thimble,’” said Robin, “and how, -when any one came near the place where it was hidden, we said, -‘Warm—warmer—warmer still—hot!’ It’s like that now. We have been getting -warmer and warmer every minute, and now we are getting——” - -“We shall be in in a minute,” said a big man at the end of the car, and -he stood up and began to take down his things. - -“Hot,” said Robin, with an excited little laugh. “Meg, we’re not -going—going—going any more. Look out of the window.” - -“We are steaming into the big dépôt,” cried Meg. “How big it is! What -crowds of people! Robin, we are there!” - -Robin bent down to pick up their satchel; the people all rose in their -seats and began to move in a mass down the aisle toward the door. -Everybody seemed suddenly to become eager and in a hurry, as if they -thought the train would begin to move again and carry them away. Some -were expecting friends to meet them, some were anxious about finding -accommodations. Those who knew each other talked, asked questions over -people’s shoulders, and there was a general anxiety about valises, -parcels, and umbrellas. Robin and Meg were pressed back into their -section by the crowd, against which they were too young to make headway. - -“We shall have to wait until the grown-up people have passed by,” Rob -said. - -But the crowd in the aisle soon lost its compactness, and they were able -to get out. The porter, who stood on the platform near the steps, looked -at them curiously, and glanced behind them to see who was with them, but -he said nothing. - -It seemed to the two as if all the world must have poured itself into -the big dépôt or be passing through it. People were rushing about; -friends were searching for one another, pushing their way through the -surging crowd; some were greeting each other with exclamations and -hand-shaking, and stopping up the way; there was a Babel of voices, a -clamor of shouts within the covered place, and from outside came a roar -of sound rising from the city. - -For a few moments Robin and Meg were overwhelmed. They did not quite -know what to do; everybody pushed past and jostled them. No one was -ill-natured, but no one had time to be polite. They were so young and so -strange to all such worlds of excitement and rush, involuntarily they -clutched each other’s hands after their time-honored fashion, when they -were near each other and overpowered. The human vortex caught them up -and carried them along, not knowing where they were going. - -“We seem so little!” gasped Meg. “There—there are so many people! Rob, -Rob, where are we going?” - -Robin had lost his breath too. Suddenly the world seemed so huge—so -huge! Just for a moment he felt himself turn pale, and he looked at Meg -and saw that she was pale too. - -“Everybody is going out of the dépôt,” he said. - -“Hold on to me tight, Meg. It will be all right. We shall get out.” - -And so they did. The crowd surged and swayed and struggled, and before -long they saw that it was surging towards the entrance gate, and it took -them with it. Just as they thrust through they found themselves pushed -against a man, who good-naturedly drew a little back to save Meg from -striking against his valise, which was a very substantial one. She -looked up to thank him, and gave a little start. It was the man she had -called “our man” the night before, when she spoke of him to Robin. And -he gave them a sharp but friendly nod. - -“Hallo!” he exclaimed, “it’s you two again. You _are_ going to the -Fair!” - -Robin looked up at his shrewd face with a civil little grin. - -“Yes, sir; we are,” he answered. - -“Hope you’ll enjoy it,” said the man. “Big thing.” And he was pushed -past them and soon lost in the crowd. - - - - - X - - -The crowd in the dépôt surged into the streets, and melted into and -became an addition to the world of people there. The pavements were -moving masses of human beings, the centres of the streets were -pandemoniums of wagons and vans, street cars, hotel omnibuses, and -carriages. The brilliant morning sunlight dazzled the children’s eyes; -the roar of wheels and the clamor of car bells, of clattering horses’ -feet, of cries and shouts and passing voices, mingled in a volume of -sound that deafened them. The great tidal wave of human life and work -and pleasure almost took them off their feet. - -They knew too little of cities to have had beforehand any idea of what -the overwhelming rush and roar would be, and what slight straws they -would feel themselves upon the current. If they had been quite ordinary -children, they might well have been frightened. But they were not -ordinary children, little as they were aware of that important factor in -their young lives. They were awed for this first moment, but, somehow, -they were fascinated as much as they were awed, while they stood for a -brief breathing-space looking on. They did not know—no child of their -ages can possibly know such things of him or herself—that Nature had -made them of the metal out of which she moulds strong things and great -ones. As they had not comprehended the restless sense of wrong and -misery the careless, unlearning, and ungrowing life in Aunt Matilda’s -world filled them with, so they did not understand that, because they -had been born creatures who belong to the great moving, working, -venturing world, they were not afraid of it, and felt their first young -face-to-face encounter with it a thing which thrilled them with an -exultant emotion they could not have explained. - -“This is not Aunt Matilda’s world,” said Rob. “It—I believe it is ours, -Meg. Don’t you?” - -Meg was staring with entranced eyes at the passing multitude. - -“‘More pilgrims are come to town,’” she said, quoting the “Pilgrim’s -Progress” with a far-off look in her intense little black-browed face. -“You remember what it said, Rob, ‘Here also all the noise of them that -walked in the streets was, More pilgrims are come to town.’ Oh, isn’t it -like it!” - -It was. And the exaltation and thrill of it got into their young blood -and made them feel as if they walked on air, and that every passing -human thing meant, somehow, life and strength to them. - -Their appetites were sharpened by the morning air, and they consulted as -to what their breakfast should be. They had no money to spend at -restaurants, and every penny must be weighed and calculated. - -“Let’s walk on,” said Meg, “until we see a bakery that looks as if it -was kept by poor people. Then we can buy some bread, and eat it with our -eggs somewhere.” - -“All right,” said Robin. - -They marched boldly on. The crowd jostled them, and there was so much -noise that they could hardly hear each other speak; but ah! how the sun -shone, and how the pennons fluttered and streamed on every side, and how -excited and full of living the people’s faces looked! It seemed -splendid, only to be alive in such a world on such a morning. The sense -of the practical which had suggested that they should go to a small -place led them into the side streets. They passed all the big shops -without a glance, but at last Meg stooped before a small one. - -“There’s a woman in there,” she said; “I just saw her for a minute. She -has a nice face. She looked as if she might be good-natured. Let’s go in -there, Robin. It’s quite a small place.” - -They went in. It was a small place but a clean one, and the woman had a -good-natured face. She was a German, and was broad and placid and -comfortable. They bought some fresh rolls from her, and as she served -them, and was making the change, Meg watched her anxiously. She was -thinking that she did look very peaceable, indeed. So, instead of -turning away from the counter, she planted herself directly before her -and asked her a question. - -“If you please,” she said, “we have some hard-boiled eggs to eat with -our bread, and we are not going home. If we are very careful, would you -mind if we ate our breakfast in here, instead of outside? We won’t let -any of the crumbs or shells drop on the floor.” - -“You not going home?” said the woman. “You from out town?” - -“Yes,” answered Meg. - -“You look like you wass goun to der Fair,” said the woman, with a -good-tempered smile. “Who wass with you?” - -“No one,” said Robin. “We are going alone. But we’re all right.” - -“My crayshious!” said the woman. “But you wass young for that. But your -’Merican childrens is queer ones. Yes! You can sit down an’ eat your -bregfast. That make no matter to me if you is careful. You can sit -down.” - -There were two chairs near a little table, where, perhaps, occasional -customers ate buns, and they sat down to their rolls and eggs and salt, -as to a feast. - -“I was hungry,” said Rob, cracking his fourth egg. - -“So was I!” said Meg, feeling that her fresh roll was very delicious. - -It was a delightful breakfast. The German woman watched them with placid -curiosity as they ate it. She had been a peasant in her own country, and -had lived in a village among rosy, stout, and bucolic little Peters and -Gretchens, who were not given to enterprise, and the American child was -a revelation to her. And somehow, also, these two had an attraction all -American children had not. They looked so well able to take care of -themselves, and yet had such good manners and no air of self-importance -at all. They ate their rolls and hard-boiled eggs with all the gusto of -very young appetite, but they evidently meant to keep their part of the -bargain, and leave her no crumbs and shells to sweep up. The truth was -that they were perfectly honorable little souls, and had a sense of -justice. They were in the midst of their breakfast, when they were -rather startled by hearing her voice from the end of the counter where -she had been standing, leaning against the wall, her arms folded. - -“You like a cup coffee?” she asked. - -[Illustration: “YOU LIKE A CUP COFFEE?” SHE ASKED.] - -They both looked round, uncertain what to say, not knowing whether or -not that she meant that she sold coffee. They exchanged rather disturbed -glances, and then Robin answered. - -“We can’t afford it, thank you, ma’am,” he said, “we’ve got so little -money.” - -“Never mind,” she astonished them by answering, “that cost me nothing. -There some coffee left on the back of the stove from my man’s bregfast. -I give you each a cup.” And she actually went into the little back room, -and presently brought back two good cups of hot coffee. - -“There, you drink that,” she said, setting them down on the little -table. “If you children goun to der Fair in that crowd by yourselves, -you want something in your stomachs.” - -It was so good—it was so unexpected—it seemed such luck! They looked at -each other with beaming eyes, and at her with quite disproportionate -gratitude. It was much more than two cups of coffee to them. - -“Oh, thank you,” they both exclaimed. “We’re so much obliged to you, -ma’am!” - -Their feast seemed to become quite a royal thing. They never had felt so -splendidly fed in their lives. It seemed as if they had never tasted -such coffee. - -When the meal was finished, they rose refreshed enough to feel ready for -anything. They went up to the counter and thanked the German woman -again. It was Meg who spoke to her. - -“We want to say thank you again,” she said. “We are very much obliged to -you for letting us eat our breakfast in here. It was so nice to sit -down, and the coffee was so splendid. I dare say we do seem rather young -to be by ourselves, but that makes us all the more thankful.” - -“That’s all right,” said the woman. “I hope you don’t get lost by der -Fair—and have good time!” - -And then they went forth on their pilgrimage, into the glorious morning, -into the rushing world that seemed so splendid and so gay—into the -fairy-land that only themselves and those like them could see. - -“Isn’t it nice when some one’s kind to you, Rob?” Meg exclaimed -joyfully, when they got into the sunshine. “Doesn’t it make you feel -happy, somehow, not because they’ve done something, but just because -they’ve been kind?” - -“Yes, it does,” answered Rob, stepping out bravely. “And I’ll tell you -what I believe—I believe there are a lot of kind people in the world.” - -“So do I,” said Meg. “I believe they’re in it even when we don’t see -them.” - -And all the more, with springing steps and brave young faces, they -walked on their way to fairy-land. - -They had talked it all over—how they would enter their City Beautiful. -It would be no light thing to them, their entrance into it. They were -innocently epicurean about it, and wanted to see it at the very first in -all its loveliness. They knew that there were gates of entrance here and -there, through which thousands poured each day; but Meg had a fancy of -her own, founded, of course, upon that other progress of the Pilgrim’s. - -“Robin,” she said, “oh, we must go in by the water, just like those -other pilgrims who came to town. You know that part at the last where it -says, ‘And so many went over the water and were let in at the golden -gates to-day.’ Let us go over the water and be let in at the golden -gates. But the water we shall go over won’t be dark and bitter; it will -be blue and splendid, and the sun will be shining everywhere. Ah, Rob, -how _can_ it be true that we are here!” - -They knew all about the great arch of entrance and stately peristyle. -They had read in the newspapers all about its height and the height of -the statues adorning it; they knew how many columns formed the -peristyle, but it was not height or breadth or depth or width they -remembered. The picture which remained with them and haunted them like a -fair dream was of a white and splendid archway, crowned with one of the -great stories of the world in marble—the triumph of the man in whom the -god was so strong that his dreams, the working of his mind, his -strength, his courage, his suffering, wrested from the silence of the -Unknown a new and splendid world. It was this great white arch they -always thought of, with this precious marble story crowning it, the -blue, blue water spread before the stately columns at its side, and the -City Beautiful within the courts it guarded. And it was to this they -were going when they found their way to the boat which would take them -to it. - -It was such a heavenly day of June! The water was so amethystine, the -sky such a vault of rapture! What did it matter to them that they were -jostled and crowded, and counted for nothing among those about them? -What did it matter that there were often near them common faces, -speaking of nothing but common, stupid pleasure or common sharpness and -greed? What did it matter that scarcely any one saw what they saw, or, -seeing it, realized its splendid, hopeful meaning? Little recked they of -anything but the entrancement of blue sky and water, and the City -Beautiful they were drawing near to. - -When first out of the blueness there rose the fair shadow of the -whiteness, they sprang from their seats, and, hand in hand, made their -way to the side, and there stood watching, as silent as if they did not -dare to speak lest it should melt away; and from a fair white spirit it -grew to a real thing—more white, more fair, more stately, and more an -enchanted thing than even they had believed or hoped. - -And the crowd surged about them, and women exclaimed and men talked, and -there was a rushing to and fro, and the ringing of a bell, and movement -and action and excitement were on every side. But somehow these two -children stood hand in hand and only looked. - -And their dream had come true, though it had been a child’s dream of an -enchanted thing. - - - - - XI - - -They passed beneath the snow-white stateliness of the great arch, still -hand in hand, and silent. They walked softly, almost as if they felt -themselves treading upon holy ground. To their youth and unworn souls it -_was_ like holy ground, they had so dreamed of it, they had so longed -for it, it had been so mingled in their minds with the story of a city -not of this world. - -And they stood within the court beyond the archway, the fair and noble -colonnade, its sweep of columns, statue-crowned, behind them, the wonder -of the City Beautiful spread before. The water of blue lagoons lapped -the bases of white palaces, as if with a caress of homage to their -beauty. On every side these marvels stood; everywhere there was the -green of sward and broad-leaved plants, the sapphire of water, the flood -of color and human life passing by, and above it all and enclosing it, -the warm, deep, splendid blueness of the summer sky. - -It was so white—it was so full of the marvel of color—it was so -strange—it was so radiant and unearthly in its beauty. - -The two children only stood still and gazed and gazed, with widening -eyes and parted lips. They could not have moved about at first; they -only stood and lost themselves as in a dream. - -Meg was still for so long that Robin, turning slowly to look at her at -last, was rather awed. - -“Meg!” he said; “Meg!” - -“Yes,” she answered, in a voice only half awake. - -“Meg! Meg! We are _there_!” - -“I know,” said Meg. “Only it is so like—that other City—that it seems as -if——” She gave a queer little laugh, and turned to look at him. “Rob,” -she said, “perhaps we are _dead_, and have just wakened up.” - -That brought them back to earth. They laughed together. No, they were -not dead. They were breathless and uplifted by an ecstasy, but they had -never been so fully _alive_ before. It seemed as if they were in the -centre of the world, and the world was such a bright and radiant and -beautiful place as they had never dreamed of. - -“Where shall we go first?” said Meg. “What shall we do?” - -But it was so difficult to decide that. It did not seem possible to make -a plan and follow it. It was not possible for them, at least. They were -too happy and too young. Surely visitors to fairy-land could not make -plans! They gave themselves up to the spell, and went where fancy led -them. And it led them far, and through strange beauties, which seemed -like dreams come true. They wandered down broad pathways, past green -sward, waving palms, glowing masses of flowers, white balustrades -bordering lagoons lightly ruffled by a moment’s wind. Wonderful statues -stood on silent guard, sometimes in groups, sometimes majestic colossal -figures. - -“They look as if they were all watching the thousands and thousands go -by,” said Robin. - -“It seems as if they must be thinking something about it all,” Meg -answered. “It could not be that they could stand there and look like -that and not know.” - -It was she who soon after built up for them the only scheme they made -during those enchanted days. It could scarcely be called a plan of -action, it was so much an outcome of imagination and part of a vision, -but it was a great joy to them through every hour of their pilgrimage. - -Standing upon a fairy bridge, looking over shining canals crossed by -these fairy bridges again and again, the gold sun lighting snow-white -columns, archways, towers, and minarets, statues and rushing fountains, -flowers and palms, her child eyes filled with a deep, strange glow of -joy and dreaming. - -She leaned upon the balustrade in her favorite fashion, her chin upon -her hands. - -“We need not _pretend_ it is a fairy story, Robin,” she said. “It _is_ a -fairy story, but it is real. Who ever thought a fairy story could come -true? I’ve made up how it came to be like this.” - -“Tell us how,” said Robin, looking over the jewelled water almost as she -did. - -“It was like this,” she said. “There was a great Magician who was the -ruler of all the Genii in all the world. They were all powerful and rich -and wonderful magicians, but he could make them obey him, and give him -what they stored away. And he said: ‘I will build a splendid City, that -all the world shall flock to and wonder at and remember forever. And in -it some of all the things in the world shall be seen, so that the people -who see it shall learn what the world is like—how huge it is, and what -wisdom it has in it, and what wonders! And it will make them know what -_they_ are like themselves, because the wonders will be made by hands -and feet and brains just like their own. And so they will understand how -strong they are—if they only knew it—and it will give them courage and -fill them with thoughts.” - -She stopped a moment, and Rob pushed her gently with his elbow. - -“Go on,” he said, “I like it. It sounds quite true. What else?” - -“And he called all the Genii together and called them by their names. -There was one who was the king of all the pictures and statues, and the -people who worked at making them. They did not know they had a Genius, -but they had, and he put visions into their heads, and made them feel -restless until they had worked them out into statues and paintings. And -the Great Genius said to him: ‘You must build a palace for _your_ -people, and make them pour their finest work into it; and all the people -who are made to be your workers, whether they know it or not, will look -at your palace and see what other ones have done, and wonder if they -cannot do it themselves.’ And there was a huge, huge Genius who was made -of steel and iron and gold and silver and wheels, and the Magician said -to him: ‘Build a great palace, and make your workers fill it with all -the machines and marvels they have made, and all who see will know what -wonders can be done, and feel that there is no wonder that isn’t done -that is too great for human beings to plan.’ And there was a Genius of -the strange countries, and one who knew all the plants and flowers and -trees that grew, and one who lived at the bottom of the sea and knew the -fishes by name and strode about among them. And each one was commanded -to build a palace or to make his people work, and they grew so -interested that in the end each one wanted his palace and his people to -be the most wonderful of all. And so the City was built, and we are in -it, Robin, though we are only twelve years old, and nobody cares about -us.” - -“Yes,” said Robin, “and the City is as much ours as if we were the -Magician himself. Meg, who was the Magician? _What_ was he?” - -“I don’t know,” said Meg. “Nobody knows. He is that—that——” She gave a -sudden, queer little touch to her forehead and one to her side. “_That_, -you know, Rob! The thing that _thinks_—and makes us want to do things -and be things. Don’t you suppose so, Rob?” - -“The thing that made us want so to come here that we could not bear -_not_ to come?” said Robin. “The thing that makes you make up stories -about everything, and always have queer thoughts?” - -“Yes—that!” said Meg. “And every one has some of it; and there are such -millions of people, and so there is enough to make the Great Magician. -Robin, come along; let us go to the palace the picture Genius built, and -see what his people put in it. Let us be part of the fairy story when we -go anywhere. It will make it beautiful.” - -They took their fairy story with them and went their way. They made it -as much the way of a fairy story as possible. They found a gondola with -a rich-hued, gay-scarfed gondolier, and took their places. - -“Now we are in Venice,” Meg said, as they shot smoothly out upon the -lagoon. “We can be in any country we like. Now we are in Venice.” - -Their gondola stopped, and lay rocking on the lagoon before the palace’s -broad white steps. They mounted them, and entered into a rich, glowing -world, all unknown. - -They knew little of pictures, they knew nothing of statuary, but they -went from room to room, throbbing with enjoyment. They stopped before -beautiful faces and happy scenes, and vaguely smiled, though they did -not know they were smiling; they lingered before faces and figures that -were sad, and their own dark little faces grew soft and grave. They -could not afford to buy a catalogue, so they could only look and pity -and delight or wonder. - -“We must make up the stories and thoughts of them ourselves,” Robin -said. “Let’s take it in turns, Meg. Yours will be the best ones, of -course.” - -[Illustration: “NOW WE ARE IN VENICE.”] - -And this was what they did. As they passed from picture to picture, each -took turns at building up explanations. Some of them might have been at -once surprising and instructive to the artist concerned, but some were -very vivid, and all were full of young directness and clear sight, and -the fresh imagining and coloring of the unworn mind. They were so -interested that it became like a sort of exciting game. They forgot all -about the people around them; they did not know that their two small, -unchaperoned figures attracted more glances than one. They were so -accustomed to being alone, that they never exactly counted themselves in -with other people. And now, it was as if they were at a banquet, -feasting upon strange viands, and the new flavors were like wine to -them. They went from side to side of the rooms, drawn sometimes by a -glow of color, sometimes by a hinted story. - -“We don’t know anything about pictures, I suppose,” said Meg, “but we -can see everything is in them. There are the poor, working in the fields -and the mills, being glad or sorry; and there are the rich ones, dancing -at balls and standing in splendid places.” - -“And there are the good ones and the bad ones. You can see it in their -faces,” Rob went on, for her. - -“Yes,” said Meg; “richness and poorness and goodness and badness and -happiness and gladness. The Genius who made this palace was a very proud -one, and he said he would put all the world in it, even if his workers -could only make pictures and statues.” - -“Was he the strongest of all?” asked Robin, taking up the story again -with interest. - -“I don’t know,” Meg answered; “sometimes I think he was. He was -strong—he was very strong.” - -They had been too deeply plunged into their mood to notice a man who -stood near them, looking at a large picture. In fact, the man himself -had not at first noticed them, but when Meg began to speak her voice -attracted him. He turned his head, and looked at her odd little -reflecting face, and, after having looked at it, he stood listening to -her. An expression of recognition came into his strong, clean-shaven -face. - -“You two again!” he said, when she had finished. “And you have got -here.” It was their man again. - -“Yes,” answered Meg, her gray eyes revealing, as she lifted them to his -face, that she came back to earth with some difficulty. - -“How do you like it, as far as you’ve gone?” he asked. - -“We are making believe that it is a fairy story,” Meg answered; “and -it’s very easy.” - -And then a group of people came between and separated them. - - - - - XII - - -How tired they were when they came out from the world of pictures into -the world of thronging people! How their limbs ached and they were -brought back to the realization that they were creatures with human -bodies, which somehow they seemed to have forgotten! - -When they stood in the sunshine again Robin drew a long breath. - -“It is like coming out of one dream into another,” he said. “We must -have been there a long time. I didn’t know I was tired and I didn’t know -I was hungry, but I am both. Are you?” - -She was as tired and hungry as he was. - -“Dare we buy a sandwich to eat with our eggs?” she said. - -“Yes, I think we dare,” Robin answered. “Where shall we go and eat -them?” - -There was no difficulty in deciding. She had planned it all out, and -they so knew the place by heart that they did not need to ask their way. -It was over one of the fairy bridges which led to a fairy island. It was -softly wooded, and among the trees were winding paths and flowers and -rustic seats, and quaint roofs peering above the greenness of branches. -And it was full of the warm scent of roses, growing together in -sumptuous thousands, their heavy, sweet heads uplifted to the sun, or -nodding and leaning towards their neighbors’ clusters. - -The fairy bridge linked it to the wonderful world beyond, but by -comparison its bowers were almost quiet. The crowd did not jostle there. - -“And we shall be eating our lunch near thousands and thousands of roses. -It will be like the ‘Arabian Nights.’ Let us pretend that the rose who -is queen of them all invited us, because we belong to nobody,” Meg said. - -They bought the modest addition to their meal, and carried the -necessary, ever-present satchel to their bower. They were tired of -dragging the satchel about, but they were afraid to lose sight of it. - -“It’s very well that it is such a small one, and that we have so little -in it,” Robin said. They chose the most secluded corner they could find, -as near to the rose garden as possible, and sat down and fell upon their -scant lunch as they had fallen upon their breakfast. - -It was very scant for two ravenously hungry children, and they tried to -make it last as long as possible. But scant as it was, and tired as they -were, their spirits did not fail them. - -“Perhaps, if we eat it slowly, it will seem more,” said Meg, peeling an -egg with deliberation, but with a very undeliberate feeling in her small -stomach. “Robin, did you notice our man?” - -“I saw him, of course,” answered Robin; “he’s too big not to see.” - -“I _noticed_ him,” continued Meg. “Robin, there’s something the matter -with that man. He’s a gloomy man.” - -“Well, you noticed him quickly,” Robin responded, with a shade of -fraternal incredulity. “What’s happened to him?” - -Meg’s eyes fixed themselves on a glimpse of blue water she saw through -the trees. She looked as if she were thinking the matter over. - -“How do I know?” she said; “I couldn’t. But, somehow, he has a dreary -face, as if he had been thinking of dreary things. I don’t know why I -thought that all in a minute, but I did, and I believe it’s true.” - -“Well, if we should see him again,” Robin said, “I’ll look and see.” - -“I believe we shall see him again,” said Meg. “How many eggs have we -left, Robin?” - -“We only brought three dozen,” he answered, looking into the satchel; -“and we ate seven this morning.” - -“When you have nothing but eggs, you eat a good many,” said Meg, -reflectively. “They won’t last very long. But we couldn’t have carried a -thousand eggs, even if we had had them”—which was a sage remark. - -“We shall have to buy some cheap things,” was Robin’s calculation. -“They’ll have to be very cheap, though. We have to pay a dollar, you -know, every day, to come in; and if we have no money we can’t go into -the places that are not free; and we want to go into everything.” - -“I’d rather go in hungry than stay outside and have real dinners, -wouldn’t you?” Meg put it to him. - -“Yes, I would,” he answered, “though it’s pretty hard to be hungry.” - -They had chosen a secluded corner to sit in, but it was not so secluded -that they had it entirely to themselves. At a short distance from them, -in the nearest bowery nook, a young man and woman were eating something -out of a basket. They looked like a young country pair, plain and -awkward, and enjoying themselves immensely. Their clothes were common -and their faces were tanned, as if from working out of doors. But their -basket evidently contained good, home-made things to eat. Meg caught -glimpses of ham and chicken, and something that looked like cake. Just -at that moment they looked so desperately good that she turned away her -eyes, because she did not want to stare at them rudely. And as she -averted them, she saw that Robin had seen, too. - -“Those people have plenty to eat,” he said, with a short, awkward laugh. - -“Yes,” she answered. “Don’t let us look. We are _here_, Robin, anyway, -and we knew we couldn’t come as other people do.” - -“Yes,” he said, “we are _here_.” - -The man and his wife finished their lunch, and began putting things in -order in their basket. As they did it, they talked together in a low -voice, and seemed to be discussing something. Somehow, in spite of her -averted eyes, Meg suddenly felt as if they were discussing Robin and -herself, and she wondered if they had caught her involuntary look. - -“I think, Robin,” said Meg—“I think that woman is going to speak to us.” - -It was evident that she was. She got up and came towards them, her -husband following her rather awkwardly. - -She stopped before them, and the two pairs of dark eyes lifted -themselves to her face. - -“I’ve just been talking to my man about you two,” she said. “We couldn’t -help looking at you. Have you lost your friends?” - -“No, ma’am,” said Robin, “we haven’t got any; I mean, we’re not with any -one.” - -The woman turned and looked at her husband. - -“Well, Jem!” she exclaimed. - -The man drew near and looked them over. - -He was a raw-boned, big young man, with a countrified, good-natured -face. - -“You haven’t come here alone?” he said. - -“Yes,” said Robin. “We couldn’t have come, if we hadn’t come alone. -We’re not afraid, thank you. We’re getting along very well.” - -“Well, Jem!” said the woman again. - -She seemed quite stirred. There was something in her ordinary, -good-natured face that was quite like a sort of rough emotion. - -“Have you plenty of money?” she asked. - -“No,” said Robin, “not plenty, but we have a little.” - -She put her basket down and opened it. She took out some pieces of brown -fried chicken; then she took out some big slices of cake, with raisins -in it. She even added some biscuits and slices of ham. Then she put them -in a coarse, clean napkin. - -“Now, look here,” she said, “don’t you go filling up with candy and -peanuts, just because you are by yourselves. You put this in your bag, -and eat it when you’re ready. ’T any rate, it’s good, home-made -victuals, and won’t harm you.” - -And in the midst of their shy thanks, she shut the basket again and went -off with her husband, and they heard her say again, before she -disappeared, - -“Well, Jem!” - -[Illustration: “WELL, JEM!” SHE EXCLAIMED.] - - - - - XIII - - -Yes, there were plenty of kind people in the world, and one of the best -proofs of it was that, in that busy, wonderful place through which all -the world seemed passing, and where, on every side, were a thousand -things to attract attention, and so fill eyes and mind that -forgetfulness and carelessness of small things might not have been quite -unnatural, these two small things, utterly insignificant and unknown to -the crowds they threaded, met many a passing friend of the moment, and -found themselves made happier by many a kindly and helpful word or look. -Officials were good-natured to them, guides were good-humored, motherly -women and fatherly men protected them in awkward crowds. They always saw -that those who noticed them glanced about for their chaperons, and again -and again they were asked who was taking care of them; but Robin’s -straightforward, civil little answer, “We’re taking care of ourselves,” -never failed to waken as much friendly interest as surprise. - -They kept up their fairy story of the Great Genius, and called things by -fairy-story names, and talked to each other of their fairy-story fancies -about them. It was so much more delightful to say: “Let us go to the -Palace of the Genius of the Sea,” than to say, “Let us go to the -Fisheries’ building.” And once in the palace, standing among great rocks -and pools and fountains, with water splashing and tumbling over strange -sea-plants, and strange sea-monsters swimming beneath their eyes in -green sea-water, it was easy to believe in the Genius who had brought -them all together. - -“He was very huge,” Meg said, making a picture of him. “He had monstrous -eyes, that looked like the sea when it is blue; he had great, white -coral teeth, and he had silver, scaly fishskin wound round him, and his -hair was long sea-grass and green and brown weeds.” - -They stood in grottoes and looked down into clear pools, at -swift-darting things of gold and silver and strange prismatic colors. -Meg made up stories of tropical rivers, with palms and jungle cane -fringing them, and tigers and lions coming to lap at the brink. She -invented rushing mountain streams and lakes, with speckled trout -leaping; and deep, deep seas, where whales lay rocking far below, and -porpoises rolled, and devil-fish spread hideous, far-reaching tentacles -for prey. - -Oh, what a day it was! What wonders they saw and hung over, and dwelt on -with passions of young delight! The great sea gave up its deep to them; -great forests and trackless jungles their wonderful growths; kings’ -palaces and queens’ coffers their rarest treasures; the ages of long ago -their relics and strange legends, in stone and wood and brass and gold. - -They did not know how often people turned and stopped to look at their -two little, close-leaning figures and vivid, dark, ecstatic-eyed faces. -They certainly never chanced to see that one figure was often behind -them at a safe distance, and seemed rather to have fallen into the habit -of going where they went and listening to what they said. It was their -man, curiously enough, and it was true that he was rather a -gloomy-looking man, when one observed him well. His keen, business-like, -well-cut face had a cloud resting upon it; he looked listless and -unsmiling, even in the palaces that most stirred the children’s souls; -and, in fact, it seemed to be their odd enthusiasm which had attracted -him a little, because he was in the mood to feel none himself. He had -been within hearing distance when Meg had been telling her stories of -the Genius of the Palace of the Sea, and a faint smile had played about -his mouth for a moment. Then he had drawn a trifle nearer, still keeping -out of sight, and when they had moved he had followed them. He had been -a hard, ambitious, wealth-gaining man all his life. A few years before -he had found a new happiness, which softened him for a while, and made -his world seem a brighter thing. Then a black sorrow had come upon him, -and everything had changed. He had come to the Enchanted City, not as -the children had come, because it shone before them, a radiant joy, but -because he wondered if it would distract him at all. All other things -had failed; his old habits of work and scheme, his successes, his -ever-growing fortune, they were all as nothing. The world was empty to -him, and he walked about it feeling like a ghost. The little dark, vivid -faces had attracted him, he did not know why, and when he heard the -story of the Palace of the Sea, he was led on by a vague interest. - -He was near them often during the day, but it was not until late in the -afternoon that they saw him themselves, when he did not see them. They -came upon him in a quiet spot where he was sitting alone. On a seat near -him sat a young woman, resting, with a baby asleep in her arms. The -young woman was absorbed in her child, and was apparently unconscious of -him. His arms were folded and his head bent, but he was looking at her -in an absent, miserable way. It was as if she made him think of -something bitter and sad. - -Meg and Robin passed him quietly. - -[Illustration: HE WAS LOOKING AT HER IN AN ABSENT, MISERABLE WAY.] - -“I see what you meant, Meg,” Robin said. “He does look as if something -was the matter with him. I wonder what it is?” - -When they passed out of the gates at dusk, it was with worn-out bodies, -but enraptured souls. In the street-car, which they indulged in the -extravagance of taking, the tired people, sitting exhaustedly in the -seats and hanging on to straps, looked with a sort of wonder at them, -their faces shone so like stars. They did not know where they were going -to sleep, and they were more than ready for lying down, but they were -happy beyond words. - -They went with the car until it reached the city’s heart, and then they -got out and walked. The streets were lighted, and the thoroughfares were -a riot of life and sound. People were going to theatres, restaurants, -and hotels, which were a blaze of electric radiance. They found -themselves limping a little, but they kept stoutly on, holding firmly to -the satchel. - -“We needn’t be afraid of going anywhere, however poor it looks,” Robin -said, with a grave little elderly air. He was curiously grave for his -years, sometimes. “Anybody can see we have nothing to steal. I think any -one would know that we only want to go to bed.” - -It was a queer place they finally hit upon. It was up a side street, -which was poorly lighted, and where the houses were all shabby and -small. On the steps of one of them a tired-looking woman was sitting, -with a pale, old-faced boy beside her. Robin stopped before her. - -“Have you a room where my sister could sleep, and I could have a -mattress on the floor, or lie down on anything?” he said. “We can’t -afford to go anywhere where it will cost more than fifty cents each.” - -The woman looked at them indifferently. She was evidently very much worn -out with her day’s work, and discouraged by things generally. - -“I haven’t anything worth more than fifty cents, goodness knows,” she -answered. “You must be short of money to come here. I’ve never thought -of having roomers.” - -“We’re poor,” said Robin, “and we know we can’t have anything but a poor -room. If we can lie down, we are so tired we shall go to sleep anywhere. -We’ve been at the Fair all day.” - -The pale little old-faced boy leaned forward, resting his arm on his -mother’s knee. They saw that he was a very poor little fellow, indeed, -with a hunch back. - -“Mother,” he said, “let ’em stay; I’ll sleep on the floor.” - -The woman gave a dreary half laugh, and got up from the step. “He’s -crazy about the Fair,” she said. “We hain’t no money to spend on Fairs, -and he’s most wild about it. You can stay here to-night, if you want -to.” - -She made a sign to them to follow her. The hunchback boy rose too, and -went into the dark passage after them. He seemed to regard them with a -kind of hunger in his look. - -They went up the narrow, steep staircase. It was only lighted by a dim -gleam from a room below, whose door was open. The balustrades were -rickety, and some of them were broken out. It was a forlorn enough -place. The hunchback boy came up the steps, awkwardly, behind them. It -was as if he wanted to see what would happen. - -They went up two flights of the crooked, crazy stairs, and at the top of -the second flight the woman opened a door. - -“That’s all the place there is,” she said. “It isn’t anything more than -a place to lie down in, you see. I can put a mattress on the floor for -you, and your sister can sleep in the cot.” - -“That’s all we want,” replied Robin. - -But it was a poor place. A room, both small and bare, and with broken -windows. There was nothing in it but the cot and a chair. - -“Ben sleeps here,” the woman said. “If I couldn’t make him a place on -the floor, near me, I couldn’t let it to you.” Meg turned and looked at -Ben. He was gazing at her with a nervous interest. - -“We’re much obliged to you,” she said. - -“It’s all right,” he said, with eager shyness. “Do you want some water -to wash yourselves with? I can bring you up a tin basin and a jug. You -can set it on the chair.” - -“Thank you,” they both said at once. And Robin added, “We want washing -pretty badly.” - -Ben turned about and went down-stairs for the water as if he felt a sort -of excitement in doing the service. These two children, who looked as -poor as himself, set stirring strange thoughts in his small, unnourished -brain. - -He brought back the tin basin and water, a piece of yellow soap, and -even a coarse, rather dingy, towel. He had been so eager that he was out -of breath when he returned, but he put the basin on the chair and the -tin jug beside it, with a sort of exultant look in his poor face. - -“Thank you,” said Meg again; “thank you, Ben.” - -She could not help watching him as his mother prepared the rather -wretched mattress for Robin. Once he caught the look of her big, -childish, gray eyes as it rested upon him with questioning sympathy, and -he flushed up so that even by the light of the little smoky lamp she saw -it. When the woman had finished she and the boy went away and left them, -and they stood a moment looking at each other. They were both thinking -of the same thing, but somehow they did not put it into words. - -“We’ll wash off the dust first,” said Robin, “and then we’ll eat some of -the things we have left from what the woman gave us. And then we’ll go -to bed, and we shall drop just like logs.” - -And this they did, and it was certainly a very short time before the -smoky little lamp was out, and each had dropped like a log and lay -stretched in the darkness, with a sense of actual ecstasy in limbs laid -down to rest and muscles relaxed for sleeping. - -“Robin,” said Meg, drowsily, through the dark that divided them, -“everybody in the world has something to give to somebody else.” - -“I’m thinking that, too,” Robin answered, just as sleepily; “nobody is -so poor—that—he—hasn’t anything. That—boy——” - -“He let us have his hard bed,” Meg murmured, “and he—hasn’t seen——” - -But her voice died away, and Robin would not have heard her if she had -said more. And they were both fast, fast asleep. - - - - - XIV - - -It would have been a loud sound which would have awakened them during -those deep sleeping hours of the night. They did not even stir on their -poor pillows when, long after midnight, there was the noise of heavy -drunken footsteps and heavy drunken stumbling in the passage below, and -then the raising of a man’s rough voice, and the upsetting of chairs and -the slamming of doors, mingled with the expostulations of the woman, -whose husband had come home in something worse than his frequent -ill-fashion. They slept sweetly through it all, but when the morning -came, and hours of unbroken rest had made their slumbers lighter, and -the sunshine streamed in through the broken windows, they were called -back to the world by loud and angry sounds. - -“What is it?” said Meg, sitting bolt upright and rubbing her eyes; -“somebody’s shouting.” - -“And somebody’s crying,” said Robin, sitting up too, but more slowly. - -It was quite clear to them, as soon as they were fully awake, that both -these things were happening. A man seemed to be quarrelling below. They -could hear him stamping about and swearing savagely. And they could hear -the woman’s voice, which sounded as if she were trying to persuade him -to do or leave undone something. They could not hear her words, but she -was crying, and somebody else was crying, too, and they knew it was the -boy with the little old face and the hump-back. - -“I suppose it’s the woman’s husband,” said Meg. “I’m glad he wasn’t here -last night.” - -“I wonder if he knows we are here,” said Robin, listening anxiously. - -It was plain that he did know. They heard him stumbling up the -staircase, grumbling and swearing as he came, and he was coming up to -their room, it was evident. - -“What shall we do?” exclaimed Meg, in a whisper. - -“Wait,” Robin answered, breathlessly. “We can’t do anything.” - -The heavy feet blundered up the short second flight and blundered to -their door. It seemed that the man had not slept off his drunken fit. He -struck the door with his fist. - -“Hand out that dollar,” he shouted. “When my wife takes roomers I’m -going to be paid. Hand it out.” - -They heard the woman hurrying up the stairs after him. She was out of -breath with crying, and there was a choking sound in her voice when she -spoke to them through the door. - -“You’d better let him have it,” she said. - -“I guess they’d better,” said the man, roughly. “Who’d’ they suppose -owns the house?” - -Robin got up and took a dollar from their very small store, which was -hidden in the lining of his trousers. He went to the door and opened it -a little, and held the money out. - -“Here it is,” he said. - -The man snatched it out of his hand and turned away, and went stumbling -down stairs, still growling. The woman stood a minute on the landing, -and they heard her make a pitiful sort of sound, half sob, half sniff. - -Meg sat up in bed, with her chin on her hands, and glared like a little -lioness. - -“What do you think of _that_?” she said. - -“He’s a devil!” said Robin, with terseness. And he was conscious of no -impropriety. “I wanted that boy to have it, and _go_.” It was not -necessary to say where. - -“So did I,” answered Meg. “And I believe his mother would have given it -to him, too.” - -They heard the man leave the house a few minutes later, and then it did -not take them long to dress and go down the narrow, broken-balustraded -stairs again. As they descended the first flight they saw the woman -cooking something over the stove in her kitchen, and as she moved about -they saw her brush her apron across her eyes. - -The squalid street was golden with the early morning sunshine, which is -such a joyful thing, and, in the full, happy flood of it, a miserable -little figure sat crouched on the steps. It was the boy Ben, and they -saw that he looked paler than he had looked the night before, and his -little face looked older. His elbow was on his knee and his cheek on his -hand, and there were wet marks on his cheeks. - -A large lump rose up in Meg’s throat. - -“I know what’s the matter,” she whispered to Robin. - -“So—so do I,” Robin answered, rather unsteadily. “And he’s poorer than -anybody else. It _ought_ not to go by him.” - -“No, no,” said Meg. “It oughtn’t.” - -She walked straight to the threshold and sat down on the step beside -him. She was a straightforward child, and she was too much moved to -stand on ceremony. She sat down quite close by the poor little fellow, -and put her hand on his arm. - -“Never you mind,” she said. “Never you mind.” And her throat felt so -full that for a few seconds she could say nothing more. - -Robin stood against the door post. The effect of this was to make his -small jaw square itself. - -“Don’t mind us at all,” he said. “We—we know.” - -The little fellow looked at Meg and then up at him. In that look he saw -that they did know. - -“Mother was going to give that dollar to me,” he said, brokenly. “I was -going to the Fair on it. _Everybody_ is going, everybody is talking -about it, and thinking about it! Nobody’s been talking of nothing else -for months and months! The streets are full of people on their way! And -they all pass me by.” - -He rubbed his sleeve across his forlorn face and swallowed hard. - -“There’s pictures in the shops,” he went on, “and flags flying. And -everything’s going that way, and me staying behind!” - -Two of the large, splendid drops, which had sometimes gathered on Meg’s -eyelashes and fallen on the straw, when she had been telling stories in -the barn, fell now upon her lap. - -“Robin!” she said. - -Robin stood and stared very straight before him for a minute, and then -his eyes turned and met hers. - -“We’re very poor,” he said to her, “but _everybody_ has—has something.” - -“We couldn’t leave him behind,” Meg said, “we _couldn’t_! Let’s think.” -And she put her head down, resting her elbows on her knee and clutching -her forehead with her supple, strong little hands. - -“What can we do without?” said Robin. “Let’s do without something.” - -Meg lifted her head. - -“We will eat nothing but the eggs for breakfast,” she said, “and go -without lunch—if we can. Perhaps we can’t—but we’ll try. And we will not -go into some of the places we have to pay to go into. I will make up -stories about them for you. And, Robin, it _is_ true—everybody has -something to give. That’s what I have—the stories I make up. It’s -_something_—just a little.” - -“It isn’t so little,” Robin answered; “it fills in the empty place, -Meg?” with a question in his voice. - -She answered with a little nod, and then put her hand on Ben’s arm -again. During their rapid interchange of words he had been gazing at -them in a dazed, uncomprehending way. To his poor little starved nature -they seemed so strong and different from himself that there was -something wonderful about them. Meg’s glowing, dark little face quite -made his weak heart beat as she turned it upon him. - -“We are not much better off than you are,” she said, “but we think we’ve -got enough to take you into the grounds. You let us have your bed. Come -along with us.” - -“To—to—the Fair?” he said, tremulously. - -“Yes,” she answered, “and when we get in I’ll try and think up things to -tell you and Robin, about the places we can’t afford to go into. We can -go into the Palaces for nothing.” - -“Palaces!” he gasped, his wide eyes on her face. - -She laughed. - -“That’s what we call them,” she said; “that’s what they are. It’s part -of a story. I’ll tell it to you as we go.” - -“Oh!” he breathed out, with a sort of gasp, again. - -He evidently did not know how to express himself. His hands trembled, -and he looked half frightened. - -“If you’ll do it,” he said, “I’ll remember you all my life! I’ll—I’ll—if -it wasn’t for father I know mother would let you sleep here every night -for nothing. And I’d give you my bed and be glad to do it, I would. I’ll -be so thankful to you. I hain’t got nothin’—nothin’—but I’ll be that -thankful—I”—there was a kind of hysterical break in his voice—“let me go -and tell mother,” he said, and he got up stumblingly and rushed into the -house. - -Meg and Robin followed him to the kitchen, as excited as he was. The -woman had just put a cracked bowl of something hot on the table, and as -he came in she spoke to him. - -[Illustration: “TO—TO—THE FAIR?” HE SAID, TREMULOUSLY.] - -“Your mush is ready,” she said. “Come and eat while it’s hot.” - -“Mother,” he cried out, “they are going to take me in. I’m going! -They’re going to take me!” - -The woman stopped short and looked at the twins, who stood in the -doorway. It seemed as if her chin rather trembled. - -“You’re going—” she began, and broke off. “You’re as poor as he is,” she -ended. “You must be, or you wouldn’t have come here to room.” - -“We’re as poor in one way,” said Meg, “but we worked, and saved money to -come. It isn’t much, but we can do without something that would cost -fifty cents, and that will pay for his ticket.” - -The woman’s chin trembled more still. - -“Well,” she said, ”I—I—O Lord!” And she threw her apron over her head -and sat down suddenly. - -Meg went over to her, not exactly knowing why. - -“We could not bear to go ourselves,” she said. “And he is like us.” - -She was thinking, as she spoke, that this woman and her boy were very -fond of each other. The hands holding the apron were trembling as his -had done. They dropped as suddenly as they had been thrown up. The woman -lifted her face eagerly. - -“What were you thinking of going without?” she asked. “Was it things to -eat?” - -“We—we’ve got some hard-boiled eggs,” faltered Meg, a little guiltily. - -“There’s hot mush in the pan,” said the woman. “There’s nothing to eat -with it, but it’s healthier than cold eggs. Sit down and eat some.” - -And they did, and in half an hour they left the poor house, feeling -full-fed and fresh. With them went Ben—his mother standing on the steps -looking after him—his pale old face almost flushed and young, as it set -itself toward the City Beautiful. - - - - - XV - - -Before they entered the Court of Honor Meg stopped them both. She was -palpitating with excitement. - -“Robin,” she said, “let us make him shut his eyes. Then you can take one -of his hands and I can take the other, and we will lead him. And when we -have taken him to the most heavenly place, he shall look—suddenly!” - -“I should like that,” said Ben, tremulous with anticipation. - -“All right,” said Robin. - -By this time it was as if they had been friends all their lives. They -knew each other. They had not ceased talking a moment since they set -out, but it had not been about the Fair. Meg had decided that nothing -should be described beforehand; that all the entrancement of beauty -should burst upon Ben’s hungry soul, as Paradise bursts upon translated -spirits. - -“I don’t want it to be gradual,” she said, anxiously. “I want it to be -_sudden_! It can be gradual after.” - -She was an artist and an epicure in embryo, this child. She tasted her -joys with a delicate palate, and lost no flavor of them. The rapture of -yesterday was intensified ten-fold to-day, because she felt it throbbing -anew in this frail body beside her, in which Nature had imprisoned a -soul as full of longings as her own, but not so full of power. - -They took Ben by either hand, and led him with the greatest care. He -shut his eyes tight, and walked between them. People who glanced at them -smiled, recognizing the time-honored and familiar child trick. They did -not know that this time it was something more than that. - -“The trouble is,” Meg said in a low voice to Robin, “I don’t know which -is the most heavenly place to stand. Sometimes I think it is at one end, -and sometimes at the other, and sometimes at the side.” - -They led their charge for some minutes indefinitely. Sometimes they -paused and looked about them, speaking in undertones. Ben was rigidly -faithful, and kept his eyes shut. As they hesitated for a moment near -one of the buildings, a man who was descending the steps looked in their -direction, and his look was one of recognition. It was the man who had -watched them the day before, and he paused upon the steps, interested -again, and conscious of being curious. - -“What are they going to do?” he said to himself. “They are going to do -something. Where did they pick up the other one—poor little chap!” - -Meg had been looking very thoughtful during that moment of hesitancy. -She spoke, and he was near enough to hear her. - -“He shall open them where he can hear the water splashing in the -fountain,” she said. “I think that’s the best.” - -It seemed that Robin thought so, too. They turned and took their way to -the end of the Court, where the dome lifted itself, wonderful, against -the sky, and a splendor of rushing water, from which magnificent -sea-monsters rose, stood grand before. - -Their man followed them. He had had a bad night, and had come out into a -dark world. The streams of pleasure-seekers, the gayly fluttering flags, -the exhilaration in the very air seemed to make his world blacker and -more empty. A year before he had planned to see this wonder, with the -one soul on earth who would have been most thrilled, and who would have -made him most thrill, to its deepest and highest meaning. Green grass -and summer roses were waving over the earth that had shut in all dreams -like these, for him. As he wandered about, he had told himself that he -had been mad to come and see it all, so alone. Sometimes he turned away -from the crowd, and sat in some quiet corner of palace or fairy garden; -and it was because he was forced to do it, for it was at times when he -was in no condition to be looked at by careless passers-by. - -He had never been particularly fond of children; but somehow these two -waifs, with their alert faces and odd independence, had wakened his -interest. He was conscious of rather wanting to know where they had come -from and what they would do next. The bit of the story of the Genius of -the Palace of the Sea had attracted him. He had learned to love stories -from the one who should have seen with him the Enchanted City. She had -been a story lover, and full of fancies. - -He followed the trio to the end of the great Court. When they reached -there, three pairs of cheeks were flushed, and the eyes that were open -were glowing. Meg and Robin chose a spot of ground, and stopped. - -“Now,” said Meg, “open them—suddenly!” - -The boy opened them. The man saw the look that flashed into his face. It -was a strange, quivering look. Palaces, which seemed of pure marble, -surrounded him. He had never even dreamed of palaces. White stairways -rose from the lagoon, leading to fair, open portals the wondering world -passed through to splendors held within. A great statue of gold towered -noble and marvellous, with uplifted arms holding high the emblems of its -spirit and power, and at the end of this vista, through the archway, and -between the line of columns, bearing statues poised against the -background of sky, he caught glimpses of the lake’s scintillating blue. - -He uttered a weird little sound. It was part exclamation, and a bit of a -laugh, cut short by something like a nervous sob, which did not know -what to do with itself. - -“Oh!” he said. And then, “Oh!” again. And then “I—I don’t know—what -it’s—like!” And he cleared his throat and stared, and Meg saw his narrow -chest heave up and down. - -“It isn’t _like_ anything, but—but something we’ve dreamed of, perhaps,” -said Meg, gazing in ecstasy with him. - -“No—no!” answered Ben. “But I’ve never dreamed like it.” - -Meg put her hand on his shoulder. - -“But you will now,” she said. “You will now.” - -And their man had been near enough to hear, and he came to them. - -“Good morning,” he said. “You’re having another day of it, I see.” - -Meg and Robin looked up at him, radiant. They were both in good enough -mood to make friends. They felt friends with everybody. - -“Good morning,” they answered; and Robin added, “We’re going to come -every day as long as we can make our money last.” - -“That’s a good enough idea,” said their man. “Where are your father and -mother?” - -Meg lifted her solemn, black-lashed eyes to his. She was noticing again -about the dreary look in his face. - -“They died nearly four years ago,” she answered, for Robin. - -“Who is with you?” asked the man, meeting her questioning gaze with a -feeling that her great eyes were oddly thoughtful for a child’s, and -that there was a look in them he had seen before in a pair of eyes -closed a year ago. It gave him an almost startled feeling. - -“Nobody is with us,” Meg said, “except Ben.” - -“You came alone?” said the man. - -“Yes.” - -He looked at her for a moment in silence, and then turned away and -looked across the Court to where the lake gleamed through the colonnade. - -“So did I,” he said, reflectively. “So did I. Quite alone.” - -Meg and Robin glanced at each other. - -“Yesterday Rob and I came by ourselves,” said Meg next, and she said it -gently. “But we were not lonely; and to-day we have Ben.” - -The man turned his eyes on the boy. - -“You’re Ben, are you?” he said. - -“Yes,” Ben answered. “And but for them I couldn’t never have seen -it—never!” - -“Why?” the man asked. “Almost everybody can see it.” - -“But not me,” said Ben. “And I wanted to more than any one—seemed like -to me. And when they roomed at our house last night, mother was going to -give me the fifty cents, but—but father—father, he took it away from us. -And they brought me.” - -Then the man turned on Robin. - -“Have you plenty of money?” he asked, unceremoniously. - -“No,” said Rob. - -“They’re as poor as I am,” put in Ben. “They couldn’t afford to room -anywhere but with poor people.” - -“But everybody—” Meg began impulsively, and then stopped, remembering -that it was not Robin she was talking to. - -“But everybody—what?” said the man. - -It was Robin who answered for her this time. - -“She said that last night,” he explained, with a half shy laugh, “that -everybody had something they could give to somebody else.” - -“Oh, well, it isn’t always money, of course, or anything big,” said Meg, -hurriedly. “It might be something that is ever so little.” - -The man laughed, but his eyes seemed to be remembering something as he -looked over the lagoon again. - -“That’s a pretty good thing to think,” he said. “Now,” turning on Meg -rather suddenly, “I wonder what you have to give to _me_.” - -“I don’t know,” she answered, perhaps a trifle wistfully. “The thing I -give to Rob and Ben is a very little one.” - -“She makes up things to tell us about the places we can’t pay to go -into, or don’t understand,” said Robin. “It’s not as little as she -thinks it is.” - -“Well,” said the man, “look here! Perhaps that’s what you have to give -to me. You came to this place alone and so did I. I believe you’re -enjoying yourselves more than I am. You’re going to take Ben about and -tell him stories. Suppose you take me!” - -“You!” Meg exclaimed. “But you’re a man, and you know all about it, I -dare say; and I only tell things I make up—fairy stories, and other -things. A man wouldn’t care for them. He—he knows.” - -“He knows too much, perhaps—that’s the trouble,” said the man. “A fairy -or so might do me good. I’m not acquainted enough with them. And if I -know things you don’t—perhaps that’s what I have to give to _you_.” - -“Why,” said Meg, her eyes growing as she looked up at his odd, clever -face, “do you want to go about with us?” - -[Illustration: “TAKE ME WITH YOU.”] - -“Yes,” said the man, with a quick, decided nod, “I believe that’s just -what I want to do. I’m lonelier than you two. At least, you are -together. Come on, children,” but it was to Meg he held out his hand. -“Take me with you.” - -And, bewildered as she was, Meg found herself giving her hand to him and -being led away, Robin and Ben close beside them. - - - - - XVI - - -It was such a strange thing—so unlike the things of every day, and so -totally an unexpected thing, that for a little while they all three had -a sense of scarcely knowing what to do with themselves. If Robin and Meg -had not somehow rather liked the man, and vaguely felt him friendly, and -if there had not been in their impressionable minds that fancy about his -being far from as happy as the other people of the crowds looked, it is -more than probable that they would not have liked their position, and -would have felt that it might spoil their pleasure. - -But they were sympathetic children, and they had been lonely and sad -enough themselves to be moved by a sadness in others, even if it was an -uncomprehended one. - -As she walked by the man’s side, still letting her hand remain in his, -Meg kept giving him scrutinizing looks aside, and trying in her way to -read him. He was a man just past middle life, he was powerful and -well-built, and had keen, and at the same time rather unhappy-looking, -blue eyes, with brows and lashes as black as Rob’s and her own. There -was something strong in his fine-looking, clean-shaven face, and the -hand which held hers had a good, firm grasp, and felt like a hand which -had worked in its time. - -As for the man himself, he was trying an experiment. He had been -suddenly seized with a desire to try it, and see how it would result. He -was not sure that it would be a success, but if it proved one it might -help to rid him of gloom he would be glad to be relieved of. He felt it -rather promising when Meg went at once to the point and asked him a -practical question. - -“You don’t know our names?” she said. - -“You don’t know mine,” he answered. “It’s John Holt. You can call me -that.” - -“John Holt,” said Meg. “Mr. John Holt.” - -The man laughed. Her grave, practical little air pleased him. - -“Say John Holt, without the handle to it,” he said. “It sounds well.” - -Meg looked at him inquiringly. Though he had laughed, he seemed to mean -what he said. - -“It’s queer, of course,” she said, “because we don’t know each other -well; but I can do it, if you like.” - -“I do like,” he said, and he laughed again. - -“Very well,” said Meg. “My name’s Margaret Macleod, I’m called Meg for -short. My brother’s name is Robin, and Ben’s is Ben Nowell. Where shall -we go first?” - -“You are the leader of the party,” he answered, his face beginning to -brighten a little. “Where shall it be?” - -“The Palace of the Genius of the Flowers,” she said. - -“Is that what it is called?” he asked. - -“That’s what we call it,” she explained. “That’s part of the fairy -story. _We_ are part of a fairy story, and all these are palaces that -the Genii built for the Great Magician.” - -“That’s first-rate,” he said. “Just tell us about it. Ben and I have not -heard.” - -At first she had wondered if she could tell her stories to a grown-up -person, but there was something in his voice and face that gave her the -feeling that she could. She laughed a little when she began; but he -listened with enjoyment that was so plain, and Ben, walking by her side, -looked up with such eager, enraptured, and wondering eyes, that she went -on bravely. It grew, as stories will, in being told, and it was better -than it had been the day before. Robin himself saw that, and leaned -towards her as eagerly as Ben. - -By the time they entered the Palace of the Flowers and stood among the -flame of colors, and beneath the great palm fronds swaying under the -crystal globe that was its dome, she had warmed until she was all aglow, -and as full of fancies as the pavilions were of blossoms. - -As she dived into the story of the Genius who strode through tropical -forests and deep jungles, over purple moors and up mountain sides, where -strange-hued pale or vivid things grew in tangles, or stood in the sun -alone, John Holt became of the opinion that his experiment would be a -success. It was here that he began to find he had gifts to give. She -asked him questions; Robin and Ben asked him questions; the three drew -close to him, and hung on his every word. - -“You know the things and the places where they grow,” Meg said. “We have -never seen anything. We can only try to imagine. You can tell us.” And -he did tell them; and as they went from court to pavilion, surrounded by -sumptuous bloom and sumptuous leafage and sumptuous fragrance, the three -beginning to cling to him, to turn to him with every new discovery, and -to forget he was a stranger, he knew that he was less gloomy than he had -been before, and that somehow this thing seemed worth doing. - -And in this way they went from place to place. As they had seen beauties -and wonders the day before, they saw wonders and beauties to-day, but -to-day their pleasure had a flavor new to them. For the first time in -years, since they had left their little seat at their own fireside, they -were not alone, and some one seemed to mean to look after them. John -Holt was an eminently practical person, and when they left the Palace of -the Flowers they began vaguely to realize that, stranger or not, he had -taken charge of them. It was evident that he was in the habit of taking -charge of people and things. He took charge of the satchel. It appeared -that he knew where it was safe to leave it. - -“Can we get it at lunch time?” Robin asked, with some anxiety. - -“You can get it when you want it,” said John Holt. - -A little later he looked at Ben’s pale, small face scrutinizingly. - -“Look here,” he said, “you’re tired.” And without any further question -he called up a rolling-chair. - -“Get into that,” he said. - -“Me?” said Ben, a little alarmed. - -“Yes.” - -And, almost a shade paler at the thought of such grandeur, Ben got in, -and fell back with a luxurious sigh. - -And at midday, when they were beginning to feel ravenous, though no one -mentioned the subject, he asked Meg a blunt question. - -“Where did you eat your lunch yesterday?” he asked. - -Meg flushed a little, feeling that hospitality demanded that they should -share the remaining eggs with such a companion, and she was afraid there -would be very few to offer, when Ben was taken into consideration. - -“We went to a quiet place on the Wooded Island,” she said, “and ate it -with the roses. We pretended they invited us. We had only hard-boiled -eggs and a sandwich each; but a kind woman gave us something of her -own.” - -“We brought the eggs from home,” explained Rob. “We have some chickens -of our own, who laid them. We thought that would be cheaper than buying -things.” - -“Oh!” said John Holt. “So you’ve been living on hard-boiled eggs. Got -any left?” - -“A few,” Meg answered. “They’re in the satchel. We shall have to go and -get it.” - -“Come along, then,” said John Holt. “Pretty hungry by this time, aren’t -you?” - -“Yes,” said Meg, with heartfelt frankness, “we are!” - -It was astonishing how much John Holt had found out about them during -this one morning. They did not know themselves how much their answers to -his occasional questions had told him. He had not known himself, when he -asked the questions, how much their straightforward, practical replies -would reveal. They had not sentimentalized over their friendless -loneliness, but he had found himself realizing what desolate, unnoticed, -and uncared-for things their lives were. They had not told him how they -had tired their young bodies with work too heavy for them, but he had -realized it. In his mind there had risen a picture of the Straw Parlor, -under the tent-like roof of the barn, with these two huddled together in -the cold, buried in the straw, while they talked over their desperate -plans. They had never thought of calling themselves strong and -determined, and clear of wit, but he knew how strong and firm of purpose -and endurance two creatures so young and unfriended, and so poor, must -have been to form a plan so bold, and carry it out in the face of the -obstacles of youth and inexperience, and empty pockets and hands. He had -laughed at the story of the Treasure saved in pennies, and hidden deep -in the straw; but as he had laughed he had thought, with a quick, soft -throb of his heart, that the woman he had loved and lost would have -laughed with him, with tears in the eyes which Meg’s reminded him of. He -somehow felt as if she might be wandering about with them in their City -Beautiful this morning, they were so entirely creatures she would have -been drawn to, and longed to make happier. - -He liked their fancy of making their poor little feast within scent of -the roses. It was just such a fancy as She might have had herself. And -he wanted to see what they had to depend on. He knew it must be little, -and it touched him to know that, little as they had, they meant to share -it with their poorer friend. - -They went for the satchel, and when they did so they began to calculate -as to what they could add to its contents. They were few things, and -poor ones. - -He did not sit down, but stood by and watched them for a moment, when, -having reached their sequestered nook, they began to spread out their -banquet. It was composed of the remnant eggs, some bread, and a slice of -cheese. It looked painfully scant, and Meg had an anxious eye. - -“Is that all?” asked John Holt, abruptly. - -“Yes,” said Meg. “We shall have to make it do.” - -“My Lord!” ejaculated John Holt, suddenly, in his blunt fashion. And he -turned round and walked away. - -“Where’s he gone?” exclaimed Ben, timidly. - -But they none of them could guess. Nice as he had been, he had a brusque -way, and, perhaps, he meant to leave them. - -But by the time they had divided the eggs, and the bread and cheese, and -had fairly begun, he came marching back. He had a basket on his arm, and -two bottles stuck out of one coat pocket, while a parcel protruded from -the other. He came and threw himself down on the grass beside them, and -opened the basket. It was full of good things. - -“I’m going to have lunch with you,” he said, “and I have a pretty big -appetite, so I’ve brought you something to eat. You can’t tramp about on -that sort of thing.” - -The basket they had seen the day before had been a poor thing compared -to this. The contents of this would have been a feast for much more -fastidious creatures than three ravenous children. There were chickens -and sandwiches and fruit; the bottles held lemonade, and the package in -the coat pocket was a box of candy. - -“We—never had such good things in our lives,” Meg gasped, amazed. - -“Hadn’t you?” said John Holt, with a kind, and even a happy, grin. -“Well, pitch in.” - - - - - XVII - - -What a feast it was—what a feast! They were so hungry, they were so -happy, they were so rejoiced! And John Holt watched them as if he had -never enjoyed himself so much before. He laughed, he made jokes, he -handed out good things, he poured out lemonade. - -“Let’s drink to the Great Magician!” he said, filling the little glasses -he had brought; and he made them drink it standing, as a toast. In all -the grounds that day there was no such a party, it was so exhilarated -and amazed at itself. Little Ben looked and ate and laughed as if the -lemonade had gone to his head. - -“Oh, my!” he said, “if mother could see me!” - -“We’ll bring her to-morrow,” said John Holt. - -“Are you—” faltered Meg, looking at him with wide eyes, “are you coming -again to-morrow?” - -“Yes,” John Holt answered, “and you are coming with me; and we’ll come -every day until you’ve seen it all—if you three will pilot me around.” - -“You must be very rich, John Holt,” said Meg. She had found out that it -was his whim to want her to call him so. - -“I have plenty of money,” he said, “if that’s being rich. Oh, yes, I’ve -got money enough! I’ve more land than Aunt Matilda.” - -And then it was that suddenly Robin remembered something. - -“I believe,” he said, “that I’ve heard Aunt Matilda speak about you to -Jones. I seem to remember your name. You have the biggest farm in -Illinois, and you have houses and houses in town. Meg, don’t you -remember—when he got married, and everybody talked about how rich he -was?” - -And Meg did remember. She looked at him softly, and thought she knew why -he had seemed gloomy, for she remembered that this rich and envied man’s -wife had had a little child and died suddenly. And she had even heard -once that it had almost driven him mad, because he had been fond of her. - -“Are you—that one?” she said. - -“Yes,” he answered, “I’m the one who got married.” And the cloud fell on -his face again, and for a minute or so rested there. For he thought this -thing which had happened to him was cruel and hideous, and he had never -ceased to rebel against it bitterly. - -Meg drew a little closer to him, but she said no more about what she -knew he was thinking of. She was a clever little thing, and knew this -was not the time. - -And after they had eaten of the good things, until hunger seemed a thing -of the past, the afternoon began as a fairy story, indeed. Little by -little they began to realize that John Holt was their good and powerful -giant, for it seemed that he was not only ready to do everything for -them, but was rich enough. - -“Have you been to the Midway Plaisance?” he asked them. He felt very -sure, however, that they had not, or that, if they had, with that scant -purse, they had not seen what they longed to see. - -“No, we haven’t,” said Meg. “We thought we would save it until we had -seen so many other things that we should not mind so _very_ much only -seeing the outsides of places. We knew we should have to make up stories -all the time.” - -“We won’t save it,” said John Holt. “We’ll go now. We will hobnob with -Bedouins and Japanese and Turks, and shake hands with Amazons and -Indians; we’ll ride on camels and go to the Chinese Theatre. Come -along.” - -And to this Arabian Nights’ Entertainment he took them all. They felt as -if he were a prince. And oh, the exciting strangeness of it! To be in -such a place and amid such marvels, with a man who seemed to set no -limit to the resources of his purse. They never had been even near a -person who spent money as if it were made for spending, and the good -things of life were made to be bought by it. What John Holt spent was -only what other people with full purses spent in the Midway Plaisance, -but to Meg and Robin and Ben it seemed that he poured forth money in -torrents. They looked at him with timorous wonder and marvelling -gratitude. It seemed that he meant them to see everything and to do -everything. They rode on camels down a street in Cairo, they talked to -chiefs of the desert, they listened to strange music, they heard strange -tongues, and tasted strange confections. Robin and Ben went about like -creatures in a delightful dream. Every few minutes during the first hour -Robin would sidle close to Meg, and clutch her dress or her hand with a -gasp of rapture. - -“Oh, Meg!” he would say, “and yesterday we were so poor! And now we are -seeing _everything_!” - -And when John Holt heard him, he would laugh half to himself; a laugh -with a touch of pleasant exultation in it, and no gloom at all. He had -found something to distract him at last. - -He liked to watch Meg’s face, as they went from one weirdly foreign -place to another. Her eyes were immense with delight, and her face had -the flush of an Indian peach. Once she stopped suddenly, in such a glow -of strange delight that her eyes were full of other brightness than the -shining of her pleasure. - -“Fairy stories _do_ happen!” she said. “You have made one! It was a -fairy story yesterday—but _now_—oh! just think how like a fairy king you -are, and what you are giving to us! It will be enough to make stories of -forever!” - -He laughed again. She found out in time that he often laughed that short -half-laugh when he was moved by something. He had had a rough sort of -life, successful as it had been, and it was not easy for him to express -all he felt. - -“That’s all right,” he said, “that’s just as it should be. But you are -giving something to me, too—you three.” - -And so they were, and it was not a little thing. - -Their afternoon was a thing of which they could never have dreamed and -for which they could never have hoped. Before it was half over they -began to feel that not only John Holt was a prince, but that by some -magic metamorphosis they had become princes themselves. It seemed that -nothing in that City Beautiful was to be closed to them. It was John -Holt’s habit to do things in a thorough, business-like way, and he did -this thing in a manner which was a credit to his wit and good sense. - -Ben, who had never been taken care of in his life, was taken about in a -chair, and looked after in a way that made him wonder if he were not -dreaming, and if he should not be wakened presently by the sound of his -father’s drunken voice. - -Robin found himself more than once rubbing his forehead in a puzzled -fashion. - -Meg felt rather as if she had become a princess. Somehow, she and John -Holt seemed to have known each other a long time. He seemed to like to -keep her near him, and always kept his eye on her, to see if she was -enjoying herself, and was comfortable, or tired. She found herself being -wheeled by Ben, when John Holt decided it was time for her to rest. He -walked by her and talked to her, answering all her questions. More than -once it flashed into her mind that it would be very awful when all this -joy was over, and they parted, as they would. But they were going to see -him to-morrow, he had said. - -It seemed as if they marched from one climax of new experience to -another. - -“You’re going to dine with me,” he announced. “You’ve had enough -hard-boiled eggs. And we’ll see the illuminations afterwards.” - -He took them to what seemed to them a dining-place for creatures of -another world, it was so brilliant with light, so decorated, so -gorgeous. Servants moved to and fro, electric globes gleamed, palms and -flowers added to the splendor of color and brightness. John Holt gave -them an excellent dinner; they thought it was a banquet. Ben kept his -eyes on John Holt’s face at every mouthful—he felt as if he might vanish -away. He looked as if he had done this every day of his life. He called -the waiters as if he knew no awe of any human being, and the waiters -flew to obey him. - -In the evening he took them to see the City Beautiful as it looked at -night. It was set, it seemed to them, with myriads of diamonds, all -alight. Endless chains of jewels seemed strung and wound about it. The -Palace of the Flowers held up a great crystal of light glowing against -the dark blue of the sky, towers and domes were crowned and diademed, -thousands of jewels hung among the masses of leaves, or reflected -themselves, sparkling, in the darkness of the lagoons, fountains of -molten jewels sprung up, and flamed and changed. The City Beautiful -stood out whiter and more spirit-like than ever, in the pure radiance of -these garlands of clearest flame. - -When first they came out upon it Robin involuntarily pressed close to -Meg, and their twin hands clasped each other. - -“Oh, Meg!” cried Robin. - -“Oh, Robin!” breathed Meg, and she turned to John Holt and caught his -hand too. - -“Oh, John Holt!” she said; “John Holt!” - -Very primitive and brief exclamations of joy, but somehow human beings -have uttered them just as simply in all great moments through centuries. - -John Holt knew just the degree of rapturous feeling they expressed, and -he held Meg’s hand close and with a warm grasp. - -They saw the marvellous fairy spectacle from all points and from all -sides. Led by John Holt, they lost no view and no beauty. They feasted -full of all the delight of it; and at last he took them to a quiet -corner, where, through the trees, sparkled lights and dancing water, and -let them talk it out. - -The day had been such an incredible one, with its succession of -excitements and almost unreal pleasures, that they had actually -forgotten that the night must come. They were young enough for that -indiscretion, and when they sat down and began to realize how tired they -were, they also began to realize a number of other things. - -A little silence fell upon them. Ben’s head began to droop slightly upon -his shoulder, and John Holt’s quick eye saw it. - -“Have you had a good day?” he asked. - -“Rob,” said Meg, “when we sat in the Straw Parlor and talked about the -City Beautiful, and the people who would come to it—when we thought we -could never see it ourselves—did we ever dream that anybody—even if they -were kings and queens—could have such a day?” - -“Never,” answered Robin; “never! We didn’t know such a day was in the -world.” - -“That’s right,” said John Holt. “I’m glad it’s seemed as good as that. -Now, where did you think of spending the night?” - -Meg and Rob looked at each other. Since Rob had suggested to her in the -morning a bold thought, they had had no time to discuss the matter, but -now each one remembered the bold idea. Rob got up and came close to John -Holt. - -“This morning I thought of something,” he said, “and once again this -afternoon I thought of it. I don’t know whether we could do it, but you -could tell us. Do you think—this is such a big place and there are so -many corners we could creep into, and it’s such a fine night—do you -think we could wait until all the people are gone and then find a place -to sleep without going out of the grounds? It would save us buying the -tickets in the morning, and Ben could stay with us—I told his mother -that perhaps he might not come home—and he could have another day.” - -John Holt laughed his short laugh. - -“Were you thinking of doing that?” he said. “Well, you have plenty of -sand, anyway.” - -“Do you think we could do it?” asked Meg. “Would they find us and drive -us out?” - -John Holt laughed again. - -“Great Cæsar!” he said, “no; I don’t think they’d find you two. Luck -would be with you. But I know a plan worth two of that. I’m going to -take you all three to my hotel.” - -“A hotel?” said Meg. - -Ben lifted his sleepy head from his shoulder. - -“Yes,” said John Holt. “I can make them find corners for you, though -they’re pretty crowded. I’m not going to lose sight of you. This has -begun to be _my_ tea-party.” - -Meg looked at him with large and solemn eyes. - -“Well,” she said, “it’s a fairy story, and it’s getting fairyer and -fairyer every minute.” - -She leaned forward, with her heart quite throbbing. Because it was he -who did this splendid thing—he to whom all things seemed possible—it -actually seemed a thing to be accepted as if a magician had done it. - -“Oh, how good you are to us!” she said. “How good, and how good! And -what is the use of saying only ‘Thank you?’ I should not be surprised,” -with a touch of awe, “if you took us to a hotel built of _gold_.” - -How heartily John Holt laughed then. - -“Well, some of them ought to be, by the time this thing’s over,” he -said. “But the lights will soon be out; the people are going, and Ben’s -nearly dead. Let’s go and find a carriage.” - - - - - XVIII - - -Yes, they went home in a carriage! John Holt put them into it, and -settled back into it himself, as if comfortable cushions were only what -belonged to tired people. And he took them to one of the hotels whose -brilliantly-lighted fronts they had trudged wearily by the night before. -And they had a good supper and warm baths and delicious beds, and Meg -went to sleep with actual tears of wonder and gratitude on her lashes, -and they all three slept the sleep of Eden and dreamed the dreams of -Paradise. And in the morning they had breakfast with John Holt, in the -hotel dining-room, and a breakfast as good as the princely dinner he had -given them; and after it they all went back with him to the City -Beautiful, and the fairy story began again. For near the entrance where -they went in they actually found Ben’s mother, in a state of wonder -beyond words; for, by the use of some magic messenger, that wonderful -John Holt had sent word to her that Ben was in safe hands, and that she -must come and join him, and the money to make this possible had been in -the letter. - -Poor, tired, discouraged, down-trodden woman, how she lost her breath -when Ben threw himself upon her and poured forth his story! And what a -face she wore through all that followed! How Ben led her from triumph to -triumph, with the exultant air of one to whom the City Beautiful almost -belonged, and who, consequently, had it to bestow as a rich gift on -those who did not know it as he did. What wondering glances his mother -kept casting on his face, which had grown younger with each hour! She -had never seen him look like this before. And what glances she cast -aside at John Holt! This was one of the rich men poor people heard of. -She had never been near one of them. She had, often, rather hated them. - -Before the day was over Robin and Meg realized that this wonder was to -go on as long as there was anything of the City Beautiful they had not -seen. They were to drink deep draughts of delight as long as they were -thirsty for more. John Holt made this plain to them in his blunt, -humorous way. He was going to show them everything and share all their -pleasures, and they were to stay at the golden hotel every night. - -And John Holt was getting almost as much out of it as they were. He -wandered about alone no more; he did not feel as if he were only a -ghost, with nothing in common with the human beings passing by. In the -interest and excitement of generalship and management, and the amusement -of seeing this unspoiled freshness of his charges’ delight in all -things, the gloomy look faded out of his face, and he looked like a -different man. Once they came upon two men who seemed to know him, and -the first one who spoke to him glanced at the children in some surprise. - -“Hallo, John!” he said, “set up a family?” - -“Just what I’ve done,” answered John Holt. “Set up a family. A man’s no -right to be going around a place like this without one.” - -“How do you get on with it?” asked the other. “Find it pay?” - -“Pay!” said John Holt, with a big laugh. “Great Scott! I should say so! -It’s worth twice the price of admission!” - -“Glad of it,” said his friend, giving him a curious look. - -And as he went away Meg heard him say to his companion, - -“It was time he found something that paid—John Holt. He was in a pretty -bad way—a _pretty_ bad way.” - -As they became more and more intimate, and spoke more to each other, Meg -understood how bad a “way” he had been in. She was an observing, -old-fashioned child, and she saw many things a less sympathetic creature -might have passed by; and when John Holt discovered this—which he was -quite shrewd enough to do rather soon—he gradually began to say things -to her he would not have said to other people. She understood, somehow, -that, though the black look passed away from his face, and he laughed -and made them laugh, there was a thing that was never quite out of his -mind. She saw that pictures brought it back to him, that strains of -music did, that pretty mothers with children hurt him when they passed, -and that every now and then he would cast a broad glance over all the -whiteness and blueness and beauty and grace, and draw a long, quick -sigh—as if he were homesick for something. - -“You know,” he said once, when he did this and looked round, and found -Meg’s eyes resting yearningly upon him, “you know She was coming with -me! We planned it all. Lord! how She liked to talk of it! She said it -would be an Enchanted City—just as you did, Meg. That was one of the -first things that made me stop to listen—when I heard you say that. An -Enchanted City!” he repeated, pondering. “Lord, Lord!” - -“Well,” said Meg, with a little catch in her breath, “well, you know, -John Holt, she’s got to an Enchanted City that won’t vanish away, hasn’t -she?” - -She did not say it with any sanctified little air. Out of their own -loneliness, and the “Pilgrim’s Progress,” and her ardent fancies, the -place she and Robin had built to take refuge in was a very real thing. -It had many modern improvements upon the vagueness of harps and crowns. -There were good souls who might have been astounded and rather shocked -by it, but the children believed in it very implicitly, and found great -comfort in their confidence in its joyfulness. They thought of -themselves as walking about its streets exactly as rapturously as they -walked about this earthly City Beautiful. And because it was so real -there was a note in Meg’s voice which gave John Holt a sudden touch of -new feeling, as he looked back at her. - -“Do you suppose she is?” he said. “You believe in that, don’t you—you -believe in it?” - -Meg looked a little troubled for a moment. - -“Why,” she said, “Rob and I talk to each other and invent things about -it, just as we talked about this. We just _have_ to, you see. Perhaps we -say things that would seem very funny to religious people—I don’t think -we’re religious but—but we do _like_ it.” - -“Do you?” said John Holt. “Perhaps I should, too. You shall tell me some -stories about it, and you shall put Her there. If I could feel as if she -were somewhere!” - -“Oh,” said Meg, “she must be somewhere, you know. She couldn’t _go out_, -John Holt.” - -He cast his broad glance all around, and caught his breath, as if -remembering. - -“Lord, Lord!” he said. “No! _She_ couldn’t go out!” - -Meg knew afterwards why he said this with such force. “She” had been a -creature who was so full of life, and of the joy of living. She had been -gay, and full of laughter and humor. She had had a wonderful, vivid -mind, which found color and feeling and story in the commonest things. -She had been so clever and so witty, and such a bright and warm thing in -her house. When she had gone away from earth so suddenly, people had -said, with wonder, “But it seemed as if she _could_ not die!” But she -had died, and her child had died too, scarcely an hour after it was -born, and John Holt had been left stunned and aghast, and almost -stricken into gloomy madness. And in some way Meg was like her, with her -vivid little face and her black-lashed eyes, her City Beautiful and her -dreams and stories, which made the realities of her life. It was a -strange chance, a marvellously kind chance, which had thrown them -together; these two, who were of such different worlds, and yet, who -needed each other so much. - -During the afternoon, seeing that Meg looked a little tired, and also -realizing, in his practical fashion, that Ben’s mother would be more at -ease in the society she was used to, John Holt sent her to ramble about -with her boy, and Robin went with them; and Meg and John went to rest -with the thousands of roses among the bowers of the fairy island, and -there they said a good deal to each other. John Holt seemed to get a -kind of comfort in finding words for some of the thoughts he had been -silent about in the past. - -“It’s a queer thing,” he said, “but when I talk to you about her I feel -as if she were somewhere near.” - -“Perhaps she is,” said Meg, in her matter-of-fact little way. “We don’t -know what they are doing. But if you had gone into another world, and -she had stayed here, you know you would have come to take care of her.” - -“That’s true,” said John Holt. “I took care of her when she was here, -the Lord knows. There wasn’t anything on earth she liked that I wouldn’t -have broken my neck to get at. When I built that house for her—I built a -big house to take her to when we were married—she said I hadn’t left out -a thing she cared for. And she _knew_ what things ought to be. She -wasn’t like me, Meg. I’d spent my life trying to make a fortune. I began -when I was a boy, and I worked hard. She belonged to people with money, -and she’d read books and travelled and seen things. She knew it all. I -didn’t, when first I knew her, but I learned fast enough afterwards. I -couldn’t help it while I was with her. We planned the house together. It -was one of the best in the country—architecture, furniture, pictures, -and all the rest. The first evening we spent there——” He stopped and -cleared his throat, and was silent a few seconds. Then he added, in a -rather unsteady voice, “We were pretty happy people that evening.” - -Later he showed Meg her miniature. He carried it in an oval case in his -inside pocket. It was the picture of a young woman with a brilliant -face, lovely laughing eyes, and a bright, curving red mouth. - -“No,” he said, as he looked at it, “She _couldn’t_ go out. She’s -somewhere.” - -Then he told Meg about the rooms they had made ready for “John Holt, -Junior,” as they had called the little child who died so quickly. - -“It was her idea,” he said. “There was a nursery, with picture paper on -the walls. There was a bathroom, with tiles that told stories about -little mermen and mermaids, that she had made up herself. There was a -bedroom, with a swinging cot, frilled with lace and tied with ribbons. -And there were picture-books and toys. The doors never were opened. John -Holt, Junior, never slept in his cot. He slept with his mother.” - -There he broke off a moment again. - -“She used to be sorry he wouldn’t be old enough to appreciate all this,” -he said next. “She used to laugh about him, and say, he was going to be -cheated out of it. But she said he should come with us, so that he could -say he had been. She said he had to see it, if he only stared at it and -said ‘goo.’” - -“Perhaps he does see it,” said Meg. “I should think those who have got -away from here, and know more what being alive really means, would want -to see what earth people are _trying_ to do—though they know so little.” - -“That sounds pretty good,” said John Holt; “I like that.” - -They had been seated long enough to feel rested, and they rose and went -on their way, to begin their pilgrimage again. Just as they were -crossing the bridge they saw Robin coming tearing towards them. He -evidently had left Ben and his mother somewhere. He was alone. His hat -was on the back of his head, and he was hot with running. - -“Something has happened,” said Meg, “and I believe I know——” - -But Robin had reached them. - -“Meg,” he said, panting for breath, “Aunt Matilda’s here! She didn’t see -me, but I saw her. She’s in the Agricultural Building, standing before a -new steam plough, and she’s chewing a sample of wheat.” - - - - - XIX - - -The two children did not know exactly whether they were frightened or -not. If it had not seemed impossible that anything should go entirely -wrong while John Holt was near them, they would have felt rather queer. -But John Holt was evidently not the least alarmed. - -“Look here,” he said, “I’m glad of it. I want to see that woman.” - -“Do you?” exclaimed Robin and Meg together. - -“Yes, I do,” he said. “Come along, and let’s go and find her.” And he -strode out towards the Agricultural Building as if he were going towards -something interesting. - -It is true that the Agricultural Building had been too nearly connected -with Aunt Matilda’s world to hold the greatest attractions for the -little Pilgrims. It had, indeed, gone rather hard with them to find a -name for it with a beautiful sound. - -“But it _is_ something,” Meg had said, “and it’s a great, huge thing, -whether we care for it or not. That it isn’t the thing we care for -doesn’t make it any less. We should be fools if we thought that, of -course. And you know we’re not fools, Rob.” - -“No,” Rob had said, standing gazing at rakes and harrows with his brows -knit and his legs pretty wide apart. “And if there’s one thing that -shows human beings _can_ do what they set their minds to, it’s this -place. Why, they used to thresh wheat with flails—two pieces of wood -hooked together. They banged the wheat on the barn floor with things -like that! I’ll tell you what, as soon as a man gets any sense, he -begins to make machines. He bangs at things with his brain, instead of -with his arms and legs.” - -And in the end they had called it the Palace of the Genius of the Earth, -and the Seasons, and the Sun. They walked manfully by John Holt through -the place, Robin leading the way, until they came to the particular -exhibit where he had caught sight of Aunt Matilda. Being a business-like -and thorough person, she was still there, though she had left the steam -plough and directed her attention to a side-delivery hay rake, which she -seemed to find very well worth study. - -If the children and John Holt had not walked up and planted themselves -immediately in her path, she would not have seen them. It gave Meg a -little shudder to see how like her world she looked, with her hard, -strong-featured face, her straight skirt, and her square shoulders. They -waited until she moved, and then she looked up and saw them. She did not -start or look nervous in the least. She stared at them. - -“Well,” she said. “So this was the place you came to.” - -“Yes, Aunt Matilda,” said Robin. “We couldn’t let it go by us—and we -took our own money.” - -“And we knew you wouldn’t be anxious about us,” said Meg, looking up at -her with a shade of curiosity. - -Aunt Matilda gave a dry laugh. - -“No,” she said, “I’ve no time to be anxious about children. I took care -of myself when I was your age; and I had a sort of notion you’d come -here. Who are you with?” - -John Holt lifted his hat, but without too much ceremony. He knew Mrs. -Matilda Jennings’s principles were opposed to the ceremonious. - -“I’m a sort of neighbor of yours, Mrs. Jennings,” he explained. “I have -some land near your farm, though I don’t live on the place. My name is -John Holt.” - -Aunt Matilda glanced from him to Robin. - -She knew all about John Holt, and was quite sufficiently business-like -to realize that it would be considered good luck to have him for a -friend. - -“Well,” she said to them, “you’ve got into good hands.” - -John Holt laughed. - -“By this time we all three think we’ve got into good hands,” he said; -“and we’re going to see this thing through.” - -“They haven’t money enough to see much of it,” said Mrs. Jennings. - -“No,” said John Holt, “but I have, and it’s to be my treat.” - -“Well,” said Aunt Matilda, “I suppose you can afford it. I couldn’t. -I’ve come here on business.” - -“You’d better let us help you to combine a little pleasure with it,” -said John Holt. “This won’t happen twice in your life or mine.” - -“There’s been a lot of money wasted in decorations,” said Mrs. Jennings. -“I don’t believe it will pay them.” - -“Oh, yes; it will pay them,” said John Holt. “It would pay them if they -didn’t make a cent out of it. It would have paid _me_, if I’d done it, -and lost money.” - -“Now, see here,” said Mrs. Matilda Jennings, with a shrewd air, “the -people that built this didn’t do it for their health—they did it for -what they’d make out of it.” - -“Perhaps they did,” said John Holt, “and perhaps all of them didn’t. And -even those that did have made a bigger thing than they knew, by -Jupiter!” - -They were all sauntering along together, as they spoke. Meg and Robin -wondered what John Holt was going to do. It looked rather as if he -wanted to see more of Aunt Matilda. And it proved that he did. He had a -reason of his own, and, combined with this, a certain keen sense of -humor made her entertaining to him. He wanted to see how the place -affected her, as he had wanted to look on at its effect on Meg and -Robin. But he knew that Aunt Matilda had come to accumulate new ideas on -agriculture, and that she must be first allowed to satisfy herself on -that point; and he knew the children were not specially happy in the -society of ploughs and threshing-machines, and he did not think Aunt -Matilda’s presence would add to their pleasure in the Palace of the -Earth, the Seasons, and the Sun. Besides, he wanted to talk to Mrs. -Jennings a little alone. - -“You know where Ben and his mother are?” he said to Robin, after a few -minutes. - -“Yes,” Robin answered. - -“Then take Meg and go to them for a while. Mrs. Jennings wants to stay -here about an hour more, and I want to walk round with her. In an hour -come back to the entrance here and I will meet you.” - -Meg and Robin went away as he told them. It was in one sense rather a -relief. - -“I wonder what she’ll say to him,” said Meg. - -“There’s no knowing,” Robin answered. “But whatever it is, he will make -it all right. He’s one of those who have found out human beings can do -things if they try hard enough. He was as lonely and poor as we are when -he was twelve. He told me so.” - -What Aunt Matilda said was very matter-of-fact. - -“I must say,” she said, as the children walked off, “you seem to have -been pretty good to them.” - -“They’ve been pretty good to me,” said John Holt. “They’ve been pretty -good _for_ me, though they’re not old enough to know it.” - -“They’re older than their age,” said Aunt Matilda. “If they’d been like -other children the Lord knows what I should have done with them. They’ve -been no trouble in particular.” - -“I should imagine not,” said John Holt. - -“It was pretty business-like of them,” said Mrs. Jennings, with another -dry laugh, “to make up their minds without saying a word to any one, and -just hustle around and make their money to come here. They both worked -pretty steady, I can tell you, and it wasn’t easy work, either. Most -young ones would have given in. But they were bound to get here.” - -“They’ll be bound to get pretty much where they make up their minds to, -as life goes on,” remarked John Holt. “That’s their build.” - -“Thank goodness, they’re not like their father,” Mrs. Jennings -commented. “Robert hadn’t any particular fault, but he never made -anything.” - -“He and his wife seem to have made a home that was a pretty good start -for these children,” was what John Holt said. - -“Well,” said Mrs. Jennings, “they’ve got to do the rest themselves. He -left them nothing.” - -“No other relations but you?” John Holt asked. - -“Not a soul. I shall keep them and let them work on the farm, I -suppose.” - -“It would pay to educate them well and let them see the world,” said -John Holt. - -“I dare say it would pay _them_,” replied Aunt Matilda, “but I’ve got -all I can do, and my husband’s family have a sort of claim on me. Half -the farm belonged to him.” - -They spent their remaining hours in the Agricultural Building very -profitably. Mrs. Jennings found John Holt an excellent companion. He -knew things very thoroughly, and had far-seeing ideas of how far things -would work, and how much they would pay. He did not expect Mrs. Jennings -to tell him fairy stories, and he told her none, but before they left -the place they had talked a good deal. John Holt had found out all he -wanted to know about the two children, and he had made a proposition -which certainly gave Aunt Matilda something new to think of. - -She was giving some thought to it when they went out to meet the party -of four at the entrance. She looked as if she had been rather surprised -by some occurrence, but she did not look displeased, and the glances she -gave to Meg and Robin expressed a new sense of appreciation of their -practical value. - -“I’ve promised Mr. Holt that I’ll let him take me through the Midway -Plaisance,” she said. “I’ve seen the things I came to see, and I may as -well get my ticket’s worth.” - -Meg and Robin regarded her with interest. Aunt Matilda and the Midway -Plaisance, taken together, would be such a startling contrast that they -must be interesting. And as she looked at John Holt’s face, as they went -on their way, Meg knew he was thinking the same thing. And it was a -strange experience. Mrs. Jennings strode through the curious places -rather as if she were following a plough down a furrow. She looked at -Samoan beauties, Arab chiefs, and Persian Jersey Lilies with unmovedly -scrutinizing eyes. She did not waste time anywhere, but she took all in -as if it were a matter of business. Camel drivers and donkey boys seemed -to strike her merely as samples of slow travelling; she ascended, as it -were into mid-heaven, on the Ferris Wheel, with a grim air of -determination. Being so lifted from earth and poised above in the clear -air, Meg had thrilled with a strange, exultant feeling of being a bird, -and it had seemed to her that, with a moment’s flutter of wings, she -could soar higher and higher, and lose herself in the pure sea of blue -above. Aunt Matilda looked down with cool interest. - -“Pretty big power this,” she said to John Holt. “I guess it’s made one -man’s fortune.” - -John Holt was a generous host. He took her from place to place—to -Lapland villages, Cannibal huts, and Moorish palaces. She tramped about, -and inspected them all with a sharp, unenthusiastic eye. She looked at -the men and women, and their strange costumes, plainly thinking them -rather mad. - -“It’s a queer sight,” she said to John Holt; “but I don’t see what good -all this is going to do any one.” - -“It saves travelling expenses,” answered John Holt, laughing. His -shrewd, humorous face was very full of expression all the time they were -walking about together. She had only come for the day, and she was going -back by a night train. When she left them, she gave them both one of -those newly appreciative looks. - -“Well,” she said, “Mr. Holt’s going to look after you, he says. He’s got -something to tell you when I’m gone. We’ve talked it over, and it’s all -right. There’s one thing sure, you’re two of the luckiest young ones -_I_’ve heard of.” And she marched away briskly. - -Meg and Robin looked at each other and at John Holt. What was he going -to tell them? But he told them nothing until they had all dined, and Ben -and his mother had gone home, prepared to come again the next day. - -By that time the City Beautiful was wreathed with its enchanted jewels -of light again, and in the lagoon’s depths they trembled and blazed. -John Holt called a gondola with a brilliant gondolier, and they got into -it and shot out into the radiant night. - -The sight was so unearthly in its beauty that for a few moments they -were quite still. Meg sat in her Straw Parlor attitude, with her elbows -on her knees, and her chin on her hands. Her eyes looked very big, and -as lustrous as the jewels in the lagoon. - -“I’m going to ask you something,” said John Holt, in a quiet sort of -voice, at last. - -“Yes,” said Meg, dreamily. - -“Would you two like to belong to _me_?” - -Meg’s hands dropped, and she turned her shining eyes. - -“I’ve been talking to your Aunt Matilda about that big house of mine,” -he went on. “It’s empty. There’s too much room in it. I want to take you -two, and see if you can fill it up. Will you come?” - -[Illustration: “IT’S A QUEER SIGHT,” SHE SAID TO JOHN HOLT.] - -Meg and Robin turned their eyes upon each other in a dazed way. - -“Will we come?” they stammered. - -“Mrs. Jennings is willing,” said John Holt. “You two have things to do -in the world. I’ll help you to learn to do them. You,” with the short -laugh—“you shall tell me fairy stories.” - -Fairy stories! What was this? Their hearts beat in their breasts like -little hammers. The gondola moved smoothly over the scintillating water, -and the jewel-strung towers and domes rose white against the lovely -night. Meg looked around her, and uttered a little cry. - -“Oh, Rob!” she said. “Oh, dear John Holt. We have got _into_ the City -Beautiful, and you are going to let us live there always.” - -And John Holt knew that the big house would seem empty no more. - - - - - XX - - -It would have seemed that this was the climax of wonders and delights—to -know that they had escaped forever from Aunt Matilda’s world, that they -were not to be parted from John Holt, that they were to be like his -children, living with him, sharing his great house, and learning all -they could want to learn. All this, even when it was spoken of as -possible, seemed more than could be believed, but it seemed almost more -unbelievable day by day, as the truth began to realize itself in detail. -What a marvellous thing it was to find out that they were not lonely, -uncared-for creatures any more, but that they belonged to a man who -seemed to hold all power in his hands! When John Holt took them to the -big stores and bought them all they needed, new clothes and new trunks -and new comforts, and luxuries such as they had never thought of as -belonging to them, they felt almost aghast. He was so practical, and -seemed to know so well how to do everything, that each hour convinced -them more and more that everything was possible to him. And he seemed to -like so much to be with them. Day after day he took them to their City -Beautiful, and enjoyed with them every treasure in it. And they had so -much time before them, they could see it all at rapturous leisure and -ease. No more hungry hours, no more straining of tired bodies and -spurring of weary feet, because there was so much to see and so little -time to see it in, because there was so little money to be spent. There -was time to loiter through palaces and linger before pictures and -marvellous things. And John Holt could explain them all. No more limited -and vague imaginings. There was time to hear everything, and Meg could -tell fairy stories by the hour if she was in the mood. She told them in -tropical bowers; she told them as they floated on the lagoon; she read -them in strange, savage, or oriental faces. - -“I shall have enough to last all my life, John Holt,” she would say. “I -see a new one every half-hour. If you like, I will tell them all to you -and Robin when you have nothing else to do.” - -“It will be like the ‘Arabian Nights,’” said Robin. “Meg, do you -remember that old book we had where all the leaves we wanted most were -torn out, and we had to make the rest up ourselves?” - -There was one story Meg found John Holt liked better than all the rest. -It was the one about the City Beautiful, into which she used to follow -Christian in the days when she and Robin lay in the Straw Parlor. It had -grown so real to her that she made it very real and near in the telling. -John Holt liked the way she had of filling it with people and things she -knew quite well. Meg was very simple about it all, but she told that -story well and often, when they were resting in some beautiful place -alone. John Holt would lead her back to it, and sit beside her, -listening, with a singular expression in his eyes. Ah, those were -wonderful days! - -Ben and his mother shared them, though they were not always with John -Holt and Robin and Meg. John Holt made comfortable plans for them, and -let them wander about and look their fill. - -“It’s a great thing for _him_, Mr. Holt,” said the poor woman once, with -a side glance at Ben. “Seems like he’s been born over again. The way he -talks, when we go home at night, is as if he’d never be tired again as -long as he lives. And a month ago I used to think he’d wear himself out, -fretting. Seemed like I could see him getting thinner and peakeder every -day. My, it’s a wonderful thing!” - -And John Holt’s kindness did not end there, though it was some time -before Meg and Robin heard all he had done. One day, when they had left -the grounds earlier than usual, because they were tired, he spent the -evening in searching out Ben’s disreputable father, and giving him what -he called “a straight talk.” - -“Look here,” he said, “I’m going to keep my eye on that boy of yours and -your wife. I intend to make the house decent, and see that the boy has a -chance to learn something, and take care they’re not too hard run. But -I’m going to keep my eye on you too—at least, I shall see that some one -else does—and if you make things uncomfortable you’ll be made pretty -uncomfortable yourself, that’s all. I’d advise you to try the new -recreation of going to work. It’ll be good for your health. Sort of -athletics.” - -And he kept his word. - -It was a marvel of a holiday. It is not possible that among all the -holiday-makers there were two others who were nearer the rapture of -Paradise than these two little Pilgrims. - -When it was at an end they went home with John Holt. It was a wonderful -home-going. The house was a wonderful house. It was one of the -remarkable places that some self-made western men have built and -furnished, with the aid of unlimited fortunes and the unlimited shrewd -good sense which has taught most of those of them whose lives have been -spent in work and bold ventures that it is more practical to buy taste -and experience than to spend money without it. John Holt had also had -the aid and taste of a wonderful little woman, whose life had been -easier and whose world had been broader than his own. Together they had -built a beautiful and lovable home to live in. It contained things from -many countries, and its charm and luxury might well have been the result -of a far older civilization. - -“Don’t you think, Robin,” said Meg, in a low voice, the first evening, -as they sat in a deep-cushioned window-seat in the library together, -“don’t you think you know what She was like?” - -They had spoken together of her often, and somehow it was always in a -rather low voice, and they always called her “She.” - -Robin looked up from the book he held on his knee. It was a beautiful -volume She had been fond of. - -“I know why you say that,” he said. “You mean that somehow the house is -like her. Yes, I’m sure it is, just as Aunt Matilda’s house is like her. -People’s houses are always like them.” - -“This one is full of her,” said Meg. “I should think John Holt would -feel as if she must be in it, and she might speak to him any moment. I -feel as if she might speak to me. And it isn’t only the pictures of her -everywhere, with her eyes laughing at you from the wall and the tables -and the mantels. It’s _herself_. Perhaps it is because she helped John -Holt to choose things, and was so happy here.” - -“Perhaps it is,” said Robin; and he added, softly, “this was her book.” - -They went once more to Aunt Matilda’s world. They did it because John -Holt wanted to see the Straw Parlor, and they wanted to show it to him -and bid it good-by. - -Aunt Matilda treated them with curious consideration. It almost seemed -as if she had begun to regard them with respect. It seemed to her that -any business-like person would respect two penniless children who had -made themselves attractive to a man with the biggest farm in Illinois, -and other resources still larger. They went out to the barn in their old -way, when no one knew where they were going, and when no one was about -to see them place their ladder against the stack, and climb up to the -top. The roof seemed more like a dark tent than ever, and they saw the -old birds’ nests, which by this time were empty. - -“Meg,” said Robin, “do you remember the day we lay in the straw and told -each other we had got work? And do you remember the afternoon I climbed -up with the old coffee-pot, to boil the eggs in?” - -“And when we counted the Treasure?” said Meg. - -“And when we talked about miracles?” said Robin. - -“And when it made me think human beings could do anything if they tried -hard enough?” said Meg. - -“And when you read the ‘Pilgrim’s Progress’?” said John Holt. - -“And the first afternoon when we listened to Jones and Jerry, and you -said there _was_ a City Beautiful?” said Meg. - -“And there _was_,” said Robin, “and we’ve been there.” - -“It was just this time in the afternoon,” said Meg, looking about her; -“the red light was dying away, for I could not see to read any more.” - -And for a little while they sat in the Straw Parlor, while the red light -waned; and afterwards, when they spoke of it, they found they were all -thinking of the same thing, and it was of the last day they had spent at -the Enchanted City, when they had gone about together in a strange, -tender, half-sad mood, loitering through the white palaces, lingering -about the clear pools of green sea water, where strange creatures swam -lazily or darted to and fro, looking their last at pictures and stories -in marble, and listening to the tinkle of water plashing under great -tropical leaves and over strange mosses, strolling through temples and -past savage huts, and gazing in final questioning at mysterious, -barbarous faces; and at last passing through the stately archway and -being borne away on the waters of the great lake. - -As they had been carried away farther and farther, and the white wonder -had begun to lose itself and fade into a white spirit of a strange and -lovely thing, Meg had felt the familiar throb at her heart and the -familiar lump in her throat. And she had broken into a piteous little -cry. - -“Oh, John Holt,” she said, “it is going, it is going, and we shall never -see it again! For it will vanish away, it will vanish away!” And the -tears rushed down her cheeks, and she hid her face on his arm. - -But though he had laughed his short laugh, John Holt had made her lift -up her head. - -“No,” he said, “it won’t vanish away. It’s not one of the things that -vanish. Things don’t vanish away that a million or so of people have -seen as they’ve seen this. They stay where they’re not forgotten, and -time doesn’t change them. They’re put where they can be passed on, and -passed on again. And thoughts that grow out of them bring other ones. -And what things may grow out of it that never would have been, and where -the end is, the Lord only knows, for no human being can tell. It won’t -vanish away.” - -Dear little children and big ones, this is a Fairy Story. And why not? -There are not many people who believe it, but fairy stories are -happening every day. There are beautiful things in the world; there are -many people with kind and generous hearts; there are those who do their -work well, giving what is theirs to give, and being glad in the giving; -there are birds in the skies, and flowers and leaves in the woods—and -Spring comes every year. These make the fairy stories. Every fairy story -has a moral, and this one has two. They are these: - -The human creature is a strong thing—when it is a brave one. - -Nature never made a human hand without putting into it _something_ to -give. - - - - - _BOOKS ILLUSTRATED IN COLORS_ - - - Kidnapped: - Being the Memoirs of the Adventures of David Balfour - By Robert Louis Stevenson - With 15 full-page illustrations and full-color cover. Lining paper and - title-page by N. C. Wyeth - $2.25 net - -The fight in the round-house, the Appin murder—these and other scenes in -the unforgettable story that lives in thousands of minds will be more -vivid for Mr. Wyeth’s pictures of them. - - Treasure Island - By Robert Louis Stevenson - 16 full-page illustrations in colors by N. C. Wyeth. Large square 4to. - $2.25 - -Mr. Wyeth’s bold, vigorous, colorful pictures reproduce perfectly the -spirit of Stevenson’s swinging narrative. - - The Arabian Nights: - Their Best Known Tales - Edited by Kate Douglas Wiggin and Nora Archibald Smith - Illustrated by Maxfield Parrish. 8vo. $2.00 net - - The Queen’s Museum and Other Fanciful Tales - By Frank R. Stockton - Illustrated by Frederic Richardson. $2.25 net - -“Frederic Richardson has scarcely any peer as the illustrator of the -most delicate fancies.”—_The Interior._ - - A Child’s Garden of Verses - By Robert Louis Stevenson - 12 full-page illustrations and ornamental cover in colors by Jessie - Willcox Smith. Royal 8vo. $2.56 - The same. Illustrated by Florence Storer. 50 cents net - The same. Illustrated by Emma Troth. 75 cents net - The same. Illustrated by Jean McLane and Charles Robinson. 50 cents - - Poems of Childhood - By Eugene Field - 8 full-page illustrations and ornamental cover in colors by Maxfield - Parrish. Royal 8vo. $2.25 - -“His poems of childhood have gone home, not only to the hearts of -children, but to the heart of the country as well.”—_The Outlook._ - - A Little Princess - By Frances Hodgson Burnett - Handsomely illustrated in colors by Ethel Franklin Betts. Royal 8vo. - $2.00 net - -“Here is the whole story of Sara Crewe, nicer than it was at -first.”—_The Outlook._ - - Little Lord Fauntleroy - By Frances Hodgson Burnett - 12 full-page illustrations in colors and 24 pen-and-ink sketches by - Reginald B. Birch. 4to. $2.00 net - -Many scenes are new and many old ones are pictured differently, but the -original idea of the different characters is only intensified in these -beautiful full-colored representations. - - - BY ERNEST THOMPSON SETON - _Illustrated by the author_ - -“They all have that fascinating quality which he manages to throw around -all his stories.”—_Brooklyn Eagle._ - - Animal Heroes - Lives of the Hunted - Wild Animals I Have Known - Each of the above. Square 12mo. $1.75 net - - Monarch, the Big Bear of Tallac - -“A fascinating account of a bear family.”—_Providence Journal._ - - The Trail of the Sandhill Stag - With numerous drawings by the author. Each 50 cents net - -“I had fancied that no one could touch ‘The Jungle Book’ for a -generation at least, but Mr. Seton has done it.”—_Bliss Carman, in The -Bookman._ - - - BY GEORGE BIRD GRINNELL - - Blackfeet Indian Stories - With frontispiece and cover by N. C. Wyeth. $1.00 net - -Twenty-five or more real Blackfeet Indian folk-lore stories gathered -during years of intimate study of the Indians. - - The Wolf Hunters - A Story of the Buffalo Plains - Illustrated. $1.35 net - -The true adventures and thrilling experiences of three young cavalrymen -who spent the winter of 1861-62 in hunting wolves on the Western Plains. - - African Adventure Stories -By J. Alden Loring, field naturalist to the Roosevelt African Expedition - With a foreword by Theodore Roosevelt - Illustrated. 8vo. $1.50 net - -“An illustrated book with thrills for any boy, grown up or -growing.”—_New York World._ - - Each Volume Illustrated. 12mo. $1.50 net - Beyond the Old Frontier - Adventures of Indian Fighters, Hunters, and Fur Traders - Edited by George Bird Grinnell - -A series of personal narratives of hunting, Indian fighting, and -exploration in the early pioneer days. - - Missionary Explorers Among the American Indians - By Mary Gay Humphreys - -Stories of the first and greatest of American missionaries to the -American Indians, told largely in their own words. - - True Tales of Arctic Heroism in the New World - By Major-General A. W. Greely, U. S. A. - -The true stories of the most heroic adventures in the Arctic -expeditions, from the earliest explorers to our own day. - - Zebulon M. Pike - Explorer of the Great South-West - Edited by Mary Gay Humphreys - -The thrilling and vivid narrative of Pike’s expeditions, told largely in -the words of his own journal. - - The Boy’s Drake - By Edwin M. Bacon - -“A worthy book for a boy.... Mr. Bacon has entered into the stirring -time of England’s conquest of the seas, and has written a fine biography -of her great pirate captain.”—_Chicago Tribune._ - - The Boy’s Hakluyt - By Edwin M. Bacon - -The voyages of Hawkins, Drake, and Gilbert, and others, retold from -Hakluyt’s Chronicles. - - The Boy’s Catlin: My Life Among the Indians - By George Catlin - Edited by Mary Gay Humphreys. With 16 illustrations from Catlin’s - drawings - -“As interesting a story of Indians as was ever written and has the merit -of being true.”—_New York Sun._ - - Trails of the Pathfinders - By George Bird Grinnell - -“Better reading than many a volume of pure romance.”—Jeannette L. Gilder -in _The Reader_. - - A Son of Satsuma - Or, With Perry in Japan - Illus. $1.25 net - -“One of the most spirited writers for boys here depicts one of the most -notable of American naval achievements.”—_The Outlook._ - - Midshipman Stuart - Or, The Last Cruise of the Essex - Illus. $1.25 net - -“Will hold the attention of every adventure-loving boy.”—_Brooklyn -Life._ - - In Pirate Waters - A Tale of the American Navy - Illus. $1.25 net - -“One of the liveliest and most entertaining historical stories of the -year.”—_The Dial._ - - Brethren of the Coast - A Tale of West Indian Pirates - Illus. $1.25 net - -“Full of action and life and variety. A story of Cuba in the early part -of this century.”—_Boston Herald._ - - The White Conquerors - A Tale of Toltec and Aztec - Illus. $1.25 net - -“Dealing with the advent of the Spaniards under Cortes in the New -World.... Its interest deepens with dramatic intensity with each -page.”—_Boston Transcript._ - - At War with Pontiac - Or, The Totem of the Bear - Illus. $1.25 net - -“Here are adventures not to be overlooked or received half-heartedly. -Every boy will be eager for such a book.”—_New York Sun._ - - With Crockett and Bowie - Or Fighting for the Line Star Flag - Illus. $1.25 net - -“Even their elders must feel a thrill as they turn the pages devoted the -defence of the Alamo.”—_New York Tribune._ - - Through Swamp and Glade - A Tale of the Seminole War - Illus. $1.25 net - -“A dramatic story full of strange adventure, stirring incidents, and -rapid action.”—_San Francisco Bulletin._ - - Campus Days - -“A breezy and wholesome quality pervades this volume of Mr. Paine’s -stories of undergraduate life at Yale.”—_Phila. Press._ - - The Stroke Oar - -The stroke oar of the “’Varsity” crew, after being shanghaied, returns -after exciting adventures in time to row in the great race at New -London. - - Sandy Sawyer, Sophomore - -Sandy Sawyer has to work in the summer to earn money to pay for his -college course. His adventures make up a jolly, rollicking story. - - The Fugitive Freshman - -“A mysterious disappearance, a wreck, the real thing in a game of -baseball are but a few of the excitements it contains.”—_Phila. Ledger._ - - The Head Coach - -“A corking yarn about football.”—_Springfield Union._ - - College Years - -“Wholesome stories of undergraduate life.”—_Yale Alumni Weekly._ - - Each of the above illustrated. 12mo. $1.35 net - - The Steam Shovel Man - Illustrated. $1.00 net - -The adventures of an energetic young ball-player, who finds time to play -baseball as well as work on the Panama Canal. - - The Dragon and the Cross - -“An excellent, thrilling story of adventure, travel and -fighting.”—_Boston Globe._ - - The Wrecking Master - -Two sons of rival wreckers race to rescue a big steamer ashore in a -peculiar manner on a Florida reef. - - A Cadet of the Black Star Line - -“Will be read with pleasure by the many boys to whom the sea speaks with -an inviting voice.”—_New York Herald._ - - Each of the above illustrated. 12mo. $1.00 net - - - BY HOWARD PYLE - -“There is nobody quite like Howard Pyle, after all, when it comes to -stories for children.”—_Springfield Republican._ - - The Story of King Arthur and His Knights - The Story of the Champions of the Round Table - The Story of Sir Launcelot and His Companions - The Story of the Grail and the Passing of Arthur - Each illustrated by the author. Royal 8vo. $2.00 net - The Merry Adventures of Robin Hood - of Great Renown in Nottinghamshire - Illustrated by the author. Royal 8vo. $2.75 net - - - BY SIDNEY LANIER - -“Amid all the strange and fanciful scenery of these stories, character -and ideals of character remain at the simplest and purest.”—_The -Independent._ - - The Boy’s Froissart - Illustrated by Alfred Kappes. - 8vo. $1.80 - - The Boy’s King Arthur - Illustrated by Alfred Kappes. - 8vo. $1.80 - - Knightly Legends of Wales; - Or, The Boy’s Mabinogonion - Illustrated by Alfred Frededericks. - 8vo. $1.80 - - The Boy’s Percy - Illustrated by E. B. Bensell. - 8vo. $1.80 - - - BY W. H. FROST - -“Mr. Frost has succeeded admirably in his attempt to make the doughty -knights and fair ladies of ancient days seem distinct and interesting to -the boys and girls of our own time.”—_Public Opinion._ - - Each book attractively Illustrated. 12mo. $1.35 net - Fairies and Folk of Ireland - The Knights of the Round Table - The Court of King Arthur - The Wagner Story Book - - - - - Transcriber’s Notes - - ---Copyright notice provided as in the original—this e-text is public - domain in the country of publication. - ---Silently corrected palpable typos; left non-standard spellings and - dialect unchanged. - ---In the text versions, delimited italics text in _underscores_ (the - HTML version reproduces the font form of the printed book.) - - - - -*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TWO LITTLE PILGRIMS’ PROGRESS *** - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the -United States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where - you are located before using this eBook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that: - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without -widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - diff --git a/old/50471-0.zip b/old/50471-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5fadd8d..0000000 --- a/old/50471-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h.zip b/old/50471-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 082df9f..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/50471-h.htm b/old/50471-h/50471-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index ffb964b..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/50471-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6087 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" -"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> -<head> -<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> -<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> -<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Two Little Pilgrims’ Progress, by Frances Hodgson Burnett</title> -<link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> -<style type="text/css"> - -xbody, table.twocol tr td { margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em; } /* BODY */ - -h1, h2, h3, h5, h6, .titlepg p { text-align:center; clear:right; } /* HEADINGS */ -h1 { margin-top:3em; margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto; max-width:15em; } -.box h1, .box h2 { margin-top:.5em; } -h2, h3 { margin-top:3em; margin-bottom:2em; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width: 17em; } -.box h3 { margin-top:1em; } -h2.toc { font-style:normal; } -h2 { font-style:italic; } -h2 span { font-style:normal; } -h6 { font-size:100%; font-style:italic; } -h6.var { font-size:80%; font-style:normal; } -.titlepg { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border-style:double; clear:both; } - -/* == BOXES == */ -.dbox { border-style:double; } -div.box, .dbox { margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; max-width:25em;} -.nbox { margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; max-width:18em;} -div.box, div.subbox, div.nbox { border-style:solid; border-width:1px; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:2em; } -div.subbox { margin:.2em; } -div.box dl dd, div.subbox dl dd, div.nbox dl dd {margin-left:2em; font-size:90%; } -div.box dl dt, div.subbox dl dt, div.nbox dl dt {margin-left:1em; } -div.box p {margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; max-width:70em; } -h4 { font-size:80%; text-align:center; clear:right; } -span.chaptertitle { font-style:normal; display:block; text-align:center; font-size:150%; } - -p, blockquote, li { text-align:justify; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } /* PARAGRAPHS */ -p.bq, blockquote { margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:2em; } -div.verse { font-size:100%; } -p.indent {text-indent:2em; text-align:left; } -p.tb, p.tbcenter { margin-top:2em; } - -span.pb, div.pb, dt.pb, p.pb /* PAGE BREAKS */ -{ text-align:right; float:right; margin-right:0em; clear:right; } -div.pb { display:inline; } -.pb, dt.pb, dl.toc dt.pb, dl.tocl dt.pb, .index dt.pb { text-align:right; float:right; margin-left: 1.5em; - margin-top:.5em; margin-bottom:.5em; display:inline; text-indent:0; - font-size:80%; font-style:normal; font-weight:bold; - color:gray; border:1px solid gray;padding:1px 3px; } -div.index .pb { display:block; } -.bq div.pb, .bq span.pb { font-size:90%; margin-right:2em; } - -div.img, body a img, .imgcenter {text-align:center; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; margin-top:2em; } - -sup, a.fn { font-size:75%; vertical-align:100%; line-height:50%; font-weight:normal; } -.center, .tbcenter, .csmallest, .csmaller, .caption { text-align:center; clear:both; } /* TEXTUAL MARKUP */ -.caption { font-weight:bold; font-size:90%; margin-top:0; } -table.center { clear:both; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } -.small { font-size:80%; } -.smaller, .csmaller { font-size:66%; } -.smallest, .csmallest { font-size:50%; } -.larger, .xlarge { font-size:150%; } -.large { font-size:125%; } -.gs { letter-spacing:1em; } -.gs3 { letter-spacing:1.5em; } -.gslarge { letter-spacing:.3em; font-size:110%; } -.sc { font-variant:small-caps; font-style: normal; } -.sc i { font-variant:normal; } -.rubric { color: red; font-weight:bold; } -hr { width:40%; margin-left:30%; } -.shorthr { width:20%; } -.jl { text-align:left; } -span.jl { float:left; } -.jr, .jr1 { text-align:right; } -span.jr, span.jr1, span.center, span.jl { display:block; } -.jr1 { margin-right:2em; } -.ind1 { text-align:left; margin-left:2em; } -.u { text-decoration:underline; } -.i { font-style:italic; } -.b { font-weight:bold; } - -table.center { border-style: groove; } -table.center, table.hymntab { clear:both; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - -dd.t { text-align:left; margin-left: 5.5em; } - -span.date, span.author { text-align:right; font-variant:small-caps; display:block; margin-right:1em; } -span.center { text-align:center; display:block; } -span.hst { margin-left:1.5em; } -.biblio dt { margin-top:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; } -.biblio dd { font-size:90%; } - -/* INDEX (.INDEX) */ - -/* FOOTNOTE BLOCKS */ -div.notes p { margin-left:1em; text-indent:-1em; text-align:justify; max-width:25em; } -.fnblock { margin-top:2em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; max-width:25em; } -.fndef { text-align:justify; margin-top:1.5em; margin-left:1.5em; text-indent:-1.5em; } -.fndef p.fncont, .fndef dl { margin-left:0em; text-indent:0em; } -.fndef p.fnbq, .fndef dl { margin-left:1em; text-indent:0em; } - -.lnum { text-align:right; float:right; margin-left:.5em; /* POETRY LINE NUMBER */ -display:inline; } - -.hymn { text-align:left; } /* HYMN AND VERSE: HTML */ -.verse { text-align:left; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:0em; } -p.t0, p.l, .t0, .l, div.l, l { margin-left:4em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.tw, div.tw, .tw { margin-left:1em; text-indent:-1em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t, div.t, .t { margin-left:5em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t2, div.t2, .t2 { margin-left:6em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t3, div.t3, .t3 { margin-left:7em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t4, div.t4, .t4 { margin-left:8em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t5, div.t5, .t5 { margin-left:9em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t6, div.t6, .t6 { margin-left:10em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t7, div.t7, .t7 { margin-left:11em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t8, div.t8, .t8 { margin-left:12em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t9, div.t9, .t9 { margin-left:13em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t10,div.t10,.t10 { margin-left:14em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t11,div.t11,.t11 { margin-left:15em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t12,div.t12,.t12 { margin-left:16em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t13,div.t13,.t13 { margin-left:17em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t14,div.t14,.t14 { margin-left:18em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t15,div.t15,.t15 { margin-left:19em;text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } - - /* CONTENTS (.TOC) */ - .toc dt.center { text-align:center; clear:both; margin-top:3em; margin-bottom:1em; } - .toc dt { text-align:right; clear:left; - margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:25em; font-style:italic; } - .toc dt .cn { font-style:normal; } - .toc dt.jr { text-align:right; } - .toc dt.smaller { max-width:25em; } - .toc dd { text-align:right; clear:both; margin-left:2em; } - .toc dd.t { text-align:right; clear:both; margin-left:4em; text-indent:0em; } - .toc dt a, .toc dd a { text-align:left; clear:right; float:left; } - .toc dt.sc { text-align:right; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } - .toc dt.scl { text-align:left; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } - .toc dt.sct { text-align:right; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; margin-left:1em; } - .toc dt.jl { text-align:left; clear:both; font-variant:normal; } - .toc dt.scc { text-align:center; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } - .toc dt span.lj { text-align:left; display:block; float:left; } - .toc dt.jr { font-style:normal; } - .toc dt a span.cn, .toc dt span.cn, dt span.cn { width:3.5em; text-align:right; margin-right:.7em; float:left; } - dt .large {font-weight:bold; } - div.bcat dl dd { margin-left:4em; max-width:21em; } - div.bcat dl dt { text-indent:-2em; margin-left:2em; } - -.clear { clear:both; } -.htab { margin-left:8em; } - /* MAXWIDTH FOR JUVENILE BOOKS */ - p, blockquote, li, dd, dt, div.bcat, pre { text-align:justify; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - p, li, dd, dt, div.bcat, pre.internal dl { max-width:25em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - p.csmaller { max-width:38em; } - p.csmallest { max-width:40em; } - blockquote { max-width:23em; } - - - div.verse { max-width:25em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - div.bq { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:23em; } -/* book advertisements */ - p.bkad {font-size:125%; font-weight:bold; margin-top:2em; max-width:20em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } - p.bkpr {font-size:90%; } - p.bkrv { } - dl.blist dt { margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; } - dl.blist, dl.biblio { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:25em; } -</style> -</head> -<body> - -<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Two Little Pilgrims’ Progress, by Frances Hodgson Burnett</div> -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online -at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you -are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the -country where you are located before using this eBook. -</div> -<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Two Little Pilgrims’ Progress<br /> -A Story of the City Beautiful</div> -<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Frances Hodgson Burnett</div> -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: November 17, 2015 [eBook #50471]<br /> -[Most recently updated: June 22, 2021]</div> -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div> -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div> -<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: Stephen Hutcheson, Dave Morgan and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team</div> -<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TWO LITTLE PILGRIMS’ PROGRESS ***</div> - -<div class="img"> -<img id="coverpage" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="Two Little Pilgrims’ Progress" width="500" height="760" /> -</div> -<div class="img" id="pic1"> -<img src="images/img000.jpg" alt="THEIR DREAM HAD COME TRUE." width="500" height="639" /> -<p class="caption">THEIR DREAM HAD COME TRUE.</p> -</div> -<div class="box"> -<h1>TWO LITTLE PILGRIMS’ PROGRESS -<br /><span class="smaller"><b><i>A Story of the City Beautiful</i></b></span></h1> -<p class="center"><span class="smaller">BY</span> -<br />FRANCES HODGSON BURNETT</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/img001.jpg" alt="" width="300" height="400" /> -</div> -<p class="center"><span class="small">NEW YORK</span> -<br />CHARLES SCRIBNER’S SONS -<br /><span class="small">1916</span></p> -</div> -<p class="csmaller"><span class="sc">Copyright, 1895, 1897, by</span> -<br />CHARLES SCRIBNER’S SONS</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/img002.jpg" alt="" width="262" height="299" /> -</div> -<h2 class="toc">LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS<br /><i class="smaller">FROM DRAWINGS BY REGINALD B. BIRCH</i></h2> -<dl class="toc"> -<dt class="jr"><span class="smaller">PAGE</span></dt> -<dt><a href="#pic1">Their dream had come true, </a>Frontispiece</dt> -<dt><a href="#pic2">“Everything in the world,” said Robin, </a>15</dt> -<dt><a href="#pic3">“Aunt Matilda,” she said, suddenly, </a>35</dt> -<dt><a href="#pic4">Meg looked rather like a little witch, </a>67</dt> -<dt><a href="#pic5">“Is this the train to Chicago?” said Robin, </a>79</dt> -<dt><a href="#pic6">“You like a cup coffee?” she asked, </a>97</dt> -<dt><a href="#pic7">“Now we are in Venice,” </a>111</dt> -<dt><a href="#pic8">“Well, Jem!” she exclaimed, </a>121</dt> -<dt><a href="#pic9">He was looking at her in an absent, miserable way, </a>127</dt> -<dt><a href="#pic10">“To—to—the Fair?” he said, tremulously, </a>141</dt> -<dt><a href="#pic11">“Take me with you,” </a>153</dt> -<dt><a href="#pic12">“It’s a queer sight,” she said to John Holt, </a>195</dt> -</dl> -<div class="pb" id="Page_1">1</div> -<h1 title="">TWO LITTLE PILGRIMS’ PROGRESS</h1> -<h2 id="c1"><span class="small">I</span></h2> -<p>The sun had set, and the shadows were deepening -in the big barn. The last red glow—the -very last bit which reached the corner the children -called the Straw Parlor—had died away, -and Meg drew her knees up higher, so as to bring -the pages of her book nearer to her eyes as the -twilight deepened, and it became harder to read. -It was her bitterest grievance that this was what -always happened when she became most interested -and excited—the light began to fade away, -and the shadows to fill all the corners and close -in about her.</p> -<p>She frowned as it happened now—a fierce little -frown which knitted her childish black brows as -she pored over her book, devouring the page, -with the determination to seize on as much as -was possible. It was like running a desperate -race with the darkness.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_2">2</div> -<p>She was a determined child, and no one would -have failed to guess as much who could have -watched her for a few moments as she sat on her -curious perch, her cheeks supported by her hands, -her shock of straight black hair tumbling over -her forehead.</p> -<p>The Straw Parlor was the top of a straw stack -in Aunt Matilda’s barn. Robin had discovered it -one day by climbing a ladder which had been left -leaning against the stack, and when he had found -himself on the top of it he had been enchanted by -the feeling it gave him of being so high above the -world, and had called Meg up to share it with him.</p> -<p>She had been even more enchanted than he.</p> -<p>They both hated the world down below—Aunt -Matilda’s world—which seemed hideous and exasperating -and sordid to them in its contrast to -the world they had lived in before their father -and mother had died, and they had been sent to -their sole relation, who did not want them, and -only took them in from respect to public opinion. -Three years they had been with Aunt Matilda, -and each week had seemed more unpleasant than -the last. Mrs. Matilda Jennings was a renowned -female farmer of Illinois, and she was far too energetic -a manager and business woman to have time -to spend on children. She had an enormous farm, -and managed it herself with a success and ability -which made her celebrated in agricultural papers. -If she had not given her dead brother’s children a -home, they would have starved or been sent to -the poorhouse. Accordingly, she gave them food -to eat and beds to sleep in, but she scarcely ever -had time to notice them. If she had had time to -talk to them, she had nothing to say. She cared -for nothing but crops and new threshing-machines -and fertilizers, and they knew nothing about such -things.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_3">3</div> -<p>“She never says anything but ‘Go to bed,’ -‘Keep out of the way.’ She’s not like a woman -at all,” Meg commented once, “she’s like a man -in woman’s clothes.”</p> -<p>Their father had been rather like a woman in -man’s clothes. He was a gentle, little, slender -man, with a large head. He had always been -poor, and Mrs. Matilda Jennings had regarded -him as a contemptible failure. He had had no -faculty for business or farming. He had taught -school, and married a school teacher. They had -had a small house, but somehow it had been as -cosey as it was tiny. They had managed to surround -themselves with an atmosphere of books, -by buying the cheap ones they could afford and -borrowing the expensive ones from friends and -circulating libraries. The twins—Meg and Robin—had -heard stories and read books all the first -years of their lives, as they sat in their little seats -by the small, warm fireside. In Aunt Matilda’s -bare, cold house there was not a book to be seen. -A few agricultural papers were scattered about. -Meals were hurried over as necessary evils. The -few people who appeared on the scene were -farmers, who talked about agricultural implements -and the wheat market.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_4">4</div> -<p>“It’s such a bare place,” Robin used to say, and -he would drive his hands into the depths of his -pockets and set his square little jaw, and stare before -him.</p> -<p>Both the twins had that square little jaw. -Neither of them looked like their father and -mother, except that from their mother they inherited -black hair. Robin’s eyes were black, but -Meg’s were gray, with thick black lashes. They -were handsome little creatures, but their shocks -of straight black hair, their straight black brows -and square little jaws, made them look curiously -unlike other children. They both remembered -one winter evening, when, as they sat on their -seat by the fire, their father, after looking at them -with a half smile for a moment or so, began to -laugh.</p> -<p>“Margaret,” he said to their mother, “do you -know who those two are like? You have heard -me speak of Matilda often enough.”</p> -<p>“Oh, Robert!” she exclaimed, “surely they are -not like Matilda?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_5">5</div> -<p>“Well, perhaps it is too much to say they are -like her,” he answered, “but there is something -in their faces that reminds me of her strongly. I -don’t know what it is exactly, but it is there. It -is a good thing, perhaps,” with a queer tone in -his voice. “Matilda always did what she made -up her mind to do. Matilda was a success. I -was always a failure.”</p> -<p>“Ah, no, Bob,” she said, “not a failure!”</p> -<p>She had put her hand on his shoulder, and he -lifted it and pressed it against his thin cheek.</p> -<p>“Wasn’t I, Maggie?” he said, gently, “wasn’t -I? Well, I think these two will be like Matilda in -making up their minds and getting what they -want.”</p> -<p>Before the winter was over Robin and Meg -were orphans, and were with Aunt Matilda, and -there they had been ever since.</p> -<p>Until the day they found the Straw Parlor it had -seemed as if no corner in the earth belonged to -them. Meg slept on a cot in a woman servant’s -room, Robin shared a room with some one else. -Nobody took any notice of them.</p> -<p>“When any one meets us anywhere,” Meg said, -“they always look surprised. Dogs who are not -allowed in the house are like us. The only difference -is that they don’t drive us out. But we are -just as much in the way.”</p> -<p>“I know,” said Robin; “if it wasn’t for you, -Meg, I should run away.”</p> -<p>“Where?” said Meg.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_6">6</div> -<p>“Somewhere,” said Robin, setting his jaw; “I’d -find a place.”</p> -<p>“If it wasn’t for you,” said Meg, “I should be -so lonely that I should walk into the river. I -wouldn’t stand it.” It is worth noticing that she -did not say “I <i>could</i> not stand it.”</p> -<p>But after the day they found the Straw Parlor -they had an abiding-place. It was Meg who preëmpted -it before she had been on the top of the -stack five minutes. After she had stumbled -around, looking about her, she stopped short, -and looked down into the barn.</p> -<p>“Robin,” she said, “this is another world. We -are miles and miles away from Aunt Matilda. -Let us make this into our home—just yours and -mine—and live here.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_7">7</div> -<p>“We are in nobody’s way—nobody will even -know where we are,” said Robin. “Nobody ever -asks, you know. Meg, it will be just like our -own. We will live here.” And so they did. On -fine days, when they were tired of playing, they -climbed the ladder to rest on the heap of yellow -straw; on wet days they lay and told each other -stories, or built caves, or read their old favorite -books over again. The stack was a very high -one, and the roof seemed like a sort of big tent -above their heads, and the barn floor a wonderful, -exaggeratedly long, distance below. The birds -who had nests in the rafters became accustomed -to them, and one of the children’s chief entertainments -was to lie and watch the mothers and -fathers carry on their domestic arrangements, -feeding their young ones, and quarrelling a little -sometimes about the way to bring them up. The -twins invented a weird little cry, with which they -called each other, if one was in the Straw Parlor -and the other one entered the barn, to find out -whether it was occupied or not. They never -mounted to the Straw Parlor, or descended from -it, if any one was within sight. This was their -secret. They wanted to feel that it was very -high, and far away from Aunt Matilda’s world, -and if any one had known where they were, -or had spoken to them from below, the charm -would have been broken.</p> -<p>This afternoon, as Meg pored over her book, -she was waiting for Robin. He had been away -all day. At twelve years old Robin was not of a -light mind. When he had been only six years -old he had had serious plans. He had decided -that he would be a great inventor. He had also -decided—a little later—that he would not be poor, -like his father, but would be very rich. He had -begun by having a savings bank, into which he -put rigorously every penny that was given to him. -He had been so quaintly systematic about it that -people were amused, and gave him pennies instead -of candy and toys. He kept a little banking -book of his own. If he had been stingy he would -have been a very unpleasant little boy, but he -was only strict with himself. He was capable of -taking from his capital to do the gentlemanly -thing by Meg at Christmas.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_8">8</div> -<p>“He has the spirit of the financier, that is all,” -said his father.</p> -<p>Since he had been with Aunt Matilda he had -found opportunities to earn a trifle rather frequently. -On the big place there were small, -troublesome duties the farm hands found he could -be relied on to do, which they were willing to -pay for. They found out that he never failed -them.</p> -<p>“Smart little chap,” they said; “always up to -time when he undertakes a thing.”</p> -<p>To-day he had been steadily at work under the -head man. Aunt Matilda had no objection to his -odd jobs.</p> -<p>“He has his living to earn, and he may as well -begin,” she said.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_9">9</div> -<p>So Meg had been alone since morning. She -had only one duty to perform, and then she was -free. The first spring they had been with Aunt -Matilda Robin had invested in a few chickens, -and their rigorous care of them had resulted in -such success that the chickens had become a sort -of centre of existence to them. They could always -have any dreams of the future upon the fortune -to be gained by chickens. You could calculate -on bits of paper about chickens and eggs -until your head whirled at the magnitude of your -prospects. Meg’s duty was to feed them, and -show them scrupulous attentions when Robin -was away.</p> -<p>After she had attended to them she went to the -barn, and, finding it empty, climbed up to the -Straw Parlor with an old “Pilgrim’s Progress,” to -spend the day.</p> -<p class="tb">This afternoon, when the light began to redden -and then to die away, she and Christian were very -near the gates. She longed so to go in with him, -and was yearning towards them with breathless -eagerness, when she heard Robin’s cry below, -coming up from the barn floor.</p> -<p>She sprang up with a start, feeling bewildered -a second, before she answered. The City Beautiful -was such millions—such millions of miles away -from Aunt Matilda’s barn. She found herself -breathing quickly and rubbing her eyes, as she -heard Robin hurrying up the ladder.</p> -<p>Somehow she felt as if he was rather in a hurry, -and when his small, black shock head and wide-awake -black eyes appeared above the straw she -had a vague feeling that he was excited, and that -he had come from another world. He clambered -on to the stack and made his way to her, and -threw himself full length on the straw at her -side.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_10">10</div> -<p>“Meg!” he said—“Hallo, you look as if you -were in a dream! Wake up!—Jones and Jerry -are coming to the barn—I hurried to get here -before them; they’re talking about something I -want you to hear—something new! Wake up!”</p> -<p>“Oh, Robin!” said Meg, clutching her book -and coming back to earth with a sigh, “I don’t -want to hear Jones and Jerry. I don’t want to -hear any of the people down there. I’ve been -reading the ‘Pilgrim’s Progress,’ and I do wish—I -do so <i>wish</i> there <i>was</i> a City Beautiful.”</p> -<p>Robin gave a queer little laugh. He really was -excited.</p> -<p>“There is going to be one,” he said. “Jones -and Jerry don’t really know it, but it is something -like that they are talking about; a City Beautiful—a -real one—on this earth, and not a hundred -miles away. Let’s get near the edge and listen.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_11">11</div> -<h2 id="c2"><span class="small">II</span></h2> -<p>They drew as near to the edge as they could -without being seen. They did not understand in -the least. Robin was not given to practical jokes, -but what he had said sounded rather as if there -was a joke somewhere. But she saw Jones and -Jerry enter the barn, and saw, before they entered, -that they were deep in talk. It was Jones who -was speaking. Jones was Aunt Matilda’s head -man, and was an authority on many things.</p> -<p>“There’s been exhibitions and fairs all over the -world,” he was saying, “but there’s been nothing -like what this will be. It will be a city, that’s -what it will be, and all the world is going to be -in it. They are going to build it fronting on the -water, and bank the water up into lakes and canals, -and build places like white palaces beside -them, and decorate the grounds with statues and -palms and flowers and fountains, and there’s not a -country on earth that won’t send things to fill the -buildings. And there won’t be anything a man -can’t see by going through ’em. It’ll be as good -as a college course to spend a week there.”</p> -<p>Meg drew a little closer to Robin in the straw.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_12">12</div> -<p>“What are they talking about?” she whispered.</p> -<p>“Listen,” said Bob.</p> -<p>Jerry, who was moving about at some work -below, gave a chuckling laugh.</p> -<p>“Trust ’em to do the biggest thing yet, or bust, -them Chicago people,” he said. “It’s got to be -the biggest thing—a Chicago Fair.”</p> -<p>“It’s not goin’ to be the Chicago Fair,” Jones -said. “They’re not goin’ to put up with no such -idea as that; it’s the World’s Fair. They’re going -to ring in the universe.”</p> -<p>“That’s Chicago out an’ out,” said Jerry. -“Buildin’s twenty stories high, an’ the thermometer -twenty-five degrees below zero, an’ a World’s -Fair. Christopher Columbus! I’d like to see it!”</p> -<p>“I bet Christopher Columbus would like to see -it,” said Jones. “It’s out of compliment to him -they’re getting it up—for discovering Chicago.”</p> -<p>“Well, I didn’t know he made his name that -way partic’lar,” said Jerry. “Thought what he -prided hisself on was discoverin’ America.”</p> -<p>“Same thing,” said Jones, “same thing! Wouldn’t -have had much to blow about, and have statues -set up, and comic operas written about him, if it -had only been America he’d discovered. Chicago -does him full credit, and she’s goin’ to give him a -send-off that’ll be a credit to her.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_13">13</div> -<p>Robin smothered a little laugh in his coat-sleeve. -He was quite used to hearing jokes about Chicago. -The people in the country round it were enormously -proud of it, and its great schemes and -great buildings and multi-millionaires, but those -who were given to jokes had the habit of being -jocular about it, just as they had the habit of proclaiming -and dwelling upon its rush and wealth -and enterprise. But Meg was not a jocular person. -She was too intense and easily excited. She -gave Robin an impatient nudge with her elbow, -not in reproof, but as a sort of irrepressible ejaculation.</p> -<p>“I wish they wouldn’t be funny,” she exclaimed. -“I want them to tell more about it. I wish they’d -go on.”</p> -<p>But they did not go on; at least, not in any way -that was satisfactory. They only remained in the -barn a short time longer, and they were busy with -the work they had come to do. Meg craned her -neck and listened, but they did not tell more, and -she was glad when they went away, so that she -could turn to Robin.</p> -<p>“Don’t you know more than that?” she said. -“Is it true? What have you heard? Tell me -yourself.”</p> -<p>“I’ve heard a lot to-day,” said Robin. “They -were all talking about it all the time, and I meant -to tell you myself, only I saw Jones and Jerry -coming, and thought, perhaps, we should hear -something more if we listened.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_14">14</div> -<p>They clambered over to their corner and made -themselves comfortable. Robin lay on his back, -but Meg leaned on her elbows, as usual, with -her cheeks resting on her hands. Her black elf-locks -hung over her forehead, and her big eyes -shone.</p> -<p>“Rob,” she said, “go on. What’s the rest?”</p> -<p>“The rest!” he said. “It would take a week -to tell it all, I should think. But it’s going to be -the most wonderful thing in the world. They are -going to build a place that will be like a white, -beautiful city, on the borders of the lake—that -was why I called it the City Beautiful. It won’t -be on the top of a hill, of course——”</p> -<p>“But if it is on the edge of the lake, and the sun -shines and the big water is blue and there are -shining white palaces, it will be better, I believe,” -said Meg. “What is going to be in the city?”</p> -<p>“Everything in the world,” said Robin. -“Things from everywhere—from every country.”</p> -<p>“There are a great many countries,” said Meg. -“You know how it is in the geography. Europe, -Asia, and Africa, as well as America. Spain and -Portugal and France and England—and Sweden -and Norway and Russia and Lapland—and India—and -Italy—and Switzerland, and all the others.”</p> -<p>“There will be things—and people—brought -from them all. I heard them say so. They say -there will be villages, with people walking about -in them.”</p> -<div class="img" id="pic2"> -<img src="images/img003.jpg" alt="“EVERYTHING IN THE WORLD,” SAID ROBIN." width="600" height="774" /> -<p class="caption">“EVERYTHING IN THE WORLD,” SAID ROBIN.</p> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_17">17</div> -<p>“Do they walk about when they are at home?” -exclaimed Meg.</p> -<p>“Yes, in the queer clothes they wear in their -own countries. There’s going to be an Esquimaux -village.”</p> -<p>“With dogs and sledges?” cried Meg, lifting -her head.</p> -<p>“Yes; and you know that place in Italy where -the streets are made of water——”</p> -<p>“It’s Venice,” said Meg. “And they go about -in boats called gondolas.”</p> -<p>“And the men who take them about are called -gondoliers,” interrupted Robin. “And they have -scarfs and red caps, and push their boats along -with poles. There will be gondolas at the Fair, -and people can get into them and go about the -canals.”</p> -<p>“Just as they do in Venice?” Meg gasped.</p> -<p>“Just as they do in Venice. And it will be the -same with all the other countries. It will be as if -they were all brought there—Spanish places and -Egyptian places and German places—and French -and Italian and Irish and Scotch and English—and -all the others.”</p> -<p>“To go there would be like travelling all over -the world,” cried Meg.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_18">18</div> -<p>“Yes,” said Rob, excitedly. “And all the -trades will be there, and all the machines—and -inventions—and pictures—and books—and statues—and -scientific things—and wonderful things—and -everything any one wants to learn about in -all the world!”</p> -<p>In his excitement, his words had become so rapid -that they almost tumbled over each other, and -he said the last sentence in a rush. There were -red spots on his cheeks, and a queer look in his -black eyes. He had been listening to descriptions -of this thing all day. A new hand, hot from the -excitement in Chicago, had been among the -workers. Apparently he had heard of nothing -else, thought of nothing else, talked of nothing -else, and dreamed of nothing else but the World’s -Fair for weeks. Finding himself among people -who had only bucolic and vague ideas about it, -he had poured forth all he knew, and being a -rather good talker, had aroused great excitement. -Robin had listened with eyes and ears wide open. -He was a young human being, born so full of energy -and enterprise that the dull, prosaic emptiness -of his life in Aunt Matilda’s world had been -more horrible than he had been old enough to -realize. He could not have explained why it had -seemed so maddening to him, but the truth was -that in his small, boyish body was imprisoned the -force and ability which in manhood build great -schemes, and not only build, but carry them out. -In him was imprisoned one of the great business -men, inventors, or political powers of the new -century. But of this he knew nothing, and so ate -his young heart out in Aunt Matilda’s world, -sought refuge with Meg in the Straw Parlor, and -was bitterly miserable and at a loss.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_19">19</div> -<p>How he had drunk in every word the man from -Chicago had uttered! How he had edged near -to him and tried not to lose him for a moment! -How he had longed for Meg to listen with him, -and had hoarded up every sentence! If he had -not been a man in embryo, and a strong and clear-headed -creature, he would have done his work -badly. But he never did his work badly. He -held on like a little bulldog, and thought of what -Meg would say when they sat in the straw together. -Small wonder that he looked excited -when his black head appeared above the edge of -the straw. He was wrought up to the highest -pitch. Small wonder that there were deep red -spots on his cheeks, and that there was a queer, -intense look in his eyes, and about his obstinate -little mouth.</p> -<p>He threw up his arms with a desperate gesture.</p> -<p>“<i>Everything</i>,” he said again, staring straight -before him, “that any one could want to learn -about—everything in all the world.”</p> -<p>“Oh, Robin!” said Meg, in quite a fierce little -voice, “and we—<i>we</i> shall never see it!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_20">20</div> -<p>She saw Robin clinch his hands, though he said -nothing, and it made her clinch her own hands. -Robin’s were tough, little, square-fingered fists, -brown and muscular; Meg’s hands were long-fingered, -flexible, and slender, but they made good -little fists when they doubled themselves up.</p> -<p>“Rob,” she said, “we never see anything! We -never hear anything! We never learn anything! -If something doesn’t happen we shall be Nothings—that’s -what we shall be—Nothings!” And she -struck her fist upon the straw.</p> -<p>Rob’s jaw began to look very square, but he -did not speak.</p> -<p>“We are twelve years old,” Meg went on. -“We’ve been here three years, and we don’t know -one thing we didn’t know when we came here. -If we had been with father and mother we should -have been learning things all the time. We -haven’t one thing of our own, Rob, but the -chickens and the Straw Parlor—and the Straw -Parlor might be taken away from us.”</p> -<p>Rob’s square jaw relaxed just sufficiently to -allow of a grim little grin.</p> -<p>“We’ve got the Treasure, Meg,” he said.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_21">21</div> -<p>Meg’s laugh had rather a hysterical sound. -That she should not have mentioned the Treasure -among their belongings was queer. They -talked so much about the Treasure. At this -moment it was buried in an iron bank, deep in -the straw, about four feet from where they sat. -It was the very bank Robin had hoarded his savings -in when he had begun at six years old with -pennies, and a ten-cent blank-book to keep his -accounts in. Everything they had owned since -then had been pushed and dropped into it—all -the chicken and egg money, and all Robin had -earned by doing odd jobs for any one who would -give him one. Nobody knew about the old iron -bank any more than they knew about the Straw -Parlor, and the children, having buried it in the -straw, called it the Treasure. Meg’s stories about -it were numerous and wonderful. Sometimes -magicians came, and multiplied it a hundred-fold. -Sometimes robbers stole it, and they themselves -gave chase, and sought it with wild adventure; -but perhaps the most satisfactory thing was to -invent ways to spend it when it had grown to -enormous proportions. Sometimes they bought -a house in New York, and lived there together. -Sometimes they traded in foreign lands with it. -Sometimes they bought land, which increased in -value to such an extent that they were millionaires -in a month. Ah! it was a treasure indeed.</p> -<p>After the little, low, over-strained laugh, Meg -folded her arms on the straw and hid her face in -them. Robin looked at her with a troubled air -for about a minute. Then he spoke to her.</p> -<p>“It’s no use doing that,” he said.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_22">22</div> -<p>“It’s no use doing anything,” Meg answered, -her voice muffled in her arms. “I don’t want to -do this any more than you do. We’re so lonely!”</p> -<p>“Yes, we’re lonely,” said Robin, “that’s a fact.” -And he stared up at the dark rafters above him, -and at some birds who were clinging to them and -twittering about a nest.</p> -<p>“I said I wished there was a City Beautiful,” -Meg said, “but it seems to make it worse that -there is going to be something like it so near, -and that we should never get any nearer to it -than a hundred miles.”</p> -<p>Rob sat up, and locked his hands together -round his knees.</p> -<p>“How do you know?” he said.</p> -<p>“How do I know?” cried Meg, desperately, and -she lifted her head, turning her wet face sideways -to look at him. He unlocked his hands to give -his forehead a hard rub, as if he were trying either -to rub some thought out of or into it.</p> -<p>“Just because we are lonely there <i>is</i> use in -doing things,” he said. “There’s nobody to do -them for us. At any rate, we’ve got as far on the -way to the City as the bottom of the Hill of Difficulty.”</p> -<p>And he gave his forehead another rub and -looked straight before him, and Meg drew a little -closer to him on the straw, and the family of birds -filled the silence with domestic twitters.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_23">23</div> -<h2 id="c3"><span class="small">III</span></h2> -<p>During the weeks that followed they spent -more time than ever in their hiding-place. They -had an absorbing topic of conversation, a new -and wonderful thing, better than their old books, -even better than the stories Meg made when she -lay on the straw, her elbows supporting her, her -cheeks on her hands, and her black-lashed gray -eyes staring into space. Hers were always good -stories, full of palaces and knights and robber -chiefs and fairies. But this new thing had the -thrill of being a fairy story which was real—so -real that one could read about it in the newspapers, -and everybody was talking about it, even -Aunt Matilda, her neighbors, and the work-hands -on the farm. To the two lonely children, in their -high nest in the straw-stack, it seemed a curious -thing to hear these people in the world below -talk about it in their ordinary, everyday way, -without excitement or awe, as if it was a new -kind of big ploughing or winnowing machine. -To them it was a thing so beautiful that they -could scarcely find the words to express their -thoughts and dreams about it, and yet they -were never alone together without trying to -do so.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_24">24</div> -<p>On wet, cheerless days, in which they huddled -close together in their nest to keep from being -chilled, it was their comfort to try to imagine -and paint pictures of the various wonders until, -in their interest, they forgot the dampness of the -air, and felt the unending patter of the rain-drops -on the barn roof merely a pleasant sort of accompaniment -to the stories of their fancies.</p> -<p>Since the day when they had listened to Jones -and Jerry joking, down below them in the barn, -Rob had formed the habit of collecting every -scrap of newspaper relating to the wonder. He -cut paragraphs out of Aunt Matilda’s cast-aside -newspapers; he begged them from the farm-hands -and from the country store-keepers. Anything in -the form of an illustration he held as a treasure -beyond price, and hoarded it to bring to Meg -with exultant joy.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_25">25</div> -<p>How they pored over these things, reading the -paragraphs again and again, until they knew them -almost by heart. How they studied the pictures, -trying to gather the proportions and color of every -column and dome and arch! What enthusiast, -living in Chicago itself, knew the marvel as -they did, and so dwelt on and revelled in its -beauties! No one knew of their pleasure; like -the Straw Parlor, it was their secret. The strangeness -of their lives lay in the fact that absolutely -no one knew anything about them at all, or asked -anything, thinking it quite sufficient that their -friendlessness was supplied with enough animal -heat and nourishment to keep their bodies alive.</p> -<p>Of that other part of them—their restless, -growing young brains and naturally craving -hearts, which in their own poor enough but still -human little home had at least been recognized -and cared for—Aunt Matilda knew nothing, and, -indeed, had never given a thought to it. She -had not undertaken the care of intelligences and -affections; her own were not of an order to require -supervision. She was too much occupied -with her thousand-acre farm, and the amazing -things she was doing with it. That the children -could read and write and understood some arithmetic -she knew. She had learned no more herself, -and had found it enough to build her fortune -upon. She had never known what it was to feel -lonely and neglected, because she was a person -quite free from affections and quite enough for -herself. She never suspected that others could -suffer from a weakness of which she knew nothing, -because it had never touched her.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_26">26</div> -<p>If any one had told her that these two children, -who ate her plentiful, rough meals at her table, -among field-hands and servants, were neglected -and lonely, and that their dim knowledge of it -burned in their childish minds, she would have -thought the announcement a piece of idle, sentimental -folly; but that no solid detail of her farming -was a fact more real than this one was the -grievous truth.</p> -<p>“When we were at home,” was Meg’s summing-up -of the situation, “at least we belonged -to somebody. We were poor, and wore our -clothes a long time, and had shabby shoes, and -couldn’t go on excursions, but we had our little -bench by the fire, and father and mother used to -talk to us and let us read their books and papers, -and try to teach us things. I don’t know what -we were going to be when we grew up, but we -were going to do some sort of work, and know as -much as father and mother did. I don’t know -whether that was a great deal or not, but it was -something.”</p> -<p>“It was enough to teach school,” said Robin. -“If we were not so far out in the country now, I -believe Aunt Matilda would let us go to school -if we asked her. It wouldn’t cost her anything -if we went to the public school.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_27">27</div> -<p>“She wouldn’t if we didn’t ask her,” said Meg. -“She would never think of it herself. Do you -know what I was thinking yesterday? I was -looking at the pigs in their sty. Some of them -were eating, and one was full, and was lying -down going to sleep. And I said to myself, -‘Robin and I are just like you. We live just -like you. We eat our food and go to bed, and -get up again and eat some more food. We don’t -learn anything more than you do, and we are not -worth as much to anybody. We are not even -worth killing at Christmas.’”</p> -<p>If they had never known any other life, or if -nature had not given them the big, questioning -eyes and square little jaws and strong, nervous -little fists, they might have been content to sink -into careless idleness and apathy. No one was -actively unkind to them; they had their Straw -Parlor, and were free to amuse themselves as -they chose. But they had been made of the material -of which the world’s workers are built, and -their young hearts were full of a restlessness and -longing whose full significance they themselves -did not comprehend.</p> -<p>And this wonder working in the world beyond -them—this huge, beautiful marvel, planned by -the human brain and carried out by mere human -hands; this great thing with which all the world -seemed to them to be throbbing, and which -seemed to set no limit to itself and prove that -there was no limit to the power of human wills -and minds—this filled them with a passion of -restlessness and yearning greater than they had -ever known before.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_28">28</div> -<p>“It is an enchanted thing, you know, Robin—it’s -an enchanted thing,” Meg said one day, looking -up from her study of some newspaper clippings -and a magazine with some pictures in it.</p> -<p>“It seems like it,” said Robin.</p> -<p>“I’m sure it’s enchanted,” Meg went on. “It -seems so tremendous that people should think -they could do such huge things. As if they felt -as if they could do anything or bring anything -from anywhere in the world. It almost frightens -me sometimes, because it reminds me of the -Tower of Babel. Don’t you remember how the -people got so proud that they thought they could -do anything, and they began to build the tower -that was to reach to heaven; and then they all -woke up one morning and found they were all -speaking different languages and could not understand -each other. Suppose everybody was -suddenly struck like that some morning now—I -mean the Fair people!” widening her eyes with -a little shiver.</p> -<p>“They won’t be,” said Rob. “Those things -have stopped happening.”</p> -<p>“Yes, they have,” said Meg. “Sometimes I -wish they hadn’t. If they hadn’t, perhaps—perhaps -if we made burnt offerings, we might be -taken by a miracle to see the World’s Fair.”</p> -<p>“We haven’t anything to burn,” said Rob, rather -gloomily.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_29">29</div> -<p>“We’ve got the chickens,” Meg answered as -gloomily, “but it wouldn’t do any good. Miracles -are over.”</p> -<p>“The world is all different,” said Robin. “You -have to do your miracle yourself.”</p> -<p>“It will be a miracle,” Meg said, “if we ever get -away from Aunt Matilda’s world, and live like -people instead of like pigs who are comfortable—and -we shall have to perform it ourselves.”</p> -<p>“There is no one else,” said Robin. “You see, -there is no one else in the world.”</p> -<p>He threw out his hand and it clutched Meg’s, -which was lying in the straw near him. He did -not know why he clutched it—he did not in the -least know why; nor did she know why a queer -sound in his voice suddenly made her feel their -unfriendedness in a way that overwhelmed her. -She found herself looking at him, with a hard -lump rising in her throat. It was one of the -rainy days, and the hollow drumming and patter -of the big drops on the roof seemed somehow to -shut them in with their loneliness away from all -the world.</p> -<p>“It’s a strange thing,” she said, almost under -her breath, “to be two children, only just twelve -years old, and to be quite by ourselves in such a -big world, where there are such millions and millions -of people all busy doing things and making -great plans, and none of them knowing about us, -or caring what we are going to do.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_30">30</div> -<p>“If we work our miracle ourselves,” said Rob, -holding her hand quite tight, “it will be better -than having it worked for us. Meg!”—as if he -were beginning a new subject—“Meg!”</p> -<p>“What?” she answered, still feeling the hard -lump in her throat.</p> -<p>“Do you think we are going to stay here always?”</p> -<p>“I—oh, Robin, I don’t know.”</p> -<p>“Well, I do, then. We are <i>not</i>—and that’s the -first step up the Hill of Difficulty.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_31">31</div> -<h2 id="c4"><span class="small">IV</span></h2> -<p>All their lives the children had acted in unison. -When they had been tiny creatures they had -played the same games and used the same toys. -It had seemed of little importance that their belongings -were those of a boy and girl. When -Robin had played with tops and marbles, Meg -had played with them too. When Meg had -been in a domestic and maternal mood, and had -turned to dolls and dolls’ housekeeping, Robin -had assumed some masculine rôle connected with -the amusement. It had entertained him as much -at times to be the dolls’ doctor, or the carpenter -who repaired the dolls’ furniture or made plans -for the enlargement of the dolls’ house, as it had -entertained Meg to sew the flags and dress the -sailors who manned his miniature ships, and assist -him with the tails of his kites. They had had few -playmates, and had pleased each other far better -than outsiders could have done.</p> -<p>“It’s because we are twins,” Meg said. “Twins -are made alike, and so they like the same things. -I’m glad I’m a twin. If I had to be born again -and be an <i>un</i>-twin I’m sure I should be lonely.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_32">32</div> -<p>“I don’t think it matters whether you are a -boy or a girl, if you are a twin,” said Robin. -“You are part of the other one, and so it’s as if -you were both.”</p> -<p>They had never had secrets from each other. -They had read the same books as they grew -older, been thrilled by the same stories, and -shared in each other’s plans and imaginings or -depressions. So it was a curious thing that at -this special time, when they were drawn nearest -to one another by an unusual interest and sympathy, -there should have arrived a morning when -each rose with a thought unshared by the other.</p> -<p>Aunt Matilda was very busy that day. She -was always busy, but this morning seemed more -actively occupied than usual. She never appeared -to sit down, unless to dispose of a hurried -meal or go over some accounts. She was a -wonderful woman, and the twins knew that the -most objectionable thing they could do was not -to remove themselves after a repast was over; -but this morning Meg walked over to a chair -and firmly sat down in it, and watched her as -she vigorously moved things about, rubbed dust -off them, and put them in their right places.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_33">33</div> -<p>Meg’s eyes were fixed on her very steadily. -She wondered if it was true that she and Robin -were like her, and if they would be more like her -when they had reached her age, and what would -have happened to them before that time came. -It was true that Aunt Matilda had a square jaw -also. It was not an encouraging thing to contemplate; -in fact, as she looked at her, Meg felt -her heart begin a slow and steady thumping. -But, as it thumped, she was getting herself in -hand with such determination that when she at -last spoke her chin looked very square indeed, -and her black-lashed eyes were as nearly stern -as a child’s eyes can look.</p> -<p>“Aunt Matilda,” she said, suddenly.</p> -<p>“Well?” and a tablecloth was whisked off and -shaken.</p> -<p>“I want to talk to you.”</p> -<p>“Talk in a hurry, then. I’ve no time to waste -in talk.”</p> -<p>“How old were you when you began to work -and make money?”</p> -<p>Aunt Matilda smiled grimly.</p> -<p>“I worked out for my board when I was ten -years old,” she said. “Me and your father were -left orphans, and we had to work, or starve. When -I was twelve I got a place to wash dishes and -look after children and run errands, and I got a -dollar a week because it was out in the country, -and girls wouldn’t stay there.”</p> -<p>“Do you know how old <i>I</i> am?” asked Meg.</p> -<p>“I’ve forgotten.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_34">34</div> -<p>“I’m twelve years old.” She got up from her -chair and walked across the room and stood looking -up at Aunt Matilda. “I’m an orphan too, and -so is Robin,” she said, “and we have to work. -You give us a place to stay in; but—there are -other things. We have no one, and we have to -do things ourselves; and we are twelve, and -twelve is a good age for people who have to do -things for themselves. Is there anything in this -house or in the dairy or on the farm that would -be worth wages, that I could do? I don’t care -how hard it is if I can do it.”</p> -<p>If Aunt Matilda had been a woman of sentiment -she might have been moved by the odd, unchildish -tenseness and sternness of the little figure, -and the straight-gazing eyes, which looked up at -her from under the thick black hair tumbling in -short locks over the forehead. Twelve years old -was very young to stand and stare the world in -the face with such eyes. But she was not a -woman of sentiment, and her life had been spent -among people who knew their right to live could -only be won by hard work, and who began the -fight early. So she looked at the child without -any emotion whatever.</p> -<p>“Do you suppose you could more than earn -your bread if I put you in the dairy and let you -help there?” she said.</p> -<p>“Yes,” answered Meg, unflinchingly, “I know -I could. I’m strong for my age, and I’ve watched -them doing things there. I can wash pans and -bowls and cloths, and carry things about, and go -anywhere I’m told. I know how clean things -have to be kept.”</p> -<div class="img" id="pic3"> -<img src="images/img004.jpg" alt="“AUNT MATILDA,” SHE SAID, SUDDENLY." width="600" height="777" /> -<p class="caption">“AUNT MATILDA,” SHE SAID, SUDDENLY.</p> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_37">37</div> -<p>“Well,” said Aunt Matilda, looking her over -sharply, “they’ve been complaining about the -work being too much for them, lately. You go -in there this morning and see what you can do. -You shall have a dollar a week if you’re worth it. -You’re right about its being time that you should -begin earning something.”</p> -<p>“Thank you, ma’am,” said Meg, and she turned -round and walked away in the direction of the -dairy, with two deep red spots on her cheeks and -her heart thumping again—though this time it -thumped quickly.</p> -<p>She reached the scene of action in the midst -of a rush of work, and after their first rather exasperated -surprise at so immature and inexperienced -a creature being supposed to be able to -help them, the women found plenty for her to -do. She said so few words and looked so little -afraid that she made a sort of impression on -them.</p> -<p>“See,” she said to the head woman, “Aunt -Matilda didn’t send me to do things that need -teaching. Just tell me the little things, it does -not matter what, and I’ll do them. I can.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_38">38</div> -<p>How she worked that morning—how she ran -on errands—how she carried this and that—how -she washed and scrubbed milk-pans—and how -all her tasks were menial and apparently trivial, -though entirely necessary, and how the activity -and rapidity and unceasingness of them tried her -unaccustomed young body, and finally made her -limbs ache and her back feel as if it might break -at some unexpected moment, Meg never forgot. -But such was the desperation of her indomitable -little spirit and the unconquerable will she had -been born with, that when it was over she was no -more in the mood for giving up than she had -been when she walked in among the workers after -her interview with Aunt Matilda.</p> -<p>When dinner-time came she walked up to Mrs. -Macartney, the manager of the dairy work, and -asked her a question.</p> -<p>“Have I helped you?” she said.</p> -<p>“Yes, you have,” said the woman, who was by -no means an ill-natured creature for a hard-driven -woman. “You’ve done first-rate.”</p> -<p>“Will you tell Aunt Matilda that?” said Meg.</p> -<p>“Yes,” was the answer.</p> -<p>Meg was standing with her hands clasped -tightly behind her back, and she looked at Mrs. -Macartney very straight and hard from under -her black brows.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_39">39</div> -<p>“Mrs. Macartney,” she said, “if I’m worth it, -Aunt Matilda will give me a dollar a week; and -it’s time I began to work for my living. Am I -worth that much?”</p> -<p>“Yes, you are,” said Mrs. Macartney, “if you -go on as you’ve begun.”</p> -<p>“I shall go on as I’ve begun,” said Meg. -“Thank you, ma’am,” and she walked back to the -house.</p> -<p>After dinner she waited to speak to Aunt Matilda -again.</p> -<p>“I went to the dairy,” she said.</p> -<p>“I know you did,” Aunt Matilda answered. -“Mrs. Macartney told me about it. You can go -on. I’ll give you the dollar a week.”</p> -<p>She looked the child over again, as she had -done in the morning, but with a shade of expression -which might have meant a touch of added -interest. Perhaps her mind paused just long -enough to bring back to her the time when she -had been a worker at twelve years old, and also -had belonged to no one.</p> -<p>“She’ll make her living,” she said, as she -watched Meg out of the room. “She’s more like -me than she is like her father. Robert wasn’t -worthless, but he had no push.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_40">40</div> -<p>Having made quite sure that she was not -wanted in the dairy for the time being, Meg -made her way to the barn. She was glad to find -it empty, so that she could climb the ladder without -waiting. When she reached the top and -clambered over the straw the scent of it seemed -delightful to her. It was like something welcoming -her home. She threw herself down full length -in the Straw Parlor. Robin had not been at -dinner. He had gone out early and had not returned. -As she lay, stretching her tired limbs, -and staring up at the nest in the dark, tent-like -roof above her, she hoped he would come. And -he did. In about ten minutes she heard the -signal from the barn floor, and answered it. -Robin came up the ladder rather slowly. When -he made his way over the straw to her corner, -and threw himself down beside her, she saw that -he was tired too. They talked a few minutes -about ordinary things, and then Meg thought she -would tell him about the dairy. But it appeared -that he had something to tell himself, and he began -first.</p> -<p>“I’ve been making a plan, Meg,” he said.</p> -<p>“Have you?” said Meg. “What is it?”</p> -<p>“I’ve been thinking about it for two or three -days,” he went on, “but I thought I wouldn’t say -anything about it until—till I tried how it would -work.”</p> -<p>Meg raised herself on her elbow and looked at -him curiously. It seemed so queer that he should -have had a plan too.</p> -<p>“Have you—tried?” she said.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_41">41</div> -<p>“Yes,” he answered, “I have been working for -Jones this morning, and I did quite a lot. I -worked hard. I wanted him to see what I could -do. And then, Meg, I asked him if he would take -me on—like the rest of the hands—and pay me -what I was worth.”</p> -<p>“And what did he say?” breathlessly.</p> -<p>“He looked at me a minute—all over—and half -laughed, and I thought he was going to say I -wasn’t worth anything. It wouldn’t have been -true, but I thought he might, because I’m only -twelve years old. It’s pretty hard to be only -twelve when you want to get work. But he -didn’t, he said, ‘Well, I’m darned if I won’t -give you a show;’ and I’m to have a dollar a -week.”</p> -<p>“Robin,” Meg cried, with a little gasp of excitement, -“so am I!”</p> -<p>“So are you!” cried Robin, and sat bolt upright. -“<i>You!</i>”</p> -<p>“It’s—it’s because we are twins,” said Meg, her -eyes shining like lamps. “I told you twins did -things alike because they couldn’t help it. We -have both thought of the same thing. I went to -Aunt Matilda, asked her to let me work somewhere -and pay me, and she let me go into the -dairy and try, and Mrs. Macartney said I was a -help, and I am to have a dollar a week, if I go on -as I’ve begun.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_42">42</div> -<p>Robin’s hand gave hers a clutch, just as it had -done before, that day when he had not known -why.</p> -<p>“Meg, I believe,” he said, “I believe that we -two will always go on as we begin. I believe we -were born that way. We have to, we can’t help -it. And two dollars a week, if they keep us, and -we save it all—we could go almost anywhere—sometime.”</p> -<p>Meg’s eyes were fixed on him with a searching, -but half frightened expression.</p> -<p>“Almost anywhere,” she said, quite in a whisper. -“Anywhere not more than a hundred miles -away.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_43">43</div> -<h2 id="c5"><span class="small">V</span></h2> -<p>They did not tell each other of the strange and -bold thought which had leaped up in their minds -that day. Each felt an unwonted shyness about -it, perhaps because it had been so bold; but it had -been in each mind, and hidden though it was, it -remained furtively in both.</p> -<p>They went on exactly as they had begun. -Each morning Meg went to her drudgery in the -dairy and Robin followed Jones whithersoever -duty led. If the elder people had imagined they -would get tired and give up they found out their -mistake. That they were often tired was true, -but that in either there arose once the thought of -giving up, never! And they worked hard. The -things they did to earn their weekly stipend would -have touched the heart of a mother of cared-for -children, but on Mrs. Jennings’s model farm people -knew how much work a human being could do -when necessity drove. They were all driven by -necessity, and it was nothing new to know that -muscles ached and feet swelled and burned. In -fact, they knew no one who did not suffer, as a -rule, from these small inconveniences. And these -children, with their set little faces and mature intelligence, -were somehow so unsuggestive of the -weakness and limitations of childhood that they -were often given work which was usually intrusted -only to elder people. Mrs. Macartney -found that Meg never slighted anything, never -failed in a task, and never forgot one, so she gave -her plenty to do. Scrubbing and scouring that -others were glad to shirk fell to her share. She -lifted and dragged things about that grown-up -girls grumbled over. What she lacked in muscle -and size she made up in indomitable will power -that made her small face set itself and her small -body become rigid as iron. Her work ended by -not confining itself to the dairy, but extended to -the house, the kitchen—anywhere there were tiresome -things to be done.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_44">44</div> -<p>With Robin it was the same story. Jones was -not afraid to give him any order. He was of use -in all quarters—in the huge fields, in the barn, -in the stables, and as a messenger to be trusted -to trudge any distance when transport was not -available.</p> -<p>They both grew thin but sinewy looking, and -their faces had a rather strained look. Their always -large black eyes seemed to grow bigger, -and their little square jaws looked more square -every day; but on Saturday nights they each -were paid their dollar, and climbed to the Straw -Parlor and unburied the Treasure and added -to it.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_45">45</div> -<p>Those Saturday nights were wonderful things. -To the end of life they would never forget them. -Through all the tired hours of labor they were -looked forward to. Then they lay in their nest -of straw and talked things over—there it seemed -that they could relax and rest their limbs as they -could do it nowhere else. Mrs. Jennings was not -given to sofas and easy-chairs, and it is not safe -to change position often when one has a grown-up -bedfellow. But in the straw they could roll -at full length, curl up or stretch out just as they -pleased, and there they could enlarge upon the -one subject that filled their minds, and fascinated -and enraptured them.</p> -<p>Who could wonder that it was so! The City -Beautiful was growing day by day, and the development -of its glories was the one thing they -heard talked of. Robin had established the habit -of collecting every scrap of newspaper referring -to it. He cut them out of Aunt Matilda’s old -papers, he begged them from every one, neighbors, -store-keepers, work hands. When he was -sent on errands he cast an all-embracing glance -’round every place his orders took him to. The -postmaster of the nearest village discovered his -weakness and saved paragraphs and whole papers -for him. Before very long there was buried near -the Treasure a treasure even more valuable of -newspaper cuttings, and on the wonderful Saturday -nights they gave themselves up to revelling -in them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_46">46</div> -<p>How they watched it and followed it and lived -with it—this great human scheme which somehow -seemed to their young minds more like the -scheme of giants and genii! How they seized -upon every new story of its wonders and felt that -there could be no limit to them! They knew -every purpose and plan connected with it—every -arch and tower and hall and stone they pleased -themselves by fancying. Newspapers were liberal -with information, people talked of it, they heard -of it on every side. To them it seemed that the -whole world must be thinking of nothing else.</p> -<p>“While we are lying here,” Meg said—“while -you are doing chores, and I am scouring pans -and scrubbing things, it is all going on. People -in France and in England and in Italy are doing -work to send to it—artists are painting pictures, -and machinery is whirling and making things, -and everything is pouring into that one wonderful -place. And men and women planned it, you -know—just men and women. And if we live a -few years we shall be men and women, and they -were once children like us—only, if they had been -quite like us they would never have known -enough to do anything.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_47">47</div> -<p>“But when they were children like us,” said -Robin, “they did not know what they would -have learned by this time—and they never -dreamed about this.”</p> -<p>“That shows how wonderful men and women -are,” said Meg. “I believe they can do <i>anything</i> -if they set their minds to it.” And she said it -stubbornly.</p> -<p>“Perhaps they can,” said Robin, slowly. “Perhaps -<i>we</i> could do anything we set our minds to.”</p> -<p>There was the suggestive tone in his voice -which Meg had been thrilled by more than once -before. She had been thrilled by it most strongly -when he had said that if they saved their two -dollars a week they might be able to go almost -anywhere. Unconsciously she responded to it -now.</p> -<p>“If I could do anything I set my mind to,” she -said, “do you know what I would set my mind to -first?”</p> -<p>“What?”</p> -<p>“I would set my mind to going to that wonderful -place. I would set it to seeing everything -there, and remembering all I could hold, and -learning all there was to be learned—and I would -<i>set it hard</i>.”</p> -<p>“So would I,” said Robin.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_48">48</div> -<p>It was a more suggestive voice than before that -he said the words in; and suddenly he got up, -and went and tore away the straw from the burying-place -of the Treasure. He took out the old -iron bank, and brought it back to their corner.</p> -<p>He did it so suddenly, and with such a determined -air, that Meg rather lost her breath.</p> -<p>“What are you going to do with the Treasure?” -she asked.</p> -<p>“I am going to count it.”</p> -<p>“Why?”</p> -<p>He was opening the box, using the blade of a -stout pocket-knife as a screwdriver.</p> -<p>“A return ticket to Chicago costs fourteen -dollars,” he said. “I asked at the dépôt. That -would be twenty-eight dollars for two people. -Any one who is careful can live on a very little -for a while. I want to see if we shall have money -enough to <i>go</i>.”</p> -<p>“To <i>go</i>!” Meg cried out. “To the Fair, -Robin?”</p> -<p>She could not believe the evidence of her ears—it -sounded so daring.</p> -<p>“Nobody would take us!” she said. “Even if -we had money enough to pay for ourselves, nobody -would take us.”</p> -<p>“Take!” answered Robin, working at his -screws. “No, nobody would. What’s the matter -with taking ourselves?”</p> -<p>Meg sat up in the straw, conscious of a sort of -shock.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_49">49</div> -<p>“To go by ourselves, like grown-up people! -To buy our tickets ourselves, and get on the train, -and go all the way—alone! And walk about the -Fair alone, Robin?”</p> -<p>“Who takes care of us here?” answered Robin. -“Who has looked after us ever since father and -mother died? Ourselves! Just ourselves! Whose -business are we but our own? Who thinks of us, -or asks if we are happy or unhappy?”</p> -<p>“Nobody,” said Meg. And she hid her face in -her arms on her knees.</p> -<p>Robin went on stubbornly.</p> -<p>“Nobody is ever going to do it,” he said, “if -we live to be hundreds of years old. I’ve thought -of it when I’ve been working in the fields with -Jones, and I’ve thought of it when I’ve been lying -awake at night. It’s kept me awake many and -many a time.”</p> -<p>“So it has me,” said Meg.</p> -<p>“And since this thing began to be talked about -everywhere, I’ve thought of it more and more,” -said Rob. “It means more to people like us than -it does to any one else. It’s the people who never -see things, who have no chances, it means the -most to. And the more I think of it, the more I—I -won’t let it go by me!” And all at once he -threw himself face downward on the straw, and -hid his face in his arms.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_50">50</div> -<p>Meg lifted hers. There was something in the -woful desperation of his movement that struck -her to the heart. She had never known him do -such a thing in their lives before. That was not -his way. Whatsoever hard thing had happened—howsoever -lonely and desolate they had felt—he -had never shown his feeling in this way. She -put out her hand and touched his shoulder.</p> -<p>“Robin!” she said. “Oh, Robin!”</p> -<p>“I don’t care,” he said, from the refuge of his -sleeves. “We <i>are</i> little when we are compared -with grown-up people. They would call us children; -and children usually have some one to help -them and tell them what to do. I’m only like -this because I’ve been thinking so much and -working so hard—and it does seem like an Enchanted -City—but no one ever thinks we could -care about anything more than if we were cats -and dogs. It was not like that at home, even if -we were poor.”</p> -<p>Then he sat up with as little warning as he had -thrown himself down, and gave his eyes a fierce -rub. He returned to the Treasure again.</p> -<p>“I’ve been making up my mind to it for days,” -he said. “If we have the money we can buy our -tickets and go some night without saying anything -to any one. We can leave a note for Aunt -Matilda, and tell her we are all right and we are -coming back. She’ll be too busy to mind.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_51">51</div> -<p>“Do you remember that book of father’s we -read?” said Meg. “That one called ‘David Copperfield.’ -David ran away from the bottle place -when he was younger than we are, and he had to -walk all the way to Dover.”</p> -<p>“We shall not have to walk; and we won’t let -any one take our money away from us,” said -Robin.</p> -<p>“Are we going, really?” said Meg. “You -speak as if we were truly going; and it <i>can’t</i> be.”</p> -<p>“Do you know what you said just now about -believing human beings could do <i>anything</i>, if they -set their minds to it? Let’s set our minds to it.”</p> -<p>“Well,” Meg answered, rather slowly, as if -weighing the matter, “let’s!”</p> -<p>And she fell to helping to count the Treasure.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_52">52</div> -<h2 id="c6"><span class="small">VI</span></h2> -<p>Afterwards, when they looked back upon that -day, they knew that the thing had decided itself -then, though neither of them had said so.</p> -<p>“The truth was,” Robin used to say, “we had -both been thinking the same thing, as we always -do, but we had been thinking it in the back part -of our minds. We were afraid to let it come to -the front at first, because it seemed such a big -thing. But it went on thinking by itself. That -time, when you said ‘We shall <i>never</i> see it,’ and I -said, ‘How do you know?’ we were both thinking -about it in one way; and I know I was thinking -about it when I said, ‘We are not going to stay -here always. That is the first step up the Hill of -Difficulty.’”</p> -<p>“And that day when you said you would not -let it go by you,” Meg would answer, “that was -the day we reached the Wicket Gate.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_53">53</div> -<p>It seemed very like it, for from that day their -strange, unchildish purpose grew and ripened, -and never for an hour was absent from the mind -of either. If they had been like other children, -living happy lives, full of young interests and -pleasures, it might have been crossed out by other -and newer things; if they had been of a slighter -mental build, and less strong, they might have -forgotten it; but they never did. When they had -counted the Treasure, and had realized how small -it was after all, they had sat and gazed at each -other for a while with grave eyes, but they had -only been grave, and not despairing.</p> -<p>“Twenty-five dollars,” said Robin. “Well, -that’s not much after nearly six years; but we -saved it nearly all by cents, you know, Meg.”</p> -<p>“And it takes a hundred cents to make a -dollar,” said Meg; “and we were poor people’s -children.”</p> -<p>“And we bought the chickens,” said Robin.</p> -<p>“And you have always given me a present at -Christmas, Robin, even if it <i>was</i> only a little one. -That’s six Christmases.”</p> -<p>“We have eight months to work in,” said -Robin, calculating. “If you get four dollars a -month, and I get four, that will be sixty-four dollars -by next June. Twenty-five dollars and sixty-four -dollars make eighty-nine. Eighty-nine dollars -for us to live on and go to see all the things; -because we must see them all, if we go. And I -suppose we shall have to come back”—with a -long breath.</p> -<p>“Oh, dear!” cried Meg, “how <i>can</i> we come -back?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_54">54</div> -<p>“I don’t know,” said Robin. “We shall hate -it, but we have nowhere else to go.”</p> -<p>“Perhaps we are going to seek our fortunes, -and perhaps we shall find them,” said Meg; “or -perhaps Aunt Matilda won’t let us come back. -Rob,” with some awe, “do you think she will be -angry?”</p> -<p>“I’ve thought about that,” Robin answered -contemplatively, “and I don’t think she will. She -would be too busy to care much even if we ran -away and said nothing. But I shall leave a letter, -and tell her we have saved our money and gone -somewhere for a holiday, and we’re all right, and -she need not bother.”</p> -<p>“She won’t bother even if she is angry,” Meg -said, with mournful eyes. “She doesn’t care -about us enough.”</p> -<p>“If she loved us,” Rob said, “and was too poor -to take us herself, we couldn’t go at all. We -couldn’t run away, because it would worry her -so. You can’t do a thing, however much you -want to do it, if it is going to hurt somebody who -is good to you, and cares.”</p> -<p>“Well, then, we needn’t stay here because of -Aunt Matilda,” said Meggy. “That’s one sure -thing. It wouldn’t interfere with her ploughing -if we were both to die at once.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_55">55</div> -<p>“No,” said Rob, deliberately, “that’s just what -it would <i>not</i>.” And he threw himself back on the -straw and clasped his hands under his head, gazing -up into the dark roof above him with very -reflective eyes.</p> -<p>But they had reached the Wicket Gate, and -from the hour they passed it there was no looking -back. That in their utter friendlessness and loneliness -they should take their twelve-year-old fates -in their own strong little hands was, perhaps, a -pathetic thing; that once having done so they -moved towards their object as steadily as if they -had been of the maturest years was remarkable, -but no one ever knew or even suspected the first -until the last.</p> -<p>The days went by, full of work, which left them -little time to lie and talk in the Straw Parlor. -They could only see each other in the leisure -hours, which were so few, and only came when -the day was waning. Finding them faithful and -ready, those about them fell into the natural, easy, -human unworthiness of imposing by no means -infrequently on their inexperienced willingness -and youth. So they were hard enough worked, -but each felt that every day that passed brought -them nearer to the end in view; and there was -always something to think of, some detail to be -worked out mentally, or to be discussed, in the -valuable moments when they were together.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_56">56</div> -<p>“It’s a great deal better than it used to be,” -Meg said, “at all events. It’s better to feel tired -by working than to be tired of doing nothing but -think and think dreary things.”</p> -<p>As the weather grew colder it was hard enough -to keep warm in their hiding-place. They used -to sit and talk, huddled close together, bundled -in their heaviest clothing, and with the straw -heaped close around them and over them.</p> -<p>There were so many things to be thought of -and talked over! Robin collected facts more -sedulously than ever—facts about entrance fees, -facts about prices of things to eat, facts about -places to sleep.</p> -<p>“Going to the Fair yourself, sonny?” Jones -said to him one day. Jones was fond of his joke. -“You’re right to be inquirin’ round. Them hotel-keepers -is given to tot up bills several stories -higher than their hotels is themselves.”</p> -<p>“But I suppose a person needn’t go to a hotel,” -said Robin. “There must be plenty of poor people -who can’t go to hotels, and they’ll have to -sleep somewhere.”</p> -<p>“Ah, there’s plenty of poor people,” responded -Jones, cheerfully, “plenty of ’em. Always is. -But they won’t go to Chicago while the Fair’s -on. They’ll sleep at home—that’s where they’ll -sleep.”</p> -<p>“That’s the worst of it,” Rob said to Meg afterwards; -“you see, we have to sleep <i>somewhere</i>. -We could live on bread and milk or crackers and -cheese—or oatmeal—but we have to <i>sleep</i> somewhere.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_57">57</div> -<p>“It will be warm weather,” Meg said, reflectively. -“Perhaps we could sleep out of doors. -Beggars do. We don’t mind.”</p> -<p>“I don’t think the police would let us,” Robin -answered. “If they would—perhaps we might -have to, some night; but we are going to that -place, Meg—we are <i>going</i>.”</p> -<p>Yes, they believed they were going, and lived -on the belief. This being decided, howsoever -difficult to attain, it was like them both that they -should dwell upon the dream, and revel in it in -a way peculiarly their own. It was Meg whose -imagination was the stronger, and it is true that -it was always she who made pictures in words -and told stories. But Robin was always as ready -to enter into the spirit of her imaginings as she -was to talk about them. There was a word he -had once heard his father use which had caught -his fancy, in fact, it had attracted them both, and -they applied it to this favorite pleasure of theirs -of romancing with everyday things. The word -was “philander.”</p> -<p>“Now we have finished adding up and making -plans,” he would say, putting his ten-cent -account-book into his pocket, “let us philander -about it.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_58">58</div> -<p>And then Meg would begin to talk about the -City Beautiful—a City Beautiful which was a -wonderful and curious mixture of the enchanted -one the whole world was pouring its treasures -into, one hundred miles away, and that City -Beautiful of her own which she had founded -upon the one towards which Christian had toiled -through the Slough of Despond and up the Hill -of Difficulty and past Doubting Castle. Somehow -one could scarcely tell where one ended and -the others began, they were so much alike, these -three cities—Christian’s, Meg’s, and the fair, -ephemeral one the ending of the nineteenth century -had built upon the blue lake’s side.</p> -<p>“They must look alike,” said Meg. “I am -sure they must. See what it says in the ‘Pilgrim’s -Progress.’ ‘Now just as the gates were -opened to let in the men, I looked in after them, -and behold, the City shone like the sun’—and -then it says, ‘The talk they had with the Shining -Ones was about the glory of the place; who told -them that the beauty and glory of it were inexpressible.’ -I always think of it, Robin, when I -read about those places like white palaces and -temples and towers that are being built. I am so -glad they are white. Think how the City will -‘shine like the sun’ when it stands under the -blue sky and by the blue water, on a sunshiny -day.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_59">59</div> -<p>They had never read the dear old worn “Pilgrim’s -Progress” as they did in those days. -They kept it in the straw near the Treasure, and -always had it at hand to refer to. In it they -seemed to find parallels for everything.</p> -<p>“Aunt Matilda’s world is the City of Destruction,” -they would say. “And our loneliness and -poorness are like Christian’s ‘burden.’ We have -to carry it like a heavy weight, and it holds us -back.”</p> -<p>“What was it that Goodwill said to Christian -about it?” Robin asked.</p> -<p>Meg turned over the pages. She knew all the -places by heart. It was easy enough to find and -read how “At last there came a grave person to -the gate, named Goodwill,” and in the end he -said, “As to thy burden, be content to bear it -until thou comest to the place of deliverance; for -there it will fall from thy back itself.”</p> -<p>“But out of the ‘Pilgrim’s Progress,’” Robin -said, with his reflecting air, “burdens don’t fall -off by themselves. If you are content with them -they stick on and get bigger. Ours would, I -know. You have to do something yourself to -get them off. But—” with a little pause for -thought, “I like that part, Meg. And I like -Goodwill, because he told it to him. It encouraged -him, you know. You see it says next, ‘Then -Christian began to gird up his loins and address -himself to his journey.’”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_60">60</div> -<p>“Robin,” said Meg, suddenly shutting the book -and giving it a little thump on the back, “it’s not -only Christian’s City that is like our City. <i>We</i> -are like Christian. We are pilgrims, and our -way to that place is our Pilgrims’ Progress.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_61">61</div> -<h2 id="c7"><span class="small">VII</span></h2> -<p>And the cold days of hard work kept going by, -and the City Beautiful grew, and, huddled close -together in the straw, the children planned and -dreamed, and read and re-read the “Pilgrim’s -Progress,” following Christian step by step. And -Aunt Matilda became busier every day, it seemed, -and did not remember that they were alive except -when she saw them. And nobody guessed -and nobody knew.</p> -<p>Days so quickly grow to weeks, and weeks -slip by so easily until they are months, and at -last there came a time when Meg, going out in -the morning, felt a softer air, and stopped a moment -by a bare tree to breathe it in and feel its -lovely touch upon her cheek. She turned her -face upward with a half-involuntary movement, -and found herself looking at such a limitless vault -of tender blueness that her heart gave a quick -throb, seemed to spring up to it, and carry her -with it. For a moment it seemed as if she had -left the earth far below, and was soaring in the -soft depths of blueness themselves. And suddenly, -even as she felt it, she heard on the topmost -branch of the bare tree a brief little rapturous -trill, and her heart gave a leap again, and she -felt her cheeks grow warm.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_62">62</div> -<p>“It is a bluebird,” she said; “it is a bluebird. -And it is the spring, and that means that the time -is quite near.”</p> -<p>She had a queer little smile on her face all day -as she worked. She did not know it was there -herself, but Mrs. Macartney saw it.</p> -<p>“What’s pleasing you so, Meggy, my girl?” -she asked.</p> -<p>Meg wakened up with a sort of start.</p> -<p>“I don’t know—exactly,” she said.</p> -<p>“You don’t know,” said the woman, good-naturedly. -“You look as if you were thinking -over a secret, and it was a pleasant one.”</p> -<p>That evening it was not cold when they sat in -the Straw Parlor, and Meg told Robin about the -bluebird.</p> -<p>“It gave me a strange feeling to hear it,” she -said. “It seemed as if it was speaking to me. -It said, ‘You must get ready. It is quite near.’”</p> -<p>They had made up their minds that they would -go in June, before the weather became so hot -that they might suffer from it.</p> -<p>“Because we have to consider everything,” -was Robin’s idea. “We shall be walking about -all the time, and we have no cool clothes, and we -shall have no money to buy cool things; and if -we should be ill, it would be worse for us than -for children who have some one with them.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_63">63</div> -<p>In the little account-book they had calculated -all they should own on the day their pilgrimage -began. They had apportioned it all out: -so much for the price of the railroad tickets, -so much for entrance fees, and—not so much, -but so little—oh, so little!—for their food and -lodging.</p> -<p>“I have listened when Jones and the others -were talking,” said Robin; “and they say that -everybody who has room to spare, and wants to -make money, is going to let every corner they -have. So you see there will be sure to be people -who have quite poor places that they would be -obliged to rent cheap to people who are poor, -like themselves. We will go through the small -side streets and look.”</p> -<p>The first bluebird came again, day after day, -and others came with it, until the swift dart of -blue wings through the air and the delicious -ripple of joyous sound were no longer rare -things. The days grew warmer, and the men -threw off their coats, and began to draw their -shirt-sleeves across their foreheads when they -were at work.</p> -<p>One evening when Robin came up into the -Straw Parlor he brought something with him. -It was a battered old tin coffee-pot.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_64">64</div> -<p>“What is that for?” asked Meg; for he seemed -to carry it as if it was of some value.</p> -<p>“It’s old and rusty, but there are no holes in -it,” Robin answered. “I saw it lying in a fence -corner, where some one had thrown it—perhaps -a tramp. And it put a new thought into my -head. It will do to boil eggs in.”</p> -<p>“Eggs!” said Meg.</p> -<p>“There’s nothing much nicer than hard-boiled -eggs,” said Robin, “and you can carry them -about with you. It just came into my mind that -we could take some of our eggs, and go somewhere -where no one would be likely to see us, -and build a fire of sticks, and boil some eggs, and -carry them with us to eat.”</p> -<p>“Robin,” cried Meg, with admiring ecstasy, -“I wish I had thought of that!”</p> -<p>“It doesn’t matter which of us thought of it,” -said Rob, “it’s all the same.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_65">65</div> -<p>So it was decided that when the time came -they should boil their supply of eggs very hard, -and roll them up in pieces of paper and tuck -them away carefully in the one small bag which -was to carry all their necessary belongings. -These belongings would be very few—just enough -to keep them decent and clean, and a brush and -comb between them. They used to lie in bed at -night, with beating hearts, thinking it all over, -sometimes awakening in a cold perspiration from -a dreadful dream, in which Aunt Matilda or Jones -or some of the hands had discovered their secret -and confronted them with it in all its daring. -They were so full of it night and day that Meg -used to wonder that the people about them did -not see it in their faces.</p> -<p>“They are not thinking of us,” said Robin. -“They are thinking about crops. I dare say -Aunt Matilda would like to see the Agricultural -Building, but she couldn’t waste the time to go -through the others.”</p> -<p>Oh, what a day it was, what a thrilling, exciting, -almost unbearably joyful day, when Robin -gathered sticks and dried bits of branches, and -piled them in a corner of a field far enough from -the house and outbuildings to be quite safe! He -did it one noon hour, and as he passed Meg on -his way back to his work, he whispered:</p> -<p>“I have got the sticks for the fire all ready.”</p> -<p>And after supper they crept out to the place, -with matches, and the battered old coffee-pot, -and the eggs.</p> -<p>As they made their preparations, they found -themselves talking in whispers, though there was -not the least chance of any one’s hearing them. -Meg looked rather like a little witch as she stood -over the bubbling old pot, with her strange, -little dark face and shining eyes and black elf -locks.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_66">66</div> -<p>“It’s like making a kind of sacrifice on an -altar,” she said.</p> -<p>“You always think queer things about everything, -don’t you?” said Robin. “But they’re all -right; I don’t think of them myself, but I like -them.”</p> -<p>When the eggs were boiled hard enough they -carried them to the barn and hid them in the -Straw Parlor, near the Treasure. Then they sat -and talked, in whispers still, almost trembling -with joy.</p> -<p>“Somehow, do you know,” Meg said, “it feels -as if we were going to do something more than -just go to the Fair. When people in stories go -to seek their fortunes, I’m sure they feel like this. -Does it give you a kind of creeping in your -stomach whenever you think of it, Rob?”</p> -<p>“Yes, it does,” Robin whispered back; “and -when it comes into my mind suddenly something -gives a queer jump inside me.”</p> -<p>“That’s your heart,” said Meg. “Robin, if -anything should stop us, I believe I should drop -<i>dead</i>.”</p> -<p>“No, you wouldn’t,” was Rob’s answer, “but -it’s better not to let ourselves think about it. -And I don’t believe anything as bad as that <i>could</i> -happen. We’ve worked so hard, and we have nobody -but ourselves, and it can’t do any one any -harm—and we don’t <i>want</i> to do any one any harm. -No, there must be <i>something</i> that wouldn’t let -it be.”</p> -<div class="img" id="pic4"> -<img src="images/img005.jpg" alt="MEG LOOKED RATHER LIKE A LITTLE WITCH." width="600" height="787" /> -<p class="caption">MEG LOOKED RATHER LIKE A LITTLE WITCH.</p> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_69">69</div> -<p>“I believe that too,” said Meg, and this time it -was she who clutched at Robin’s hand; but he -seemed glad she did, and held as close as she.</p> -<p>And then, after the bluebirds had sung a few -times more, there came a night when Meg crept -out of her cot after she was sure that the woman -in the other bed was sleeping heavily enough. -Every one went to bed early, and every one slept -through the night in heavy, tired sleep. Too -much work was done on the place to allow people -to waste time in sleeplessness. Meg knew no one -would waken as she crept down stairs to the lower -part of the house and softly opened the back door.</p> -<p>Robin was standing outside, with the little -leather satchel in his hand. It was a soft, warm -night, and the dark blue sky was full of the glitter -of stars.</p> -<p>Both he and Meg stood still a moment, and -looked up. “I’m glad it’s like this,” Meg said; -“it doesn’t seem so lonely. Is your heart thumping, -Robin?”</p> -<p>“Yes, rather,” whispered Robin. “I left the -letter in a place where Aunt Matilda will be likely -to find it some time to-morrow.”</p> -<p>“What did you say?” Meg whispered back.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_70">70</div> -<p>“What I told you I was going to. There -wasn’t much to say. Just told her we had saved -our money, and gone away for a few days; and -we were all right, and she needn’t worry.”</p> -<p>Everything was very still about them. There -was no moon, and, but for the stars, it would -have been very dark. As it was, the stillness of -night and sleep, and the sombreness of the hour, -might have made less strong little creatures feel -timid and alone.</p> -<p>“Let us take hold of each other’s hands as we -walk along,” said Meg. “It will make us feel -nearer, and—and <i>twinner</i>.”</p> -<p>And so, hand in hand, they went out on the -road together.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_71">71</div> -<h2 id="c8"><span class="small">VIII</span></h2> -<p>It was four miles to the dépôt, but they were -good walkers. Robin hung the satchel on a -stick over his shoulder; they kept in the middle -of the road and walked smartly. There were not -many trees, but there were a few, occasionally, -and it was pleasanter to walk where the way before -them was quite clear. And somehow they -found themselves still talking in whispers, though -there was certainly no one to overhear them.</p> -<p>“Let us talk about Christian,” said Meg. “It -will not seem so lonely if we are talking. I wish -we could meet Evangelist.”</p> -<p>“If we knew he was Evangelist when we met -him,” said Robin. “If we didn’t know him, we -should think he was some one who would stop us. -And after all, you see, he only showed Christian -the shining light, and told him to go to it. And -we are farther on than that. We have passed the -Wicket Gate.”</p> -<p>“The thing we want,” said Meg, “is the Roll -to read as we go on, and find out what we are -to do.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_72">72</div> -<p>And then they talked of what was before them. -They wondered who would be at the little dépôt -and if they would be noticed, and of what the -ticket-agent would think when Robin bought the -tickets.</p> -<p>“Perhaps he won’t notice me at all,” said Rob. -“And he does not know me. Somebody might -be sending us alone, you know. We are not <i>little</i> -children.”</p> -<p>“That’s true,” responded Meg, courageously. -“If we were six years old it would be different. -But we are twelve!”</p> -<p>It did make it seem less lonely to be talking, -and so they did not stop. And there was so much -to say.</p> -<p>“Robin,” broke forth Meg once, giving his -hand a sudden clutch, “we are on the way—we -are <i>going</i>. Soon we shall be in the train and it -will be carrying us nearer and nearer. Suppose -it was a dream, and we should wake up!”</p> -<p>“It isn’t a dream!” said Rob, stoutly. “It’s -real—it’s as real as Aunt Matilda!” He was always -more practical-minded than Meg.</p> -<p>“We needn’t philander any more,” Meg said.</p> -<p>“It isn’t philandering to talk about a real thing.”</p> -<p>“Oh, Rob, just think of it—waiting for us under -the stars, this very moment—the City Beautiful!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_73">73</div> -<p>And then, walking close to each other in the -dimness, they told each other how they saw it in -imagination, and what its wonders would be to -them, and which they would see first, and how -they would remember it all their lives afterwards, -and have things to talk of and think of. Very -few people would see it as they would, but they -did not know that. It was not a gigantic enterprise -to them, a great scheme fought for and -struggled over for the divers reasons poor humanity -makes for itself; that it would either make or -lose money was not a side of the question that -reached them. They only dwelt on the beauty -and wonder of it, which made it seem like an enchanted -thing.</p> -<p>“I keep thinking of the white palaces, and that -it is like a fairy story,” Meg said, “and that it -will melt away like those cities travellers sometimes -see in the desert. And I wish it wouldn’t. -But it will have been real for a while, and everybody -will remember it. I am so glad it is beautiful—and -white. I am <i>so</i> glad it is white, Robin!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_74">74</div> -<p>“And I keep thinking,” said Robin, “of all the -people who have made the things to go in it, -and how they have worked and invented. There -have been some people, perhaps, who have worked -months and months making one single thing—just -as we have worked to go to see it. And perhaps, -at first they were afraid they couldn’t do it, and -they set their minds to it as we did, and tried and -tried, and then did it at last. I like to think of -those men and women, Meg, because, when the -City has melted away, the things won’t melt. -They will last after the people. And we are -<i>people</i> too. I’m a man, and you are a woman, you -know, though we are only twelve, and it gives -me a strong feeling to think of those others.”</p> -<p>“It makes you think that perhaps men and -women <i>can</i> do anything if they set their minds -to it,” said Meg, quite solemnly. “Oh, I do like -that!”</p> -<p>“I like it better than anything else in the world,” -said Rob. “Stop a minute, Meg. Come here in -the shade.”</p> -<p>He said the last words quickly, and pulled her -to the roadside, where a big tree grew which -threw a deep shadow. He stood listening.</p> -<p>“It’s wheels!” he whispered. “There is a -buggy coming. We mustn’t let any one see us.”</p> -<p>It was a buggy, they could tell that by the -lightness of the wheels, and it was coming rapidly. -They could hear voices—men’s voices—and -they drew back and stood very close to each -other.</p> -<p>“Do you think they have found out, and sent -some one after us?” whispered Meg, breathlessly.</p> -<p>“No,” answered Robin, though his heart beat -like a triphammer. “No, no, no.”</p> -<p>The wheels drew nearer, and they heard one of -the men speaking.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_75">75</div> -<p>“Chicago by sunrise,” he was saying, “and -what I don’t see of it won’t be worth seeing.”</p> -<p>The next minute the fast-trotting horse spun -swiftly down the road, and carried the voices out -of hearing. Meg and Robin drew twin sighs of -relief. Robin spoke first.</p> -<p>“It is some one who is going to the Fair,” he -said.</p> -<p>“Perhaps we shall see him in the train,” said -Meg.</p> -<p>“I dare say we shall,” said Robin. “It was -nobody who knows us. I didn’t know his voice. -Meg, let’s take hands again, and walk quickly; -we might lose the train.”</p> -<p>They did not talk much more, but walked -briskly. They had done a good day’s work before -they set out, and were rather tired, but they -did not lag on that account. Sometimes Meg -took a turn at carrying the satchel, so that -Robin might rest his arm. It was not heavy, -and she was as strong for a girl as he was for a -boy.</p> -<p>At last they reached the dépôt. There were -a number of people waiting on the platform to -catch the train to Chicago, and there were several -vehicles outside. They passed one which -was a buggy, and Meg gave Robin a nudge with -her elbow.</p> -<p>“Perhaps that belongs to our man,” she said.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_76">76</div> -<p>There were people enough before the office to -give the ticket-agent plenty to do. Robin’s heart -quickened a little as he passed by with the group -of maturer people, but no one seemed to observe -him particularly, and he returned to Meg with -the precious bits of pasteboard held very tight in -his hand.</p> -<p>Meg had waited alone in an unlighted corner, -and when she saw him coming she came forward -to meet him.</p> -<p>“Have you got them?” she said. “Did any -one look at you or say anything?”</p> -<p>“Yes, I got them,” Robin answered. “And, I’ll -tell you what, Meg, these people are nearly all -going just where we are going, and they are so -busy thinking about it, and attending to themselves, -that they haven’t any time to watch any -one else. That’s one good thing.”</p> -<p>“And the nearer we get to Chicago,” Meg said, -“the more people there will be, and the more they -will have to think of. And at that beautiful place, -where there is so much to see, who will look at -two children? I don’t believe we shall have any -trouble at all.”</p> -<p>It really did not seem likely that they would, -but it happened, by a curious coincidence, that -within a very few minutes they saw somebody -looking at them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_77">77</div> -<p>The train was not due for ten minutes, and -there were a few people who, being too restless -to sit in the waiting-rooms, walked up and down -on the platform. Most of these were men, and -there were two men who walked farther than -the others did, and so neared the place where -Robin and Meg stood in the shadow. One was -a young man, and seemed to be listening to instructions -his companion, who was older, was -giving him, in a rapid, abrupt sort of voice. -This companion, who might have been his employer, -was a man of middle age. He was robust -of figure and had a clean-cut face, with a -certain effect of strong good looks. It was, perhaps, -rather a hard face, but it was a face one -would look at more than once; and he too, oddly -enough, had a square jaw and straight black -brows. But it was his voice which first attracted -Robin and Meg as he neared them, talking.</p> -<p>“It’s the man in the buggy,” whispered Robin. -“Don’t you know his voice again?” and they -watched him with deep interest.</p> -<p>He passed them once, without seeming to see -them at all. He was explaining something to his -companion. The second time he drew near he -chanced to look up, and his eye fell on them. It -did not rest on them more than a second, and he -went on speaking. The next time he neared -their part of the platform he turned his glance -towards them, as they stood close together. It -was as if involuntarily he glanced to see if they -were still where they had been before.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_78">78</div> -<p>“A pair of children,” they heard him say, as if -the fleeting impression of their presence arrested -his train of thought for a second. “Look as if no -one was with them.”</p> -<p>He merely made the comment in passing, and -returned to his subject the next second; but Meg -and Robin heard him, and drew farther back into -the shadow.</p> -<p>But it was not necessary to stand there much -longer. They heard a familiar sound in the distance, -the shrill cry of the incoming train—the -beloved giant who was to carry them to fairyland; -the people began to flock out of the waiting-rooms -with packages and valises and umbrellas -in hand; the porters suddenly became -alert, and hurried about attending to their duties; -the delightful roar drew nearer and louder, and -began to shake the earth; it grew louder still, a -bell began to make a cheerful tolling, people were -rushing to and fro; Meg and Robin rushed with -them, and the train was panting in the dépôt.</p> -<p>It was even more thrilling than the children -had thought it would be. They had travelled so -very little, and did not know exactly where to -go. It might not be the right train even. They -did not know how long it would wait. It might -rush away again before they could get on. People -seemed in such a hurry and so excited. As they -hurried along they found themselves being pushed -and jostled, before the steps of one of the cars -a conductor stood, whom people kept showing -tickets to. There were several persons round -him when Robin and Meg reached the place -where he stood. People kept asking him things, -and sometimes he passed them on, and sometimes -let them go into his car.</p> -<div class="img" id="pic5"> -<img src="images/img006.jpg" alt="“IS THIS THE TRAIN TO CHICAGO?” SAID ROBIN." width="600" height="783" /> -<p class="caption">“IS THIS THE TRAIN TO CHICAGO?” SAID ROBIN.</p> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_81">81</div> -<p>“Is this the train to Chicago?” said Robin, -breathlessly.</p> -<p>But he was so much less than the other people, -and the man was so busy, he did not hear him.</p> -<p>Robin tried to get nearer.</p> -<p>“Is this the Chicago train, sir?” he said, a little -louder.</p> -<p>He had had to press by a man whom he had -been too excited to see, and the man looked -down, and spoke to him.</p> -<p>“Chicago train?” he said, in a voice which was -abrupt, without being ill-natured. “Yes, you’re -all right. Got your sleeping tickets?”</p> -<p>Robin looked up at him quickly. He knew -the voice, and was vaguely glad to hear it. He -and Meg had never been in a sleeping-car in their -lives, and he did not quite understand. He held -out his tickets.</p> -<p>“We are going to sleep on the train,” he said; -“but we have nothing but these.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_82">82</div> -<p>“Next car but two, then,” he said; “and you’d -better hurry.”</p> -<p>And when both voices thanked him at once, -and the two caught each other’s hands and ran -towards their car, he looked after them and -laughed.</p> -<p>“I’m blessed if they’re not by themselves,” he -said, watching them as they scrambled up the -steps. “And they’re going to the Fair, I’ll bet a -dollar. <i>That’s Young America</i>, and no mistake!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_83">83</div> -<h2 id="c9"><span class="small">IX</span></h2> -<p>The car was quite crowded. There were more -people than themselves who were going to the -Fair and were obliged to economize. When the -children entered, and looked about them in the -dim light, they thought at first that all the seats -were full. People seemed to be huddled up -asleep or sitting up awake in all of them. Everybody -had been trying to get to sleep, at least, and -the twins found themselves making their whispers -even lower than before.</p> -<p>“I think there is a seat empty just behind that -very fat lady,” Meg whispered.</p> -<p>It was at the end of the car, and they went to -it, and found she was right. They took possession -of it quietly, putting their satchel under the -seat.</p> -<p>“It seems so still,” said Meg, “I feel as if I was -in somebody’s bedroom. The sound of the wheels -makes it seem all the quieter. It’s as if we were -shut in by the noise.”</p> -<p>“We mustn’t talk,” said Robin, “or we shall -waken the people. Can you go to sleep, Meg?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_84">84</div> -<p>“I can if I can stop thinking,” she answered, -with a joyful sigh. “I’m very tired; but the -wheels keep saying, over and over again, ‘We’re -going—we’re going—we’re going.’ It’s just as if -they were talking. Don’t you hear them?”</p> -<p>“Yes, I do. Do they say that to you, too? -But we mustn’t listen,” Robin whispered back. -“If we do we shall not go to sleep, and then we -shall be too tired to walk about. Let’s put our -heads down, and shut our eyes, Meg.”</p> -<p>“Well, let’s,” said Meg.</p> -<p>She curled herself up on the seat, and put her -head into the corner.</p> -<p>“If you lean against me, Rob,” she said, “it -will be softer. We can take turns.”</p> -<p>They changed position a little two or three -times, but they were worn out with the day’s -work, and their walk, and the excitement, and the -motion of the train seemed like a sort of rocking -which lulled them. Gradually their muscles relaxed -and they settled down, though, after they -had done so, Meg spoke once, drowsily.</p> -<p>“Rob,” she said, “did you see that was our -man?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_85">85</div> -<p>“Yes,” answered Rob, very sleepily indeed, -“and he looked as if he knew us.”</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p><p>If they had been less young, or if they had been -less tired, they might have found themselves -awake a good many times during the night. But -they were such children, and, now that the great -step was taken, were so happy, that the soft, deep -sleepiness of youth descended upon and overpowered -them. Once or twice during the night -they stirred, wakened for a dreamy, blissful moment -by some sound of a door shutting, or a conductor -passing through. But they were only -conscious of a delicious sense of strangeness, of -the stillness of the car full of sleepers, of the half-realized -delight of feeling themselves carried -along through the unknown country, and of the -rattle of the wheels, which never ceased saying -rhythmically, “We’re going—we’re going—we’re -going!”</p> -<p>Ah! what a night of dreams and new, vague -sensations, to be remembered always! Ah! that -heavenly sense of joy to come, and adventure, -and young hopefulness and imagining! Were -there many others carried towards the City Beautiful -that night who bore with them the same -rapture of longing and belief; who saw with such -innocent clearness only the fair and splendid -thought which had created it, and were so innocently -blind to any shadow of sordidness or mere -worldly interest touching its white walls? And -after the passing of this wonderful night, what a -wakening in the morning, at the first rosiness of -dawn, when all the other occupants of the car -were still asleep, or restlessly trying to be at ease!</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_86">86</div> -<p>It was as if they both wakened at almost the -same moment. The first shaft of early sunlight -streaming in the window touched Meg’s eyelids, -and she slowly opened them. Then something -joyous and exultant rushed in upon her heart, -and she sat upright. And Robin sat up too, and -they looked at each other.</p> -<p>“It’s the Day, Meg!” said Robin. “It’s the -Day!” Meg caught her breath.</p> -<p>“And nothing has stopped us,” she said. “And -we are getting nearer and nearer. Rob, let us -look out of the window.”</p> -<p>For a while they looked out, pressed close together, -and full of such ecstasy of delight in the -strangeness of everything that at first they did -not exchange even their whispers.</p> -<p>It is rather a good thing to see—rather well -worth while even for a man or woman—the day -waking, and waking the world, as one is borne -swiftly through the morning light, and one looks -out of a car window. What it was to these two -children only those who remember the children -who were themselves long ago can realize at all. -The country went hurrying past them, making -curious sudden revelations and giving half-hints -in its haste; prairie and field, farmhouse and -wood and village all wore a strange, exciting, -vanishing aspect.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_87">87</div> -<p>“It seems,” Meg said, “as if it was all going -somewhere—in a great hurry—as if it couldn’t -wait to let us see it.”</p> -<p>“But we are the ones that are going,” said -Rob. “Listen to the wheels—and we shall soon -be there.”</p> -<p>After a while the people who were asleep began -to stir and stretch themselves. Some of them -looked cross, and some looked tired. The very -fat lady in the seat before them had a coal smut -on her nose.</p> -<p>“Robin,” said Meg, after looking at her seriously -a moment, “let’s get our towel out of the -bag and wet it and wash our faces.”</p> -<p>They had taken the liberty of borrowing a -towel from Aunt Matilda. It was Meg who had -thought of it, and it had, indeed, been an inspiration. -Robin wetted two corners of it, and they -made a rigorous if limited toilet. At least they -had no smuts on their noses, and after a little -touching up with the mutual comb and brush, -they looked none the worse for wear. Their plain -and substantial garments were not of the order -which has any special charm to lose.</p> -<p>“And it’s not our clothes that are going to the -Fair,” said Meg, “it’s <i>us</i>!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_88">88</div> -<p>And by the time they were in good order, the -farms and villages they were flying past had -grown nearer together. The platforms at the -dépôts were full of people who wore a less provincial -look; the houses grew larger and so did -the towns; they found themselves flashing past -advertisements of all sorts of things, and especially -of things connected with the Fair.</p> -<p>“You know how we used to play ‘hunt the -thimble,’” said Robin, “and how, when any one -came near the place where it was hidden, we said, -‘Warm—warmer—warmer still—hot!’ It’s like -that now. We have been getting warmer and -warmer every minute, and now we are getting——”</p> -<p>“We shall be in in a minute,” said a big man at -the end of the car, and he stood up and began to -take down his things.</p> -<p>“Hot,” said Robin, with an excited little laugh. -“Meg, we’re not going—going—going any more. -Look out of the window.”</p> -<p>“We are steaming into the big dépôt,” cried -Meg. “How big it is! What crowds of people! -Robin, we are there!”</p> -<p>Robin bent down to pick up their satchel; the -people all rose in their seats and began to move -in a mass down the aisle toward the door. -Everybody seemed suddenly to become eager -and in a hurry, as if they thought the train would -begin to move again and carry them away. -Some were expecting friends to meet them, some -were anxious about finding accommodations. -Those who knew each other talked, asked questions -over people’s shoulders, and there was a -general anxiety about valises, parcels, and umbrellas. -Robin and Meg were pressed back into -their section by the crowd, against which they -were too young to make headway.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_89">89</div> -<p>“We shall have to wait until the grown-up -people have passed by,” Rob said.</p> -<p>But the crowd in the aisle soon lost its compactness, -and they were able to get out. The -porter, who stood on the platform near the steps, -looked at them curiously, and glanced behind -them to see who was with them, but he said nothing.</p> -<p>It seemed to the two as if all the world must -have poured itself into the big dépôt or be passing -through it. People were rushing about; -friends were searching for one another, pushing -their way through the surging crowd; some -were greeting each other with exclamations and -hand-shaking, and stopping up the way; there -was a Babel of voices, a clamor of shouts within -the covered place, and from outside came a roar -of sound rising from the city.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_90">90</div> -<p>For a few moments Robin and Meg were overwhelmed. -They did not quite know what to do; -everybody pushed past and jostled them. No -one was ill-natured, but no one had time to be polite. -They were so young and so strange to all -such worlds of excitement and rush, involuntarily -they clutched each other’s hands after their time-honored -fashion, when they were near each other -and overpowered. The human vortex caught -them up and carried them along, not knowing -where they were going.</p> -<p>“We seem so little!” gasped Meg. “There—there -are so many people! Rob, Rob, where are -we going?”</p> -<p>Robin had lost his breath too. Suddenly the -world seemed so huge—so huge! Just for a moment -he felt himself turn pale, and he looked at -Meg and saw that she was pale too.</p> -<p>“Everybody is going out of the dépôt,” he said.</p> -<p>“Hold on to me tight, Meg. It will be all -right. We shall get out.”</p> -<p>And so they did. The crowd surged and -swayed and struggled, and before long they saw -that it was surging towards the entrance gate, and -it took them with it. Just as they thrust through -they found themselves pushed against a man, -who good-naturedly drew a little back to save -Meg from striking against his valise, which was a -very substantial one. She looked up to thank -him, and gave a little start. It was the man she -had called “our man” the night before, when she -spoke of him to Robin. And he gave them a -sharp but friendly nod.</p> -<p>“Hallo!” he exclaimed, “it’s you two again. -You <i>are</i> going to the Fair!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_91">91</div> -<p>Robin looked up at his shrewd face with a civil -little grin.</p> -<p>“Yes, sir; we are,” he answered.</p> -<p>“Hope you’ll enjoy it,” said the man. “Big -thing.” And he was pushed past them and soon -lost in the crowd.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_92">92</div> -<h2 id="c10"><span class="small">X</span></h2> -<p>The crowd in the dépôt surged into the streets, -and melted into and became an addition to the -world of people there. The pavements were -moving masses of human beings, the centres of -the streets were pandemoniums of wagons and -vans, street cars, hotel omnibuses, and carriages. -The brilliant morning sunlight dazzled the children’s -eyes; the roar of wheels and the clamor of -car bells, of clattering horses’ feet, of cries and -shouts and passing voices, mingled in a volume -of sound that deafened them. The great tidal -wave of human life and work and pleasure almost -took them off their feet.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_93">93</div> -<p>They knew too little of cities to have had beforehand -any idea of what the overwhelming -rush and roar would be, and what slight straws -they would feel themselves upon the current. If -they had been quite ordinary children, they might -well have been frightened. But they were not -ordinary children, little as they were aware of -that important factor in their young lives. They -were awed for this first moment, but, somehow, -they were fascinated as much as they were awed, -while they stood for a brief breathing-space looking -on. They did not know—no child of their -ages can possibly know such things of him or -herself—that Nature had made them of the metal -out of which she moulds strong things and great -ones. As they had not comprehended the restless -sense of wrong and misery the careless, unlearning, -and ungrowing life in Aunt Matilda’s -world filled them with, so they did not understand -that, because they had been born creatures -who belong to the great moving, working, venturing -world, they were not afraid of it, and felt -their first young face-to-face encounter with it a -thing which thrilled them with an exultant emotion -they could not have explained.</p> -<p>“This is not Aunt Matilda’s world,” said Rob. -“It—I believe it is ours, Meg. Don’t you?”</p> -<p>Meg was staring with entranced eyes at the -passing multitude.</p> -<p>“‘More pilgrims are come to town,’” she said, -quoting the “Pilgrim’s Progress” with a far-off -look in her intense little black-browed face. “You -remember what it said, Rob, ‘Here also all the -noise of them that walked in the streets was, -More pilgrims are come to town.’ Oh, isn’t it like -it!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_94">94</div> -<p>It was. And the exaltation and thrill of it got -into their young blood and made them feel as if -they walked on air, and that every passing human -thing meant, somehow, life and strength to -them.</p> -<p>Their appetites were sharpened by the morning -air, and they consulted as to what their breakfast -should be. They had no money to spend at restaurants, -and every penny must be weighed and -calculated.</p> -<p>“Let’s walk on,” said Meg, “until we see a -bakery that looks as if it was kept by poor people. -Then we can buy some bread, and eat it with our -eggs somewhere.”</p> -<p>“All right,” said Robin.</p> -<p>They marched boldly on. The crowd jostled -them, and there was so much noise that they -could hardly hear each other speak; but ah! how -the sun shone, and how the pennons fluttered and -streamed on every side, and how excited and full -of living the people’s faces looked! It seemed -splendid, only to be alive in such a world on such -a morning. The sense of the practical which had -suggested that they should go to a small place led -them into the side streets. They passed all the -big shops without a glance, but at last Meg -stooped before a small one.</p> -<p>“There’s a woman in there,” she said; “I just -saw her for a minute. She has a nice face. She -looked as if she might be good-natured. Let’s go -in there, Robin. It’s quite a small place.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_95">95</div> -<p>They went in. It was a small place but a -clean one, and the woman had a good-natured -face. She was a German, and was broad and -placid and comfortable. They bought some fresh -rolls from her, and as she served them, and was -making the change, Meg watched her anxiously. -She was thinking that she did look very peaceable, -indeed. So, instead of turning away from -the counter, she planted herself directly before -her and asked her a question.</p> -<p>“If you please,” she said, “we have some hard-boiled -eggs to eat with our bread, and we are not -going home. If we are very careful, would you -mind if we ate our breakfast in here, instead of -outside? We won’t let any of the crumbs or -shells drop on the floor.”</p> -<p>“You not going home?” said the woman. -“You from out town?”</p> -<p>“Yes,” answered Meg.</p> -<p>“You look like you wass goun to der Fair,” said -the woman, with a good-tempered smile. “Who -wass with you?”</p> -<p>“No one,” said Robin. “We are going alone. -But we’re all right.”</p> -<p>“My crayshious!” said the woman. “But you -wass young for that. But your ’Merican childrens -is queer ones. Yes! You can sit down an’ eat -your bregfast. That make no matter to me if you -is careful. You can sit down.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_96">96</div> -<p>There were two chairs near a little table, where, -perhaps, occasional customers ate buns, and they -sat down to their rolls and eggs and salt, as to a -feast.</p> -<p>“I was hungry,” said Rob, cracking his fourth -egg.</p> -<p>“So was I!” said Meg, feeling that her fresh -roll was very delicious.</p> -<p>It was a delightful breakfast. The German -woman watched them with placid curiosity as -they ate it. She had been a peasant in her own -country, and had lived in a village among rosy, -stout, and bucolic little Peters and Gretchens, -who were not given to enterprise, and the American -child was a revelation to her. And somehow, -also, these two had an attraction all American -children had not. They looked so well able to -take care of themselves, and yet had such good -manners and no air of self-importance at all. -They ate their rolls and hard-boiled eggs with all -the gusto of very young appetite, but they evidently -meant to keep their part of the bargain, and -leave her no crumbs and shells to sweep up. The -truth was that they were perfectly honorable little -souls, and had a sense of justice. They were in -the midst of their breakfast, when they were -rather startled by hearing her voice from the end -of the counter where she had been standing, leaning -against the wall, her arms folded.</p> -<p>“You like a cup coffee?” she asked.</p> -<div class="img" id="pic6"> -<img src="images/img007.jpg" alt="“YOU LIKE A CUP COFFEE?” SHE ASKED." width="600" height="771" /> -<p class="caption">“YOU LIKE A CUP COFFEE?” SHE ASKED.</p> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_99">99</div> -<p>They both looked round, uncertain what to say, -not knowing whether or not that she meant that -she sold coffee. They exchanged rather disturbed -glances, and then Robin answered.</p> -<p>“We can’t afford it, thank you, ma’am,” he said, -“we’ve got so little money.”</p> -<p>“Never mind,” she astonished them by answering, -“that cost me nothing. There some coffee left -on the back of the stove from my man’s bregfast. -I give you each a cup.” And she actually went -into the little back room, and presently brought -back two good cups of hot coffee.</p> -<p>“There, you drink that,” she said, setting them -down on the little table. “If you children goun -to der Fair in that crowd by yourselves, you want -something in your stomachs.”</p> -<p>It was so good—it was so unexpected—it seemed -such luck! They looked at each other with beaming -eyes, and at her with quite disproportionate -gratitude. It was much more than two cups of -coffee to them.</p> -<p>“Oh, thank you,” they both exclaimed. “We’re -so much obliged to you, ma’am!”</p> -<p>Their feast seemed to become quite a royal -thing. They never had felt so splendidly fed in -their lives. It seemed as if they had never -tasted such coffee.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_100">100</div> -<p>When the meal was finished, they rose refreshed -enough to feel ready for anything. They went -up to the counter and thanked the German woman -again. It was Meg who spoke to her.</p> -<p>“We want to say thank you again,” she said. -“We are very much obliged to you for letting us -eat our breakfast in here. It was so nice to sit -down, and the coffee was so splendid. I dare say -we do seem rather young to be by ourselves, but -that makes us all the more thankful.”</p> -<p>“That’s all right,” said the woman. “I hope -you don’t get lost by der Fair—and have good -time!”</p> -<p>And then they went forth on their pilgrimage, -into the glorious morning, into the rushing world -that seemed so splendid and so gay—into the -fairy-land that only themselves and those like -them could see.</p> -<p>“Isn’t it nice when some one’s kind to you, -Rob?” Meg exclaimed joyfully, when they got -into the sunshine. “Doesn’t it make you feel -happy, somehow, not because they’ve done something, -but just because they’ve been kind?”</p> -<p>“Yes, it does,” answered Rob, stepping out -bravely. “And I’ll tell you what I believe—I believe -there are a lot of kind people in the world.”</p> -<p>“So do I,” said Meg. “I believe they’re in it -even when we don’t see them.”</p> -<p>And all the more, with springing steps and -brave young faces, they walked on their way to -fairy-land.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_101">101</div> -<p>They had talked it all over—how they would -enter their City Beautiful. It would be no light -thing to them, their entrance into it. They were -innocently epicurean about it, and wanted to see -it at the very first in all its loveliness. They knew -that there were gates of entrance here and there, -through which thousands poured each day; but -Meg had a fancy of her own, founded, of course, -upon that other progress of the Pilgrim’s.</p> -<p>“Robin,” she said, “oh, we must go in by the -water, just like those other pilgrims who came to -town. You know that part at the last where it -says, ‘And so many went over the water and were -let in at the golden gates to-day.’ Let us go over -the water and be let in at the golden gates. But -the water we shall go over won’t be dark and bitter; -it will be blue and splendid, and the sun will -be shining everywhere. Ah, Rob, how <i>can</i> it be -true that we are here!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_102">102</div> -<p>They knew all about the great arch of entrance -and stately peristyle. They had read in the newspapers -all about its height and the height of the -statues adorning it; they knew how many columns -formed the peristyle, but it was not height -or breadth or depth or width they remembered. -The picture which remained with them and -haunted them like a fair dream was of a white -and splendid archway, crowned with one of the -great stories of the world in marble—the triumph -of the man in whom the god was so strong that -his dreams, the working of his mind, his strength, -his courage, his suffering, wrested from the silence -of the Unknown a new and splendid world. It -was this great white arch they always thought -of, with this precious marble story crowning it, -the blue, blue water spread before the stately columns -at its side, and the City Beautiful within the -courts it guarded. And it was to this they were -going when they found their way to the boat -which would take them to it.</p> -<p>It was such a heavenly day of June! The -water was so amethystine, the sky such a vault -of rapture! What did it matter to them that they -were jostled and crowded, and counted for nothing -among those about them? What did it matter -that there were often near them common faces, -speaking of nothing but common, stupid pleasure -or common sharpness and greed? What did it -matter that scarcely any one saw what they saw, -or, seeing it, realized its splendid, hopeful meaning? -Little recked they of anything but the entrancement -of blue sky and water, and the City -Beautiful they were drawing near to.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_103">103</div> -<p>When first out of the blueness there rose the -fair shadow of the whiteness, they sprang from their -seats, and, hand in hand, made their way to the -side, and there stood watching, as silent as if they -did not dare to speak lest it should melt away; -and from a fair white spirit it grew to a real thing—more -white, more fair, more stately, and more -an enchanted thing than even they had believed -or hoped.</p> -<p>And the crowd surged about them, and women -exclaimed and men talked, and there was a rushing -to and fro, and the ringing of a bell, and -movement and action and excitement were on -every side. But somehow these two children -stood hand in hand and only looked.</p> -<p>And their dream had come true, though it had -been a child’s dream of an enchanted thing.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_104">104</div> -<h2 id="c11"><span class="small">XI</span></h2> -<p>They passed beneath the snow-white stateliness -of the great arch, still hand in hand, and silent. -They walked softly, almost as if they felt themselves -treading upon holy ground. To their -youth and unworn souls it <i>was</i> like holy ground, -they had so dreamed of it, they had so longed -for it, it had been so mingled in their minds with -the story of a city not of this world.</p> -<p>And they stood within the court beyond the -archway, the fair and noble colonnade, its sweep -of columns, statue-crowned, behind them, the -wonder of the City Beautiful spread before. The -water of blue lagoons lapped the bases of white -palaces, as if with a caress of homage to their -beauty. On every side these marvels stood; everywhere -there was the green of sward and -broad-leaved plants, the sapphire of water, the -flood of color and human life passing by, and -above it all and enclosing it, the warm, deep, -splendid blueness of the summer sky.</p> -<p>It was so white—it was so full of the marvel of -color—it was so strange—it was so radiant and -unearthly in its beauty.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_105">105</div> -<p>The two children only stood still and gazed -and gazed, with widening eyes and parted lips. -They could not have moved about at first; they -only stood and lost themselves as in a dream.</p> -<p>Meg was still for so long that Robin, turning -slowly to look at her at last, was rather awed.</p> -<p>“Meg!” he said; “Meg!”</p> -<p>“Yes,” she answered, in a voice only half awake.</p> -<p>“Meg! Meg! We are <i>there</i>!”</p> -<p>“I know,” said Meg. “Only it is so like—that -other City—that it seems as if——” She gave a -queer little laugh, and turned to look at him. -“Rob,” she said, “perhaps we are <i>dead</i>, and have -just wakened up.”</p> -<p>That brought them back to earth. They -laughed together. No, they were not dead. -They were breathless and uplifted by an ecstasy, -but they had never been so fully <i>alive</i> before. -It seemed as if they were in the centre -of the world, and the world was such a bright -and radiant and beautiful place as they had never -dreamed of.</p> -<p>“Where shall we go first?” said Meg. “What -shall we do?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_106">106</div> -<p>But it was so difficult to decide that. It did -not seem possible to make a plan and follow it. -It was not possible for them, at least. They were -too happy and too young. Surely visitors to -fairy-land could not make plans! They gave -themselves up to the spell, and went where fancy -led them. And it led them far, and through -strange beauties, which seemed like dreams come -true. They wandered down broad pathways, past -green sward, waving palms, glowing masses of -flowers, white balustrades bordering lagoons -lightly ruffled by a moment’s wind. Wonderful -statues stood on silent guard, sometimes in -groups, sometimes majestic colossal figures.</p> -<p>“They look as if they were all watching the -thousands and thousands go by,” said Robin.</p> -<p>“It seems as if they must be thinking something -about it all,” Meg answered. “It could -not be that they could stand there and look like -that and not know.”</p> -<p>It was she who soon after built up for them -the only scheme they made during those enchanted -days. It could scarcely be called a plan -of action, it was so much an outcome of imagination -and part of a vision, but it was a great -joy to them through every hour of their pilgrimage.</p> -<p>Standing upon a fairy bridge, looking over -shining canals crossed by these fairy bridges -again and again, the gold sun lighting snow-white -columns, archways, towers, and minarets, -statues and rushing fountains, flowers and palms, -her child eyes filled with a deep, strange glow of -joy and dreaming.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_107">107</div> -<p>She leaned upon the balustrade in her favorite -fashion, her chin upon her hands.</p> -<p>“We need not <i>pretend</i> it is a fairy story, -Robin,” she said. “It <i>is</i> a fairy story, but it -is real. Who ever thought a fairy story could -come true? I’ve made up how it came to be like -this.”</p> -<p>“Tell us how,” said Robin, looking over the -jewelled water almost as she did.</p> -<p>“It was like this,” she said. “There was a -great Magician who was the ruler of all the Genii -in all the world. They were all powerful and -rich and wonderful magicians, but he could make -them obey him, and give him what they stored -away. And he said: ‘I will build a splendid City, -that all the world shall flock to and wonder at -and remember forever. And in it some of all -the things in the world shall be seen, so that the -people who see it shall learn what the world is -like—how huge it is, and what wisdom it has in -it, and what wonders! And it will make them -know what <i>they</i> are like themselves, because the -wonders will be made by hands and feet and -brains just like their own. And so they will -understand how strong they are—if they only -knew it—and it will give them courage and fill -them with thoughts.”</p> -<p>She stopped a moment, and Rob pushed her -gently with his elbow.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_108">108</div> -<p>“Go on,” he said, “I like it. It sounds quite -true. What else?”</p> -<p>“And he called all the Genii together and -called them by their names. There was one who -was the king of all the pictures and statues, and -the people who worked at making them. They -did not know they had a Genius, but they had, -and he put visions into their heads, and made -them feel restless until they had worked them -out into statues and paintings. And the Great -Genius said to him: ‘You must build a palace -for <i>your</i> people, and make them pour their finest -work into it; and all the people who are made -to be your workers, whether they know it or not, -will look at your palace and see what other ones -have done, and wonder if they cannot do it themselves.’ -And there was a huge, huge Genius who -was made of steel and iron and gold and silver -and wheels, and the Magician said to him: ‘Build -a great palace, and make your workers fill it with -all the machines and marvels they have made, and -all who see will know what wonders can be done, -and feel that there is no wonder that isn’t done -that is too great for human beings to plan.’ And -there was a Genius of the strange countries, and -one who knew all the plants and flowers and trees -that grew, and one who lived at the bottom of -the sea and knew the fishes by name and strode -about among them. And each one was commanded -to build a palace or to make his people -work, and they grew so interested that in the end -each one wanted his palace and his people to be -the most wonderful of all. And so the City was -built, and we are in it, Robin, though we are only -twelve years old, and nobody cares about us.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_109">109</div> -<p>“Yes,” said Robin, “and the City is as much -ours as if we were the Magician himself. Meg, -who was the Magician? <i>What</i> was he?”</p> -<p>“I don’t know,” said Meg. “Nobody knows. -He is that—that——” She gave a sudden, queer -little touch to her forehead and one to her side. -“<i>That</i>, you know, Rob! The thing that <i>thinks</i>—and -makes us want to do things and be things. -Don’t you suppose so, Rob?”</p> -<p>“The thing that made us want so to come here -that we could not bear <i>not</i> to come?” said Robin. -“The thing that makes you make up stories about -everything, and always have queer thoughts?”</p> -<p>“Yes—that!” said Meg. “And every one has -some of it; and there are such millions of people, -and so there is enough to make the Great Magician. -Robin, come along; let us go to the palace -the picture Genius built, and see what his people -put in it. Let us be part of the fairy story when -we go anywhere. It will make it beautiful.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_110">110</div> -<p>They took their fairy story with them and went -their way. They made it as much the way of a -fairy story as possible. They found a gondola -with a rich-hued, gay-scarfed gondolier, and took -their places.</p> -<p>“Now we are in Venice,” Meg said, as they -shot smoothly out upon the lagoon. “We can -be in any country we like. Now we are in -Venice.”</p> -<p>Their gondola stopped, and lay rocking on the -lagoon before the palace’s broad white steps. -They mounted them, and entered into a rich, -glowing world, all unknown.</p> -<p>They knew little of pictures, they knew nothing -of statuary, but they went from room to -room, throbbing with enjoyment. They stopped -before beautiful faces and happy scenes, and -vaguely smiled, though they did not know they -were smiling; they lingered before faces and -figures that were sad, and their own dark little -faces grew soft and grave. They could not afford -to buy a catalogue, so they could only look and -pity and delight or wonder.</p> -<p>“We must make up the stories and thoughts -of them ourselves,” Robin said. “Let’s take it -in turns, Meg. Yours will be the best ones, of -course.”</p> -<div class="img" id="pic7"> -<img src="images/img008.jpg" alt="“NOW WE ARE IN VENICE.”" width="600" height="779" /> -<p class="caption">“NOW WE ARE IN VENICE.”</p> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_113">113</div> -<p>And this was what they did. As they passed -from picture to picture, each took turns at building -up explanations. Some of them might have -been at once surprising and instructive to the -artist concerned, but some were very vivid, and -all were full of young directness and clear sight, -and the fresh imagining and coloring of the unworn -mind. They were so interested that it became -like a sort of exciting game. They forgot -all about the people around them; they did not -know that their two small, unchaperoned figures -attracted more glances than one. They were so -accustomed to being alone, that they never exactly -counted themselves in with other people. -And now, it was as if they were at a banquet, -feasting upon strange viands, and the new flavors -were like wine to them. They went from side -to side of the rooms, drawn sometimes by a glow -of color, sometimes by a hinted story.</p> -<p>“We don’t know anything about pictures, I -suppose,” said Meg, “but we can see everything -is in them. There are the poor, working in the -fields and the mills, being glad or sorry; and -there are the rich ones, dancing at balls and standing -in splendid places.”</p> -<p>“And there are the good ones and the bad -ones. You can see it in their faces,” Rob went -on, for her.</p> -<p>“Yes,” said Meg; “richness and poorness and -goodness and badness and happiness and gladness. -The Genius who made this palace was a -very proud one, and he said he would put all the -world in it, even if his workers could only make -pictures and statues.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_114">114</div> -<p>“Was he the strongest of all?” asked Robin, -taking up the story again with interest.</p> -<p>“I don’t know,” Meg answered; “sometimes -I think he was. He was strong—he was very -strong.”</p> -<p>They had been too deeply plunged into their -mood to notice a man who stood near them, looking -at a large picture. In fact, the man himself -had not at first noticed them, but when Meg -began to speak her voice attracted him. He -turned his head, and looked at her odd little reflecting -face, and, after having looked at it, he -stood listening to her. An expression of recognition -came into his strong, clean-shaven face.</p> -<p>“You two again!” he said, when she had finished. -“And you have got here.” It was their -man again.</p> -<p>“Yes,” answered Meg, her gray eyes revealing, -as she lifted them to his face, that she came back -to earth with some difficulty.</p> -<p>“How do you like it, as far as you’ve gone?” -he asked.</p> -<p>“We are making believe that it is a fairy story,” -Meg answered; “and it’s very easy.”</p> -<p>And then a group of people came between and -separated them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_115">115</div> -<h2 id="c12"><span class="small">XII</span></h2> -<p>How tired they were when they came out from -the world of pictures into the world of thronging -people! How their limbs ached and they were -brought back to the realization that they were -creatures with human bodies, which somehow -they seemed to have forgotten!</p> -<p>When they stood in the sunshine again Robin -drew a long breath.</p> -<p>“It is like coming out of one dream into another,” -he said. “We must have been there a -long time. I didn’t know I was tired and I didn’t -know I was hungry, but I am both. Are you?”</p> -<p>She was as tired and hungry as he was.</p> -<p>“Dare we buy a sandwich to eat with our -eggs?” she said.</p> -<p>“Yes, I think we dare,” Robin answered. -“Where shall we go and eat them?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_116">116</div> -<p>There was no difficulty in deciding. She had -planned it all out, and they so knew the place by -heart that they did not need to ask their way. It -was over one of the fairy bridges which led to a -fairy island. It was softly wooded, and among -the trees were winding paths and flowers and -rustic seats, and quaint roofs peering above the -greenness of branches. And it was full of the -warm scent of roses, growing together in sumptuous -thousands, their heavy, sweet heads uplifted -to the sun, or nodding and leaning towards their -neighbors’ clusters.</p> -<p>The fairy bridge linked it to the wonderful -world beyond, but by comparison its bowers were -almost quiet. The crowd did not jostle there.</p> -<p>“And we shall be eating our lunch near thousands -and thousands of roses. It will be like -the ‘Arabian Nights.’ Let us pretend that the -rose who is queen of them all invited us, because -we belong to nobody,” Meg said.</p> -<p>They bought the modest addition to their meal, -and carried the necessary, ever-present satchel to -their bower. They were tired of dragging the -satchel about, but they were afraid to lose sight -of it.</p> -<p>“It’s very well that it is such a small one, and -that we have so little in it,” Robin said. They -chose the most secluded corner they could find, -as near to the rose garden as possible, and sat -down and fell upon their scant lunch as they had -fallen upon their breakfast.</p> -<p>It was very scant for two ravenously hungry -children, and they tried to make it last as long as -possible. But scant as it was, and tired as they -were, their spirits did not fail them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_117">117</div> -<p>“Perhaps, if we eat it slowly, it will seem -more,” said Meg, peeling an egg with deliberation, -but with a very undeliberate feeling in her -small stomach. “Robin, did you notice our -man?”</p> -<p>“I saw him, of course,” answered Robin; “he’s -too big not to see.”</p> -<p>“I <i>noticed</i> him,” continued Meg. “Robin, -there’s something the matter with that man. -He’s a gloomy man.”</p> -<p>“Well, you noticed him quickly,” Robin responded, -with a shade of fraternal incredulity. -“What’s happened to him?”</p> -<p>Meg’s eyes fixed themselves on a glimpse of -blue water she saw through the trees. She -looked as if she were thinking the matter over.</p> -<p>“How do I know?” she said; “I couldn’t. -But, somehow, he has a dreary face, as if he had -been thinking of dreary things. I don’t know -why I thought that all in a minute, but I did, and -I believe it’s true.”</p> -<p>“Well, if we should see him again,” Robin said, -“I’ll look and see.”</p> -<p>“I believe we shall see him again,” said Meg. -“How many eggs have we left, Robin?”</p> -<p>“We only brought three dozen,” he answered, -looking into the satchel; “and we ate seven this -morning.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_118">118</div> -<p>“When you have nothing but eggs, you eat a -good many,” said Meg, reflectively. “They -won’t last very long. But we couldn’t have -carried a thousand eggs, even if we had had -them”—which was a sage remark.</p> -<p>“We shall have to buy some cheap things,” -was Robin’s calculation. “They’ll have to be -very cheap, though. We have to pay a dollar, -you know, every day, to come in; and if we have -no money we can’t go into the places that are not -free; and we want to go into everything.”</p> -<p>“I’d rather go in hungry than stay outside and -have real dinners, wouldn’t you?” Meg put it to -him.</p> -<p>“Yes, I would,” he answered, “though it’s pretty -hard to be hungry.”</p> -<p>They had chosen a secluded corner to sit in, -but it was not so secluded that they had it entirely -to themselves. At a short distance from them, in -the nearest bowery nook, a young man and woman -were eating something out of a basket. They -looked like a young country pair, plain and awkward, -and enjoying themselves immensely. Their -clothes were common and their faces were tanned, -as if from working out of doors. But their basket -evidently contained good, home-made things to -eat. Meg caught glimpses of ham and chicken, -and something that looked like cake. Just at that -moment they looked so desperately good that she -turned away her eyes, because she did not want -to stare at them rudely. And as she averted -them, she saw that Robin had seen, too.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_119">119</div> -<p>“Those people have plenty to eat,” he said, with -a short, awkward laugh.</p> -<p>“Yes,” she answered. “Don’t let us look. We -are <i>here</i>, Robin, anyway, and we knew we couldn’t -come as other people do.”</p> -<p>“Yes,” he said, “we are <i>here</i>.”</p> -<p>The man and his wife finished their lunch, and -began putting things in order in their basket. As -they did it, they talked together in a low voice, -and seemed to be discussing something. Somehow, -in spite of her averted eyes, Meg suddenly -felt as if they were discussing Robin and herself, -and she wondered if they had caught her involuntary -look.</p> -<p>“I think, Robin,” said Meg—“I think that -woman is going to speak to us.”</p> -<p>It was evident that she was. She got up and -came towards them, her husband following her -rather awkwardly.</p> -<p>She stopped before them, and the two pairs of -dark eyes lifted themselves to her face.</p> -<p>“I’ve just been talking to my man about you -two,” she said. “We couldn’t help looking at -you. Have you lost your friends?”</p> -<p>“No, ma’am,” said Robin, “we haven’t got any; -I mean, we’re not with any one.”</p> -<p>The woman turned and looked at her husband.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_120">120</div> -<p>“Well, Jem!” she exclaimed.</p> -<p>The man drew near and looked them over.</p> -<p>He was a raw-boned, big young man, with a -countrified, good-natured face.</p> -<p>“You haven’t come here alone?” he said.</p> -<p>“Yes,” said Robin. “We couldn’t have come, -if we hadn’t come alone. We’re not afraid, thank -you. We’re getting along very well.”</p> -<p>“Well, Jem!” said the woman again.</p> -<p>She seemed quite stirred. There was something -in her ordinary, good-natured face that was -quite like a sort of rough emotion.</p> -<p>“Have you plenty of money?” she asked.</p> -<p>“No,” said Robin, “not plenty, but we have a -little.”</p> -<p>She put her basket down and opened it. She -took out some pieces of brown fried chicken; then -she took out some big slices of cake, with raisins -in it. She even added some biscuits and slices of -ham. Then she put them in a coarse, clean napkin.</p> -<p>“Now, look here,” she said, “don’t you go filling -up with candy and peanuts, just because you -are by yourselves. You put this in your bag, and -eat it when you’re ready. ’T any rate, it’s good, -home-made victuals, and won’t harm you.”</p> -<p>And in the midst of their shy thanks, she shut the -basket again and went off with her husband, and -they heard her say again, before she disappeared,</p> -<p>“Well, Jem!”</p> -<div class="img" id="pic8"> -<img src="images/img009.jpg" alt="“WELL, JEM!” SHE EXCLAIMED." width="600" height="769" /> -<p class="caption">“WELL, JEM!” SHE EXCLAIMED.</p> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_123">123</div> -<h2 id="c13"><span class="small">XIII</span></h2> -<p>Yes, there were plenty of kind people in the -world, and one of the best proofs of it was that, -in that busy, wonderful place through which all -the world seemed passing, and where, on every -side, were a thousand things to attract attention, -and so fill eyes and mind that forgetfulness and -carelessness of small things might not have been -quite unnatural, these two small things, utterly -insignificant and unknown to the crowds they -threaded, met many a passing friend of the moment, -and found themselves made happier by -many a kindly and helpful word or look. Officials -were good-natured to them, guides were -good-humored, motherly women and fatherly men -protected them in awkward crowds. They always -saw that those who noticed them glanced -about for their chaperons, and again and again -they were asked who was taking care of them; -but Robin’s straightforward, civil little answer, -“We’re taking care of ourselves,” never failed to -waken as much friendly interest as surprise.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_124">124</div> -<p>They kept up their fairy story of the Great -Genius, and called things by fairy-story names, -and talked to each other of their fairy-story fancies -about them. It was so much more delightful -to say: “Let us go to the Palace of the Genius of -the Sea,” than to say, “Let us go to the Fisheries’ -building.” And once in the palace, standing -among great rocks and pools and fountains, with -water splashing and tumbling over strange sea-plants, -and strange sea-monsters swimming beneath -their eyes in green sea-water, it was easy to -believe in the Genius who had brought them all -together.</p> -<p>“He was very huge,” Meg said, making a picture -of him. “He had monstrous eyes, that -looked like the sea when it is blue; he had great, -white coral teeth, and he had silver, scaly fishskin -wound round him, and his hair was long sea-grass -and green and brown weeds.”</p> -<p>They stood in grottoes and looked down into -clear pools, at swift-darting things of gold and -silver and strange prismatic colors. Meg made -up stories of tropical rivers, with palms and jungle -cane fringing them, and tigers and lions coming -to lap at the brink. She invented rushing mountain -streams and lakes, with speckled trout leaping; -and deep, deep seas, where whales lay rocking -far below, and porpoises rolled, and devil-fish -spread hideous, far-reaching tentacles for prey.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_125">125</div> -<p>Oh, what a day it was! What wonders they -saw and hung over, and dwelt on with passions -of young delight! The great sea gave up its -deep to them; great forests and trackless jungles -their wonderful growths; kings’ palaces and -queens’ coffers their rarest treasures; the ages of -long ago their relics and strange legends, in stone -and wood and brass and gold.</p> -<p>They did not know how often people turned -and stopped to look at their two little, close-leaning -figures and vivid, dark, ecstatic-eyed faces. -They certainly never chanced to see that one -figure was often behind them at a safe distance, -and seemed rather to have fallen into the habit of -going where they went and listening to what they -said. It was their man, curiously enough, and it -was true that he was rather a gloomy-looking -man, when one observed him well. His keen, -business-like, well-cut face had a cloud resting -upon it; he looked listless and unsmiling, even in -the palaces that most stirred the children’s souls; -and, in fact, it seemed to be their odd enthusiasm -which had attracted him a little, because he was -in the mood to feel none himself. He had been -within hearing distance when Meg had been telling -her stories of the Genius of the Palace of the -Sea, and a faint smile had played about his mouth -for a moment. Then he had drawn a trifle nearer, -still keeping out of sight, and when they had -moved he had followed them. He had been a -hard, ambitious, wealth-gaining man all his life. -A few years before he had found a new happiness, -which softened him for a while, and made -his world seem a brighter thing. Then a black -sorrow had come upon him, and everything had -changed. He had come to the Enchanted City, -not as the children had come, because it shone before -them, a radiant joy, but because he wondered -if it would distract him at all. All other things -had failed; his old habits of work and scheme, -his successes, his ever-growing fortune, they were -all as nothing. The world was empty to him, -and he walked about it feeling like a ghost. The -little dark, vivid faces had attracted him, he did -not know why, and when he heard the story of -the Palace of the Sea, he was led on by a vague -interest.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_126">126</div> -<p>He was near them often during the day, but it -was not until late in the afternoon that they saw -him themselves, when he did not see them. They -came upon him in a quiet spot where he was -sitting alone. On a seat near him sat a young -woman, resting, with a baby asleep in her arms. -The young woman was absorbed in her child, and -was apparently unconscious of him. His arms -were folded and his head bent, but he was looking -at her in an absent, miserable way. It was as -if she made him think of something bitter and -sad.</p> -<p>Meg and Robin passed him quietly.</p> -<div class="img" id="pic9"> -<img src="images/img010.jpg" alt="HE WAS LOOKING AT HER IN AN ABSENT, MISERABLE WAY." width="600" height="779" /> -<p class="caption">HE WAS LOOKING AT HER IN AN ABSENT, MISERABLE WAY.</p> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_129">129</div> -<p>“I see what you meant, Meg,” Robin said. -“He does look as if something was the matter -with him. I wonder what it is?”</p> -<p>When they passed out of the gates at dusk, it -was with worn-out bodies, but enraptured souls. -In the street-car, which they indulged in the extravagance -of taking, the tired people, sitting exhaustedly -in the seats and hanging on to straps, -looked with a sort of wonder at them, their faces -shone so like stars. They did not know where -they were going to sleep, and they were more -than ready for lying down, but they were happy -beyond words.</p> -<p>They went with the car until it reached the -city’s heart, and then they got out and walked. -The streets were lighted, and the thoroughfares -were a riot of life and sound. People were going -to theatres, restaurants, and hotels, which were -a blaze of electric radiance. They found themselves -limping a little, but they kept stoutly on, -holding firmly to the satchel.</p> -<p>“We needn’t be afraid of going anywhere, however -poor it looks,” Robin said, with a grave little -elderly air. He was curiously grave for his -years, sometimes. “Anybody can see we have -nothing to steal. I think any one would know that -we only want to go to bed.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_130">130</div> -<p>It was a queer place they finally hit upon. It -was up a side street, which was poorly lighted, -and where the houses were all shabby and small. -On the steps of one of them a tired-looking woman -was sitting, with a pale, old-faced boy beside -her. Robin stopped before her.</p> -<p>“Have you a room where my sister could -sleep, and I could have a mattress on the floor, or -lie down on anything?” he said. “We can’t afford -to go anywhere where it will cost more than -fifty cents each.”</p> -<p>The woman looked at them indifferently. She -was evidently very much worn out with her day’s -work, and discouraged by things generally.</p> -<p>“I haven’t anything worth more than fifty -cents, goodness knows,” she answered. “You -must be short of money to come here. I’ve never -thought of having roomers.”</p> -<p>“We’re poor,” said Robin, “and we know we -can’t have anything but a poor room. If we can -lie down, we are so tired we shall go to sleep -anywhere. We’ve been at the Fair all day.”</p> -<p>The pale little old-faced boy leaned forward, -resting his arm on his mother’s knee. They saw -that he was a very poor little fellow, indeed, with -a hunch back.</p> -<p>“Mother,” he said, “let ’em stay; I’ll sleep on -the floor.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_131">131</div> -<p>The woman gave a dreary half laugh, and got -up from the step. “He’s crazy about the Fair,” -she said. “We hain’t no money to spend on -Fairs, and he’s most wild about it. You can stay -here to-night, if you want to.”</p> -<p>She made a sign to them to follow her. The -hunchback boy rose too, and went into the dark -passage after them. He seemed to regard them -with a kind of hunger in his look.</p> -<p>They went up the narrow, steep staircase. It -was only lighted by a dim gleam from a room -below, whose door was open. The balustrades -were rickety, and some of them were broken out. -It was a forlorn enough place. The hunchback -boy came up the steps, awkwardly, behind them. -It was as if he wanted to see what would happen.</p> -<p>They went up two flights of the crooked, crazy -stairs, and at the top of the second flight the -woman opened a door.</p> -<p>“That’s all the place there is,” she said. “It -isn’t anything more than a place to lie down in, -you see. I can put a mattress on the floor for -you, and your sister can sleep in the cot.”</p> -<p>“That’s all we want,” replied Robin.</p> -<p>But it was a poor place. A room, both small -and bare, and with broken windows. There was -nothing in it but the cot and a chair.</p> -<p>“Ben sleeps here,” the woman said. “If I -couldn’t make him a place on the floor, near me, -I couldn’t let it to you.” Meg turned and looked -at Ben. He was gazing at her with a nervous -interest.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_132">132</div> -<p>“We’re much obliged to you,” she said.</p> -<p>“It’s all right,” he said, with eager shyness. -“Do you want some water to wash yourselves -with? I can bring you up a tin basin and a jug. -You can set it on the chair.”</p> -<p>“Thank you,” they both said at once. And -Robin added, “We want washing pretty badly.”</p> -<p>Ben turned about and went down-stairs for the -water as if he felt a sort of excitement in doing -the service. These two children, who looked as -poor as himself, set stirring strange thoughts in -his small, unnourished brain.</p> -<p>He brought back the tin basin and water, a -piece of yellow soap, and even a coarse, rather -dingy, towel. He had been so eager that he was -out of breath when he returned, but he put the -basin on the chair and the tin jug beside it, with -a sort of exultant look in his poor face.</p> -<p>“Thank you,” said Meg again; “thank you, -Ben.”</p> -<p>She could not help watching him as his mother -prepared the rather wretched mattress for Robin. -Once he caught the look of her big, childish, -gray eyes as it rested upon him with questioning -sympathy, and he flushed up so that even by the -light of the little smoky lamp she saw it. When -the woman had finished she and the boy went -away and left them, and they stood a moment -looking at each other. They were both thinking -of the same thing, but somehow they did not put -it into words.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_133">133</div> -<p>“We’ll wash off the dust first,” said Robin, -“and then we’ll eat some of the things we have -left from what the woman gave us. And then -we’ll go to bed, and we shall drop just like logs.”</p> -<p>And this they did, and it was certainly a very -short time before the smoky little lamp was out, -and each had dropped like a log and lay stretched -in the darkness, with a sense of actual ecstasy in -limbs laid down to rest and muscles relaxed for -sleeping.</p> -<p>“Robin,” said Meg, drowsily, through the dark -that divided them, “everybody in the world has -something to give to somebody else.”</p> -<p>“I’m thinking that, too,” Robin answered, just -as sleepily; “nobody is so poor—that—he—hasn’t -anything. That—boy——”</p> -<p>“He let us have his hard bed,” Meg murmured, -“and he—hasn’t seen——”</p> -<p>But her voice died away, and Robin would not -have heard her if she had said more. And they -were both fast, fast asleep.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_134">134</div> -<h2 id="c14"><span class="small">XIV</span></h2> -<p>It would have been a loud sound which would -have awakened them during those deep sleeping -hours of the night. They did not even stir on -their poor pillows when, long after midnight, -there was the noise of heavy drunken footsteps -and heavy drunken stumbling in the passage below, -and then the raising of a man’s rough voice, -and the upsetting of chairs and the slamming of -doors, mingled with the expostulations of the -woman, whose husband had come home in something -worse than his frequent ill-fashion. They -slept sweetly through it all, but when the morning -came, and hours of unbroken rest had made their -slumbers lighter, and the sunshine streamed in -through the broken windows, they were called -back to the world by loud and angry sounds.</p> -<p>“What is it?” said Meg, sitting bolt upright -and rubbing her eyes; “somebody’s shouting.”</p> -<p>“And somebody’s crying,” said Robin, sitting -up too, but more slowly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_135">135</div> -<p>It was quite clear to them, as soon as they were -fully awake, that both these things were happening. -A man seemed to be quarrelling below. -They could hear him stamping about and swearing -savagely. And they could hear the woman’s -voice, which sounded as if she were trying to -persuade him to do or leave undone something. -They could not hear her words, but she was crying, -and somebody else was crying, too, and they -knew it was the boy with the little old face and -the hump-back.</p> -<p>“I suppose it’s the woman’s husband,” said -Meg. “I’m glad he wasn’t here last night.”</p> -<p>“I wonder if he knows we are here,” said -Robin, listening anxiously.</p> -<p>It was plain that he did know. They heard -him stumbling up the staircase, grumbling and -swearing as he came, and he was coming up to -their room, it was evident.</p> -<p>“What shall we do?” exclaimed Meg, in a -whisper.</p> -<p>“Wait,” Robin answered, breathlessly. “We -can’t do anything.”</p> -<p>The heavy feet blundered up the short second -flight and blundered to their door. It seemed -that the man had not slept off his drunken fit. -He struck the door with his fist.</p> -<p>“Hand out that dollar,” he shouted. “When -my wife takes roomers I’m going to be paid. -Hand it out.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_136">136</div> -<p>They heard the woman hurrying up the stairs -after him. She was out of breath with crying, -and there was a choking sound in her voice when -she spoke to them through the door.</p> -<p>“You’d better let him have it,” she said.</p> -<p>“I guess they’d better,” said the man, roughly. -“Who’d’ they suppose owns the house?”</p> -<p>Robin got up and took a dollar from their very -small store, which was hidden in the lining of his -trousers. He went to the door and opened it a -little, and held the money out.</p> -<p>“Here it is,” he said.</p> -<p>The man snatched it out of his hand and turned -away, and went stumbling down stairs, still growling. -The woman stood a minute on the landing, -and they heard her make a pitiful sort of sound, -half sob, half sniff.</p> -<p>Meg sat up in bed, with her chin on her hands, -and glared like a little lioness.</p> -<p>“What do you think of <i>that</i>?” she said.</p> -<p>“He’s a devil!” said Robin, with terseness. -And he was conscious of no impropriety. “I -wanted that boy to have it, and <i>go</i>.” It was not -necessary to say where.</p> -<p>“So did I,” answered Meg. “And I believe -his mother would have given it to him, too.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_137">137</div> -<p>They heard the man leave the house a few minutes -later, and then it did not take them long to -dress and go down the narrow, broken-balustraded -stairs again. As they descended the first flight -they saw the woman cooking something over the -stove in her kitchen, and as she moved about they -saw her brush her apron across her eyes.</p> -<p>The squalid street was golden with the early -morning sunshine, which is such a joyful thing, -and, in the full, happy flood of it, a miserable little -figure sat crouched on the steps. It was the -boy Ben, and they saw that he looked paler than -he had looked the night before, and his little face -looked older. His elbow was on his knee and his -cheek on his hand, and there were wet marks on -his cheeks.</p> -<p>A large lump rose up in Meg’s throat.</p> -<p>“I know what’s the matter,” she whispered to -Robin.</p> -<p>“So—so do I,” Robin answered, rather unsteadily. -“And he’s poorer than anybody else. It -<i>ought</i> not to go by him.”</p> -<p>“No, no,” said Meg. “It oughtn’t.”</p> -<p>She walked straight to the threshold and sat -down on the step beside him. She was a -straightforward child, and she was too much -moved to stand on ceremony. She sat down -quite close by the poor little fellow, and put her -hand on his arm.</p> -<p>“Never you mind,” she said. “Never you -mind.” And her throat felt so full that for a few -seconds she could say nothing more.</p> -<p>Robin stood against the door post. The effect -of this was to make his small jaw square itself.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_138">138</div> -<p>“Don’t mind us at all,” he said. “We—we -know.”</p> -<p>The little fellow looked at Meg and then up at -him. In that look he saw that they did know.</p> -<p>“Mother was going to give that dollar to me,” -he said, brokenly. “I was going to the Fair on -it. <i>Everybody</i> is going, everybody is talking -about it, and thinking about it! Nobody’s been -talking of nothing else for months and months! -The streets are full of people on their way! And -they all pass me by.”</p> -<p>He rubbed his sleeve across his forlorn face -and swallowed hard.</p> -<p>“There’s pictures in the shops,” he went on, -“and flags flying. And everything’s going that -way, and me staying behind!”</p> -<p>Two of the large, splendid drops, which had -sometimes gathered on Meg’s eyelashes and fallen -on the straw, when she had been telling stories in -the barn, fell now upon her lap.</p> -<p>“Robin!” she said.</p> -<p>Robin stood and stared very straight before -him for a minute, and then his eyes turned and -met hers.</p> -<p>“We’re very poor,” he said to her, “but <i>everybody</i> -has—has something.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_139">139</div> -<p>“We couldn’t leave him behind,” Meg said, -“we <i>couldn’t</i>! Let’s think.” And she put her -head down, resting her elbows on her knee and -clutching her forehead with her supple, strong -little hands.</p> -<p>“What can we do without?” said Robin. -“Let’s do without something.”</p> -<p>Meg lifted her head.</p> -<p>“We will eat nothing but the eggs for breakfast,” -she said, “and go without lunch—if we can. -Perhaps we can’t—but we’ll try. And we will -not go into some of the places we have to pay to -go into. I will make up stories about them for -you. And, Robin, it <i>is</i> true—everybody has something -to give. That’s what I have—the stories I -make up. It’s <i>something</i>—just a little.”</p> -<p>“It isn’t so little,” Robin answered; “it fills in -the empty place, Meg?” with a question in his -voice.</p> -<p>She answered with a little nod, and then put -her hand on Ben’s arm again. During their rapid -interchange of words he had been gazing at them -in a dazed, uncomprehending way. To his poor -little starved nature they seemed so strong and -different from himself that there was something -wonderful about them. Meg’s glowing, dark -little face quite made his weak heart beat as she -turned it upon him.</p> -<p>“We are not much better off than you are,” she -said, “but we think we’ve got enough to take you -into the grounds. You let us have your bed. -Come along with us.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_140">140</div> -<p>“To—to—the Fair?” he said, tremulously.</p> -<p>“Yes,” she answered, “and when we get in I’ll -try and think up things to tell you and Robin, -about the places we can’t afford to go into. We -can go into the Palaces for nothing.”</p> -<p>“Palaces!” he gasped, his wide eyes on her face.</p> -<p>She laughed.</p> -<p>“That’s what we call them,” she said; “that’s -what they are. It’s part of a story. I’ll tell it to -you as we go.”</p> -<p>“Oh!” he breathed out, with a sort of gasp, -again.</p> -<p>He evidently did not know how to express -himself. His hands trembled, and he looked half -frightened.</p> -<p>“If you’ll do it,” he said, “I’ll remember you -all my life! I’ll—I’ll—if it wasn’t for father I -know mother would let you sleep here every -night for nothing. And I’d give you my bed and -be glad to do it, I would. I’ll be so thankful to -you. I hain’t got nothin’—nothin’—but I’ll be -that thankful—I”—there was a kind of hysterical -break in his voice—“let me go and tell mother,” -he said, and he got up stumblingly and rushed -into the house.</p> -<p>Meg and Robin followed him to the kitchen, as -excited as he was. The woman had just put a -cracked bowl of something hot on the table, and -as he came in she spoke to him.</p> -<div class="img" id="pic10"> -<img src="images/img011.jpg" alt="“TO—TO—THE FAIR?” HE SAID, TREMULOUSLY." width="600" height="768" /> -<p class="caption">“TO—TO—THE FAIR?” HE SAID, TREMULOUSLY.</p> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_143">143</div> -<p>“Your mush is ready,” she said. “Come and -eat while it’s hot.”</p> -<p>“Mother,” he cried out, “they are going to -take me in. I’m going! They’re going to take -me!”</p> -<p>The woman stopped short and looked at the -twins, who stood in the doorway. It seemed as -if her chin rather trembled.</p> -<p>“You’re going—” she began, and broke off. -“You’re as poor as he is,” she ended. “You -must be, or you wouldn’t have come here to -room.”</p> -<p>“We’re as poor in one way,” said Meg, “but -we worked, and saved money to come. It isn’t -much, but we can do without something that -would cost fifty cents, and that will pay for his -ticket.”</p> -<p>The woman’s chin trembled more still.</p> -<p>“Well,” she said, ”I—I—O Lord!” And she -threw her apron over her head and sat down -suddenly.</p> -<p>Meg went over to her, not exactly knowing -why.</p> -<p>“We could not bear to go ourselves,” she said. -“And he is like us.”</p> -<p>She was thinking, as she spoke, that this woman -and her boy were very fond of each other. The -hands holding the apron were trembling as his -had done. They dropped as suddenly as they -had been thrown up. The woman lifted her face -eagerly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_144">144</div> -<p>“What were you thinking of going without?” -she asked. “Was it things to eat?”</p> -<p>“We—we’ve got some hard-boiled eggs,” faltered -Meg, a little guiltily.</p> -<p>“There’s hot mush in the pan,” said the woman. -“There’s nothing to eat with it, but it’s healthier -than cold eggs. Sit down and eat some.”</p> -<p>And they did, and in half an hour they left the -poor house, feeling full-fed and fresh. With them -went Ben—his mother standing on the steps looking -after him—his pale old face almost flushed -and young, as it set itself toward the City -Beautiful.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_145">145</div> -<h2 id="c15"><span class="small">XV</span></h2> -<p>Before they entered the Court of Honor Meg -stopped them both. She was palpitating with -excitement.</p> -<p>“Robin,” she said, “let us make him shut his -eyes. Then you can take one of his hands and I -can take the other, and we will lead him. And -when we have taken him to the most heavenly -place, he shall look—suddenly!”</p> -<p>“I should like that,” said Ben, tremulous with -anticipation.</p> -<p>“All right,” said Robin.</p> -<p>By this time it was as if they had been friends -all their lives. They knew each other. They had -not ceased talking a moment since they set out, -but it had not been about the Fair. Meg had decided -that nothing should be described beforehand; -that all the entrancement of beauty should -burst upon Ben’s hungry soul, as Paradise bursts -upon translated spirits.</p> -<p>“I don’t want it to be gradual,” she said, anxiously. -“I want it to be <i>sudden</i>! It can be gradual -after.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_146">146</div> -<p>She was an artist and an epicure in embryo, -this child. She tasted her joys with a delicate -palate, and lost no flavor of them. The rapture -of yesterday was intensified ten-fold to-day, because -she felt it throbbing anew in this frail body -beside her, in which Nature had imprisoned a -soul as full of longings as her own, but not so full -of power.</p> -<p>They took Ben by either hand, and led him -with the greatest care. He shut his eyes tight, -and walked between them. People who glanced -at them smiled, recognizing the time-honored and -familiar child trick. They did not know that this -time it was something more than that.</p> -<p>“The trouble is,” Meg said in a low voice to -Robin, “I don’t know which is the most heavenly -place to stand. Sometimes I think it is at one -end, and sometimes at the other, and sometimes -at the side.”</p> -<p>They led their charge for some minutes indefinitely. -Sometimes they paused and looked about -them, speaking in undertones. Ben was rigidly -faithful, and kept his eyes shut. As they hesitated -for a moment near one of the buildings, a -man who was descending the steps looked in their -direction, and his look was one of recognition. -It was the man who had watched them the day -before, and he paused upon the steps, interested -again, and conscious of being curious.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_147">147</div> -<p>“What are they going to do?” he said to himself. -“They are going to do something. Where -did they pick up the other one—poor little chap!”</p> -<p>Meg had been looking very thoughtful during -that moment of hesitancy. She spoke, and he was -near enough to hear her.</p> -<p>“He shall open them where he can hear the -water splashing in the fountain,” she said. “I -think that’s the best.”</p> -<p>It seemed that Robin thought so, too. They -turned and took their way to the end of the Court, -where the dome lifted itself, wonderful, against -the sky, and a splendor of rushing water, from -which magnificent sea-monsters rose, stood grand -before.</p> -<p>Their man followed them. He had had a bad -night, and had come out into a dark world. The -streams of pleasure-seekers, the gayly fluttering -flags, the exhilaration in the very air seemed to -make his world blacker and more empty. A -year before he had planned to see this wonder, -with the one soul on earth who would have been -most thrilled, and who would have made him -most thrill, to its deepest and highest meaning. -Green grass and summer roses were waving over -the earth that had shut in all dreams like these, -for him. As he wandered about, he had told himself -that he had been mad to come and see it all, -so alone. Sometimes he turned away from the -crowd, and sat in some quiet corner of palace or -fairy garden; and it was because he was forced -to do it, for it was at times when he was in no -condition to be looked at by careless passers-by.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_148">148</div> -<p>He had never been particularly fond of children; -but somehow these two waifs, with their -alert faces and odd independence, had wakened -his interest. He was conscious of rather wanting -to know where they had come from and what -they would do next. The bit of the story of the -Genius of the Palace of the Sea had attracted -him. He had learned to love stories from the -one who should have seen with him the Enchanted -City. She had been a story lover, and full of -fancies.</p> -<p>He followed the trio to the end of the great -Court. When they reached there, three pairs of -cheeks were flushed, and the eyes that were open -were glowing. Meg and Robin chose a spot of -ground, and stopped.</p> -<p>“Now,” said Meg, “open them—suddenly!”</p> -<p>The boy opened them. The man saw the look -that flashed into his face. It was a strange, quivering -look. Palaces, which seemed of pure marble, -surrounded him. He had never even dreamed of -palaces. White stairways rose from the lagoon, -leading to fair, open portals the wondering world -passed through to splendors held within. A -great statue of gold towered noble and marvellous, -with uplifted arms holding high the emblems -of its spirit and power, and at the end of this vista, -through the archway, and between the line of -columns, bearing statues poised against the background -of sky, he caught glimpses of the lake’s -scintillating blue.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_149">149</div> -<p>He uttered a weird little sound. It was part -exclamation, and a bit of a laugh, cut short by -something like a nervous sob, which did not know -what to do with itself.</p> -<p>“Oh!” he said. And then, “Oh!” again. And -then “I—I don’t know—what it’s—like!” And -he cleared his throat and stared, and Meg saw his -narrow chest heave up and down.</p> -<p>“It isn’t <i>like</i> anything, but—but something -we’ve dreamed of, perhaps,” said Meg, gazing -in ecstasy with him.</p> -<p>“No—no!” answered Ben. “But I’ve never -dreamed like it.”</p> -<p>Meg put her hand on his shoulder.</p> -<p>“But you will now,” she said. “You will -now.”</p> -<p>And their man had been near enough to hear, -and he came to them.</p> -<p>“Good morning,” he said. “You’re having -another day of it, I see.”</p> -<p>Meg and Robin looked up at him, radiant. -They were both in good enough mood to make -friends. They felt friends with everybody.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_150">150</div> -<p>“Good morning,” they answered; and Robin -added, “We’re going to come every day as long -as we can make our money last.”</p> -<p>“That’s a good enough idea,” said their man. -“Where are your father and mother?”</p> -<p>Meg lifted her solemn, black-lashed eyes to his. -She was noticing again about the dreary look in -his face.</p> -<p>“They died nearly four years ago,” she answered, -for Robin.</p> -<p>“Who is with you?” asked the man, meeting -her questioning gaze with a feeling that her great -eyes were oddly thoughtful for a child’s, and that -there was a look in them he had seen before in a -pair of eyes closed a year ago. It gave him an -almost startled feeling.</p> -<p>“Nobody is with us,” Meg said, “except Ben.”</p> -<p>“You came alone?” said the man.</p> -<p>“Yes.”</p> -<p>He looked at her for a moment in silence, and -then turned away and looked across the Court -to where the lake gleamed through the colonnade.</p> -<p>“So did I,” he said, reflectively. “So did I. -Quite alone.”</p> -<p>Meg and Robin glanced at each other.</p> -<p>“Yesterday Rob and I came by ourselves,” said -Meg next, and she said it gently. “But we were -not lonely; and to-day we have Ben.”</p> -<p>The man turned his eyes on the boy.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_151">151</div> -<p>“You’re Ben, are you?” he said.</p> -<p>“Yes,” Ben answered. “And but for them I -couldn’t never have seen it—never!”</p> -<p>“Why?” the man asked. “Almost everybody -can see it.”</p> -<p>“But not me,” said Ben. “And I wanted to -more than any one—seemed like to me. And when -they roomed at our house last night, mother was -going to give me the fifty cents, but—but father—father, -he took it away from us. And they -brought me.”</p> -<p>Then the man turned on Robin.</p> -<p>“Have you plenty of money?” he asked, unceremoniously.</p> -<p>“No,” said Rob.</p> -<p>“They’re as poor as I am,” put in Ben. “They -couldn’t afford to room anywhere but with poor -people.”</p> -<p>“But everybody—” Meg began impulsively, -and then stopped, remembering that it was not -Robin she was talking to.</p> -<p>“But everybody—what?” said the man.</p> -<p>It was Robin who answered for her this time.</p> -<p>“She said that last night,” he explained, with a -half shy laugh, “that everybody had something -they could give to somebody else.”</p> -<p>“Oh, well, it isn’t always money, of course, or -anything big,” said Meg, hurriedly. “It might -be something that is ever so little.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_152">152</div> -<p>The man laughed, but his eyes seemed to be remembering -something as he looked over the lagoon -again.</p> -<p>“That’s a pretty good thing to think,” he said. -“Now,” turning on Meg rather suddenly, “I -wonder what you have to give to <i>me</i>.”</p> -<p>“I don’t know,” she answered, perhaps a trifle -wistfully. “The thing I give to Rob and Ben is -a very little one.”</p> -<p>“She makes up things to tell us about the places -we can’t pay to go into, or don’t understand,” said -Robin. “It’s not as little as she thinks it is.”</p> -<p>“Well,” said the man, “look here! Perhaps -that’s what you have to give to me. You came -to this place alone and so did I. I believe you’re -enjoying yourselves more than I am. You’re going -to take Ben about and tell him stories. Suppose -you take me!”</p> -<p>“You!” Meg exclaimed. “But you’re a man, -and you know all about it, I dare say; and I -only tell things I make up—fairy stories, and -other things. A man wouldn’t care for them. He—he -knows.”</p> -<p>“He knows too much, perhaps—that’s the -trouble,” said the man. “A fairy or so might do -me good. I’m not acquainted enough with them. -And if I know things you don’t—perhaps that’s -what I have to give to <i>you</i>.”</p> -<p>“Why,” said Meg, her eyes growing as she -looked up at his odd, clever face, “do you want -to go about with us?”</p> -<div class="img" id="pic11"> -<img src="images/img012.jpg" alt="“TAKE ME WITH YOU.”" width="600" height="780" /> -<p class="caption">“TAKE ME WITH YOU.”</p> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_155">155</div> -<p>“Yes,” said the man, with a quick, decided nod, -“I believe that’s just what I want to do. I’m -lonelier than you two. At least, you are together. -Come on, children,” but it was to Meg he held out -his hand. “Take me with you.”</p> -<p>And, bewildered as she was, Meg found herself -giving her hand to him and being led away, -Robin and Ben close beside them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_156">156</div> -<h2 id="c16"><span class="small">XVI</span></h2> -<p>It was such a strange thing—so unlike the -things of every day, and so totally an unexpected -thing, that for a little while they all three had a -sense of scarcely knowing what to do with themselves. -If Robin and Meg had not somehow -rather liked the man, and vaguely felt him -friendly, and if there had not been in their impressionable -minds that fancy about his being far -from as happy as the other people of the crowds -looked, it is more than probable that they would -not have liked their position, and would have felt -that it might spoil their pleasure.</p> -<p>But they were sympathetic children, and they -had been lonely and sad enough themselves to be -moved by a sadness in others, even if it was an -uncomprehended one.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_157">157</div> -<p>As she walked by the man’s side, still letting -her hand remain in his, Meg kept giving him -scrutinizing looks aside, and trying in her way to -read him. He was a man just past middle life, he -was powerful and well-built, and had keen, and at -the same time rather unhappy-looking, blue eyes, -with brows and lashes as black as Rob’s and her -own. There was something strong in his fine-looking, -clean-shaven face, and the hand which -held hers had a good, firm grasp, and felt like a -hand which had worked in its time.</p> -<p>As for the man himself, he was trying an experiment. -He had been suddenly seized with a desire -to try it, and see how it would result. He -was not sure that it would be a success, but if it -proved one it might help to rid him of gloom he -would be glad to be relieved of. He felt it rather -promising when Meg went at once to the point -and asked him a practical question.</p> -<p>“You don’t know our names?” she said.</p> -<p>“You don’t know mine,” he answered. “It’s -John Holt. You can call me that.”</p> -<p>“John Holt,” said Meg. “Mr. John Holt.”</p> -<p>The man laughed. Her grave, practical little -air pleased him.</p> -<p>“Say John Holt, without the handle to it,” he -said. “It sounds well.”</p> -<p>Meg looked at him inquiringly. Though -he had laughed, he seemed to mean what he -said.</p> -<p>“It’s queer, of course,” she said, “because we -don’t know each other well; but I can do it, if -you like.”</p> -<p>“I do like,” he said, and he laughed again.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_158">158</div> -<p>“Very well,” said Meg. “My name’s Margaret -Macleod, I’m called Meg for short. My -brother’s name is Robin, and Ben’s is Ben Nowell. -Where shall we go first?”</p> -<p>“You are the leader of the party,” he answered, -his face beginning to brighten a little. “Where -shall it be?”</p> -<p>“The Palace of the Genius of the Flowers,” -she said.</p> -<p>“Is that what it is called?” he asked.</p> -<p>“That’s what we call it,” she explained. -“That’s part of the fairy story. <i>We</i> are part of -a fairy story, and all these are palaces that the -Genii built for the Great Magician.”</p> -<p>“That’s first-rate,” he said. “Just tell us about -it. Ben and I have not heard.”</p> -<p>At first she had wondered if she could tell her -stories to a grown-up person, but there was something -in his voice and face that gave her the feeling -that she could. She laughed a little when -she began; but he listened with enjoyment that -was so plain, and Ben, walking by her side, looked -up with such eager, enraptured, and wondering -eyes, that she went on bravely. It grew, as -stories will, in being told, and it was better than -it had been the day before. Robin himself saw -that, and leaned towards her as eagerly as Ben.</p> -<p>By the time they entered the Palace of the -Flowers and stood among the flame of colors, -and beneath the great palm fronds swaying under -the crystal globe that was its dome, she had -warmed until she was all aglow, and as full of -fancies as the pavilions were of blossoms.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_159">159</div> -<p>As she dived into the story of the Genius who -strode through tropical forests and deep jungles, -over purple moors and up mountain sides, where -strange-hued pale or vivid things grew in tangles, -or stood in the sun alone, John Holt became of -the opinion that his experiment would be a success. -It was here that he began to find he had -gifts to give. She asked him questions; Robin -and Ben asked him questions; the three drew -close to him, and hung on his every word.</p> -<p>“You know the things and the places where -they grow,” Meg said. “We have never seen anything. -We can only try to imagine. You can -tell us.” And he did tell them; and as they went -from court to pavilion, surrounded by sumptuous -bloom and sumptuous leafage and sumptuous -fragrance, the three beginning to cling to him, to -turn to him with every new discovery, and to -forget he was a stranger, he knew that he was -less gloomy than he had been before, and that -somehow this thing seemed worth doing.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_160">160</div> -<p>And in this way they went from place to place. -As they had seen beauties and wonders the day -before, they saw wonders and beauties to-day, but -to-day their pleasure had a flavor new to them. -For the first time in years, since they had left -their little seat at their own fireside, they were -not alone, and some one seemed to mean to look -after them. John Holt was an eminently practical -person, and when they left the Palace of the -Flowers they began vaguely to realize that, -stranger or not, he had taken charge of them. It -was evident that he was in the habit of taking -charge of people and things. He took charge of -the satchel. It appeared that he knew where it -was safe to leave it.</p> -<p>“Can we get it at lunch time?” Robin asked, -with some anxiety.</p> -<p>“You can get it when you want it,” said John -Holt.</p> -<p>A little later he looked at Ben’s pale, small face -scrutinizingly.</p> -<p>“Look here,” he said, “you’re tired.” And -without any further question he called up a rolling-chair.</p> -<p>“Get into that,” he said.</p> -<p>“Me?” said Ben, a little alarmed.</p> -<p>“Yes.”</p> -<p>And, almost a shade paler at the thought of -such grandeur, Ben got in, and fell back with a -luxurious sigh.</p> -<p>And at midday, when they were beginning to -feel ravenous, though no one mentioned the subject, -he asked Meg a blunt question.</p> -<p>“Where did you eat your lunch yesterday?” -he asked.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_161">161</div> -<p>Meg flushed a little, feeling that hospitality demanded -that they should share the remaining eggs -with such a companion, and she was afraid there -would be very few to offer, when Ben was taken -into consideration.</p> -<p>“We went to a quiet place on the Wooded -Island,” she said, “and ate it with the roses. We -pretended they invited us. We had only hard-boiled -eggs and a sandwich each; but a kind -woman gave us something of her own.”</p> -<p>“We brought the eggs from home,” explained -Rob. “We have some chickens of our own, who -laid them. We thought that would be cheaper -than buying things.”</p> -<p>“Oh!” said John Holt. “So you’ve been living -on hard-boiled eggs. Got any left?”</p> -<p>“A few,” Meg answered. “They’re in the -satchel. We shall have to go and get it.”</p> -<p>“Come along, then,” said John Holt. “Pretty -hungry by this time, aren’t you?”</p> -<p>“Yes,” said Meg, with heartfelt frankness, “we -are!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_162">162</div> -<p>It was astonishing how much John Holt had -found out about them during this one morning. -They did not know themselves how much their -answers to his occasional questions had told him. -He had not known himself, when he asked the -questions, how much their straightforward, practical -replies would reveal. They had not sentimentalized -over their friendless loneliness, but he -had found himself realizing what desolate, unnoticed, -and uncared-for things their lives were. -They had not told him how they had tired their -young bodies with work too heavy for them, but -he had realized it. In his mind there had risen -a picture of the Straw Parlor, under the tent-like -roof of the barn, with these two huddled together -in the cold, buried in the straw, while they talked -over their desperate plans. They had never -thought of calling themselves strong and determined, -and clear of wit, but he knew how strong -and firm of purpose and endurance two creatures -so young and unfriended, and so poor, must have -been to form a plan so bold, and carry it out in -the face of the obstacles of youth and inexperience, -and empty pockets and hands. He had -laughed at the story of the Treasure saved in -pennies, and hidden deep in the straw; but as he -had laughed he had thought, with a quick, soft -throb of his heart, that the woman he had loved -and lost would have laughed with him, with tears -in the eyes which Meg’s reminded him of. He -somehow felt as if she might be wandering about -with them in their City Beautiful this morning, -they were so entirely creatures she would have -been drawn to, and longed to make happier.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_163">163</div> -<p>He liked their fancy of making their poor little -feast within scent of the roses. It was just such -a fancy as She might have had herself. And he -wanted to see what they had to depend on. He -knew it must be little, and it touched him to know -that, little as they had, they meant to share it with -their poorer friend.</p> -<p>They went for the satchel, and when they did so -they began to calculate as to what they could add -to its contents. They were few things, and poor -ones.</p> -<p>He did not sit down, but stood by and watched -them for a moment, when, having reached their -sequestered nook, they began to spread out their -banquet. It was composed of the remnant eggs, -some bread, and a slice of cheese. It looked painfully -scant, and Meg had an anxious eye.</p> -<p>“Is that all?” asked John Holt, abruptly.</p> -<p>“Yes,” said Meg. “We shall have to make it -do.”</p> -<p>“My Lord!” ejaculated John Holt, suddenly, -in his blunt fashion. And he turned round and -walked away.</p> -<p>“Where’s he gone?” exclaimed Ben, timidly.</p> -<p>But they none of them could guess. Nice as -he had been, he had a brusque way, and, perhaps, -he meant to leave them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_164">164</div> -<p>But by the time they had divided the eggs, and -the bread and cheese, and had fairly begun, he -came marching back. He had a basket on his -arm, and two bottles stuck out of one coat pocket, -while a parcel protruded from the other. He -came and threw himself down on the grass beside -them, and opened the basket. It was full of good -things.</p> -<p>“I’m going to have lunch with you,” he said, -“and I have a pretty big appetite, so I’ve brought -you something to eat. You can’t tramp about on -that sort of thing.”</p> -<p>The basket they had seen the day before had -been a poor thing compared to this. The contents -of this would have been a feast for much -more fastidious creatures than three ravenous -children. There were chickens and sandwiches -and fruit; the bottles held lemonade, and the -package in the coat pocket was a box of candy.</p> -<p>“We—never had such good things in our lives,” -Meg gasped, amazed.</p> -<p>“Hadn’t you?” said John Holt, with a kind, -and even a happy, grin. “Well, pitch in.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_165">165</div> -<h2 id="c17"><span class="small">XVII</span></h2> -<p>What a feast it was—what a feast! They -were so hungry, they were so happy, they were -so rejoiced! And John Holt watched them as -if he had never enjoyed himself so much before. -He laughed, he made jokes, he handed out good -things, he poured out lemonade.</p> -<p>“Let’s drink to the Great Magician!” he said, -filling the little glasses he had brought; and he -made them drink it standing, as a toast. In all -the grounds that day there was no such a party, -it was so exhilarated and amazed at itself. Little -Ben looked and ate and laughed as if the lemonade -had gone to his head.</p> -<p>“Oh, my!” he said, “if mother could see -me!”</p> -<p>“We’ll bring her to-morrow,” said John Holt.</p> -<p>“Are you—” faltered Meg, looking at him with -wide eyes, “are you coming again to-morrow?”</p> -<p>“Yes,” John Holt answered, “and you are -coming with me; and we’ll come every day until -you’ve seen it all—if you three will pilot me -around.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_166">166</div> -<p>“You must be very rich, John Holt,” said Meg. -She had found out that it was his whim to want -her to call him so.</p> -<p>“I have plenty of money,” he said, “if that’s -being rich. Oh, yes, I’ve got money enough! -I’ve more land than Aunt Matilda.”</p> -<p>And then it was that suddenly Robin remembered -something.</p> -<p>“I believe,” he said, “that I’ve heard Aunt -Matilda speak about you to Jones. I seem to -remember your name. You have the biggest -farm in Illinois, and you have houses and houses -in town. Meg, don’t you remember—when he -got married, and everybody talked about how -rich he was?”</p> -<p>And Meg did remember. She looked at him -softly, and thought she knew why he had seemed -gloomy, for she remembered that this rich and -envied man’s wife had had a little child and died -suddenly. And she had even heard once that it -had almost driven him mad, because he had been -fond of her.</p> -<p>“Are you—that one?” she said.</p> -<p>“Yes,” he answered, “I’m the one who got -married.” And the cloud fell on his face again, -and for a minute or so rested there. For he -thought this thing which had happened to him -was cruel and hideous, and he had never ceased -to rebel against it bitterly.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_167">167</div> -<p>Meg drew a little closer to him, but she said no -more about what she knew he was thinking of. -She was a clever little thing, and knew this was -not the time.</p> -<p>And after they had eaten of the good things, -until hunger seemed a thing of the past, the afternoon -began as a fairy story, indeed. Little by -little they began to realize that John Holt was -their good and powerful giant, for it seemed that -he was not only ready to do everything for them, -but was rich enough.</p> -<p>“Have you been to the Midway Plaisance?” -he asked them. He felt very sure, however, that -they had not, or that, if they had, with that scant -purse, they had not seen what they longed to see.</p> -<p>“No, we haven’t,” said Meg. “We thought we -would save it until we had seen so many other -things that we should not mind so <i>very</i> much -only seeing the outsides of places. We knew we -should have to make up stories all the time.”</p> -<p>“We won’t save it,” said John Holt. “We’ll -go now. We will hobnob with Bedouins and -Japanese and Turks, and shake hands with Amazons -and Indians; we’ll ride on camels and go to -the Chinese Theatre. Come along.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_168">168</div> -<p>And to this Arabian Nights’ Entertainment he -took them all. They felt as if he were a prince. -And oh, the exciting strangeness of it! To be in -such a place and amid such marvels, with a man -who seemed to set no limit to the resources of -his purse. They never had been even near a -person who spent money as if it were made for -spending, and the good things of life were made -to be bought by it. What John Holt spent was -only what other people with full purses spent in -the Midway Plaisance, but to Meg and Robin -and Ben it seemed that he poured forth money -in torrents. They looked at him with timorous -wonder and marvelling gratitude. It seemed -that he meant them to see everything and to do -everything. They rode on camels down a street -in Cairo, they talked to chiefs of the desert, they -listened to strange music, they heard strange -tongues, and tasted strange confections. Robin -and Ben went about like creatures in a delightful -dream. Every few minutes during the first hour -Robin would sidle close to Meg, and clutch her -dress or her hand with a gasp of rapture.</p> -<p>“Oh, Meg!” he would say, “and yesterday we -were so poor! And now we are seeing <i>everything</i>!”</p> -<p>And when John Holt heard him, he would -laugh half to himself; a laugh with a touch of -pleasant exultation in it, and no gloom at all. He -had found something to distract him at last.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_169">169</div> -<p>He liked to watch Meg’s face, as they went -from one weirdly foreign place to another. Her -eyes were immense with delight, and her face had -the flush of an Indian peach. Once she stopped -suddenly, in such a glow of strange delight that -her eyes were full of other brightness than the -shining of her pleasure.</p> -<p>“Fairy stories <i>do</i> happen!” she said. “You -have made one! It was a fairy story yesterday—but -<i>now</i>—oh! just think how like a fairy king -you are, and what you are giving to us! It will -be enough to make stories of forever!”</p> -<p>He laughed again. She found out in time that -he often laughed that short half-laugh when he -was moved by something. He had had a rough -sort of life, successful as it had been, and it was -not easy for him to express all he felt.</p> -<p>“That’s all right,” he said, “that’s just as it -should be. But you are giving something to me, -too—you three.”</p> -<p>And so they were, and it was not a little thing.</p> -<p>Their afternoon was a thing of which they -could never have dreamed and for which they -could never have hoped. Before it was half over -they began to feel that not only John Holt was a -prince, but that by some magic metamorphosis -they had become princes themselves. It seemed -that nothing in that City Beautiful was to be -closed to them. It was John Holt’s habit to do -things in a thorough, business-like way, and he did -this thing in a manner which was a credit to his -wit and good sense.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_170">170</div> -<p>Ben, who had never been taken care of in his -life, was taken about in a chair, and looked after -in a way that made him wonder if he were not -dreaming, and if he should not be wakened presently -by the sound of his father’s drunken voice.</p> -<p>Robin found himself more than once rubbing -his forehead in a puzzled fashion.</p> -<p>Meg felt rather as if she had become a princess. -Somehow, she and John Holt seemed to have -known each other a long time. He seemed to -like to keep her near him, and always kept his -eye on her, to see if she was enjoying herself, -and was comfortable, or tired. She found herself -being wheeled by Ben, when John Holt decided it -was time for her to rest. He walked by her and -talked to her, answering all her questions. More -than once it flashed into her mind that it would -be very awful when all this joy was over, and they -parted, as they would. But they were going to -see him to-morrow, he had said.</p> -<p>It seemed as if they marched from one climax -of new experience to another.</p> -<p>“You’re going to dine with me,” he announced. -“You’ve had enough hard-boiled eggs. And -we’ll see the illuminations afterwards.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_171">171</div> -<p>He took them to what seemed to them a dining-place -for creatures of another world, it was so -brilliant with light, so decorated, so gorgeous. -Servants moved to and fro, electric globes -gleamed, palms and flowers added to the splendor -of color and brightness. John Holt gave -them an excellent dinner; they thought it was a -banquet. Ben kept his eyes on John Holt’s face -at every mouthful—he felt as if he might vanish -away. He looked as if he had done this every -day of his life. He called the waiters as if he -knew no awe of any human being, and the waiters -flew to obey him.</p> -<p>In the evening he took them to see the City Beautiful -as it looked at night. It was set, it seemed -to them, with myriads of diamonds, all alight. -Endless chains of jewels seemed strung and -wound about it. The Palace of the Flowers held -up a great crystal of light glowing against the -dark blue of the sky, towers and domes were -crowned and diademed, thousands of jewels hung -among the masses of leaves, or reflected themselves, -sparkling, in the darkness of the lagoons, -fountains of molten jewels sprung up, and flamed -and changed. The City Beautiful stood out -whiter and more spirit-like than ever, in the pure -radiance of these garlands of clearest flame.</p> -<p>When first they came out upon it Robin involuntarily -pressed close to Meg, and their twin -hands clasped each other.</p> -<p>“Oh, Meg!” cried Robin.</p> -<p>“Oh, Robin!” breathed Meg, and she turned to -John Holt and caught his hand too.</p> -<p>“Oh, John Holt!” she said; “John Holt!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_172">172</div> -<p>Very primitive and brief exclamations of joy, -but somehow human beings have uttered them -just as simply in all great moments through centuries.</p> -<p>John Holt knew just the degree of rapturous -feeling they expressed, and he held Meg’s hand -close and with a warm grasp.</p> -<p>They saw the marvellous fairy spectacle from -all points and from all sides. Led by John Holt, -they lost no view and no beauty. They feasted -full of all the delight of it; and at last he took -them to a quiet corner, where, through the trees, -sparkled lights and dancing water, and let them -talk it out.</p> -<p>The day had been such an incredible one, with -its succession of excitements and almost unreal -pleasures, that they had actually forgotten that -the night must come. They were young enough -for that indiscretion, and when they sat down and -began to realize how tired they were, they also -began to realize a number of other things.</p> -<p>A little silence fell upon them. Ben’s head began -to droop slightly upon his shoulder, and -John Holt’s quick eye saw it.</p> -<p>“Have you had a good day?” he asked.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_173">173</div> -<p>“Rob,” said Meg, “when we sat in the Straw -Parlor and talked about the City Beautiful, and -the people who would come to it—when we -thought we could never see it ourselves—did we -ever dream that anybody—even if they were -kings and queens—could have such a day?”</p> -<p>“Never,” answered Robin; “never! We -didn’t know such a day was in the world.”</p> -<p>“That’s right,” said John Holt. “I’m glad it’s -seemed as good as that. Now, where did you -think of spending the night?”</p> -<p>Meg and Rob looked at each other. Since -Rob had suggested to her in the morning a bold -thought, they had had no time to discuss the -matter, but now each one remembered the bold -idea. Rob got up and came close to John Holt.</p> -<p>“This morning I thought of something,” he -said, “and once again this afternoon I thought of -it. I don’t know whether we could do it, but -you could tell us. Do you think—this is such a -big place and there are so many corners we could -creep into, and it’s such a fine night—do you -think we could wait until all the people are gone -and then find a place to sleep without going out -of the grounds? It would save us buying the -tickets in the morning, and Ben could stay with -us—I told his mother that perhaps he might not -come home—and he could have another day.”</p> -<p>John Holt laughed his short laugh.</p> -<p>“Were you thinking of doing that?” he said. -“Well, you have plenty of sand, anyway.”</p> -<p>“Do you think we could do it?” asked Meg. -“Would they find us and drive us out?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_174">174</div> -<p>John Holt laughed again.</p> -<p>“Great Cæsar!” he said, “no; I don’t think -they’d find you two. Luck would be with you. -But I know a plan worth two of that. I’m going -to take you all three to my hotel.”</p> -<p>“A hotel?” said Meg.</p> -<p>Ben lifted his sleepy head from his shoulder.</p> -<p>“Yes,” said John Holt. “I can make them find -corners for you, though they’re pretty crowded. -I’m not going to lose sight of you. This has begun -to be <i>my</i> tea-party.”</p> -<p>Meg looked at him with large and solemn eyes.</p> -<p>“Well,” she said, “it’s a fairy story, and it’s getting -fairyer and fairyer every minute.”</p> -<p>She leaned forward, with her heart quite throbbing. -Because it was he who did this splendid -thing—he to whom all things seemed possible—it -actually seemed a thing to be accepted as if a magician -had done it.</p> -<p>“Oh, how good you are to us!” she said. -“How good, and how good! And what is the -use of saying only ‘Thank you?’ I should not be -surprised,” with a touch of awe, “if you took us -to a hotel built of <i>gold</i>.”</p> -<p>How heartily John Holt laughed then.</p> -<p>“Well, some of them ought to be, by the time -this thing’s over,” he said. “But the lights will -soon be out; the people are going, and Ben’s -nearly dead. Let’s go and find a carriage.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_175">175</div> -<h2 id="c18"><span class="small">XVIII</span></h2> -<p>Yes, they went home in a carriage! John Holt -put them into it, and settled back into it himself, -as if comfortable cushions were only what belonged -to tired people. And he took them to one -of the hotels whose brilliantly-lighted fronts they -had trudged wearily by the night before. And -they had a good supper and warm baths and delicious -beds, and Meg went to sleep with actual -tears of wonder and gratitude on her lashes, and -they all three slept the sleep of Eden and dreamed -the dreams of Paradise. And in the morning -they had breakfast with John Holt, in the hotel -dining-room, and a breakfast as good as the -princely dinner he had given them; and after it -they all went back with him to the City Beautiful, -and the fairy story began again. For near -the entrance where they went in they actually -found Ben’s mother, in a state of wonder beyond -words; for, by the use of some magic messenger, -that wonderful John Holt had sent word to her -that Ben was in safe hands, and that she must -come and join him, and the money to make this -possible had been in the letter.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_176">176</div> -<p>Poor, tired, discouraged, down-trodden woman, -how she lost her breath when Ben threw himself -upon her and poured forth his story! And what -a face she wore through all that followed! How -Ben led her from triumph to triumph, with the -exultant air of one to whom the City Beautiful -almost belonged, and who, consequently, had it to -bestow as a rich gift on those who did not know -it as he did. What wondering glances his mother -kept casting on his face, which had grown younger -with each hour! She had never seen him -look like this before. And what glances she cast -aside at John Holt! This was one of the rich -men poor people heard of. She had never been -near one of them. She had, often, rather hated -them.</p> -<p>Before the day was over Robin and Meg realized -that this wonder was to go on as long as -there was anything of the City Beautiful they had -not seen. They were to drink deep draughts of -delight as long as they were thirsty for more. -John Holt made this plain to them in his blunt, -humorous way. He was going to show them -everything and share all their pleasures, and they -were to stay at the golden hotel every night.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_177">177</div> -<p>And John Holt was getting almost as much out -of it as they were. He wandered about alone no -more; he did not feel as if he were only a ghost, -with nothing in common with the human beings -passing by. In the interest and excitement of -generalship and management, and the amusement -of seeing this unspoiled freshness of his charges’ -delight in all things, the gloomy look faded out -of his face, and he looked like a different man. -Once they came upon two men who seemed to -know him, and the first one who spoke to him -glanced at the children in some surprise.</p> -<p>“Hallo, John!” he said, “set up a family?”</p> -<p>“Just what I’ve done,” answered John Holt. -“Set up a family. A man’s no right to be going -around a place like this without one.”</p> -<p>“How do you get on with it?” asked the other. -“Find it pay?”</p> -<p>“Pay!” said John Holt, with a big laugh. -“Great Scott! I should say so! It’s worth -twice the price of admission!”</p> -<p>“Glad of it,” said his friend, giving him a -curious look.</p> -<p>And as he went away Meg heard him say to -his companion,</p> -<p>“It was time he found something that paid—John -Holt. He was in a pretty bad way—a <i>pretty</i> -bad way.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_178">178</div> -<p>As they became more and more intimate, and -spoke more to each other, Meg understood how -bad a “way” he had been in. She was an observing, -old-fashioned child, and she saw many -things a less sympathetic creature might have -passed by; and when John Holt discovered this—which -he was quite shrewd enough to do rather -soon—he gradually began to say things to her he -would not have said to other people. She understood, -somehow, that, though the black look passed -away from his face, and he laughed and made -them laugh, there was a thing that was never -quite out of his mind. She saw that pictures -brought it back to him, that strains of music did, -that pretty mothers with children hurt him when -they passed, and that every now and then he -would cast a broad glance over all the whiteness -and blueness and beauty and grace, and draw a -long, quick sigh—as if he were homesick for -something.</p> -<p>“You know,” he said once, when he did this -and looked round, and found Meg’s eyes resting -yearningly upon him, “you know She was coming -with me! We planned it all. Lord! how -She liked to talk of it! She said it would be an -Enchanted City—just as you did, Meg. That -was one of the first things that made me stop -to listen—when I heard you say that. An Enchanted -City!” he repeated, pondering. “Lord, -Lord!”</p> -<p>“Well,” said Meg, with a little catch in her -breath, “well, you know, John Holt, she’s got to -an Enchanted City that won’t vanish away, hasn’t -she?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_179">179</div> -<p>She did not say it with any sanctified little air. -Out of their own loneliness, and the “Pilgrim’s -Progress,” and her ardent fancies, the place she -and Robin had built to take refuge in was a very -real thing. It had many modern improvements -upon the vagueness of harps and crowns. There -were good souls who might have been astounded -and rather shocked by it, but the children believed -in it very implicitly, and found great comfort -in their confidence in its joyfulness. They -thought of themselves as walking about its streets -exactly as rapturously as they walked about this -earthly City Beautiful. And because it was so -real there was a note in Meg’s voice which gave -John Holt a sudden touch of new feeling, as he -looked back at her.</p> -<p>“Do you suppose she is?” he said. “You believe -in that, don’t you—you believe in it?”</p> -<p>Meg looked a little troubled for a moment.</p> -<p>“Why,” she said, “Rob and I talk to each -other and invent things about it, just as we talked -about this. We just <i>have</i> to, you see. Perhaps -we say things that would seem very funny to religious -people—I don’t think we’re religious but—but -we do <i>like</i> it.”</p> -<p>“Do you?” said John Holt. “Perhaps I -should, too. You shall tell me some stories about -it, and you shall put Her there. If I could feel -as if she were somewhere!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_180">180</div> -<p>“Oh,” said Meg, “she must be somewhere, you -know. She couldn’t <i>go out</i>, John Holt.”</p> -<p>He cast his broad glance all around, and caught -his breath, as if remembering.</p> -<p>“Lord, Lord!” he said. “No! <i>She</i> couldn’t -go out!”</p> -<p>Meg knew afterwards why he said this with -such force. “She” had been a creature who was -so full of life, and of the joy of living. She had -been gay, and full of laughter and humor. She -had had a wonderful, vivid mind, which found -color and feeling and story in the commonest -things. She had been so clever and so witty, and -such a bright and warm thing in her house. -When she had gone away from earth so suddenly, -people had said, with wonder, “But it seemed as -if she <i>could</i> not die!” But she had died, and her -child had died too, scarcely an hour after it was -born, and John Holt had been left stunned and -aghast, and almost stricken into gloomy madness. -And in some way Meg was like her, with her -vivid little face and her black-lashed eyes, her -City Beautiful and her dreams and stories, which -made the realities of her life. It was a strange -chance, a marvellously kind chance, which had -thrown them together; these two, who were of -such different worlds, and yet, who needed each -other so much.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_181">181</div> -<p>During the afternoon, seeing that Meg looked -a little tired, and also realizing, in his practical -fashion, that Ben’s mother would be more at ease -in the society she was used to, John Holt sent her -to ramble about with her boy, and Robin went -with them; and Meg and John went to rest with -the thousands of roses among the bowers of the -fairy island, and there they said a good deal to -each other. John Holt seemed to get a kind of -comfort in finding words for some of the thoughts -he had been silent about in the past.</p> -<p>“It’s a queer thing,” he said, “but when I talk -to you about her I feel as if she were somewhere -near.”</p> -<p>“Perhaps she is,” said Meg, in her matter-of-fact -little way. “We don’t know what they are -doing. But if you had gone into another world, -and she had stayed here, you know you would -have come to take care of her.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_182">182</div> -<p>“That’s true,” said John Holt. “I took care of -her when she was here, the Lord knows. There -wasn’t anything on earth she liked that I wouldn’t -have broken my neck to get at. When I built -that house for her—I built a big house to take -her to when we were married—she said I hadn’t -left out a thing she cared for. And she <i>knew</i> -what things ought to be. She wasn’t like me, -Meg. I’d spent my life trying to make a fortune. -I began when I was a boy, and I worked hard. -She belonged to people with money, and she’d -read books and travelled and seen things. She -knew it all. I didn’t, when first I knew her, but -I learned fast enough afterwards. I couldn’t -help it while I was with her. We planned the -house together. It was one of the best in the -country—architecture, furniture, pictures, and all -the rest. The first evening we spent there——” -He stopped and cleared his throat, and was silent -a few seconds. Then he added, in a rather -unsteady voice, “We were pretty happy people -that evening.”</p> -<p>Later he showed Meg her miniature. He carried -it in an oval case in his inside pocket. It -was the picture of a young woman with a brilliant -face, lovely laughing eyes, and a bright, -curving red mouth.</p> -<p>“No,” he said, as he looked at it, “She <i>couldn’t</i> -go out. She’s somewhere.”</p> -<p>Then he told Meg about the rooms they had -made ready for “John Holt, Junior,” as they -had called the little child who died so quickly.</p> -<p>“It was her idea,” he said. “There was a -nursery, with picture paper on the walls. There -was a bathroom, with tiles that told stories about -little mermen and mermaids, that she had made -up herself. There was a bedroom, with a swinging -cot, frilled with lace and tied with ribbons. -And there were picture-books and toys. The -doors never were opened. John Holt, Junior, -never slept in his cot. He slept with his -mother.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_183">183</div> -<p>There he broke off a moment again.</p> -<p>“She used to be sorry he wouldn’t be old -enough to appreciate all this,” he said next. -“She used to laugh about him, and say, he was -going to be cheated out of it. But she said he -should come with us, so that he could say he had -been. She said he had to see it, if he only stared -at it and said ‘goo.’”</p> -<p>“Perhaps he does see it,” said Meg. “I should -think those who have got away from here, and -know more what being alive really means, would -want to see what earth people are <i>trying</i> to do—though -they know so little.”</p> -<p>“That sounds pretty good,” said John Holt; -“I like that.”</p> -<p>They had been seated long enough to feel -rested, and they rose and went on their way, to -begin their pilgrimage again. Just as they were -crossing the bridge they saw Robin coming tearing -towards them. He evidently had left Ben -and his mother somewhere. He was alone. His -hat was on the back of his head, and he was hot -with running.</p> -<p>“Something has happened,” said Meg, “and I -believe I know——”</p> -<p>But Robin had reached them.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_184">184</div> -<p>“Meg,” he said, panting for breath, “Aunt Matilda’s -here! She didn’t see me, but I saw her. -She’s in the Agricultural Building, standing before -a new steam plough, and she’s chewing a -sample of wheat.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_185">185</div> -<h2 id="c19"><span class="small">XIX</span></h2> -<p>The two children did not know exactly whether -they were frightened or not. If it had not -seemed impossible that anything should go entirely -wrong while John Holt was near them, -they would have felt rather queer. But John -Holt was evidently not the least alarmed.</p> -<p>“Look here,” he said, “I’m glad of it. I want -to see that woman.”</p> -<p>“Do you?” exclaimed Robin and Meg together.</p> -<p>“Yes, I do,” he said. “Come along, and let’s -go and find her.” And he strode out towards -the Agricultural Building as if he were going -towards something interesting.</p> -<p>It is true that the Agricultural Building had -been too nearly connected with Aunt Matilda’s -world to hold the greatest attractions for the little -Pilgrims. It had, indeed, gone rather hard with -them to find a name for it with a beautiful sound.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_186">186</div> -<p>“But it <i>is</i> something,” Meg had said, “and it’s -a great, huge thing, whether we care for it or not. -That it isn’t the thing we care for doesn’t make -it any less. We should be fools if we thought -that, of course. And you know we’re not fools, -Rob.”</p> -<p>“No,” Rob had said, standing gazing at rakes -and harrows with his brows knit and his legs -pretty wide apart. “And if there’s one thing -that shows human beings <i>can</i> do what they set -their minds to, it’s this place. Why, they used -to thresh wheat with flails—two pieces of wood -hooked together. They banged the wheat on the -barn floor with things like that! I’ll tell you -what, as soon as a man gets any sense, he begins -to make machines. He bangs at things with his -brain, instead of with his arms and legs.”</p> -<p>And in the end they had called it the Palace of -the Genius of the Earth, and the Seasons, and -the Sun. They walked manfully by John Holt -through the place, Robin leading the way, until -they came to the particular exhibit where he had -caught sight of Aunt Matilda. Being a business-like -and thorough person, she was still there, -though she had left the steam plough and directed -her attention to a side-delivery hay rake, which -she seemed to find very well worth study.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_187">187</div> -<p>If the children and John Holt had not walked -up and planted themselves immediately in her -path, she would not have seen them. It gave -Meg a little shudder to see how like her world -she looked, with her hard, strong-featured face, -her straight skirt, and her square shoulders. They -waited until she moved, and then she looked up -and saw them. She did not start or look nervous -in the least. She stared at them.</p> -<p>“Well,” she said. “So this was the place you -came to.”</p> -<p>“Yes, Aunt Matilda,” said Robin. “We couldn’t -let it go by us—and we took our own money.”</p> -<p>“And we knew you wouldn’t be anxious about -us,” said Meg, looking up at her with a shade of -curiosity.</p> -<p>Aunt Matilda gave a dry laugh.</p> -<p>“No,” she said, “I’ve no time to be anxious -about children. I took care of myself when I was -your age; and I had a sort of notion you’d come -here. Who are you with?”</p> -<p>John Holt lifted his hat, but without too much -ceremony. He knew Mrs. Matilda Jennings’s -principles were opposed to the ceremonious.</p> -<p>“I’m a sort of neighbor of yours, Mrs. Jennings,” -he explained. “I have some land near -your farm, though I don’t live on the place. My -name is John Holt.”</p> -<p>Aunt Matilda glanced from him to Robin.</p> -<p>She knew all about John Holt, and was quite -sufficiently business-like to realize that it would -be considered good luck to have him for a friend.</p> -<p>“Well,” she said to them, “you’ve got into -good hands.”</p> -<p>John Holt laughed.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_188">188</div> -<p>“By this time we all three think we’ve got into -good hands,” he said; “and we’re going to see -this thing through.”</p> -<p>“They haven’t money enough to see much of -it,” said Mrs. Jennings.</p> -<p>“No,” said John Holt, “but I have, and it’s to -be my treat.”</p> -<p>“Well,” said Aunt Matilda, “I suppose you -can afford it. I couldn’t. I’ve come here on -business.”</p> -<p>“You’d better let us help you to combine a -little pleasure with it,” said John Holt. “This -won’t happen twice in your life or mine.”</p> -<p>“There’s been a lot of money wasted in decorations,” -said Mrs. Jennings. “I don’t believe it -will pay them.”</p> -<p>“Oh, yes; it will pay them,” said John Holt. -“It would pay them if they didn’t make a cent -out of it. It would have paid <i>me</i>, if I’d done it, -and lost money.”</p> -<p>“Now, see here,” said Mrs. Matilda Jennings, -with a shrewd air, “the people that built this -didn’t do it for their health—they did it for what -they’d make out of it.”</p> -<p>“Perhaps they did,” said John Holt, “and perhaps -all of them didn’t. And even those that did -have made a bigger thing than they knew, by -Jupiter!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_189">189</div> -<p>They were all sauntering along together, as -they spoke. Meg and Robin wondered what -John Holt was going to do. It looked rather as -if he wanted to see more of Aunt Matilda. And -it proved that he did. He had a reason of his -own, and, combined with this, a certain keen sense -of humor made her entertaining to him. He wanted -to see how the place affected her, as he had -wanted to look on at its effect on Meg and Robin. -But he knew that Aunt Matilda had come to accumulate -new ideas on agriculture, and that she -must be first allowed to satisfy herself on that -point; and he knew the children were not specially -happy in the society of ploughs and threshing-machines, -and he did not think Aunt Matilda’s -presence would add to their pleasure in the Palace -of the Earth, the Seasons, and the Sun. Besides, -he wanted to talk to Mrs. Jennings a little -alone.</p> -<p>“You know where Ben and his mother are?” -he said to Robin, after a few minutes.</p> -<p>“Yes,” Robin answered.</p> -<p>“Then take Meg and go to them for a while. -Mrs. Jennings wants to stay here about an hour -more, and I want to walk round with her. In an -hour come back to the entrance here and I will -meet you.”</p> -<p>Meg and Robin went away as he told them. -It was in one sense rather a relief.</p> -<p>“I wonder what she’ll say to him,” said Meg.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_190">190</div> -<p>“There’s no knowing,” Robin answered. “But -whatever it is, he will make it all right. He’s one -of those who have found out human beings can -do things if they try hard enough. He was as -lonely and poor as we are when he was twelve. -He told me so.”</p> -<p>What Aunt Matilda said was very matter-of-fact.</p> -<p>“I must say,” she said, as the children walked -off, “you seem to have been pretty good to them.”</p> -<p>“They’ve been pretty good to me,” said John -Holt. “They’ve been pretty good <i>for</i> me, though -they’re not old enough to know it.”</p> -<p>“They’re older than their age,” said Aunt Matilda. -“If they’d been like other children the -Lord knows what I should have done with them. -They’ve been no trouble in particular.”</p> -<p>“I should imagine not,” said John Holt.</p> -<p>“It was pretty business-like of them,” said Mrs. -Jennings, with another dry laugh, “to make up -their minds without saying a word to any one, -and just hustle around and make their money to -come here. They both worked pretty steady, I -can tell you, and it wasn’t easy work, either. Most -young ones would have given in. But they were -bound to get here.”</p> -<p>“They’ll be bound to get pretty much where -they make up their minds to, as life goes on,” -remarked John Holt. “That’s their build.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_191">191</div> -<p>“Thank goodness, they’re not like their father,” -Mrs. Jennings commented. “Robert hadn’t -any particular fault, but he never made anything.”</p> -<p>“He and his wife seem to have made a home -that was a pretty good start for these children,” -was what John Holt said.</p> -<p>“Well,” said Mrs. Jennings, “they’ve got to do -the rest themselves. He left them nothing.”</p> -<p>“No other relations but you?” John Holt -asked.</p> -<p>“Not a soul. I shall keep them and let them -work on the farm, I suppose.”</p> -<p>“It would pay to educate them well and let -them see the world,” said John Holt.</p> -<p>“I dare say it would pay <i>them</i>,” replied Aunt -Matilda, “but I’ve got all I can do, and my husband’s -family have a sort of claim on me. Half -the farm belonged to him.”</p> -<p>They spent their remaining hours in the Agricultural -Building very profitably. Mrs. Jennings -found John Holt an excellent companion. He -knew things very thoroughly, and had far-seeing -ideas of how far things would work, and how -much they would pay. He did not expect Mrs. -Jennings to tell him fairy stories, and he told her -none, but before they left the place they had -talked a good deal. John Holt had found out -all he wanted to know about the two children, -and he had made a proposition which certainly -gave Aunt Matilda something new to think of.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_192">192</div> -<p>She was giving some thought to it when they -went out to meet the party of four at the entrance. -She looked as if she had been rather surprised -by some occurrence, but she did not look -displeased, and the glances she gave to Meg and -Robin expressed a new sense of appreciation of -their practical value.</p> -<p>“I’ve promised Mr. Holt that I’ll let him take -me through the Midway Plaisance,” she said. -“I’ve seen the things I came to see, and I may -as well get my ticket’s worth.”</p> -<p>Meg and Robin regarded her with interest. -Aunt Matilda and the Midway Plaisance, taken -together, would be such a startling contrast that -they must be interesting. And as she looked at -John Holt’s face, as they went on their way, Meg -knew he was thinking the same thing. And it -was a strange experience. Mrs. Jennings strode -through the curious places rather as if she were -following a plough down a furrow. She looked at -Samoan beauties, Arab chiefs, and Persian Jersey -Lilies with unmovedly scrutinizing eyes. She -did not waste time anywhere, but she took all in -as if it were a matter of business. Camel drivers -and donkey boys seemed to strike her merely as -samples of slow travelling; she ascended, as it -were into mid-heaven, on the Ferris Wheel, with -a grim air of determination. Being so lifted from -earth and poised above in the clear air, Meg had -thrilled with a strange, exultant feeling of being -a bird, and it had seemed to her that, with a moment’s -flutter of wings, she could soar higher and -higher, and lose herself in the pure sea of blue -above. Aunt Matilda looked down with cool interest.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_193">193</div> -<p>“Pretty big power this,” she said to John Holt. -“I guess it’s made one man’s fortune.”</p> -<p>John Holt was a generous host. He took her -from place to place—to Lapland villages, Cannibal -huts, and Moorish palaces. She tramped -about, and inspected them all with a sharp, unenthusiastic -eye. She looked at the men and -women, and their strange costumes, plainly thinking -them rather mad.</p> -<p>“It’s a queer sight,” she said to John Holt; -“but I don’t see what good all this is going to -do any one.”</p> -<p>“It saves travelling expenses,” answered John -Holt, laughing. His shrewd, humorous face was -very full of expression all the time they were -walking about together. She had only come for -the day, and she was going back by a night train. -When she left them, she gave them both one of -those newly appreciative looks.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_194">194</div> -<p>“Well,” she said, “Mr. Holt’s going to look -after you, he says. He’s got something to tell -you when I’m gone. We’ve talked it over, and -it’s all right. There’s one thing sure, you’re two -of the luckiest young ones <i>I</i>’ve heard of.” And -she marched away briskly.</p> -<p>Meg and Robin looked at each other and at -John Holt. What was he going to tell them? -But he told them nothing until they had all -dined, and Ben and his mother had gone home, -prepared to come again the next day.</p> -<p>By that time the City Beautiful was wreathed -with its enchanted jewels of light again, and in -the lagoon’s depths they trembled and blazed. -John Holt called a gondola with a brilliant gondolier, -and they got into it and shot out into the -radiant night.</p> -<p>The sight was so unearthly in its beauty that -for a few moments they were quite still. Meg -sat in her Straw Parlor attitude, with her elbows -on her knees, and her chin on her hands. Her -eyes looked very big, and as lustrous as the -jewels in the lagoon.</p> -<p>“I’m going to ask you something,” said John -Holt, in a quiet sort of voice, at last.</p> -<p>“Yes,” said Meg, dreamily.</p> -<p>“Would you two like to belong to <i>me</i>?”</p> -<p>Meg’s hands dropped, and she turned her shining -eyes.</p> -<p>“I’ve been talking to your Aunt Matilda about -that big house of mine,” he went on. “It’s empty. -There’s too much room in it. I want to take -you two, and see if you can fill it up. Will you -come?”</p> -<div class="img" id="pic12"> -<img src="images/img013.jpg" alt="“IT’S A QUEER SIGHT,” SHE SAID TO JOHN HOLT." width="600" height="771" /> -<p class="caption">“IT’S A QUEER SIGHT,” SHE SAID TO JOHN HOLT.</p> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_197">197</div> -<p>Meg and Robin turned their eyes upon each -other in a dazed way.</p> -<p>“Will we come?” they stammered.</p> -<p>“Mrs. Jennings is willing,” said John Holt. -“You two have things to do in the world. I’ll -help you to learn to do them. You,” with the -short laugh—“you shall tell me fairy stories.”</p> -<p>Fairy stories! What was this? Their hearts -beat in their breasts like little hammers. The -gondola moved smoothly over the scintillating -water, and the jewel-strung towers and domes -rose white against the lovely night. Meg looked -around her, and uttered a little cry.</p> -<p>“Oh, Rob!” she said. “Oh, dear John Holt. -We have got <i>into</i> the City Beautiful, and you are -going to let us live there always.”</p> -<p>And John Holt knew that the big house would -seem empty no more.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_198">198</div> -<h2 id="c20"><span class="small">XX</span></h2> -<p>It would have seemed that this was the climax -of wonders and delights—to know that they had -escaped forever from Aunt Matilda’s world, that -they were not to be parted from John Holt, that -they were to be like his children, living with him, -sharing his great house, and learning all they could -want to learn. All this, even when it was spoken -of as possible, seemed more than could be believed, -but it seemed almost more unbelievable day by -day, as the truth began to realize itself in detail. -What a marvellous thing it was to find out that -they were not lonely, uncared-for creatures any -more, but that they belonged to a man who -seemed to hold all power in his hands! When -John Holt took them to the big stores and bought -them all they needed, new clothes and new -trunks and new comforts, and luxuries such -as they had never thought of as belonging to -them, they felt almost aghast. He was so -practical, and seemed to know so well how to do -everything, that each hour convinced them more -and more that everything was possible to him. -And he seemed to like so much to be with them. -Day after day he took them to their City Beautiful, -and enjoyed with them every treasure in it. -And they had so much time before them, they -could see it all at rapturous leisure and ease. No -more hungry hours, no more straining of tired -bodies and spurring of weary feet, because there -was so much to see and so little time to see it in, -because there was so little money to be spent. -There was time to loiter through palaces and -linger before pictures and marvellous things. -And John Holt could explain them all. No more -limited and vague imaginings. There was time to -hear everything, and Meg could tell fairy stories -by the hour if she was in the mood. She told -them in tropical bowers; she told them as they -floated on the lagoon; she read them in strange, -savage, or oriental faces.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_199">199</div> -<p>“I shall have enough to last all my life, John -Holt,” she would say. “I see a new one every -half-hour. If you like, I will tell them all to you -and Robin when you have nothing else to do.”</p> -<p>“It will be like the ‘Arabian Nights,’” said -Robin. “Meg, do you remember that old book -we had where all the leaves we wanted most were -torn out, and we had to make the rest up ourselves?”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_200">200</div> -<p>There was one story Meg found John Holt -liked better than all the rest. It was the one about -the City Beautiful, into which she used to follow -Christian in the days when she and Robin lay in -the Straw Parlor. It had grown so real to her -that she made it very real and near in the telling. -John Holt liked the way she had of filling it with -people and things she knew quite well. Meg was -very simple about it all, but she told that story -well and often, when they were resting in some -beautiful place alone. John Holt would lead her -back to it, and sit beside her, listening, with a -singular expression in his eyes. Ah, those were -wonderful days!</p> -<p>Ben and his mother shared them, though they -were not always with John Holt and Robin and -Meg. John Holt made comfortable plans for -them, and let them wander about and look their -fill.</p> -<p>“It’s a great thing for <i>him</i>, Mr. Holt,” said the -poor woman once, with a side glance at Ben. -“Seems like he’s been born over again. The way -he talks, when we go home at night, is as if he’d -never be tired again as long as he lives. And a -month ago I used to think he’d wear himself out, -fretting. Seemed like I could see him getting -thinner and peakeder every day. My, it’s a wonderful -thing!”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_201">201</div> -<p>And John Holt’s kindness did not end there, -though it was some time before Meg and Robin -heard all he had done. One day, when they had -left the grounds earlier than usual, because they -were tired, he spent the evening in searching out -Ben’s disreputable father, and giving him what he -called “a straight talk.”</p> -<p>“Look here,” he said, “I’m going to keep my -eye on that boy of yours and your wife. I intend -to make the house decent, and see that the boy -has a chance to learn something, and take care -they’re not too hard run. But I’m going to keep -my eye on you too—at least, I shall see that some -one else does—and if you make things uncomfortable -you’ll be made pretty uncomfortable yourself, -that’s all. I’d advise you to try the new recreation -of going to work. It’ll be good for your -health. Sort of athletics.”</p> -<p>And he kept his word.</p> -<p>It was a marvel of a holiday. It is not possible -that among all the holiday-makers there were two -others who were nearer the rapture of Paradise -than these two little Pilgrims.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_202">202</div> -<p>When it was at an end they went home with -John Holt. It was a wonderful home-going. The -house was a wonderful house. It was one of the -remarkable places that some self-made western -men have built and furnished, with the aid of unlimited -fortunes and the unlimited shrewd good -sense which has taught most of those of them -whose lives have been spent in work and bold -ventures that it is more practical to buy taste and -experience than to spend money without it. John -Holt had also had the aid and taste of a wonderful -little woman, whose life had been easier and -whose world had been broader than his own. -Together they had built a beautiful and lovable -home to live in. It contained things from many -countries, and its charm and luxury might well -have been the result of a far older civilization.</p> -<p>“Don’t you think, Robin,” said Meg, in a low -voice, the first evening, as they sat in a deep-cushioned -window-seat in the library together, -“don’t you think you know what She was -like?”</p> -<p>They had spoken together of her often, and -somehow it was always in a rather low voice, and -they always called her “She.”</p> -<p>Robin looked up from the book he held on his -knee. It was a beautiful volume She had been -fond of.</p> -<p>“I know why you say that,” he said. “You -mean that somehow the house is like her. Yes, I’m -sure it is, just as Aunt Matilda’s house is like her. -People’s houses are always like them.”</p> -<p>“This one is full of her,” said Meg. “I should -think John Holt would feel as if she must be in it, -and she might speak to him any moment. I feel -as if she might speak to me. And it isn’t only the -pictures of her everywhere, with her eyes laughing -at you from the wall and the tables and the -mantels. It’s <i>herself</i>. Perhaps it is because she -helped John Holt to choose things, and was so -happy here.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_203">203</div> -<p>“Perhaps it is,” said Robin; and he added, -softly, “this was her book.”</p> -<p>They went once more to Aunt Matilda’s world. -They did it because John Holt wanted to see the -Straw Parlor, and they wanted to show it to him -and bid it good-by.</p> -<p>Aunt Matilda treated them with curious consideration. -It almost seemed as if she had begun -to regard them with respect. It seemed to her -that any business-like person would respect two -penniless children who had made themselves attractive -to a man with the biggest farm in Illinois, -and other resources still larger. They went out -to the barn in their old way, when no one knew -where they were going, and when no one was -about to see them place their ladder against the -stack, and climb up to the top. The roof seemed -more like a dark tent than ever, and they saw -the old birds’ nests, which by this time were -empty.</p> -<p>“Meg,” said Robin, “do you remember the -day we lay in the straw and told each other we -had got work? And do you remember the afternoon -I climbed up with the old coffee-pot, to boil -the eggs in?”</p> -<p>“And when we counted the Treasure?” said -Meg.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_204">204</div> -<p>“And when we talked about miracles?” said -Robin.</p> -<p>“And when it made me think human beings -could do anything if they tried hard enough?” -said Meg.</p> -<p>“And when you read the ‘Pilgrim’s Progress’?” -said John Holt.</p> -<p>“And the first afternoon when we listened to -Jones and Jerry, and you said there <i>was</i> a City -Beautiful?” said Meg.</p> -<p>“And there <i>was</i>,” said Robin, “and we’ve been -there.”</p> -<p>“It was just this time in the afternoon,” said -Meg, looking about her; “the red light was -dying away, for I could not see to read any -more.”</p> -<p>And for a little while they sat in the Straw Parlor, -while the red light waned; and afterwards, -when they spoke of it, they found they were all -thinking of the same thing, and it was of the last -day they had spent at the Enchanted City, when -they had gone about together in a strange, tender, -half-sad mood, loitering through the white palaces, -lingering about the clear pools of green sea -water, where strange creatures swam lazily or -darted to and fro, looking their last at pictures -and stories in marble, and listening to the tinkle -of water plashing under great tropical leaves and -over strange mosses, strolling through temples -and past savage huts, and gazing in final questioning -at mysterious, barbarous faces; and at -last passing through the stately archway and -being borne away on the waters of the great -lake.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_205">205</div> -<p>As they had been carried away farther and -farther, and the white wonder had begun to lose -itself and fade into a white spirit of a strange and -lovely thing, Meg had felt the familiar throb at -her heart and the familiar lump in her throat. -And she had broken into a piteous little cry.</p> -<p>“Oh, John Holt,” she said, “it is going, it is -going, and we shall never see it again! For it -will vanish away, it will vanish away!” And the -tears rushed down her cheeks, and she hid her -face on his arm.</p> -<p>But though he had laughed his short laugh, -John Holt had made her lift up her head.</p> -<p>“No,” he said, “it won’t vanish away. It’s not -one of the things that vanish. Things don’t vanish -away that a million or so of people have seen -as they’ve seen this. They stay where they’re -not forgotten, and time doesn’t change them. -They’re put where they can be passed on, and -passed on again. And thoughts that grow out of -them bring other ones. And what things may -grow out of it that never would have been, and -where the end is, the Lord only knows, for no human -being can tell. It won’t vanish away.”</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_206">206</div> -<p>Dear little children and big ones, this is a Fairy -Story. And why not? There are not many -people who believe it, but fairy stories are happening -every day. There are beautiful things in -the world; there are many people with kind and -generous hearts; there are those who do their -work well, giving what is theirs to give, and being -glad in the giving; there are birds in the -skies, and flowers and leaves in the woods—and -Spring comes every year. These make the fairy -stories. Every fairy story has a moral, and this -one has two. They are these:</p> -<p>The human creature is a strong thing—when it -is a brave one.</p> -<p>Nature never made a human hand without putting -into it <i>something</i> to give.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_207">207</div> -<h2 id="c21"><span class="small"><i>BOOKS ILLUSTRATED IN COLORS</i></span></h2> -<p class="center i b">Kidnapped: -<br /><span class="small">Being the Memoirs of the Adventures of David Balfour</span> -<br /><span class="small">By Robert Louis Stevenson</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">With 15 full-page illustrations and full-color cover. Lining paper and title-page by N. C. Wyeth</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">$2.25 net</span></p> -<p class="review">The fight in the round-house, the Appin murder—these and other scenes -in the unforgettable story that lives in thousands of minds will be more -vivid for Mr. Wyeth’s pictures of them.</p> -<p class="center i b">Treasure Island -<br /><span class="small">By Robert Louis Stevenson</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">16 full-page illustrations in colors by N. C. Wyeth. Large square 4to. $2.25</span></p> -<p class="review">Mr. Wyeth’s bold, vigorous, colorful pictures reproduce perfectly the spirit -of Stevenson’s swinging narrative.</p> -<p class="center i b">The Arabian Nights: -<br /><span class="small">Their Best Known Tales</span> -<br /><span class="small">Edited by Kate Douglas Wiggin and Nora Archibald Smith</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Illustrated by Maxfield Parrish. 8vo. $2.00 net</span></p> -<p class="center i b">The Queen’s Museum and Other Fanciful Tales -<br /><span class="small">By Frank R. Stockton</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Illustrated by Frederic Richardson. $2.25 net</span></p> -<p class="review">“Frederic Richardson has scarcely any peer as the illustrator of the most -delicate fancies.”—<i>The Interior.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">A Child’s Garden of Verses -<br /><span class="small">By Robert Louis Stevenson</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">12 full-page illustrations and ornamental cover in colors by Jessie Willcox Smith. Royal 8vo. $2.56</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">The same. Illustrated by Florence Storer. 50 cents net</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">The same. Illustrated by Emma Troth. 75 cents net</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">The same. Illustrated by Jean McLane and Charles Robinson. 50 cents</span></p> -<p class="center i b">Poems of Childhood -<br /><span class="small">By Eugene Field</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">8 full-page illustrations and ornamental cover in colors by Maxfield Parrish. Royal 8vo. $2.25</span></p> -<p class="review">“His poems of childhood have gone home, not only to the hearts of children, -but to the heart of the country as well.”—<i>The Outlook.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">A Little Princess -<br /><span class="small">By Frances Hodgson Burnett</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Handsomely illustrated in colors by Ethel Franklin Betts. Royal 8vo. $2.00 net</span></p> -<p class="review">“Here is the whole story of Sara Crewe, nicer than it was at first.”—<i>The -Outlook.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">Little Lord Fauntleroy -<br /><span class="small">By Frances Hodgson Burnett</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">12 full-page illustrations in colors and 24 pen-and-ink sketches by Reginald B. Birch. 4to. $2.00 net</span></p> -<p class="review">Many scenes are new and many old ones are pictured differently, but -the original idea of the different characters is only intensified in these -beautiful full-colored representations.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_208">208</div> -<h3 id="c22">BY ERNEST THOMPSON SETON -<br /><span class="smaller"><i>Illustrated by the author</i></span></h3> -<p class="review">“They all have that fascinating quality which he manages to throw around -all his stories.”—<i>Brooklyn Eagle.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">Animal Heroes -<br />Lives of the Hunted -<br />Wild Animals I Have Known -<br /><span class="smaller">Each of the above. Square 12mo. $1.75 net</span></p> -<p class="center i b">Monarch, the Big Bear of Tallac</p> -<p class="review">“A fascinating account of a bear family.”—<i>Providence Journal.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">The Trail of the Sandhill Stag -<br /><span class="smaller">With numerous drawings by the author. Each 50 cents net</span></p> -<p class="review">“I had fancied that no one could touch ‘The Jungle Book’ for a generation -at least, but Mr. Seton has done it.”—<i>Bliss Carman, in The Bookman.</i></p> -<h3 id="c23">BY GEORGE BIRD GRINNELL</h3> -<p class="center i b">Blackfeet Indian Stories -<br /><span class="smaller">With frontispiece and cover by N. C. Wyeth. $1.00 net</span></p> -<p class="review">Twenty-five or more real Blackfeet Indian folk-lore stories gathered during -years of intimate study of the Indians.</p> -<p class="center i b">The Wolf Hunters -<br /><span class="small">A Story of the Buffalo Plains</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Illustrated. $1.35 net</span></p> -<p class="review">The true adventures and thrilling experiences of three young cavalrymen -who spent the winter of 1861-62 in hunting wolves on the Western Plains.</p> -<p class="center i b">African Adventure Stories -<br /><span class="small">By J. Alden Loring, field naturalist to the Roosevelt African Expedition</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">With a foreword by Theodore Roosevelt</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Illustrated. 8vo. $1.50 net</span></p> -<p class="review">“An illustrated book with thrills for any boy, grown up or growing.”—<i>New -York World.</i></p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_209">209</div> -<p class="center i b"><span class="smaller">Each Volume Illustrated. 12mo. $1.50 net</span> -<br />Beyond the Old Frontier -<br /><span class="small">Adventures of Indian Fighters, Hunters, and Fur Traders</span> -<br /><span class="small">Edited by George Bird Grinnell</span></p> -<p class="review">A series of personal narratives of hunting, Indian fighting, and exploration -in the early pioneer days.</p> -<p class="center i b">Missionary Explorers Among the American Indians -<br /><span class="small">By Mary Gay Humphreys</span></p> -<p class="review">Stories of the first and greatest of American missionaries to the American -Indians, told largely in their own words.</p> -<p class="center i b">True Tales of Arctic Heroism in the New World -<br /><span class="small">By Major-General A. W. Greely, U. S. A.</span></p> -<p class="review">The true stories of the most heroic adventures in the Arctic expeditions, -from the earliest explorers to our own day.</p> -<p class="center i b">Zebulon M. Pike -<br />Explorer of the Great South-West -<br /><span class="small">Edited by Mary Gay Humphreys</span></p> -<p class="review">The thrilling and vivid narrative of Pike’s expeditions, told largely in the -words of his own journal.</p> -<p class="center i b">The Boy’s Drake -<br /><span class="small">By Edwin M. Bacon</span></p> -<p class="review">“A worthy book for a boy.... Mr. Bacon has entered into the stirring -time of England’s conquest of the seas, and has written a fine biography -of her great pirate captain.”—<i>Chicago Tribune.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">The Boy’s Hakluyt -<br /><span class="small">By Edwin M. Bacon</span></p> -<p class="review">The voyages of Hawkins, Drake, and Gilbert, and others, retold from -Hakluyt’s Chronicles.</p> -<p class="center i b">The Boy’s Catlin: My Life Among the Indians -<br /><span class="small">By George Catlin</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Edited by Mary Gay Humphreys. With 16 illustrations from Catlin’s drawings</span></p> -<p class="review">“As interesting a story of Indians as was ever written and has the merit -of being true.”—<i>New York Sun.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">Trails of the Pathfinders -<br /><span class="small">By George Bird Grinnell</span></p> -<p class="review">“Better reading than many a volume of pure romance.”—<span class="sc">Jeannette -L. Gilder</span> in <i>The Reader</i>.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_210">210</div> -<p class="center i b">A Son of Satsuma -<br /><span class="small">Or, With Perry in Japan</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Illus. $1.25 net</span></p> -<p class="review">“One of the most spirited writers for boys here depicts one of the most -notable of American naval achievements.”—<i>The Outlook.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">Midshipman Stuart -<br /><span class="small">Or, The Last Cruise of the Essex</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Illus. $1.25 net</span></p> -<p class="review">“Will hold the attention of every adventure-loving boy.”—<i>Brooklyn Life.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">In Pirate Waters -<br /><span class="small">A Tale of the American Navy</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Illus. $1.25 net</span></p> -<p class="review">“One of the liveliest and most entertaining historical stories of the year.”—<i>The -Dial.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">Brethren of the Coast -<br /><span class="small">A Tale of West Indian Pirates</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Illus. $1.25 net</span></p> -<p class="review">“Full of action and life and variety. A story of Cuba in the early part -of this century.”—<i>Boston Herald.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">The White Conquerors -<br /><span class="small">A Tale of Toltec and Aztec</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Illus. $1.25 net</span></p> -<p class="review">“Dealing with the advent of the Spaniards under Cortes in the New -World.... Its interest deepens with dramatic intensity with each page.”—<i>Boston -Transcript.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">At War with Pontiac -<br /><span class="small">Or, The Totem of the Bear</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Illus. $1.25 net</span></p> -<p class="review">“Here are adventures not to be overlooked or received half-heartedly. -Every boy will be eager for such a book.”—<i>New York Sun.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">With Crockett and Bowie -<br /><span class="small">Or Fighting for the Line Star Flag</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Illus. $1.25 net</span></p> -<p class="review">“Even their elders must feel a thrill as they turn the pages devoted -the defence of the Alamo.”—<i>New York Tribune.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">Through Swamp and Glade -<br /><span class="small">A Tale of the Seminole War</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Illus. $1.25 net</span></p> -<p class="review">“A dramatic story full of strange adventure, stirring incidents, and rapid -action.”—<i>San Francisco Bulletin.</i></p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_211">211</div> -<p class="center i b">Campus Days</p> -<p class="review">“A breezy and wholesome quality pervades this volume of Mr. Paine’s -stories of undergraduate life at Yale.”—<i>Phila. Press.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">The Stroke Oar</p> -<p class="review">The stroke oar of the “’Varsity” crew, after being shanghaied, returns -after exciting adventures in time to row in the great race at New London.</p> -<p class="center i b">Sandy Sawyer, Sophomore</p> -<p class="review">Sandy Sawyer has to work in the summer to earn money to pay for his -college course. His adventures make up a jolly, rollicking story.</p> -<p class="center i b">The Fugitive Freshman</p> -<p class="review">“A mysterious disappearance, a wreck, the real thing in a game of baseball -are but a few of the excitements it contains.”—<i>Phila. Ledger.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">The Head Coach</p> -<p class="review">“A corking yarn about football.”—<i>Springfield Union.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">College Years</p> -<p class="review">“Wholesome stories of undergraduate life.”—<i>Yale Alumni Weekly.</i></p> -<p class="center i b"><span class="smaller">Each of the above illustrated. 12mo. $1.35 net</span></p> -<p class="center i b">The Steam Shovel Man -<br /><span class="smaller">Illustrated. $1.00 net</span></p> -<p class="review">The adventures of an energetic young ball-player, who finds time to play -baseball as well as work on the Panama Canal.</p> -<p class="center i b">The Dragon and the Cross</p> -<p class="review">“An excellent, thrilling story of adventure, travel and fighting.”—<i>Boston -Globe.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">The Wrecking Master</p> -<p class="review">Two sons of rival wreckers race to rescue a big steamer ashore in a peculiar -manner on a Florida reef.</p> -<p class="center i b">A Cadet of the Black Star Line</p> -<p class="review">“Will be read with pleasure by the many boys to whom the sea speaks -with an inviting voice.”—<i>New York Herald.</i></p> -<p class="center i b"><span class="smaller">Each of the above illustrated. 12mo. $1.00 net</span></p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_212">212</div> -<h3 id="c24">BY HOWARD PYLE</h3> -<p class="review">“There is nobody quite like Howard Pyle, after all, when it comes to -stories for children.”—<i>Springfield Republican.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">The Story of King Arthur and His Knights -<br />The Story of the Champions of the Round Table -<br />The Story of Sir Launcelot and His Companions -<br />The Story of the Grail and the Passing of Arthur -<br /><span class="smaller">Each illustrated by the author. Royal 8vo. $2.00 net</span> -<br />The Merry Adventures of Robin Hood -<br /><span class="small">of Great Renown in Nottinghamshire</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Illustrated by the author. Royal 8vo. $2.75 net</span></p> -<h3 id="c25">BY SIDNEY LANIER</h3> -<p class="review">“Amid all the strange and fanciful scenery of these stories, character and -ideals of character remain at the simplest and purest.”—<i>The Independent.</i></p> -<p class="center i b">The Boy’s Froissart -<br /><span class="smaller">Illustrated by Alfred Kappes.</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">8vo. $1.80</span></p> -<p class="center i b">The Boy’s King Arthur -<br /><span class="smaller">Illustrated by Alfred Kappes.</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">8vo. $1.80</span></p> -<p class="center i b">Knightly Legends of Wales; -<br /><span class="small">Or, The Boy’s Mabinogonion</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">Illustrated by Alfred Frededericks.</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">8vo. $1.80</span></p> -<p class="center i b">The Boy’s Percy -<br /><span class="smaller">Illustrated by E. B. Bensell.</span> -<br /><span class="smaller">8vo. $1.80</span></p> -<h3 id="c26">BY W. H. FROST</h3> -<p class="review">“Mr. Frost has succeeded admirably in his attempt to make the doughty -knights and fair ladies of ancient days seem distinct and interesting to -the boys and girls of our own time.”—<i>Public Opinion.</i></p> -<p class="center i b"><span class="smaller">Each book attractively Illustrated. 12mo. $1.35 net</span> -<br />Fairies and Folk of Ireland -<br />The Knights of the Round Table -<br />The Court of King Arthur -<br />The Wagner Story Book</p> -<h2 id="tn">Transcriber’s Notes</h2><ul><li>Copyright notice provided as in the original—this e-text is public domain in the country of publication.</li> -<li>Silently corrected palpable typos; left non-standard spellings and dialect unchanged.</li> -<li>In the text versions, delimited italics text in _underscores_ (the HTML version reproduces the font form of the printed book.)</li></ul> - -<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TWO LITTLE PILGRIMS’ PROGRESS ***</div> -<div style='text-align:left'> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will -be renamed. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. -</div> - -<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br /> -<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person -or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the -Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when -you share it without charge with others. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work -on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the -phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: -</div> - -<blockquote> - <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most - other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions - whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms - of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online - at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you - are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws - of the country where you are located before using this eBook. - </div> -</blockquote> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg™ License. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format -other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain -Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -provided that: -</div> - -<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation.” - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ - works. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. - </div> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right -of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread -public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state -visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. -</div> - -</div> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e98cef5..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/img000.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/img000.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7d60327..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/img000.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/img001.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/img001.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 632218d..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/img001.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/img002.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/img002.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b232a76..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/img002.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/img003.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/img003.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 82c12bb..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/img003.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/img004.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/img004.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 203571f..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/img004.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/img005.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/img005.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1fe0a2a..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/img005.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/img006.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/img006.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 22c4998..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/img006.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/img007.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/img007.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1e74218..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/img007.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/img008.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/img008.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4633635..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/img008.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/img009.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/img009.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5c39d4e..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/img009.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/img010.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/img010.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0c511ef..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/img010.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/img011.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/img011.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 36956ed..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/img011.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/img012.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/img012.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index f508dca..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/img012.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50471-h/images/img013.jpg b/old/50471-h/images/img013.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 26d68fb..0000000 --- a/old/50471-h/images/img013.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/old/50471-8.txt b/old/old/50471-8.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 6b691f1..0000000 --- a/old/old/50471-8.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5361 +0,0 @@ -Project Gutenberg's Two Little Pilgrims' Progress, by Frances Hodgson Burnett - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Two Little Pilgrims' Progress - A Story of the City Beautiful - -Author: Frances Hodgson Burnett - -Release Date: November 17, 2015 [EBook #50471] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TWO LITTLE PILGRIMS' PROGRESS *** - - - - -Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, Dave Morgan and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net - - - - - - -[Illustration: THEIR DREAM HAD COME TRUE.] - - - - - TWO LITTLE PILGRIMS' PROGRESS - _A Story of the City Beautiful_ - - - BY - FRANCES HODGSON BURNETT - - NEW YORK - CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS - 1916 - - Copyright, 1895, 1897, by - CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS - - - - - LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - _FROM DRAWINGS BY REGINALD B. BIRCH_ - - - PAGE - Their dream had come true, Frontispiece - "Everything in the world," said Robin, 15 - "Aunt Matilda," she said, suddenly, 35 - Meg looked rather like a little witch, 67 - "Is this the train to Chicago?" said Robin, 79 - "You like a cup coffee?" she asked, 97 - "Now we are in Venice," 111 - "Well, Jem!" she exclaimed, 121 - He was looking at her in an absent, miserable way, 127 - "To--to--the Fair?" he said, tremulously, 141 - "Take me with you," 153 - "It's a queer sight," she said to John Holt, 195 - - - - - TWO LITTLE PILGRIMS' PROGRESS - - - - - I - - -The sun had set, and the shadows were deepening in the big barn. The -last red glow--the very last bit which reached the corner the children -called the Straw Parlor--had died away, and Meg drew her knees up -higher, so as to bring the pages of her book nearer to her eyes as the -twilight deepened, and it became harder to read. It was her bitterest -grievance that this was what always happened when she became most -interested and excited--the light began to fade away, and the shadows to -fill all the corners and close in about her. - -She frowned as it happened now--a fierce little frown which knitted her -childish black brows as she pored over her book, devouring the page, -with the determination to seize on as much as was possible. It was like -running a desperate race with the darkness. - -She was a determined child, and no one would have failed to guess as -much who could have watched her for a few moments as she sat on her -curious perch, her cheeks supported by her hands, her shock of straight -black hair tumbling over her forehead. - -The Straw Parlor was the top of a straw stack in Aunt Matilda's barn. -Robin had discovered it one day by climbing a ladder which had been left -leaning against the stack, and when he had found himself on the top of -it he had been enchanted by the feeling it gave him of being so high -above the world, and had called Meg up to share it with him. - -She had been even more enchanted than he. - -They both hated the world down below--Aunt Matilda's world--which seemed -hideous and exasperating and sordid to them in its contrast to the world -they had lived in before their father and mother had died, and they had -been sent to their sole relation, who did not want them, and only took -them in from respect to public opinion. Three years they had been with -Aunt Matilda, and each week had seemed more unpleasant than the last. -Mrs. Matilda Jennings was a renowned female farmer of Illinois, and she -was far too energetic a manager and business woman to have time to spend -on children. She had an enormous farm, and managed it herself with a -success and ability which made her celebrated in agricultural papers. If -she had not given her dead brother's children a home, they would have -starved or been sent to the poorhouse. Accordingly, she gave them food -to eat and beds to sleep in, but she scarcely ever had time to notice -them. If she had had time to talk to them, she had nothing to say. She -cared for nothing but crops and new threshing-machines and fertilizers, -and they knew nothing about such things. - -"She never says anything but 'Go to bed,' 'Keep out of the way.' She's -not like a woman at all," Meg commented once, "she's like a man in -woman's clothes." - -Their father had been rather like a woman in man's clothes. He was a -gentle, little, slender man, with a large head. He had always been poor, -and Mrs. Matilda Jennings had regarded him as a contemptible failure. He -had had no faculty for business or farming. He had taught school, and -married a school teacher. They had had a small house, but somehow it had -been as cosey as it was tiny. They had managed to surround themselves -with an atmosphere of books, by buying the cheap ones they could afford -and borrowing the expensive ones from friends and circulating libraries. -The twins--Meg and Robin--had heard stories and read books all the first -years of their lives, as they sat in their little seats by the small, -warm fireside. In Aunt Matilda's bare, cold house there was not a book -to be seen. A few agricultural papers were scattered about. Meals were -hurried over as necessary evils. The few people who appeared on the -scene were farmers, who talked about agricultural implements and the -wheat market. - -"It's such a bare place," Robin used to say, and he would drive his -hands into the depths of his pockets and set his square little jaw, and -stare before him. - -Both the twins had that square little jaw. Neither of them looked like -their father and mother, except that from their mother they inherited -black hair. Robin's eyes were black, but Meg's were gray, with thick -black lashes. They were handsome little creatures, but their shocks of -straight black hair, their straight black brows and square little jaws, -made them look curiously unlike other children. They both remembered one -winter evening, when, as they sat on their seat by the fire, their -father, after looking at them with a half smile for a moment or so, -began to laugh. - -"Margaret," he said to their mother, "do you know who those two are -like? You have heard me speak of Matilda often enough." - -"Oh, Robert!" she exclaimed, "surely they are not like Matilda?" - -"Well, perhaps it is too much to say they are like her," he answered, -"but there is something in their faces that reminds me of her strongly. -I don't know what it is exactly, but it is there. It is a good thing, -perhaps," with a queer tone in his voice. "Matilda always did what she -made up her mind to do. Matilda was a success. I was always a failure." - -"Ah, no, Bob," she said, "not a failure!" - -She had put her hand on his shoulder, and he lifted it and pressed it -against his thin cheek. - -"Wasn't I, Maggie?" he said, gently, "wasn't I? Well, I think these two -will be like Matilda in making up their minds and getting what they -want." - -Before the winter was over Robin and Meg were orphans, and were with -Aunt Matilda, and there they had been ever since. - -Until the day they found the Straw Parlor it had seemed as if no corner -in the earth belonged to them. Meg slept on a cot in a woman servant's -room, Robin shared a room with some one else. Nobody took any notice of -them. - -"When any one meets us anywhere," Meg said, "they always look surprised. -Dogs who are not allowed in the house are like us. The only difference -is that they don't drive us out. But we are just as much in the way." - -"I know," said Robin; "if it wasn't for you, Meg, I should run away." - -"Where?" said Meg. - -"Somewhere," said Robin, setting his jaw; "I'd find a place." - -"If it wasn't for you," said Meg, "I should be so lonely that I should -walk into the river. I wouldn't stand it." It is worth noticing that she -did not say "I _could_ not stand it." - -But after the day they found the Straw Parlor they had an abiding-place. -It was Meg who prempted it before she had been on the top of the stack -five minutes. After she had stumbled around, looking about her, she -stopped short, and looked down into the barn. - -"Robin," she said, "this is another world. We are miles and miles away -from Aunt Matilda. Let us make this into our home--just yours and -mine--and live here." - -"We are in nobody's way--nobody will even know where we are," said -Robin. "Nobody ever asks, you know. Meg, it will be just like our own. -We will live here." And so they did. On fine days, when they were tired -of playing, they climbed the ladder to rest on the heap of yellow straw; -on wet days they lay and told each other stories, or built caves, or -read their old favorite books over again. The stack was a very high one, -and the roof seemed like a sort of big tent above their heads, and the -barn floor a wonderful, exaggeratedly long, distance below. The birds -who had nests in the rafters became accustomed to them, and one of the -children's chief entertainments was to lie and watch the mothers and -fathers carry on their domestic arrangements, feeding their young ones, -and quarrelling a little sometimes about the way to bring them up. The -twins invented a weird little cry, with which they called each other, if -one was in the Straw Parlor and the other one entered the barn, to find -out whether it was occupied or not. They never mounted to the Straw -Parlor, or descended from it, if any one was within sight. This was -their secret. They wanted to feel that it was very high, and far away -from Aunt Matilda's world, and if any one had known where they were, or -had spoken to them from below, the charm would have been broken. - -This afternoon, as Meg pored over her book, she was waiting for Robin. -He had been away all day. At twelve years old Robin was not of a light -mind. When he had been only six years old he had had serious plans. He -had decided that he would be a great inventor. He had also decided--a -little later--that he would not be poor, like his father, but would be -very rich. He had begun by having a savings bank, into which he put -rigorously every penny that was given to him. He had been so quaintly -systematic about it that people were amused, and gave him pennies -instead of candy and toys. He kept a little banking book of his own. If -he had been stingy he would have been a very unpleasant little boy, but -he was only strict with himself. He was capable of taking from his -capital to do the gentlemanly thing by Meg at Christmas. - -"He has the spirit of the financier, that is all," said his father. - -Since he had been with Aunt Matilda he had found opportunities to earn a -trifle rather frequently. On the big place there were small, troublesome -duties the farm hands found he could be relied on to do, which they were -willing to pay for. They found out that he never failed them. - -"Smart little chap," they said; "always up to time when he undertakes a -thing." - -To-day he had been steadily at work under the head man. Aunt Matilda had -no objection to his odd jobs. - -"He has his living to earn, and he may as well begin," she said. - -So Meg had been alone since morning. She had only one duty to perform, -and then she was free. The first spring they had been with Aunt Matilda -Robin had invested in a few chickens, and their rigorous care of them -had resulted in such success that the chickens had become a sort of -centre of existence to them. They could always have any dreams of the -future upon the fortune to be gained by chickens. You could calculate on -bits of paper about chickens and eggs until your head whirled at the -magnitude of your prospects. Meg's duty was to feed them, and show them -scrupulous attentions when Robin was away. - -After she had attended to them she went to the barn, and, finding it -empty, climbed up to the Straw Parlor with an old "Pilgrim's Progress," -to spend the day. - - -This afternoon, when the light began to redden and then to die away, she -and Christian were very near the gates. She longed so to go in with him, -and was yearning towards them with breathless eagerness, when she heard -Robin's cry below, coming up from the barn floor. - -She sprang up with a start, feeling bewildered a second, before she -answered. The City Beautiful was such millions--such millions of miles -away from Aunt Matilda's barn. She found herself breathing quickly and -rubbing her eyes, as she heard Robin hurrying up the ladder. - -Somehow she felt as if he was rather in a hurry, and when his small, -black shock head and wide-awake black eyes appeared above the straw she -had a vague feeling that he was excited, and that he had come from -another world. He clambered on to the stack and made his way to her, and -threw himself full length on the straw at her side. - -"Meg!" he said--"Hallo, you look as if you were in a dream! Wake -up!--Jones and Jerry are coming to the barn--I hurried to get here -before them; they're talking about something I want you to -hear--something new! Wake up!" - -"Oh, Robin!" said Meg, clutching her book and coming back to earth with -a sigh, "I don't want to hear Jones and Jerry. I don't want to hear any -of the people down there. I've been reading the 'Pilgrim's Progress,' -and I do wish--I do so _wish_ there _was_ a City Beautiful." - -Robin gave a queer little laugh. He really was excited. - -"There is going to be one," he said. "Jones and Jerry don't really know -it, but it is something like that they are talking about; a City -Beautiful--a real one--on this earth, and not a hundred miles away. -Let's get near the edge and listen." - - - - - II - - -They drew as near to the edge as they could without being seen. They did -not understand in the least. Robin was not given to practical jokes, but -what he had said sounded rather as if there was a joke somewhere. But -she saw Jones and Jerry enter the barn, and saw, before they entered, -that they were deep in talk. It was Jones who was speaking. Jones was -Aunt Matilda's head man, and was an authority on many things. - -"There's been exhibitions and fairs all over the world," he was saying, -"but there's been nothing like what this will be. It will be a city, -that's what it will be, and all the world is going to be in it. They are -going to build it fronting on the water, and bank the water up into -lakes and canals, and build places like white palaces beside them, and -decorate the grounds with statues and palms and flowers and fountains, -and there's not a country on earth that won't send things to fill the -buildings. And there won't be anything a man can't see by going through -'em. It'll be as good as a college course to spend a week there." - -Meg drew a little closer to Robin in the straw. - -"What are they talking about?" she whispered. - -"Listen," said Bob. - -Jerry, who was moving about at some work below, gave a chuckling laugh. - -"Trust 'em to do the biggest thing yet, or bust, them Chicago people," -he said. "It's got to be the biggest thing--a Chicago Fair." - -"It's not goin' to be the Chicago Fair," Jones said. "They're not goin' -to put up with no such idea as that; it's the World's Fair. They're -going to ring in the universe." - -"That's Chicago out an' out," said Jerry. "Buildin's twenty stories -high, an' the thermometer twenty-five degrees below zero, an' a World's -Fair. Christopher Columbus! I'd like to see it!" - -"I bet Christopher Columbus would like to see it," said Jones. "It's out -of compliment to him they're getting it up--for discovering Chicago." - -"Well, I didn't know he made his name that way partic'lar," said Jerry. -"Thought what he prided hisself on was discoverin' America." - -"Same thing," said Jones, "same thing! Wouldn't have had much to blow -about, and have statues set up, and comic operas written about him, if -it had only been America he'd discovered. Chicago does him full credit, -and she's goin' to give him a send-off that'll be a credit to her." - -Robin smothered a little laugh in his coat-sleeve. He was quite used to -hearing jokes about Chicago. The people in the country round it were -enormously proud of it, and its great schemes and great buildings and -multi-millionaires, but those who were given to jokes had the habit of -being jocular about it, just as they had the habit of proclaiming and -dwelling upon its rush and wealth and enterprise. But Meg was not a -jocular person. She was too intense and easily excited. She gave Robin -an impatient nudge with her elbow, not in reproof, but as a sort of -irrepressible ejaculation. - -"I wish they wouldn't be funny," she exclaimed. "I want them to tell -more about it. I wish they'd go on." - -But they did not go on; at least, not in any way that was satisfactory. -They only remained in the barn a short time longer, and they were busy -with the work they had come to do. Meg craned her neck and listened, but -they did not tell more, and she was glad when they went away, so that -she could turn to Robin. - -"Don't you know more than that?" she said. "Is it true? What have you -heard? Tell me yourself." - -"I've heard a lot to-day," said Robin. "They were all talking about it -all the time, and I meant to tell you myself, only I saw Jones and Jerry -coming, and thought, perhaps, we should hear something more if we -listened." - -They clambered over to their corner and made themselves comfortable. -Robin lay on his back, but Meg leaned on her elbows, as usual, with her -cheeks resting on her hands. Her black elf-locks hung over her forehead, -and her big eyes shone. - -"Rob," she said, "go on. What's the rest?" - -"The rest!" he said. "It would take a week to tell it all, I should -think. But it's going to be the most wonderful thing in the world. They -are going to build a place that will be like a white, beautiful city, on -the borders of the lake--that was why I called it the City Beautiful. It -won't be on the top of a hill, of course----" - -"But if it is on the edge of the lake, and the sun shines and the big -water is blue and there are shining white palaces, it will be better, I -believe," said Meg. "What is going to be in the city?" - -"Everything in the world," said Robin. "Things from everywhere--from -every country." - -"There are a great many countries," said Meg. "You know how it is in the -geography. Europe, Asia, and Africa, as well as America. Spain and -Portugal and France and England--and Sweden and Norway and Russia and -Lapland--and India--and Italy--and Switzerland, and all the others." - -"There will be things--and people--brought from them all. I heard them -say so. They say there will be villages, with people walking about in -them." - -[Illustration: "EVERYTHING IN THE WORLD," SAID ROBIN.] - -"Do they walk about when they are at home?" exclaimed Meg. - -"Yes, in the queer clothes they wear in their own countries. There's -going to be an Esquimaux village." - -"With dogs and sledges?" cried Meg, lifting her head. - -"Yes; and you know that place in Italy where the streets are made of -water----" - -"It's Venice," said Meg. "And they go about in boats called gondolas." - -"And the men who take them about are called gondoliers," interrupted -Robin. "And they have scarfs and red caps, and push their boats along -with poles. There will be gondolas at the Fair, and people can get into -them and go about the canals." - -"Just as they do in Venice?" Meg gasped. - -"Just as they do in Venice. And it will be the same with all the other -countries. It will be as if they were all brought there--Spanish places -and Egyptian places and German places--and French and Italian and Irish -and Scotch and English--and all the others." - -"To go there would be like travelling all over the world," cried Meg. - -"Yes," said Rob, excitedly. "And all the trades will be there, and all -the machines--and inventions--and pictures--and books--and statues--and -scientific things--and wonderful things--and everything any one wants to -learn about in all the world!" - -In his excitement, his words had become so rapid that they almost -tumbled over each other, and he said the last sentence in a rush. There -were red spots on his cheeks, and a queer look in his black eyes. He had -been listening to descriptions of this thing all day. A new hand, hot -from the excitement in Chicago, had been among the workers. Apparently -he had heard of nothing else, thought of nothing else, talked of nothing -else, and dreamed of nothing else but the World's Fair for weeks. -Finding himself among people who had only bucolic and vague ideas about -it, he had poured forth all he knew, and being a rather good talker, had -aroused great excitement. Robin had listened with eyes and ears wide -open. He was a young human being, born so full of energy and enterprise -that the dull, prosaic emptiness of his life in Aunt Matilda's world had -been more horrible than he had been old enough to realize. He could not -have explained why it had seemed so maddening to him, but the truth was -that in his small, boyish body was imprisoned the force and ability -which in manhood build great schemes, and not only build, but carry them -out. In him was imprisoned one of the great business men, inventors, or -political powers of the new century. But of this he knew nothing, and so -ate his young heart out in Aunt Matilda's world, sought refuge with Meg -in the Straw Parlor, and was bitterly miserable and at a loss. - -How he had drunk in every word the man from Chicago had uttered! How he -had edged near to him and tried not to lose him for a moment! How he had -longed for Meg to listen with him, and had hoarded up every sentence! If -he had not been a man in embryo, and a strong and clear-headed creature, -he would have done his work badly. But he never did his work badly. He -held on like a little bulldog, and thought of what Meg would say when -they sat in the straw together. Small wonder that he looked excited when -his black head appeared above the edge of the straw. He was wrought up -to the highest pitch. Small wonder that there were deep red spots on his -cheeks, and that there was a queer, intense look in his eyes, and about -his obstinate little mouth. - -He threw up his arms with a desperate gesture. - -"_Everything_," he said again, staring straight before him, "that any -one could want to learn about--everything in all the world." - -"Oh, Robin!" said Meg, in quite a fierce little voice, "and we--_we_ -shall never see it!" - -She saw Robin clinch his hands, though he said nothing, and it made her -clinch her own hands. Robin's were tough, little, square-fingered fists, -brown and muscular; Meg's hands were long-fingered, flexible, and -slender, but they made good little fists when they doubled themselves -up. - -"Rob," she said, "we never see anything! We never hear anything! We -never learn anything! If something doesn't happen we shall be -Nothings--that's what we shall be--Nothings!" And she struck her fist -upon the straw. - -Rob's jaw began to look very square, but he did not speak. - -"We are twelve years old," Meg went on. "We've been here three years, -and we don't know one thing we didn't know when we came here. If we had -been with father and mother we should have been learning things all the -time. We haven't one thing of our own, Rob, but the chickens and the -Straw Parlor--and the Straw Parlor might be taken away from us." - -Rob's square jaw relaxed just sufficiently to allow of a grim little -grin. - -"We've got the Treasure, Meg," he said. - -Meg's laugh had rather a hysterical sound. That she should not have -mentioned the Treasure among their belongings was queer. They talked so -much about the Treasure. At this moment it was buried in an iron bank, -deep in the straw, about four feet from where they sat. It was the very -bank Robin had hoarded his savings in when he had begun at six years old -with pennies, and a ten-cent blank-book to keep his accounts in. -Everything they had owned since then had been pushed and dropped into -it--all the chicken and egg money, and all Robin had earned by doing odd -jobs for any one who would give him one. Nobody knew about the old iron -bank any more than they knew about the Straw Parlor, and the children, -having buried it in the straw, called it the Treasure. Meg's stories -about it were numerous and wonderful. Sometimes magicians came, and -multiplied it a hundred-fold. Sometimes robbers stole it, and they -themselves gave chase, and sought it with wild adventure; but perhaps -the most satisfactory thing was to invent ways to spend it when it had -grown to enormous proportions. Sometimes they bought a house in New -York, and lived there together. Sometimes they traded in foreign lands -with it. Sometimes they bought land, which increased in value to such an -extent that they were millionaires in a month. Ah! it was a treasure -indeed. - -After the little, low, over-strained laugh, Meg folded her arms on the -straw and hid her face in them. Robin looked at her with a troubled air -for about a minute. Then he spoke to her. - -"It's no use doing that," he said. - -"It's no use doing anything," Meg answered, her voice muffled in her -arms. "I don't want to do this any more than you do. We're so lonely!" - -"Yes, we're lonely," said Robin, "that's a fact." And he stared up at -the dark rafters above him, and at some birds who were clinging to them -and twittering about a nest. - -"I said I wished there was a City Beautiful," Meg said, "but it seems to -make it worse that there is going to be something like it so near, and -that we should never get any nearer to it than a hundred miles." - -Rob sat up, and locked his hands together round his knees. - -"How do you know?" he said. - -"How do I know?" cried Meg, desperately, and she lifted her head, -turning her wet face sideways to look at him. He unlocked his hands to -give his forehead a hard rub, as if he were trying either to rub some -thought out of or into it. - -"Just because we are lonely there _is_ use in doing things," he said. -"There's nobody to do them for us. At any rate, we've got as far on the -way to the City as the bottom of the Hill of Difficulty." - -And he gave his forehead another rub and looked straight before him, and -Meg drew a little closer to him on the straw, and the family of birds -filled the silence with domestic twitters. - - - - - III - - -During the weeks that followed they spent more time than ever in their -hiding-place. They had an absorbing topic of conversation, a new and -wonderful thing, better than their old books, even better than the -stories Meg made when she lay on the straw, her elbows supporting her, -her cheeks on her hands, and her black-lashed gray eyes staring into -space. Hers were always good stories, full of palaces and knights and -robber chiefs and fairies. But this new thing had the thrill of being a -fairy story which was real--so real that one could read about it in the -newspapers, and everybody was talking about it, even Aunt Matilda, her -neighbors, and the work-hands on the farm. To the two lonely children, -in their high nest in the straw-stack, it seemed a curious thing to hear -these people in the world below talk about it in their ordinary, -everyday way, without excitement or awe, as if it was a new kind of big -ploughing or winnowing machine. To them it was a thing so beautiful that -they could scarcely find the words to express their thoughts and dreams -about it, and yet they were never alone together without trying to do -so. - -On wet, cheerless days, in which they huddled close together in their -nest to keep from being chilled, it was their comfort to try to imagine -and paint pictures of the various wonders until, in their interest, they -forgot the dampness of the air, and felt the unending patter of the -rain-drops on the barn roof merely a pleasant sort of accompaniment to -the stories of their fancies. - -Since the day when they had listened to Jones and Jerry joking, down -below them in the barn, Rob had formed the habit of collecting every -scrap of newspaper relating to the wonder. He cut paragraphs out of Aunt -Matilda's cast-aside newspapers; he begged them from the farm-hands and -from the country store-keepers. Anything in the form of an illustration -he held as a treasure beyond price, and hoarded it to bring to Meg with -exultant joy. - -How they pored over these things, reading the paragraphs again and -again, until they knew them almost by heart. How they studied the -pictures, trying to gather the proportions and color of every column and -dome and arch! What enthusiast, living in Chicago itself, knew the -marvel as they did, and so dwelt on and revelled in its beauties! No one -knew of their pleasure; like the Straw Parlor, it was their secret. The -strangeness of their lives lay in the fact that absolutely no one knew -anything about them at all, or asked anything, thinking it quite -sufficient that their friendlessness was supplied with enough animal -heat and nourishment to keep their bodies alive. - -Of that other part of them--their restless, growing young brains and -naturally craving hearts, which in their own poor enough but still human -little home had at least been recognized and cared for--Aunt Matilda -knew nothing, and, indeed, had never given a thought to it. She had not -undertaken the care of intelligences and affections; her own were not of -an order to require supervision. She was too much occupied with her -thousand-acre farm, and the amazing things she was doing with it. That -the children could read and write and understood some arithmetic she -knew. She had learned no more herself, and had found it enough to build -her fortune upon. She had never known what it was to feel lonely and -neglected, because she was a person quite free from affections and quite -enough for herself. She never suspected that others could suffer from a -weakness of which she knew nothing, because it had never touched her. - -If any one had told her that these two children, who ate her plentiful, -rough meals at her table, among field-hands and servants, were neglected -and lonely, and that their dim knowledge of it burned in their childish -minds, she would have thought the announcement a piece of idle, -sentimental folly; but that no solid detail of her farming was a fact -more real than this one was the grievous truth. - -"When we were at home," was Meg's summing-up of the situation, "at least -we belonged to somebody. We were poor, and wore our clothes a long time, -and had shabby shoes, and couldn't go on excursions, but we had our -little bench by the fire, and father and mother used to talk to us and -let us read their books and papers, and try to teach us things. I don't -know what we were going to be when we grew up, but we were going to do -some sort of work, and know as much as father and mother did. I don't -know whether that was a great deal or not, but it was something." - -"It was enough to teach school," said Robin. "If we were not so far out -in the country now, I believe Aunt Matilda would let us go to school if -we asked her. It wouldn't cost her anything if we went to the public -school." - -"She wouldn't if we didn't ask her," said Meg. "She would never think of -it herself. Do you know what I was thinking yesterday? I was looking at -the pigs in their sty. Some of them were eating, and one was full, and -was lying down going to sleep. And I said to myself, 'Robin and I are -just like you. We live just like you. We eat our food and go to bed, and -get up again and eat some more food. We don't learn anything more than -you do, and we are not worth as much to anybody. We are not even worth -killing at Christmas.'" - -If they had never known any other life, or if nature had not given them -the big, questioning eyes and square little jaws and strong, nervous -little fists, they might have been content to sink into careless -idleness and apathy. No one was actively unkind to them; they had their -Straw Parlor, and were free to amuse themselves as they chose. But they -had been made of the material of which the world's workers are built, -and their young hearts were full of a restlessness and longing whose -full significance they themselves did not comprehend. - -And this wonder working in the world beyond them--this huge, beautiful -marvel, planned by the human brain and carried out by mere human hands; -this great thing with which all the world seemed to them to be -throbbing, and which seemed to set no limit to itself and prove that -there was no limit to the power of human wills and minds--this filled -them with a passion of restlessness and yearning greater than they had -ever known before. - -"It is an enchanted thing, you know, Robin--it's an enchanted thing," -Meg said one day, looking up from her study of some newspaper clippings -and a magazine with some pictures in it. - -"It seems like it," said Robin. - -"I'm sure it's enchanted," Meg went on. "It seems so tremendous that -people should think they could do such huge things. As if they felt as -if they could do anything or bring anything from anywhere in the world. -It almost frightens me sometimes, because it reminds me of the Tower of -Babel. Don't you remember how the people got so proud that they thought -they could do anything, and they began to build the tower that was to -reach to heaven; and then they all woke up one morning and found they -were all speaking different languages and could not understand each -other. Suppose everybody was suddenly struck like that some morning -now--I mean the Fair people!" widening her eyes with a little shiver. - -"They won't be," said Rob. "Those things have stopped happening." - -"Yes, they have," said Meg. "Sometimes I wish they hadn't. If they -hadn't, perhaps--perhaps if we made burnt offerings, we might be taken -by a miracle to see the World's Fair." - -"We haven't anything to burn," said Rob, rather gloomily. - -"We've got the chickens," Meg answered as gloomily, "but it wouldn't do -any good. Miracles are over." - -"The world is all different," said Robin. "You have to do your miracle -yourself." - -"It will be a miracle," Meg said, "if we ever get away from Aunt -Matilda's world, and live like people instead of like pigs who are -comfortable--and we shall have to perform it ourselves." - -"There is no one else," said Robin. "You see, there is no one else in -the world." - -He threw out his hand and it clutched Meg's, which was lying in the -straw near him. He did not know why he clutched it--he did not in the -least know why; nor did she know why a queer sound in his voice suddenly -made her feel their unfriendedness in a way that overwhelmed her. She -found herself looking at him, with a hard lump rising in her throat. It -was one of the rainy days, and the hollow drumming and patter of the big -drops on the roof seemed somehow to shut them in with their loneliness -away from all the world. - -"It's a strange thing," she said, almost under her breath, "to be two -children, only just twelve years old, and to be quite by ourselves in -such a big world, where there are such millions and millions of people -all busy doing things and making great plans, and none of them knowing -about us, or caring what we are going to do." - -"If we work our miracle ourselves," said Rob, holding her hand quite -tight, "it will be better than having it worked for us. Meg!"--as if he -were beginning a new subject--"Meg!" - -"What?" she answered, still feeling the hard lump in her throat. - -"Do you think we are going to stay here always?" - -"I--oh, Robin, I don't know." - -"Well, I do, then. We are _not_--and that's the first step up the Hill -of Difficulty." - - - - - IV - - -All their lives the children had acted in unison. When they had been -tiny creatures they had played the same games and used the same toys. It -had seemed of little importance that their belongings were those of a -boy and girl. When Robin had played with tops and marbles, Meg had -played with them too. When Meg had been in a domestic and maternal mood, -and had turned to dolls and dolls' housekeeping, Robin had assumed some -masculine rle connected with the amusement. It had entertained him as -much at times to be the dolls' doctor, or the carpenter who repaired the -dolls' furniture or made plans for the enlargement of the dolls' house, -as it had entertained Meg to sew the flags and dress the sailors who -manned his miniature ships, and assist him with the tails of his kites. -They had had few playmates, and had pleased each other far better than -outsiders could have done. - -"It's because we are twins," Meg said. "Twins are made alike, and so -they like the same things. I'm glad I'm a twin. If I had to be born -again and be an _un_-twin I'm sure I should be lonely." - -"I don't think it matters whether you are a boy or a girl, if you are a -twin," said Robin. "You are part of the other one, and so it's as if you -were both." - -They had never had secrets from each other. They had read the same books -as they grew older, been thrilled by the same stories, and shared in -each other's plans and imaginings or depressions. So it was a curious -thing that at this special time, when they were drawn nearest to one -another by an unusual interest and sympathy, there should have arrived a -morning when each rose with a thought unshared by the other. - -Aunt Matilda was very busy that day. She was always busy, but this -morning seemed more actively occupied than usual. She never appeared to -sit down, unless to dispose of a hurried meal or go over some accounts. -She was a wonderful woman, and the twins knew that the most -objectionable thing they could do was not to remove themselves after a -repast was over; but this morning Meg walked over to a chair and firmly -sat down in it, and watched her as she vigorously moved things about, -rubbed dust off them, and put them in their right places. - -Meg's eyes were fixed on her very steadily. She wondered if it was true -that she and Robin were like her, and if they would be more like her -when they had reached her age, and what would have happened to them -before that time came. It was true that Aunt Matilda had a square jaw -also. It was not an encouraging thing to contemplate; in fact, as she -looked at her, Meg felt her heart begin a slow and steady thumping. But, -as it thumped, she was getting herself in hand with such determination -that when she at last spoke her chin looked very square indeed, and her -black-lashed eyes were as nearly stern as a child's eyes can look. - -"Aunt Matilda," she said, suddenly. - -"Well?" and a tablecloth was whisked off and shaken. - -"I want to talk to you." - -"Talk in a hurry, then. I've no time to waste in talk." - -"How old were you when you began to work and make money?" - -Aunt Matilda smiled grimly. - -"I worked out for my board when I was ten years old," she said. "Me and -your father were left orphans, and we had to work, or starve. When I was -twelve I got a place to wash dishes and look after children and run -errands, and I got a dollar a week because it was out in the country, -and girls wouldn't stay there." - -"Do you know how old _I_ am?" asked Meg. - -"I've forgotten." - -"I'm twelve years old." She got up from her chair and walked across the -room and stood looking up at Aunt Matilda. "I'm an orphan too, and so is -Robin," she said, "and we have to work. You give us a place to stay in; -but--there are other things. We have no one, and we have to do things -ourselves; and we are twelve, and twelve is a good age for people who -have to do things for themselves. Is there anything in this house or in -the dairy or on the farm that would be worth wages, that I could do? I -don't care how hard it is if I can do it." - -If Aunt Matilda had been a woman of sentiment she might have been moved -by the odd, unchildish tenseness and sternness of the little figure, and -the straight-gazing eyes, which looked up at her from under the thick -black hair tumbling in short locks over the forehead. Twelve years old -was very young to stand and stare the world in the face with such eyes. -But she was not a woman of sentiment, and her life had been spent among -people who knew their right to live could only be won by hard work, and -who began the fight early. So she looked at the child without any -emotion whatever. - -"Do you suppose you could more than earn your bread if I put you in the -dairy and let you help there?" she said. - -"Yes," answered Meg, unflinchingly, "I know I could. I'm strong for my -age, and I've watched them doing things there. I can wash pans and bowls -and cloths, and carry things about, and go anywhere I'm told. I know how -clean things have to be kept." - -[Illustration: "AUNT MATILDA," SHE SAID, SUDDENLY.] - -"Well," said Aunt Matilda, looking her over sharply, "they've been -complaining about the work being too much for them, lately. You go in -there this morning and see what you can do. You shall have a dollar a -week if you're worth it. You're right about its being time that you -should begin earning something." - -"Thank you, ma'am," said Meg, and she turned round and walked away in -the direction of the dairy, with two deep red spots on her cheeks and -her heart thumping again--though this time it thumped quickly. - -She reached the scene of action in the midst of a rush of work, and -after their first rather exasperated surprise at so immature and -inexperienced a creature being supposed to be able to help them, the -women found plenty for her to do. She said so few words and looked so -little afraid that she made a sort of impression on them. - -"See," she said to the head woman, "Aunt Matilda didn't send me to do -things that need teaching. Just tell me the little things, it does not -matter what, and I'll do them. I can." - -How she worked that morning--how she ran on errands--how she carried -this and that--how she washed and scrubbed milk-pans--and how all her -tasks were menial and apparently trivial, though entirely necessary, and -how the activity and rapidity and unceasingness of them tried her -unaccustomed young body, and finally made her limbs ache and her back -feel as if it might break at some unexpected moment, Meg never forgot. -But such was the desperation of her indomitable little spirit and the -unconquerable will she had been born with, that when it was over she was -no more in the mood for giving up than she had been when she walked in -among the workers after her interview with Aunt Matilda. - -When dinner-time came she walked up to Mrs. Macartney, the manager of -the dairy work, and asked her a question. - -"Have I helped you?" she said. - -"Yes, you have," said the woman, who was by no means an ill-natured -creature for a hard-driven woman. "You've done first-rate." - -"Will you tell Aunt Matilda that?" said Meg. - -"Yes," was the answer. - -Meg was standing with her hands clasped tightly behind her back, and she -looked at Mrs. Macartney very straight and hard from under her black -brows. - -"Mrs. Macartney," she said, "if I'm worth it, Aunt Matilda will give me -a dollar a week; and it's time I began to work for my living. Am I worth -that much?" - -"Yes, you are," said Mrs. Macartney, "if you go on as you've begun." - -"I shall go on as I've begun," said Meg. "Thank you, ma'am," and she -walked back to the house. - -After dinner she waited to speak to Aunt Matilda again. - -"I went to the dairy," she said. - -"I know you did," Aunt Matilda answered. "Mrs. Macartney told me about -it. You can go on. I'll give you the dollar a week." - -She looked the child over again, as she had done in the morning, but -with a shade of expression which might have meant a touch of added -interest. Perhaps her mind paused just long enough to bring back to her -the time when she had been a worker at twelve years old, and also had -belonged to no one. - -"She'll make her living," she said, as she watched Meg out of the room. -"She's more like me than she is like her father. Robert wasn't -worthless, but he had no push." - -Having made quite sure that she was not wanted in the dairy for the time -being, Meg made her way to the barn. She was glad to find it empty, so -that she could climb the ladder without waiting. When she reached the -top and clambered over the straw the scent of it seemed delightful to -her. It was like something welcoming her home. She threw herself down -full length in the Straw Parlor. Robin had not been at dinner. He had -gone out early and had not returned. As she lay, stretching her tired -limbs, and staring up at the nest in the dark, tent-like roof above her, -she hoped he would come. And he did. In about ten minutes she heard the -signal from the barn floor, and answered it. Robin came up the ladder -rather slowly. When he made his way over the straw to her corner, and -threw himself down beside her, she saw that he was tired too. They -talked a few minutes about ordinary things, and then Meg thought she -would tell him about the dairy. But it appeared that he had something to -tell himself, and he began first. - -"I've been making a plan, Meg," he said. - -"Have you?" said Meg. "What is it?" - -"I've been thinking about it for two or three days," he went on, "but I -thought I wouldn't say anything about it until--till I tried how it -would work." - -Meg raised herself on her elbow and looked at him curiously. It seemed -so queer that he should have had a plan too. - -"Have you--tried?" she said. - -"Yes," he answered, "I have been working for Jones this morning, and I -did quite a lot. I worked hard. I wanted him to see what I could do. And -then, Meg, I asked him if he would take me on--like the rest of the -hands--and pay me what I was worth." - -"And what did he say?" breathlessly. - -"He looked at me a minute--all over--and half laughed, and I thought he -was going to say I wasn't worth anything. It wouldn't have been true, -but I thought he might, because I'm only twelve years old. It's pretty -hard to be only twelve when you want to get work. But he didn't, he -said, 'Well, I'm darned if I won't give you a show;' and I'm to have a -dollar a week." - -"Robin," Meg cried, with a little gasp of excitement, "so am I!" - -"So are you!" cried Robin, and sat bolt upright. "_You!_" - -"It's--it's because we are twins," said Meg, her eyes shining like -lamps. "I told you twins did things alike because they couldn't help it. -We have both thought of the same thing. I went to Aunt Matilda, asked -her to let me work somewhere and pay me, and she let me go into the -dairy and try, and Mrs. Macartney said I was a help, and I am to have a -dollar a week, if I go on as I've begun." - -Robin's hand gave hers a clutch, just as it had done before, that day -when he had not known why. - -"Meg, I believe," he said, "I believe that we two will always go on as -we begin. I believe we were born that way. We have to, we can't help it. -And two dollars a week, if they keep us, and we save it all--we could go -almost anywhere--sometime." - -Meg's eyes were fixed on him with a searching, but half frightened -expression. - -"Almost anywhere," she said, quite in a whisper. "Anywhere not more than -a hundred miles away." - - - - - V - - -They did not tell each other of the strange and bold thought which had -leaped up in their minds that day. Each felt an unwonted shyness about -it, perhaps because it had been so bold; but it had been in each mind, -and hidden though it was, it remained furtively in both. - -They went on exactly as they had begun. Each morning Meg went to her -drudgery in the dairy and Robin followed Jones whithersoever duty led. -If the elder people had imagined they would get tired and give up they -found out their mistake. That they were often tired was true, but that -in either there arose once the thought of giving up, never! And they -worked hard. The things they did to earn their weekly stipend would have -touched the heart of a mother of cared-for children, but on Mrs. -Jennings's model farm people knew how much work a human being could do -when necessity drove. They were all driven by necessity, and it was -nothing new to know that muscles ached and feet swelled and burned. In -fact, they knew no one who did not suffer, as a rule, from these small -inconveniences. And these children, with their set little faces and -mature intelligence, were somehow so unsuggestive of the weakness and -limitations of childhood that they were often given work which was -usually intrusted only to elder people. Mrs. Macartney found that Meg -never slighted anything, never failed in a task, and never forgot one, -so she gave her plenty to do. Scrubbing and scouring that others were -glad to shirk fell to her share. She lifted and dragged things about -that grown-up girls grumbled over. What she lacked in muscle and size -she made up in indomitable will power that made her small face set -itself and her small body become rigid as iron. Her work ended by not -confining itself to the dairy, but extended to the house, the -kitchen--anywhere there were tiresome things to be done. - -With Robin it was the same story. Jones was not afraid to give him any -order. He was of use in all quarters--in the huge fields, in the barn, -in the stables, and as a messenger to be trusted to trudge any distance -when transport was not available. - -They both grew thin but sinewy looking, and their faces had a rather -strained look. Their always large black eyes seemed to grow bigger, and -their little square jaws looked more square every day; but on Saturday -nights they each were paid their dollar, and climbed to the Straw Parlor -and unburied the Treasure and added to it. - -Those Saturday nights were wonderful things. To the end of life they -would never forget them. Through all the tired hours of labor they were -looked forward to. Then they lay in their nest of straw and talked -things over--there it seemed that they could relax and rest their limbs -as they could do it nowhere else. Mrs. Jennings was not given to sofas -and easy-chairs, and it is not safe to change position often when one -has a grown-up bedfellow. But in the straw they could roll at full -length, curl up or stretch out just as they pleased, and there they -could enlarge upon the one subject that filled their minds, and -fascinated and enraptured them. - -Who could wonder that it was so! The City Beautiful was growing day by -day, and the development of its glories was the one thing they heard -talked of. Robin had established the habit of collecting every scrap of -newspaper referring to it. He cut them out of Aunt Matilda's old papers, -he begged them from every one, neighbors, store-keepers, work hands. -When he was sent on errands he cast an all-embracing glance 'round every -place his orders took him to. The postmaster of the nearest village -discovered his weakness and saved paragraphs and whole papers for him. -Before very long there was buried near the Treasure a treasure even more -valuable of newspaper cuttings, and on the wonderful Saturday nights -they gave themselves up to revelling in them. - -How they watched it and followed it and lived with it--this great human -scheme which somehow seemed to their young minds more like the scheme of -giants and genii! How they seized upon every new story of its wonders -and felt that there could be no limit to them! They knew every purpose -and plan connected with it--every arch and tower and hall and stone they -pleased themselves by fancying. Newspapers were liberal with -information, people talked of it, they heard of it on every side. To -them it seemed that the whole world must be thinking of nothing else. - -"While we are lying here," Meg said--"while you are doing chores, and I -am scouring pans and scrubbing things, it is all going on. People in -France and in England and in Italy are doing work to send to it--artists -are painting pictures, and machinery is whirling and making things, and -everything is pouring into that one wonderful place. And men and women -planned it, you know--just men and women. And if we live a few years we -shall be men and women, and they were once children like us--only, if -they had been quite like us they would never have known enough to do -anything." - -"But when they were children like us," said Robin, "they did not know -what they would have learned by this time--and they never dreamed about -this." - -"That shows how wonderful men and women are," said Meg. "I believe they -can do _anything_ if they set their minds to it." And she said it -stubbornly. - -"Perhaps they can," said Robin, slowly. "Perhaps _we_ could do anything -we set our minds to." - -There was the suggestive tone in his voice which Meg had been thrilled -by more than once before. She had been thrilled by it most strongly when -he had said that if they saved their two dollars a week they might be -able to go almost anywhere. Unconsciously she responded to it now. - -"If I could do anything I set my mind to," she said, "do you know what I -would set my mind to first?" - -"What?" - -"I would set my mind to going to that wonderful place. I would set it to -seeing everything there, and remembering all I could hold, and learning -all there was to be learned--and I would _set it hard_." - -"So would I," said Robin. - -It was a more suggestive voice than before that he said the words in; -and suddenly he got up, and went and tore away the straw from the -burying-place of the Treasure. He took out the old iron bank, and -brought it back to their corner. - -He did it so suddenly, and with such a determined air, that Meg rather -lost her breath. - -"What are you going to do with the Treasure?" she asked. - -"I am going to count it." - -"Why?" - -He was opening the box, using the blade of a stout pocket-knife as a -screwdriver. - -"A return ticket to Chicago costs fourteen dollars," he said. "I asked -at the dpt. That would be twenty-eight dollars for two people. Any one -who is careful can live on a very little for a while. I want to see if -we shall have money enough to _go_." - -"To _go_!" Meg cried out. "To the Fair, Robin?" - -She could not believe the evidence of her ears--it sounded so daring. - -"Nobody would take us!" she said. "Even if we had money enough to pay -for ourselves, nobody would take us." - -"Take!" answered Robin, working at his screws. "No, nobody would. What's -the matter with taking ourselves?" - -Meg sat up in the straw, conscious of a sort of shock. - -"To go by ourselves, like grown-up people! To buy our tickets ourselves, -and get on the train, and go all the way--alone! And walk about the Fair -alone, Robin?" - -"Who takes care of us here?" answered Robin. "Who has looked after us -ever since father and mother died? Ourselves! Just ourselves! Whose -business are we but our own? Who thinks of us, or asks if we are happy -or unhappy?" - -"Nobody," said Meg. And she hid her face in her arms on her knees. - -Robin went on stubbornly. - -"Nobody is ever going to do it," he said, "if we live to be hundreds of -years old. I've thought of it when I've been working in the fields with -Jones, and I've thought of it when I've been lying awake at night. It's -kept me awake many and many a time." - -"So it has me," said Meg. - -"And since this thing began to be talked about everywhere, I've thought -of it more and more," said Rob. "It means more to people like us than it -does to any one else. It's the people who never see things, who have no -chances, it means the most to. And the more I think of it, the more I--I -won't let it go by me!" And all at once he threw himself face downward -on the straw, and hid his face in his arms. - -Meg lifted hers. There was something in the woful desperation of his -movement that struck her to the heart. She had never known him do such a -thing in their lives before. That was not his way. Whatsoever hard thing -had happened--howsoever lonely and desolate they had felt--he had never -shown his feeling in this way. She put out her hand and touched his -shoulder. - -"Robin!" she said. "Oh, Robin!" - -"I don't care," he said, from the refuge of his sleeves. "We _are_ -little when we are compared with grown-up people. They would call us -children; and children usually have some one to help them and tell them -what to do. I'm only like this because I've been thinking so much and -working so hard--and it does seem like an Enchanted City--but no one -ever thinks we could care about anything more than if we were cats and -dogs. It was not like that at home, even if we were poor." - -Then he sat up with as little warning as he had thrown himself down, and -gave his eyes a fierce rub. He returned to the Treasure again. - -"I've been making up my mind to it for days," he said. "If we have the -money we can buy our tickets and go some night without saying anything -to any one. We can leave a note for Aunt Matilda, and tell her we are -all right and we are coming back. She'll be too busy to mind." - -"Do you remember that book of father's we read?" said Meg. "That one -called 'David Copperfield.' David ran away from the bottle place when he -was younger than we are, and he had to walk all the way to Dover." - -"We shall not have to walk; and we won't let any one take our money away -from us," said Robin. - -"Are we going, really?" said Meg. "You speak as if we were truly going; -and it _can't_ be." - -"Do you know what you said just now about believing human beings could -do _anything_, if they set their minds to it? Let's set our minds to -it." - -"Well," Meg answered, rather slowly, as if weighing the matter, "let's!" - -And she fell to helping to count the Treasure. - - - - - VI - - -Afterwards, when they looked back upon that day, they knew that the -thing had decided itself then, though neither of them had said so. - -"The truth was," Robin used to say, "we had both been thinking the same -thing, as we always do, but we had been thinking it in the back part of -our minds. We were afraid to let it come to the front at first, because -it seemed such a big thing. But it went on thinking by itself. That -time, when you said 'We shall _never_ see it,' and I said, 'How do you -know?' we were both thinking about it in one way; and I know I was -thinking about it when I said, 'We are not going to stay here always. -That is the first step up the Hill of Difficulty.'" - -"And that day when you said you would not let it go by you," Meg would -answer, "that was the day we reached the Wicket Gate." - -It seemed very like it, for from that day their strange, unchildish -purpose grew and ripened, and never for an hour was absent from the mind -of either. If they had been like other children, living happy lives, -full of young interests and pleasures, it might have been crossed out by -other and newer things; if they had been of a slighter mental build, and -less strong, they might have forgotten it; but they never did. When they -had counted the Treasure, and had realized how small it was after all, -they had sat and gazed at each other for a while with grave eyes, but -they had only been grave, and not despairing. - -"Twenty-five dollars," said Robin. "Well, that's not much after nearly -six years; but we saved it nearly all by cents, you know, Meg." - -"And it takes a hundred cents to make a dollar," said Meg; "and we were -poor people's children." - -"And we bought the chickens," said Robin. - -"And you have always given me a present at Christmas, Robin, even if it -_was_ only a little one. That's six Christmases." - -"We have eight months to work in," said Robin, calculating. "If you get -four dollars a month, and I get four, that will be sixty-four dollars by -next June. Twenty-five dollars and sixty-four dollars make eighty-nine. -Eighty-nine dollars for us to live on and go to see all the things; -because we must see them all, if we go. And I suppose we shall have to -come back"--with a long breath. - -"Oh, dear!" cried Meg, "how _can_ we come back?" - -"I don't know," said Robin. "We shall hate it, but we have nowhere else -to go." - -"Perhaps we are going to seek our fortunes, and perhaps we shall find -them," said Meg; "or perhaps Aunt Matilda won't let us come back. Rob," -with some awe, "do you think she will be angry?" - -"I've thought about that," Robin answered contemplatively, "and I don't -think she will. She would be too busy to care much even if we ran away -and said nothing. But I shall leave a letter, and tell her we have saved -our money and gone somewhere for a holiday, and we're all right, and she -need not bother." - -"She won't bother even if she is angry," Meg said, with mournful eyes. -"She doesn't care about us enough." - -"If she loved us," Rob said, "and was too poor to take us herself, we -couldn't go at all. We couldn't run away, because it would worry her so. -You can't do a thing, however much you want to do it, if it is going to -hurt somebody who is good to you, and cares." - -"Well, then, we needn't stay here because of Aunt Matilda," said Meggy. -"That's one sure thing. It wouldn't interfere with her ploughing if we -were both to die at once." - -"No," said Rob, deliberately, "that's just what it would _not_." And he -threw himself back on the straw and clasped his hands under his head, -gazing up into the dark roof above him with very reflective eyes. - -But they had reached the Wicket Gate, and from the hour they passed it -there was no looking back. That in their utter friendlessness and -loneliness they should take their twelve-year-old fates in their own -strong little hands was, perhaps, a pathetic thing; that once having -done so they moved towards their object as steadily as if they had been -of the maturest years was remarkable, but no one ever knew or even -suspected the first until the last. - -The days went by, full of work, which left them little time to lie and -talk in the Straw Parlor. They could only see each other in the leisure -hours, which were so few, and only came when the day was waning. Finding -them faithful and ready, those about them fell into the natural, easy, -human unworthiness of imposing by no means infrequently on their -inexperienced willingness and youth. So they were hard enough worked, -but each felt that every day that passed brought them nearer to the end -in view; and there was always something to think of, some detail to be -worked out mentally, or to be discussed, in the valuable moments when -they were together. - -"It's a great deal better than it used to be," Meg said, "at all events. -It's better to feel tired by working than to be tired of doing nothing -but think and think dreary things." - -As the weather grew colder it was hard enough to keep warm in their -hiding-place. They used to sit and talk, huddled close together, bundled -in their heaviest clothing, and with the straw heaped close around them -and over them. - -There were so many things to be thought of and talked over! Robin -collected facts more sedulously than ever--facts about entrance fees, -facts about prices of things to eat, facts about places to sleep. - -"Going to the Fair yourself, sonny?" Jones said to him one day. Jones -was fond of his joke. "You're right to be inquirin' round. Them -hotel-keepers is given to tot up bills several stories higher than their -hotels is themselves." - -"But I suppose a person needn't go to a hotel," said Robin. "There must -be plenty of poor people who can't go to hotels, and they'll have to -sleep somewhere." - -"Ah, there's plenty of poor people," responded Jones, cheerfully, -"plenty of 'em. Always is. But they won't go to Chicago while the Fair's -on. They'll sleep at home--that's where they'll sleep." - -"That's the worst of it," Rob said to Meg afterwards; "you see, we have -to sleep _somewhere_. We could live on bread and milk or crackers and -cheese--or oatmeal--but we have to _sleep_ somewhere." - -"It will be warm weather," Meg said, reflectively. "Perhaps we could -sleep out of doors. Beggars do. We don't mind." - -"I don't think the police would let us," Robin answered. "If they -would--perhaps we might have to, some night; but we are going to that -place, Meg--we are _going_." - -Yes, they believed they were going, and lived on the belief. This being -decided, howsoever difficult to attain, it was like them both that they -should dwell upon the dream, and revel in it in a way peculiarly their -own. It was Meg whose imagination was the stronger, and it is true that -it was always she who made pictures in words and told stories. But Robin -was always as ready to enter into the spirit of her imaginings as she -was to talk about them. There was a word he had once heard his father -use which had caught his fancy, in fact, it had attracted them both, and -they applied it to this favorite pleasure of theirs of romancing with -everyday things. The word was "philander." - -"Now we have finished adding up and making plans," he would say, putting -his ten-cent account-book into his pocket, "let us philander about it." - -And then Meg would begin to talk about the City Beautiful--a City -Beautiful which was a wonderful and curious mixture of the enchanted one -the whole world was pouring its treasures into, one hundred miles away, -and that City Beautiful of her own which she had founded upon the one -towards which Christian had toiled through the Slough of Despond and up -the Hill of Difficulty and past Doubting Castle. Somehow one could -scarcely tell where one ended and the others began, they were so much -alike, these three cities--Christian's, Meg's, and the fair, ephemeral -one the ending of the nineteenth century had built upon the blue lake's -side. - -"They must look alike," said Meg. "I am sure they must. See what it says -in the 'Pilgrim's Progress.' 'Now just as the gates were opened to let -in the men, I looked in after them, and behold, the City shone like the -sun'--and then it says, 'The talk they had with the Shining Ones was -about the glory of the place; who told them that the beauty and glory of -it were inexpressible.' I always think of it, Robin, when I read about -those places like white palaces and temples and towers that are being -built. I am so glad they are white. Think how the City will 'shine like -the sun' when it stands under the blue sky and by the blue water, on a -sunshiny day." - -They had never read the dear old worn "Pilgrim's Progress" as they did -in those days. They kept it in the straw near the Treasure, and always -had it at hand to refer to. In it they seemed to find parallels for -everything. - -"Aunt Matilda's world is the City of Destruction," they would say. "And -our loneliness and poorness are like Christian's 'burden.' We have to -carry it like a heavy weight, and it holds us back." - -"What was it that Goodwill said to Christian about it?" Robin asked. - -Meg turned over the pages. She knew all the places by heart. It was easy -enough to find and read how "At last there came a grave person to the -gate, named Goodwill," and in the end he said, "As to thy burden, be -content to bear it until thou comest to the place of deliverance; for -there it will fall from thy back itself." - -"But out of the 'Pilgrim's Progress,'" Robin said, with his reflecting -air, "burdens don't fall off by themselves. If you are content with them -they stick on and get bigger. Ours would, I know. You have to do -something yourself to get them off. But--" with a little pause for -thought, "I like that part, Meg. And I like Goodwill, because he told it -to him. It encouraged him, you know. You see it says next, 'Then -Christian began to gird up his loins and address himself to his -journey.'" - -"Robin," said Meg, suddenly shutting the book and giving it a little -thump on the back, "it's not only Christian's City that is like our -City. _We_ are like Christian. We are pilgrims, and our way to that -place is our Pilgrims' Progress." - - - - - VII - - -And the cold days of hard work kept going by, and the City Beautiful -grew, and, huddled close together in the straw, the children planned and -dreamed, and read and re-read the "Pilgrim's Progress," following -Christian step by step. And Aunt Matilda became busier every day, it -seemed, and did not remember that they were alive except when she saw -them. And nobody guessed and nobody knew. - -Days so quickly grow to weeks, and weeks slip by so easily until they -are months, and at last there came a time when Meg, going out in the -morning, felt a softer air, and stopped a moment by a bare tree to -breathe it in and feel its lovely touch upon her cheek. She turned her -face upward with a half-involuntary movement, and found herself looking -at such a limitless vault of tender blueness that her heart gave a quick -throb, seemed to spring up to it, and carry her with it. For a moment it -seemed as if she had left the earth far below, and was soaring in the -soft depths of blueness themselves. And suddenly, even as she felt it, -she heard on the topmost branch of the bare tree a brief little -rapturous trill, and her heart gave a leap again, and she felt her -cheeks grow warm. - -"It is a bluebird," she said; "it is a bluebird. And it is the spring, -and that means that the time is quite near." - -She had a queer little smile on her face all day as she worked. She did -not know it was there herself, but Mrs. Macartney saw it. - -"What's pleasing you so, Meggy, my girl?" she asked. - -Meg wakened up with a sort of start. - -"I don't know--exactly," she said. - -"You don't know," said the woman, good-naturedly. "You look as if you -were thinking over a secret, and it was a pleasant one." - -That evening it was not cold when they sat in the Straw Parlor, and Meg -told Robin about the bluebird. - -"It gave me a strange feeling to hear it," she said. "It seemed as if it -was speaking to me. It said, 'You must get ready. It is quite near.'" - -They had made up their minds that they would go in June, before the -weather became so hot that they might suffer from it. - -"Because we have to consider everything," was Robin's idea. "We shall be -walking about all the time, and we have no cool clothes, and we shall -have no money to buy cool things; and if we should be ill, it would be -worse for us than for children who have some one with them." - -In the little account-book they had calculated all they should own on -the day their pilgrimage began. They had apportioned it all out: so much -for the price of the railroad tickets, so much for entrance fees, -and--not so much, but so little--oh, so little!--for their food and -lodging. - -"I have listened when Jones and the others were talking," said Robin; -"and they say that everybody who has room to spare, and wants to make -money, is going to let every corner they have. So you see there will be -sure to be people who have quite poor places that they would be obliged -to rent cheap to people who are poor, like themselves. We will go -through the small side streets and look." - -The first bluebird came again, day after day, and others came with it, -until the swift dart of blue wings through the air and the delicious -ripple of joyous sound were no longer rare things. The days grew warmer, -and the men threw off their coats, and began to draw their shirt-sleeves -across their foreheads when they were at work. - -One evening when Robin came up into the Straw Parlor he brought -something with him. It was a battered old tin coffee-pot. - -"What is that for?" asked Meg; for he seemed to carry it as if it was of -some value. - -"It's old and rusty, but there are no holes in it," Robin answered. "I -saw it lying in a fence corner, where some one had thrown it--perhaps a -tramp. And it put a new thought into my head. It will do to boil eggs -in." - -"Eggs!" said Meg. - -"There's nothing much nicer than hard-boiled eggs," said Robin, "and you -can carry them about with you. It just came into my mind that we could -take some of our eggs, and go somewhere where no one would be likely to -see us, and build a fire of sticks, and boil some eggs, and carry them -with us to eat." - -"Robin," cried Meg, with admiring ecstasy, "I wish I had thought of -that!" - -"It doesn't matter which of us thought of it," said Rob, "it's all the -same." - -So it was decided that when the time came they should boil their supply -of eggs very hard, and roll them up in pieces of paper and tuck them -away carefully in the one small bag which was to carry all their -necessary belongings. These belongings would be very few--just enough to -keep them decent and clean, and a brush and comb between them. They used -to lie in bed at night, with beating hearts, thinking it all over, -sometimes awakening in a cold perspiration from a dreadful dream, in -which Aunt Matilda or Jones or some of the hands had discovered their -secret and confronted them with it in all its daring. They were so full -of it night and day that Meg used to wonder that the people about them -did not see it in their faces. - -"They are not thinking of us," said Robin. "They are thinking about -crops. I dare say Aunt Matilda would like to see the Agricultural -Building, but she couldn't waste the time to go through the others." - -Oh, what a day it was, what a thrilling, exciting, almost unbearably -joyful day, when Robin gathered sticks and dried bits of branches, and -piled them in a corner of a field far enough from the house and -outbuildings to be quite safe! He did it one noon hour, and as he passed -Meg on his way back to his work, he whispered: - -"I have got the sticks for the fire all ready." - -And after supper they crept out to the place, with matches, and the -battered old coffee-pot, and the eggs. - -As they made their preparations, they found themselves talking in -whispers, though there was not the least chance of any one's hearing -them. Meg looked rather like a little witch as she stood over the -bubbling old pot, with her strange, little dark face and shining eyes -and black elf locks. - -"It's like making a kind of sacrifice on an altar," she said. - -"You always think queer things about everything, don't you?" said Robin. -"But they're all right; I don't think of them myself, but I like them." - -When the eggs were boiled hard enough they carried them to the barn and -hid them in the Straw Parlor, near the Treasure. Then they sat and -talked, in whispers still, almost trembling with joy. - -"Somehow, do you know," Meg said, "it feels as if we were going to do -something more than just go to the Fair. When people in stories go to -seek their fortunes, I'm sure they feel like this. Does it give you a -kind of creeping in your stomach whenever you think of it, Rob?" - -"Yes, it does," Robin whispered back; "and when it comes into my mind -suddenly something gives a queer jump inside me." - -"That's your heart," said Meg. "Robin, if anything should stop us, I -believe I should drop _dead_." - -"No, you wouldn't," was Rob's answer, "but it's better not to let -ourselves think about it. And I don't believe anything as bad as that -_could_ happen. We've worked so hard, and we have nobody but ourselves, -and it can't do any one any harm--and we don't _want_ to do any one any -harm. No, there must be _something_ that wouldn't let it be." - -[Illustration: MEG LOOKED RATHER LIKE A LITTLE WITCH.] - -"I believe that too," said Meg, and this time it was she who clutched at -Robin's hand; but he seemed glad she did, and held as close as she. - -And then, after the bluebirds had sung a few times more, there came a -night when Meg crept out of her cot after she was sure that the woman in -the other bed was sleeping heavily enough. Every one went to bed early, -and every one slept through the night in heavy, tired sleep. Too much -work was done on the place to allow people to waste time in -sleeplessness. Meg knew no one would waken as she crept down stairs to -the lower part of the house and softly opened the back door. - -Robin was standing outside, with the little leather satchel in his hand. -It was a soft, warm night, and the dark blue sky was full of the glitter -of stars. - -Both he and Meg stood still a moment, and looked up. "I'm glad it's like -this," Meg said; "it doesn't seem so lonely. Is your heart thumping, -Robin?" - -"Yes, rather," whispered Robin. "I left the letter in a place where Aunt -Matilda will be likely to find it some time to-morrow." - -"What did you say?" Meg whispered back. - -"What I told you I was going to. There wasn't much to say. Just told her -we had saved our money, and gone away for a few days; and we were all -right, and she needn't worry." - -Everything was very still about them. There was no moon, and, but for -the stars, it would have been very dark. As it was, the stillness of -night and sleep, and the sombreness of the hour, might have made less -strong little creatures feel timid and alone. - -"Let us take hold of each other's hands as we walk along," said Meg. "It -will make us feel nearer, and--and _twinner_." - -And so, hand in hand, they went out on the road together. - - - - - VIII - - -It was four miles to the dpt, but they were good walkers. Robin hung -the satchel on a stick over his shoulder; they kept in the middle of the -road and walked smartly. There were not many trees, but there were a -few, occasionally, and it was pleasanter to walk where the way before -them was quite clear. And somehow they found themselves still talking in -whispers, though there was certainly no one to overhear them. - -"Let us talk about Christian," said Meg. "It will not seem so lonely if -we are talking. I wish we could meet Evangelist." - -"If we knew he was Evangelist when we met him," said Robin. "If we -didn't know him, we should think he was some one who would stop us. And -after all, you see, he only showed Christian the shining light, and told -him to go to it. And we are farther on than that. We have passed the -Wicket Gate." - -"The thing we want," said Meg, "is the Roll to read as we go on, and -find out what we are to do." - -And then they talked of what was before them. They wondered who would be -at the little dpt and if they would be noticed, and of what the -ticket-agent would think when Robin bought the tickets. - -"Perhaps he won't notice me at all," said Rob. "And he does not know me. -Somebody might be sending us alone, you know. We are not _little_ -children." - -"That's true," responded Meg, courageously. "If we were six years old it -would be different. But we are twelve!" - -It did make it seem less lonely to be talking, and so they did not stop. -And there was so much to say. - -"Robin," broke forth Meg once, giving his hand a sudden clutch, "we are -on the way--we are _going_. Soon we shall be in the train and it will be -carrying us nearer and nearer. Suppose it was a dream, and we should -wake up!" - -"It isn't a dream!" said Rob, stoutly. "It's real--it's as real as Aunt -Matilda!" He was always more practical-minded than Meg. - -"We needn't philander any more," Meg said. - -"It isn't philandering to talk about a real thing." - -"Oh, Rob, just think of it--waiting for us under the stars, this very -moment--the City Beautiful!" - -And then, walking close to each other in the dimness, they told each -other how they saw it in imagination, and what its wonders would be to -them, and which they would see first, and how they would remember it all -their lives afterwards, and have things to talk of and think of. Very -few people would see it as they would, but they did not know that. It -was not a gigantic enterprise to them, a great scheme fought for and -struggled over for the divers reasons poor humanity makes for itself; -that it would either make or lose money was not a side of the question -that reached them. They only dwelt on the beauty and wonder of it, which -made it seem like an enchanted thing. - -"I keep thinking of the white palaces, and that it is like a fairy -story," Meg said, "and that it will melt away like those cities -travellers sometimes see in the desert. And I wish it wouldn't. But it -will have been real for a while, and everybody will remember it. I am so -glad it is beautiful--and white. I am _so_ glad it is white, Robin!" - -"And I keep thinking," said Robin, "of all the people who have made the -things to go in it, and how they have worked and invented. There have -been some people, perhaps, who have worked months and months making one -single thing--just as we have worked to go to see it. And perhaps, at -first they were afraid they couldn't do it, and they set their minds to -it as we did, and tried and tried, and then did it at last. I like to -think of those men and women, Meg, because, when the City has melted -away, the things won't melt. They will last after the people. And we are -_people_ too. I'm a man, and you are a woman, you know, though we are -only twelve, and it gives me a strong feeling to think of those others." - -"It makes you think that perhaps men and women _can_ do anything if they -set their minds to it," said Meg, quite solemnly. "Oh, I do like that!" - -"I like it better than anything else in the world," said Rob. "Stop a -minute, Meg. Come here in the shade." - -He said the last words quickly, and pulled her to the roadside, where a -big tree grew which threw a deep shadow. He stood listening. - -"It's wheels!" he whispered. "There is a buggy coming. We mustn't let -any one see us." - -It was a buggy, they could tell that by the lightness of the wheels, and -it was coming rapidly. They could hear voices--men's voices--and they -drew back and stood very close to each other. - -"Do you think they have found out, and sent some one after us?" -whispered Meg, breathlessly. - -"No," answered Robin, though his heart beat like a triphammer. "No, no, -no." - -The wheels drew nearer, and they heard one of the men speaking. - -"Chicago by sunrise," he was saying, "and what I don't see of it won't -be worth seeing." - -The next minute the fast-trotting horse spun swiftly down the road, and -carried the voices out of hearing. Meg and Robin drew twin sighs of -relief. Robin spoke first. - -"It is some one who is going to the Fair," he said. - -"Perhaps we shall see him in the train," said Meg. - -"I dare say we shall," said Robin. "It was nobody who knows us. I didn't -know his voice. Meg, let's take hands again, and walk quickly; we might -lose the train." - -They did not talk much more, but walked briskly. They had done a good -day's work before they set out, and were rather tired, but they did not -lag on that account. Sometimes Meg took a turn at carrying the satchel, -so that Robin might rest his arm. It was not heavy, and she was as -strong for a girl as he was for a boy. - -At last they reached the dpt. There were a number of people waiting on -the platform to catch the train to Chicago, and there were several -vehicles outside. They passed one which was a buggy, and Meg gave Robin -a nudge with her elbow. - -"Perhaps that belongs to our man," she said. - -There were people enough before the office to give the ticket-agent -plenty to do. Robin's heart quickened a little as he passed by with the -group of maturer people, but no one seemed to observe him particularly, -and he returned to Meg with the precious bits of pasteboard held very -tight in his hand. - -Meg had waited alone in an unlighted corner, and when she saw him coming -she came forward to meet him. - -"Have you got them?" she said. "Did any one look at you or say -anything?" - -"Yes, I got them," Robin answered. "And, I'll tell you what, Meg, these -people are nearly all going just where we are going, and they are so -busy thinking about it, and attending to themselves, that they haven't -any time to watch any one else. That's one good thing." - -"And the nearer we get to Chicago," Meg said, "the more people there -will be, and the more they will have to think of. And at that beautiful -place, where there is so much to see, who will look at two children? I -don't believe we shall have any trouble at all." - -It really did not seem likely that they would, but it happened, by a -curious coincidence, that within a very few minutes they saw somebody -looking at them. - -The train was not due for ten minutes, and there were a few people who, -being too restless to sit in the waiting-rooms, walked up and down on -the platform. Most of these were men, and there were two men who walked -farther than the others did, and so neared the place where Robin and Meg -stood in the shadow. One was a young man, and seemed to be listening to -instructions his companion, who was older, was giving him, in a rapid, -abrupt sort of voice. This companion, who might have been his employer, -was a man of middle age. He was robust of figure and had a clean-cut -face, with a certain effect of strong good looks. It was, perhaps, -rather a hard face, but it was a face one would look at more than once; -and he too, oddly enough, had a square jaw and straight black brows. But -it was his voice which first attracted Robin and Meg as he neared them, -talking. - -"It's the man in the buggy," whispered Robin. "Don't you know his voice -again?" and they watched him with deep interest. - -He passed them once, without seeming to see them at all. He was -explaining something to his companion. The second time he drew near he -chanced to look up, and his eye fell on them. It did not rest on them -more than a second, and he went on speaking. The next time he neared -their part of the platform he turned his glance towards them, as they -stood close together. It was as if involuntarily he glanced to see if -they were still where they had been before. - -"A pair of children," they heard him say, as if the fleeting impression -of their presence arrested his train of thought for a second. "Look as -if no one was with them." - -He merely made the comment in passing, and returned to his subject the -next second; but Meg and Robin heard him, and drew farther back into the -shadow. - -But it was not necessary to stand there much longer. They heard a -familiar sound in the distance, the shrill cry of the incoming -train--the beloved giant who was to carry them to fairyland; the people -began to flock out of the waiting-rooms with packages and valises and -umbrellas in hand; the porters suddenly became alert, and hurried about -attending to their duties; the delightful roar drew nearer and louder, -and began to shake the earth; it grew louder still, a bell began to make -a cheerful tolling, people were rushing to and fro; Meg and Robin rushed -with them, and the train was panting in the dpt. - -It was even more thrilling than the children had thought it would be. -They had travelled so very little, and did not know exactly where to go. -It might not be the right train even. They did not know how long it -would wait. It might rush away again before they could get on. People -seemed in such a hurry and so excited. As they hurried along they found -themselves being pushed and jostled, before the steps of one of the cars -a conductor stood, whom people kept showing tickets to. There were -several persons round him when Robin and Meg reached the place where he -stood. People kept asking him things, and sometimes he passed them on, -and sometimes let them go into his car. - -[Illustration: "IS THIS THE TRAIN TO CHICAGO?" SAID ROBIN.] - -"Is this the train to Chicago?" said Robin, breathlessly. - -But he was so much less than the other people, and the man was so busy, -he did not hear him. - -Robin tried to get nearer. - -"Is this the Chicago train, sir?" he said, a little louder. - -He had had to press by a man whom he had been too excited to see, and -the man looked down, and spoke to him. - -"Chicago train?" he said, in a voice which was abrupt, without being -ill-natured. "Yes, you're all right. Got your sleeping tickets?" - -Robin looked up at him quickly. He knew the voice, and was vaguely glad -to hear it. He and Meg had never been in a sleeping-car in their lives, -and he did not quite understand. He held out his tickets. - -"We are going to sleep on the train," he said; "but we have nothing but -these." - -"Next car but two, then," he said; "and you'd better hurry." - -And when both voices thanked him at once, and the two caught each -other's hands and ran towards their car, he looked after them and -laughed. - -"I'm blessed if they're not by themselves," he said, watching them as -they scrambled up the steps. "And they're going to the Fair, I'll bet a -dollar. _That's Young America_, and no mistake!" - - - - - IX - - -The car was quite crowded. There were more people than themselves who -were going to the Fair and were obliged to economize. When the children -entered, and looked about them in the dim light, they thought at first -that all the seats were full. People seemed to be huddled up asleep or -sitting up awake in all of them. Everybody had been trying to get to -sleep, at least, and the twins found themselves making their whispers -even lower than before. - -"I think there is a seat empty just behind that very fat lady," Meg -whispered. - -It was at the end of the car, and they went to it, and found she was -right. They took possession of it quietly, putting their satchel under -the seat. - -"It seems so still," said Meg, "I feel as if I was in somebody's -bedroom. The sound of the wheels makes it seem all the quieter. It's as -if we were shut in by the noise." - -"We mustn't talk," said Robin, "or we shall waken the people. Can you go -to sleep, Meg?" - -"I can if I can stop thinking," she answered, with a joyful sigh. "I'm -very tired; but the wheels keep saying, over and over again, 'We're -going--we're going--we're going.' It's just as if they were talking. -Don't you hear them?" - -"Yes, I do. Do they say that to you, too? But we mustn't listen," Robin -whispered back. "If we do we shall not go to sleep, and then we shall be -too tired to walk about. Let's put our heads down, and shut our eyes, -Meg." - -"Well, let's," said Meg. - -She curled herself up on the seat, and put her head into the corner. - -"If you lean against me, Rob," she said, "it will be softer. We can take -turns." - -They changed position a little two or three times, but they were worn -out with the day's work, and their walk, and the excitement, and the -motion of the train seemed like a sort of rocking which lulled them. -Gradually their muscles relaxed and they settled down, though, after -they had done so, Meg spoke once, drowsily. - -"Rob," she said, "did you see that was our man?" - -"Yes," answered Rob, very sleepily indeed, "and he looked as if he knew -us." - - * * * * * * * * - -If they had been less young, or if they had been less tired, they might -have found themselves awake a good many times during the night. But they -were such children, and, now that the great step was taken, were so -happy, that the soft, deep sleepiness of youth descended upon and -overpowered them. Once or twice during the night they stirred, wakened -for a dreamy, blissful moment by some sound of a door shutting, or a -conductor passing through. But they were only conscious of a delicious -sense of strangeness, of the stillness of the car full of sleepers, of -the half-realized delight of feeling themselves carried along through -the unknown country, and of the rattle of the wheels, which never ceased -saying rhythmically, "We're going--we're going--we're going!" - -Ah! what a night of dreams and new, vague sensations, to be remembered -always! Ah! that heavenly sense of joy to come, and adventure, and young -hopefulness and imagining! Were there many others carried towards the -City Beautiful that night who bore with them the same rapture of longing -and belief; who saw with such innocent clearness only the fair and -splendid thought which had created it, and were so innocently blind to -any shadow of sordidness or mere worldly interest touching its white -walls? And after the passing of this wonderful night, what a wakening in -the morning, at the first rosiness of dawn, when all the other occupants -of the car were still asleep, or restlessly trying to be at ease! - -It was as if they both wakened at almost the same moment. The first -shaft of early sunlight streaming in the window touched Meg's eyelids, -and she slowly opened them. Then something joyous and exultant rushed in -upon her heart, and she sat upright. And Robin sat up too, and they -looked at each other. - -"It's the Day, Meg!" said Robin. "It's the Day!" Meg caught her breath. - -"And nothing has stopped us," she said. "And we are getting nearer and -nearer. Rob, let us look out of the window." - -For a while they looked out, pressed close together, and full of such -ecstasy of delight in the strangeness of everything that at first they -did not exchange even their whispers. - -It is rather a good thing to see--rather well worth while even for a man -or woman--the day waking, and waking the world, as one is borne swiftly -through the morning light, and one looks out of a car window. What it -was to these two children only those who remember the children who were -themselves long ago can realize at all. The country went hurrying past -them, making curious sudden revelations and giving half-hints in its -haste; prairie and field, farmhouse and wood and village all wore a -strange, exciting, vanishing aspect. - -"It seems," Meg said, "as if it was all going somewhere--in a great -hurry--as if it couldn't wait to let us see it." - -"But we are the ones that are going," said Rob. "Listen to the -wheels--and we shall soon be there." - -After a while the people who were asleep began to stir and stretch -themselves. Some of them looked cross, and some looked tired. The very -fat lady in the seat before them had a coal smut on her nose. - -"Robin," said Meg, after looking at her seriously a moment, "let's get -our towel out of the bag and wet it and wash our faces." - -They had taken the liberty of borrowing a towel from Aunt Matilda. It -was Meg who had thought of it, and it had, indeed, been an inspiration. -Robin wetted two corners of it, and they made a rigorous if limited -toilet. At least they had no smuts on their noses, and after a little -touching up with the mutual comb and brush, they looked none the worse -for wear. Their plain and substantial garments were not of the order -which has any special charm to lose. - -"And it's not our clothes that are going to the Fair," said Meg, "it's -_us_!" - -And by the time they were in good order, the farms and villages they -were flying past had grown nearer together. The platforms at the dpts -were full of people who wore a less provincial look; the houses grew -larger and so did the towns; they found themselves flashing past -advertisements of all sorts of things, and especially of things -connected with the Fair. - -"You know how we used to play 'hunt the thimble,'" said Robin, "and how, -when any one came near the place where it was hidden, we said, -'Warm--warmer--warmer still--hot!' It's like that now. We have been -getting warmer and warmer every minute, and now we are getting----" - -"We shall be in in a minute," said a big man at the end of the car, and -he stood up and began to take down his things. - -"Hot," said Robin, with an excited little laugh. "Meg, we're not -going--going--going any more. Look out of the window." - -"We are steaming into the big dpt," cried Meg. "How big it is! What -crowds of people! Robin, we are there!" - -Robin bent down to pick up their satchel; the people all rose in their -seats and began to move in a mass down the aisle toward the door. -Everybody seemed suddenly to become eager and in a hurry, as if they -thought the train would begin to move again and carry them away. Some -were expecting friends to meet them, some were anxious about finding -accommodations. Those who knew each other talked, asked questions over -people's shoulders, and there was a general anxiety about valises, -parcels, and umbrellas. Robin and Meg were pressed back into their -section by the crowd, against which they were too young to make headway. - -"We shall have to wait until the grown-up people have passed by," Rob -said. - -But the crowd in the aisle soon lost its compactness, and they were able -to get out. The porter, who stood on the platform near the steps, looked -at them curiously, and glanced behind them to see who was with them, but -he said nothing. - -It seemed to the two as if all the world must have poured itself into -the big dpt or be passing through it. People were rushing about; -friends were searching for one another, pushing their way through the -surging crowd; some were greeting each other with exclamations and -hand-shaking, and stopping up the way; there was a Babel of voices, a -clamor of shouts within the covered place, and from outside came a roar -of sound rising from the city. - -For a few moments Robin and Meg were overwhelmed. They did not quite -know what to do; everybody pushed past and jostled them. No one was -ill-natured, but no one had time to be polite. They were so young and so -strange to all such worlds of excitement and rush, involuntarily they -clutched each other's hands after their time-honored fashion, when they -were near each other and overpowered. The human vortex caught them up -and carried them along, not knowing where they were going. - -"We seem so little!" gasped Meg. "There--there are so many people! Rob, -Rob, where are we going?" - -Robin had lost his breath too. Suddenly the world seemed so huge--so -huge! Just for a moment he felt himself turn pale, and he looked at Meg -and saw that she was pale too. - -"Everybody is going out of the dpt," he said. - -"Hold on to me tight, Meg. It will be all right. We shall get out." - -And so they did. The crowd surged and swayed and struggled, and before -long they saw that it was surging towards the entrance gate, and it took -them with it. Just as they thrust through they found themselves pushed -against a man, who good-naturedly drew a little back to save Meg from -striking against his valise, which was a very substantial one. She -looked up to thank him, and gave a little start. It was the man she had -called "our man" the night before, when she spoke of him to Robin. And -he gave them a sharp but friendly nod. - -"Hallo!" he exclaimed, "it's you two again. You _are_ going to the -Fair!" - -Robin looked up at his shrewd face with a civil little grin. - -"Yes, sir; we are," he answered. - -"Hope you'll enjoy it," said the man. "Big thing." And he was pushed -past them and soon lost in the crowd. - - - - - X - - -The crowd in the dpt surged into the streets, and melted into and -became an addition to the world of people there. The pavements were -moving masses of human beings, the centres of the streets were -pandemoniums of wagons and vans, street cars, hotel omnibuses, and -carriages. The brilliant morning sunlight dazzled the children's eyes; -the roar of wheels and the clamor of car bells, of clattering horses' -feet, of cries and shouts and passing voices, mingled in a volume of -sound that deafened them. The great tidal wave of human life and work -and pleasure almost took them off their feet. - -They knew too little of cities to have had beforehand any idea of what -the overwhelming rush and roar would be, and what slight straws they -would feel themselves upon the current. If they had been quite ordinary -children, they might well have been frightened. But they were not -ordinary children, little as they were aware of that important factor in -their young lives. They were awed for this first moment, but, somehow, -they were fascinated as much as they were awed, while they stood for a -brief breathing-space looking on. They did not know--no child of their -ages can possibly know such things of him or herself--that Nature had -made them of the metal out of which she moulds strong things and great -ones. As they had not comprehended the restless sense of wrong and -misery the careless, unlearning, and ungrowing life in Aunt Matilda's -world filled them with, so they did not understand that, because they -had been born creatures who belong to the great moving, working, -venturing world, they were not afraid of it, and felt their first young -face-to-face encounter with it a thing which thrilled them with an -exultant emotion they could not have explained. - -"This is not Aunt Matilda's world," said Rob. "It--I believe it is ours, -Meg. Don't you?" - -Meg was staring with entranced eyes at the passing multitude. - -"'More pilgrims are come to town,'" she said, quoting the "Pilgrim's -Progress" with a far-off look in her intense little black-browed face. -"You remember what it said, Rob, 'Here also all the noise of them that -walked in the streets was, More pilgrims are come to town.' Oh, isn't it -like it!" - -It was. And the exaltation and thrill of it got into their young blood -and made them feel as if they walked on air, and that every passing -human thing meant, somehow, life and strength to them. - -Their appetites were sharpened by the morning air, and they consulted as -to what their breakfast should be. They had no money to spend at -restaurants, and every penny must be weighed and calculated. - -"Let's walk on," said Meg, "until we see a bakery that looks as if it -was kept by poor people. Then we can buy some bread, and eat it with our -eggs somewhere." - -"All right," said Robin. - -They marched boldly on. The crowd jostled them, and there was so much -noise that they could hardly hear each other speak; but ah! how the sun -shone, and how the pennons fluttered and streamed on every side, and how -excited and full of living the people's faces looked! It seemed -splendid, only to be alive in such a world on such a morning. The sense -of the practical which had suggested that they should go to a small -place led them into the side streets. They passed all the big shops -without a glance, but at last Meg stooped before a small one. - -"There's a woman in there," she said; "I just saw her for a minute. She -has a nice face. She looked as if she might be good-natured. Let's go in -there, Robin. It's quite a small place." - -They went in. It was a small place but a clean one, and the woman had a -good-natured face. She was a German, and was broad and placid and -comfortable. They bought some fresh rolls from her, and as she served -them, and was making the change, Meg watched her anxiously. She was -thinking that she did look very peaceable, indeed. So, instead of -turning away from the counter, she planted herself directly before her -and asked her a question. - -"If you please," she said, "we have some hard-boiled eggs to eat with -our bread, and we are not going home. If we are very careful, would you -mind if we ate our breakfast in here, instead of outside? We won't let -any of the crumbs or shells drop on the floor." - -"You not going home?" said the woman. "You from out town?" - -"Yes," answered Meg. - -"You look like you wass goun to der Fair," said the woman, with a -good-tempered smile. "Who wass with you?" - -"No one," said Robin. "We are going alone. But we're all right." - -"My crayshious!" said the woman. "But you wass young for that. But your -'Merican childrens is queer ones. Yes! You can sit down an' eat your -bregfast. That make no matter to me if you is careful. You can sit -down." - -There were two chairs near a little table, where, perhaps, occasional -customers ate buns, and they sat down to their rolls and eggs and salt, -as to a feast. - -"I was hungry," said Rob, cracking his fourth egg. - -"So was I!" said Meg, feeling that her fresh roll was very delicious. - -It was a delightful breakfast. The German woman watched them with placid -curiosity as they ate it. She had been a peasant in her own country, and -had lived in a village among rosy, stout, and bucolic little Peters and -Gretchens, who were not given to enterprise, and the American child was -a revelation to her. And somehow, also, these two had an attraction all -American children had not. They looked so well able to take care of -themselves, and yet had such good manners and no air of self-importance -at all. They ate their rolls and hard-boiled eggs with all the gusto of -very young appetite, but they evidently meant to keep their part of the -bargain, and leave her no crumbs and shells to sweep up. The truth was -that they were perfectly honorable little souls, and had a sense of -justice. They were in the midst of their breakfast, when they were -rather startled by hearing her voice from the end of the counter where -she had been standing, leaning against the wall, her arms folded. - -"You like a cup coffee?" she asked. - -[Illustration: "YOU LIKE A CUP COFFEE?" SHE ASKED.] - -They both looked round, uncertain what to say, not knowing whether or -not that she meant that she sold coffee. They exchanged rather disturbed -glances, and then Robin answered. - -"We can't afford it, thank you, ma'am," he said, "we've got so little -money." - -"Never mind," she astonished them by answering, "that cost me nothing. -There some coffee left on the back of the stove from my man's bregfast. -I give you each a cup." And she actually went into the little back room, -and presently brought back two good cups of hot coffee. - -"There, you drink that," she said, setting them down on the little -table. "If you children goun to der Fair in that crowd by yourselves, -you want something in your stomachs." - -It was so good--it was so unexpected--it seemed such luck! They looked -at each other with beaming eyes, and at her with quite disproportionate -gratitude. It was much more than two cups of coffee to them. - -"Oh, thank you," they both exclaimed. "We're so much obliged to you, -ma'am!" - -Their feast seemed to become quite a royal thing. They never had felt so -splendidly fed in their lives. It seemed as if they had never tasted -such coffee. - -When the meal was finished, they rose refreshed enough to feel ready for -anything. They went up to the counter and thanked the German woman -again. It was Meg who spoke to her. - -"We want to say thank you again," she said. "We are very much obliged to -you for letting us eat our breakfast in here. It was so nice to sit -down, and the coffee was so splendid. I dare say we do seem rather young -to be by ourselves, but that makes us all the more thankful." - -"That's all right," said the woman. "I hope you don't get lost by der -Fair--and have good time!" - -And then they went forth on their pilgrimage, into the glorious morning, -into the rushing world that seemed so splendid and so gay--into the -fairy-land that only themselves and those like them could see. - -"Isn't it nice when some one's kind to you, Rob?" Meg exclaimed -joyfully, when they got into the sunshine. "Doesn't it make you feel -happy, somehow, not because they've done something, but just because -they've been kind?" - -"Yes, it does," answered Rob, stepping out bravely. "And I'll tell you -what I believe--I believe there are a lot of kind people in the world." - -"So do I," said Meg. "I believe they're in it even when we don't see -them." - -And all the more, with springing steps and brave young faces, they -walked on their way to fairy-land. - -They had talked it all over--how they would enter their City Beautiful. -It would be no light thing to them, their entrance into it. They were -innocently epicurean about it, and wanted to see it at the very first in -all its loveliness. They knew that there were gates of entrance here and -there, through which thousands poured each day; but Meg had a fancy of -her own, founded, of course, upon that other progress of the Pilgrim's. - -"Robin," she said, "oh, we must go in by the water, just like those -other pilgrims who came to town. You know that part at the last where it -says, 'And so many went over the water and were let in at the golden -gates to-day.' Let us go over the water and be let in at the golden -gates. But the water we shall go over won't be dark and bitter; it will -be blue and splendid, and the sun will be shining everywhere. Ah, Rob, -how _can_ it be true that we are here!" - -They knew all about the great arch of entrance and stately peristyle. -They had read in the newspapers all about its height and the height of -the statues adorning it; they knew how many columns formed the -peristyle, but it was not height or breadth or depth or width they -remembered. The picture which remained with them and haunted them like a -fair dream was of a white and splendid archway, crowned with one of the -great stories of the world in marble--the triumph of the man in whom the -god was so strong that his dreams, the working of his mind, his -strength, his courage, his suffering, wrested from the silence of the -Unknown a new and splendid world. It was this great white arch they -always thought of, with this precious marble story crowning it, the -blue, blue water spread before the stately columns at its side, and the -City Beautiful within the courts it guarded. And it was to this they -were going when they found their way to the boat which would take them -to it. - -It was such a heavenly day of June! The water was so amethystine, the -sky such a vault of rapture! What did it matter to them that they were -jostled and crowded, and counted for nothing among those about them? -What did it matter that there were often near them common faces, -speaking of nothing but common, stupid pleasure or common sharpness and -greed? What did it matter that scarcely any one saw what they saw, or, -seeing it, realized its splendid, hopeful meaning? Little recked they of -anything but the entrancement of blue sky and water, and the City -Beautiful they were drawing near to. - -When first out of the blueness there rose the fair shadow of the -whiteness, they sprang from their seats, and, hand in hand, made their -way to the side, and there stood watching, as silent as if they did not -dare to speak lest it should melt away; and from a fair white spirit it -grew to a real thing--more white, more fair, more stately, and more an -enchanted thing than even they had believed or hoped. - -And the crowd surged about them, and women exclaimed and men talked, and -there was a rushing to and fro, and the ringing of a bell, and movement -and action and excitement were on every side. But somehow these two -children stood hand in hand and only looked. - -And their dream had come true, though it had been a child's dream of an -enchanted thing. - - - - - XI - - -They passed beneath the snow-white stateliness of the great arch, still -hand in hand, and silent. They walked softly, almost as if they felt -themselves treading upon holy ground. To their youth and unworn souls it -_was_ like holy ground, they had so dreamed of it, they had so longed -for it, it had been so mingled in their minds with the story of a city -not of this world. - -And they stood within the court beyond the archway, the fair and noble -colonnade, its sweep of columns, statue-crowned, behind them, the wonder -of the City Beautiful spread before. The water of blue lagoons lapped -the bases of white palaces, as if with a caress of homage to their -beauty. On every side these marvels stood; everywhere there was the -green of sward and broad-leaved plants, the sapphire of water, the flood -of color and human life passing by, and above it all and enclosing it, -the warm, deep, splendid blueness of the summer sky. - -It was so white--it was so full of the marvel of color--it was so -strange--it was so radiant and unearthly in its beauty. - -The two children only stood still and gazed and gazed, with widening -eyes and parted lips. They could not have moved about at first; they -only stood and lost themselves as in a dream. - -Meg was still for so long that Robin, turning slowly to look at her at -last, was rather awed. - -"Meg!" he said; "Meg!" - -"Yes," she answered, in a voice only half awake. - -"Meg! Meg! We are _there_!" - -"I know," said Meg. "Only it is so like--that other City--that it seems -as if----" She gave a queer little laugh, and turned to look at him. -"Rob," she said, "perhaps we are _dead_, and have just wakened up." - -That brought them back to earth. They laughed together. No, they were -not dead. They were breathless and uplifted by an ecstasy, but they had -never been so fully _alive_ before. It seemed as if they were in the -centre of the world, and the world was such a bright and radiant and -beautiful place as they had never dreamed of. - -"Where shall we go first?" said Meg. "What shall we do?" - -But it was so difficult to decide that. It did not seem possible to make -a plan and follow it. It was not possible for them, at least. They were -too happy and too young. Surely visitors to fairy-land could not make -plans! They gave themselves up to the spell, and went where fancy led -them. And it led them far, and through strange beauties, which seemed -like dreams come true. They wandered down broad pathways, past green -sward, waving palms, glowing masses of flowers, white balustrades -bordering lagoons lightly ruffled by a moment's wind. Wonderful statues -stood on silent guard, sometimes in groups, sometimes majestic colossal -figures. - -"They look as if they were all watching the thousands and thousands go -by," said Robin. - -"It seems as if they must be thinking something about it all," Meg -answered. "It could not be that they could stand there and look like -that and not know." - -It was she who soon after built up for them the only scheme they made -during those enchanted days. It could scarcely be called a plan of -action, it was so much an outcome of imagination and part of a vision, -but it was a great joy to them through every hour of their pilgrimage. - -Standing upon a fairy bridge, looking over shining canals crossed by -these fairy bridges again and again, the gold sun lighting snow-white -columns, archways, towers, and minarets, statues and rushing fountains, -flowers and palms, her child eyes filled with a deep, strange glow of -joy and dreaming. - -She leaned upon the balustrade in her favorite fashion, her chin upon -her hands. - -"We need not _pretend_ it is a fairy story, Robin," she said. "It _is_ a -fairy story, but it is real. Who ever thought a fairy story could come -true? I've made up how it came to be like this." - -"Tell us how," said Robin, looking over the jewelled water almost as she -did. - -"It was like this," she said. "There was a great Magician who was the -ruler of all the Genii in all the world. They were all powerful and rich -and wonderful magicians, but he could make them obey him, and give him -what they stored away. And he said: 'I will build a splendid City, that -all the world shall flock to and wonder at and remember forever. And in -it some of all the things in the world shall be seen, so that the people -who see it shall learn what the world is like--how huge it is, and what -wisdom it has in it, and what wonders! And it will make them know what -_they_ are like themselves, because the wonders will be made by hands -and feet and brains just like their own. And so they will understand how -strong they are--if they only knew it--and it will give them courage and -fill them with thoughts." - -She stopped a moment, and Rob pushed her gently with his elbow. - -"Go on," he said, "I like it. It sounds quite true. What else?" - -"And he called all the Genii together and called them by their names. -There was one who was the king of all the pictures and statues, and the -people who worked at making them. They did not know they had a Genius, -but they had, and he put visions into their heads, and made them feel -restless until they had worked them out into statues and paintings. And -the Great Genius said to him: 'You must build a palace for _your_ -people, and make them pour their finest work into it; and all the people -who are made to be your workers, whether they know it or not, will look -at your palace and see what other ones have done, and wonder if they -cannot do it themselves.' And there was a huge, huge Genius who was made -of steel and iron and gold and silver and wheels, and the Magician said -to him: 'Build a great palace, and make your workers fill it with all -the machines and marvels they have made, and all who see will know what -wonders can be done, and feel that there is no wonder that isn't done -that is too great for human beings to plan.' And there was a Genius of -the strange countries, and one who knew all the plants and flowers and -trees that grew, and one who lived at the bottom of the sea and knew the -fishes by name and strode about among them. And each one was commanded -to build a palace or to make his people work, and they grew so -interested that in the end each one wanted his palace and his people to -be the most wonderful of all. And so the City was built, and we are in -it, Robin, though we are only twelve years old, and nobody cares about -us." - -"Yes," said Robin, "and the City is as much ours as if we were the -Magician himself. Meg, who was the Magician? _What_ was he?" - -"I don't know," said Meg. "Nobody knows. He is that--that----" She gave -a sudden, queer little touch to her forehead and one to her side. -"_That_, you know, Rob! The thing that _thinks_--and makes us want to do -things and be things. Don't you suppose so, Rob?" - -"The thing that made us want so to come here that we could not bear -_not_ to come?" said Robin. "The thing that makes you make up stories -about everything, and always have queer thoughts?" - -"Yes--that!" said Meg. "And every one has some of it; and there are such -millions of people, and so there is enough to make the Great Magician. -Robin, come along; let us go to the palace the picture Genius built, and -see what his people put in it. Let us be part of the fairy story when we -go anywhere. It will make it beautiful." - -They took their fairy story with them and went their way. They made it -as much the way of a fairy story as possible. They found a gondola with -a rich-hued, gay-scarfed gondolier, and took their places. - -"Now we are in Venice," Meg said, as they shot smoothly out upon the -lagoon. "We can be in any country we like. Now we are in Venice." - -Their gondola stopped, and lay rocking on the lagoon before the palace's -broad white steps. They mounted them, and entered into a rich, glowing -world, all unknown. - -They knew little of pictures, they knew nothing of statuary, but they -went from room to room, throbbing with enjoyment. They stopped before -beautiful faces and happy scenes, and vaguely smiled, though they did -not know they were smiling; they lingered before faces and figures that -were sad, and their own dark little faces grew soft and grave. They -could not afford to buy a catalogue, so they could only look and pity -and delight or wonder. - -"We must make up the stories and thoughts of them ourselves," Robin -said. "Let's take it in turns, Meg. Yours will be the best ones, of -course." - -[Illustration: "NOW WE ARE IN VENICE."] - -And this was what they did. As they passed from picture to picture, each -took turns at building up explanations. Some of them might have been at -once surprising and instructive to the artist concerned, but some were -very vivid, and all were full of young directness and clear sight, and -the fresh imagining and coloring of the unworn mind. They were so -interested that it became like a sort of exciting game. They forgot all -about the people around them; they did not know that their two small, -unchaperoned figures attracted more glances than one. They were so -accustomed to being alone, that they never exactly counted themselves in -with other people. And now, it was as if they were at a banquet, -feasting upon strange viands, and the new flavors were like wine to -them. They went from side to side of the rooms, drawn sometimes by a -glow of color, sometimes by a hinted story. - -"We don't know anything about pictures, I suppose," said Meg, "but we -can see everything is in them. There are the poor, working in the fields -and the mills, being glad or sorry; and there are the rich ones, dancing -at balls and standing in splendid places." - -"And there are the good ones and the bad ones. You can see it in their -faces," Rob went on, for her. - -"Yes," said Meg; "richness and poorness and goodness and badness and -happiness and gladness. The Genius who made this palace was a very proud -one, and he said he would put all the world in it, even if his workers -could only make pictures and statues." - -"Was he the strongest of all?" asked Robin, taking up the story again -with interest. - -"I don't know," Meg answered; "sometimes I think he was. He was -strong--he was very strong." - -They had been too deeply plunged into their mood to notice a man who -stood near them, looking at a large picture. In fact, the man himself -had not at first noticed them, but when Meg began to speak her voice -attracted him. He turned his head, and looked at her odd little -reflecting face, and, after having looked at it, he stood listening to -her. An expression of recognition came into his strong, clean-shaven -face. - -"You two again!" he said, when she had finished. "And you have got -here." It was their man again. - -"Yes," answered Meg, her gray eyes revealing, as she lifted them to his -face, that she came back to earth with some difficulty. - -"How do you like it, as far as you've gone?" he asked. - -"We are making believe that it is a fairy story," Meg answered; "and -it's very easy." - -And then a group of people came between and separated them. - - - - - XII - - -How tired they were when they came out from the world of pictures into -the world of thronging people! How their limbs ached and they were -brought back to the realization that they were creatures with human -bodies, which somehow they seemed to have forgotten! - -When they stood in the sunshine again Robin drew a long breath. - -"It is like coming out of one dream into another," he said. "We must -have been there a long time. I didn't know I was tired and I didn't know -I was hungry, but I am both. Are you?" - -She was as tired and hungry as he was. - -"Dare we buy a sandwich to eat with our eggs?" she said. - -"Yes, I think we dare," Robin answered. "Where shall we go and eat -them?" - -There was no difficulty in deciding. She had planned it all out, and -they so knew the place by heart that they did not need to ask their way. -It was over one of the fairy bridges which led to a fairy island. It was -softly wooded, and among the trees were winding paths and flowers and -rustic seats, and quaint roofs peering above the greenness of branches. -And it was full of the warm scent of roses, growing together in -sumptuous thousands, their heavy, sweet heads uplifted to the sun, or -nodding and leaning towards their neighbors' clusters. - -The fairy bridge linked it to the wonderful world beyond, but by -comparison its bowers were almost quiet. The crowd did not jostle there. - -"And we shall be eating our lunch near thousands and thousands of roses. -It will be like the 'Arabian Nights.' Let us pretend that the rose who -is queen of them all invited us, because we belong to nobody," Meg said. - -They bought the modest addition to their meal, and carried the -necessary, ever-present satchel to their bower. They were tired of -dragging the satchel about, but they were afraid to lose sight of it. - -"It's very well that it is such a small one, and that we have so little -in it," Robin said. They chose the most secluded corner they could find, -as near to the rose garden as possible, and sat down and fell upon their -scant lunch as they had fallen upon their breakfast. - -It was very scant for two ravenously hungry children, and they tried to -make it last as long as possible. But scant as it was, and tired as they -were, their spirits did not fail them. - -"Perhaps, if we eat it slowly, it will seem more," said Meg, peeling an -egg with deliberation, but with a very undeliberate feeling in her small -stomach. "Robin, did you notice our man?" - -"I saw him, of course," answered Robin; "he's too big not to see." - -"I _noticed_ him," continued Meg. "Robin, there's something the matter -with that man. He's a gloomy man." - -"Well, you noticed him quickly," Robin responded, with a shade of -fraternal incredulity. "What's happened to him?" - -Meg's eyes fixed themselves on a glimpse of blue water she saw through -the trees. She looked as if she were thinking the matter over. - -"How do I know?" she said; "I couldn't. But, somehow, he has a dreary -face, as if he had been thinking of dreary things. I don't know why I -thought that all in a minute, but I did, and I believe it's true." - -"Well, if we should see him again," Robin said, "I'll look and see." - -"I believe we shall see him again," said Meg. "How many eggs have we -left, Robin?" - -"We only brought three dozen," he answered, looking into the satchel; -"and we ate seven this morning." - -"When you have nothing but eggs, you eat a good many," said Meg, -reflectively. "They won't last very long. But we couldn't have carried a -thousand eggs, even if we had had them"--which was a sage remark. - -"We shall have to buy some cheap things," was Robin's calculation. -"They'll have to be very cheap, though. We have to pay a dollar, you -know, every day, to come in; and if we have no money we can't go into -the places that are not free; and we want to go into everything." - -"I'd rather go in hungry than stay outside and have real dinners, -wouldn't you?" Meg put it to him. - -"Yes, I would," he answered, "though it's pretty hard to be hungry." - -They had chosen a secluded corner to sit in, but it was not so secluded -that they had it entirely to themselves. At a short distance from them, -in the nearest bowery nook, a young man and woman were eating something -out of a basket. They looked like a young country pair, plain and -awkward, and enjoying themselves immensely. Their clothes were common -and their faces were tanned, as if from working out of doors. But their -basket evidently contained good, home-made things to eat. Meg caught -glimpses of ham and chicken, and something that looked like cake. Just -at that moment they looked so desperately good that she turned away her -eyes, because she did not want to stare at them rudely. And as she -averted them, she saw that Robin had seen, too. - -"Those people have plenty to eat," he said, with a short, awkward laugh. - -"Yes," she answered. "Don't let us look. We are _here_, Robin, anyway, -and we knew we couldn't come as other people do." - -"Yes," he said, "we are _here_." - -The man and his wife finished their lunch, and began putting things in -order in their basket. As they did it, they talked together in a low -voice, and seemed to be discussing something. Somehow, in spite of her -averted eyes, Meg suddenly felt as if they were discussing Robin and -herself, and she wondered if they had caught her involuntary look. - -"I think, Robin," said Meg--"I think that woman is going to speak to -us." - -It was evident that she was. She got up and came towards them, her -husband following her rather awkwardly. - -She stopped before them, and the two pairs of dark eyes lifted -themselves to her face. - -"I've just been talking to my man about you two," she said. "We couldn't -help looking at you. Have you lost your friends?" - -"No, ma'am," said Robin, "we haven't got any; I mean, we're not with any -one." - -The woman turned and looked at her husband. - -"Well, Jem!" she exclaimed. - -The man drew near and looked them over. - -He was a raw-boned, big young man, with a countrified, good-natured -face. - -"You haven't come here alone?" he said. - -"Yes," said Robin. "We couldn't have come, if we hadn't come alone. -We're not afraid, thank you. We're getting along very well." - -"Well, Jem!" said the woman again. - -She seemed quite stirred. There was something in her ordinary, -good-natured face that was quite like a sort of rough emotion. - -"Have you plenty of money?" she asked. - -"No," said Robin, "not plenty, but we have a little." - -She put her basket down and opened it. She took out some pieces of brown -fried chicken; then she took out some big slices of cake, with raisins -in it. She even added some biscuits and slices of ham. Then she put them -in a coarse, clean napkin. - -"Now, look here," she said, "don't you go filling up with candy and -peanuts, just because you are by yourselves. You put this in your bag, -and eat it when you're ready. 'T any rate, it's good, home-made -victuals, and won't harm you." - -And in the midst of their shy thanks, she shut the basket again and went -off with her husband, and they heard her say again, before she -disappeared, - -"Well, Jem!" - -[Illustration: "WELL, JEM!" SHE EXCLAIMED.] - - - - - XIII - - -Yes, there were plenty of kind people in the world, and one of the best -proofs of it was that, in that busy, wonderful place through which all -the world seemed passing, and where, on every side, were a thousand -things to attract attention, and so fill eyes and mind that -forgetfulness and carelessness of small things might not have been quite -unnatural, these two small things, utterly insignificant and unknown to -the crowds they threaded, met many a passing friend of the moment, and -found themselves made happier by many a kindly and helpful word or look. -Officials were good-natured to them, guides were good-humored, motherly -women and fatherly men protected them in awkward crowds. They always saw -that those who noticed them glanced about for their chaperons, and again -and again they were asked who was taking care of them; but Robin's -straightforward, civil little answer, "We're taking care of ourselves," -never failed to waken as much friendly interest as surprise. - -They kept up their fairy story of the Great Genius, and called things by -fairy-story names, and talked to each other of their fairy-story fancies -about them. It was so much more delightful to say: "Let us go to the -Palace of the Genius of the Sea," than to say, "Let us go to the -Fisheries' building." And once in the palace, standing among great rocks -and pools and fountains, with water splashing and tumbling over strange -sea-plants, and strange sea-monsters swimming beneath their eyes in -green sea-water, it was easy to believe in the Genius who had brought -them all together. - -"He was very huge," Meg said, making a picture of him. "He had monstrous -eyes, that looked like the sea when it is blue; he had great, white -coral teeth, and he had silver, scaly fishskin wound round him, and his -hair was long sea-grass and green and brown weeds." - -They stood in grottoes and looked down into clear pools, at -swift-darting things of gold and silver and strange prismatic colors. -Meg made up stories of tropical rivers, with palms and jungle cane -fringing them, and tigers and lions coming to lap at the brink. She -invented rushing mountain streams and lakes, with speckled trout -leaping; and deep, deep seas, where whales lay rocking far below, and -porpoises rolled, and devil-fish spread hideous, far-reaching tentacles -for prey. - -Oh, what a day it was! What wonders they saw and hung over, and dwelt on -with passions of young delight! The great sea gave up its deep to them; -great forests and trackless jungles their wonderful growths; kings' -palaces and queens' coffers their rarest treasures; the ages of long ago -their relics and strange legends, in stone and wood and brass and gold. - -They did not know how often people turned and stopped to look at their -two little, close-leaning figures and vivid, dark, ecstatic-eyed faces. -They certainly never chanced to see that one figure was often behind -them at a safe distance, and seemed rather to have fallen into the habit -of going where they went and listening to what they said. It was their -man, curiously enough, and it was true that he was rather a -gloomy-looking man, when one observed him well. His keen, business-like, -well-cut face had a cloud resting upon it; he looked listless and -unsmiling, even in the palaces that most stirred the children's souls; -and, in fact, it seemed to be their odd enthusiasm which had attracted -him a little, because he was in the mood to feel none himself. He had -been within hearing distance when Meg had been telling her stories of -the Genius of the Palace of the Sea, and a faint smile had played about -his mouth for a moment. Then he had drawn a trifle nearer, still keeping -out of sight, and when they had moved he had followed them. He had been -a hard, ambitious, wealth-gaining man all his life. A few years before -he had found a new happiness, which softened him for a while, and made -his world seem a brighter thing. Then a black sorrow had come upon him, -and everything had changed. He had come to the Enchanted City, not as -the children had come, because it shone before them, a radiant joy, but -because he wondered if it would distract him at all. All other things -had failed; his old habits of work and scheme, his successes, his -ever-growing fortune, they were all as nothing. The world was empty to -him, and he walked about it feeling like a ghost. The little dark, vivid -faces had attracted him, he did not know why, and when he heard the -story of the Palace of the Sea, he was led on by a vague interest. - -He was near them often during the day, but it was not until late in the -afternoon that they saw him themselves, when he did not see them. They -came upon him in a quiet spot where he was sitting alone. On a seat near -him sat a young woman, resting, with a baby asleep in her arms. The -young woman was absorbed in her child, and was apparently unconscious of -him. His arms were folded and his head bent, but he was looking at her -in an absent, miserable way. It was as if she made him think of -something bitter and sad. - -Meg and Robin passed him quietly. - -[Illustration: HE WAS LOOKING AT HER IN AN ABSENT, MISERABLE WAY.] - -"I see what you meant, Meg," Robin said. "He does look as if something -was the matter with him. I wonder what it is?" - -When they passed out of the gates at dusk, it was with worn-out bodies, -but enraptured souls. In the street-car, which they indulged in the -extravagance of taking, the tired people, sitting exhaustedly in the -seats and hanging on to straps, looked with a sort of wonder at them, -their faces shone so like stars. They did not know where they were going -to sleep, and they were more than ready for lying down, but they were -happy beyond words. - -They went with the car until it reached the city's heart, and then they -got out and walked. The streets were lighted, and the thoroughfares were -a riot of life and sound. People were going to theatres, restaurants, -and hotels, which were a blaze of electric radiance. They found -themselves limping a little, but they kept stoutly on, holding firmly to -the satchel. - -"We needn't be afraid of going anywhere, however poor it looks," Robin -said, with a grave little elderly air. He was curiously grave for his -years, sometimes. "Anybody can see we have nothing to steal. I think any -one would know that we only want to go to bed." - -It was a queer place they finally hit upon. It was up a side street, -which was poorly lighted, and where the houses were all shabby and -small. On the steps of one of them a tired-looking woman was sitting, -with a pale, old-faced boy beside her. Robin stopped before her. - -"Have you a room where my sister could sleep, and I could have a -mattress on the floor, or lie down on anything?" he said. "We can't -afford to go anywhere where it will cost more than fifty cents each." - -The woman looked at them indifferently. She was evidently very much worn -out with her day's work, and discouraged by things generally. - -"I haven't anything worth more than fifty cents, goodness knows," she -answered. "You must be short of money to come here. I've never thought -of having roomers." - -"We're poor," said Robin, "and we know we can't have anything but a poor -room. If we can lie down, we are so tired we shall go to sleep anywhere. -We've been at the Fair all day." - -The pale little old-faced boy leaned forward, resting his arm on his -mother's knee. They saw that he was a very poor little fellow, indeed, -with a hunch back. - -"Mother," he said, "let 'em stay; I'll sleep on the floor." - -The woman gave a dreary half laugh, and got up from the step. "He's -crazy about the Fair," she said. "We hain't no money to spend on Fairs, -and he's most wild about it. You can stay here to-night, if you want -to." - -She made a sign to them to follow her. The hunchback boy rose too, and -went into the dark passage after them. He seemed to regard them with a -kind of hunger in his look. - -They went up the narrow, steep staircase. It was only lighted by a dim -gleam from a room below, whose door was open. The balustrades were -rickety, and some of them were broken out. It was a forlorn enough -place. The hunchback boy came up the steps, awkwardly, behind them. It -was as if he wanted to see what would happen. - -They went up two flights of the crooked, crazy stairs, and at the top of -the second flight the woman opened a door. - -"That's all the place there is," she said. "It isn't anything more than -a place to lie down in, you see. I can put a mattress on the floor for -you, and your sister can sleep in the cot." - -"That's all we want," replied Robin. - -But it was a poor place. A room, both small and bare, and with broken -windows. There was nothing in it but the cot and a chair. - -"Ben sleeps here," the woman said. "If I couldn't make him a place on -the floor, near me, I couldn't let it to you." Meg turned and looked at -Ben. He was gazing at her with a nervous interest. - -"We're much obliged to you," she said. - -"It's all right," he said, with eager shyness. "Do you want some water -to wash yourselves with? I can bring you up a tin basin and a jug. You -can set it on the chair." - -"Thank you," they both said at once. And Robin added, "We want washing -pretty badly." - -Ben turned about and went down-stairs for the water as if he felt a sort -of excitement in doing the service. These two children, who looked as -poor as himself, set stirring strange thoughts in his small, unnourished -brain. - -He brought back the tin basin and water, a piece of yellow soap, and -even a coarse, rather dingy, towel. He had been so eager that he was out -of breath when he returned, but he put the basin on the chair and the -tin jug beside it, with a sort of exultant look in his poor face. - -"Thank you," said Meg again; "thank you, Ben." - -She could not help watching him as his mother prepared the rather -wretched mattress for Robin. Once he caught the look of her big, -childish, gray eyes as it rested upon him with questioning sympathy, and -he flushed up so that even by the light of the little smoky lamp she saw -it. When the woman had finished she and the boy went away and left them, -and they stood a moment looking at each other. They were both thinking -of the same thing, but somehow they did not put it into words. - -"We'll wash off the dust first," said Robin, "and then we'll eat some of -the things we have left from what the woman gave us. And then we'll go -to bed, and we shall drop just like logs." - -And this they did, and it was certainly a very short time before the -smoky little lamp was out, and each had dropped like a log and lay -stretched in the darkness, with a sense of actual ecstasy in limbs laid -down to rest and muscles relaxed for sleeping. - -"Robin," said Meg, drowsily, through the dark that divided them, -"everybody in the world has something to give to somebody else." - -"I'm thinking that, too," Robin answered, just as sleepily; "nobody is -so poor--that--he--hasn't anything. That--boy----" - -"He let us have his hard bed," Meg murmured, "and he--hasn't seen----" - -But her voice died away, and Robin would not have heard her if she had -said more. And they were both fast, fast asleep. - - - - - XIV - - -It would have been a loud sound which would have awakened them during -those deep sleeping hours of the night. They did not even stir on their -poor pillows when, long after midnight, there was the noise of heavy -drunken footsteps and heavy drunken stumbling in the passage below, and -then the raising of a man's rough voice, and the upsetting of chairs and -the slamming of doors, mingled with the expostulations of the woman, -whose husband had come home in something worse than his frequent -ill-fashion. They slept sweetly through it all, but when the morning -came, and hours of unbroken rest had made their slumbers lighter, and -the sunshine streamed in through the broken windows, they were called -back to the world by loud and angry sounds. - -"What is it?" said Meg, sitting bolt upright and rubbing her eyes; -"somebody's shouting." - -"And somebody's crying," said Robin, sitting up too, but more slowly. - -It was quite clear to them, as soon as they were fully awake, that both -these things were happening. A man seemed to be quarrelling below. They -could hear him stamping about and swearing savagely. And they could hear -the woman's voice, which sounded as if she were trying to persuade him -to do or leave undone something. They could not hear her words, but she -was crying, and somebody else was crying, too, and they knew it was the -boy with the little old face and the hump-back. - -"I suppose it's the woman's husband," said Meg. "I'm glad he wasn't here -last night." - -"I wonder if he knows we are here," said Robin, listening anxiously. - -It was plain that he did know. They heard him stumbling up the -staircase, grumbling and swearing as he came, and he was coming up to -their room, it was evident. - -"What shall we do?" exclaimed Meg, in a whisper. - -"Wait," Robin answered, breathlessly. "We can't do anything." - -The heavy feet blundered up the short second flight and blundered to -their door. It seemed that the man had not slept off his drunken fit. He -struck the door with his fist. - -"Hand out that dollar," he shouted. "When my wife takes roomers I'm -going to be paid. Hand it out." - -They heard the woman hurrying up the stairs after him. She was out of -breath with crying, and there was a choking sound in her voice when she -spoke to them through the door. - -"You'd better let him have it," she said. - -"I guess they'd better," said the man, roughly. "Who'd' they suppose -owns the house?" - -Robin got up and took a dollar from their very small store, which was -hidden in the lining of his trousers. He went to the door and opened it -a little, and held the money out. - -"Here it is," he said. - -The man snatched it out of his hand and turned away, and went stumbling -down stairs, still growling. The woman stood a minute on the landing, -and they heard her make a pitiful sort of sound, half sob, half sniff. - -Meg sat up in bed, with her chin on her hands, and glared like a little -lioness. - -"What do you think of _that_?" she said. - -"He's a devil!" said Robin, with terseness. And he was conscious of no -impropriety. "I wanted that boy to have it, and _go_." It was not -necessary to say where. - -"So did I," answered Meg. "And I believe his mother would have given it -to him, too." - -They heard the man leave the house a few minutes later, and then it did -not take them long to dress and go down the narrow, broken-balustraded -stairs again. As they descended the first flight they saw the woman -cooking something over the stove in her kitchen, and as she moved about -they saw her brush her apron across her eyes. - -The squalid street was golden with the early morning sunshine, which is -such a joyful thing, and, in the full, happy flood of it, a miserable -little figure sat crouched on the steps. It was the boy Ben, and they -saw that he looked paler than he had looked the night before, and his -little face looked older. His elbow was on his knee and his cheek on his -hand, and there were wet marks on his cheeks. - -A large lump rose up in Meg's throat. - -"I know what's the matter," she whispered to Robin. - -"So--so do I," Robin answered, rather unsteadily. "And he's poorer than -anybody else. It _ought_ not to go by him." - -"No, no," said Meg. "It oughtn't." - -She walked straight to the threshold and sat down on the step beside -him. She was a straightforward child, and she was too much moved to -stand on ceremony. She sat down quite close by the poor little fellow, -and put her hand on his arm. - -"Never you mind," she said. "Never you mind." And her throat felt so -full that for a few seconds she could say nothing more. - -Robin stood against the door post. The effect of this was to make his -small jaw square itself. - -"Don't mind us at all," he said. "We--we know." - -The little fellow looked at Meg and then up at him. In that look he saw -that they did know. - -"Mother was going to give that dollar to me," he said, brokenly. "I was -going to the Fair on it. _Everybody_ is going, everybody is talking -about it, and thinking about it! Nobody's been talking of nothing else -for months and months! The streets are full of people on their way! And -they all pass me by." - -He rubbed his sleeve across his forlorn face and swallowed hard. - -"There's pictures in the shops," he went on, "and flags flying. And -everything's going that way, and me staying behind!" - -Two of the large, splendid drops, which had sometimes gathered on Meg's -eyelashes and fallen on the straw, when she had been telling stories in -the barn, fell now upon her lap. - -"Robin!" she said. - -Robin stood and stared very straight before him for a minute, and then -his eyes turned and met hers. - -"We're very poor," he said to her, "but _everybody_ has--has something." - -"We couldn't leave him behind," Meg said, "we _couldn't_! Let's think." -And she put her head down, resting her elbows on her knee and clutching -her forehead with her supple, strong little hands. - -"What can we do without?" said Robin. "Let's do without something." - -Meg lifted her head. - -"We will eat nothing but the eggs for breakfast," she said, "and go -without lunch--if we can. Perhaps we can't--but we'll try. And we will -not go into some of the places we have to pay to go into. I will make up -stories about them for you. And, Robin, it _is_ true--everybody has -something to give. That's what I have--the stories I make up. It's -_something_--just a little." - -"It isn't so little," Robin answered; "it fills in the empty place, -Meg?" with a question in his voice. - -She answered with a little nod, and then put her hand on Ben's arm -again. During their rapid interchange of words he had been gazing at -them in a dazed, uncomprehending way. To his poor little starved nature -they seemed so strong and different from himself that there was -something wonderful about them. Meg's glowing, dark little face quite -made his weak heart beat as she turned it upon him. - -"We are not much better off than you are," she said, "but we think we've -got enough to take you into the grounds. You let us have your bed. Come -along with us." - -"To--to--the Fair?" he said, tremulously. - -"Yes," she answered, "and when we get in I'll try and think up things to -tell you and Robin, about the places we can't afford to go into. We can -go into the Palaces for nothing." - -"Palaces!" he gasped, his wide eyes on her face. - -She laughed. - -"That's what we call them," she said; "that's what they are. It's part -of a story. I'll tell it to you as we go." - -"Oh!" he breathed out, with a sort of gasp, again. - -He evidently did not know how to express himself. His hands trembled, -and he looked half frightened. - -"If you'll do it," he said, "I'll remember you all my life! -I'll--I'll--if it wasn't for father I know mother would let you sleep -here every night for nothing. And I'd give you my bed and be glad to do -it, I would. I'll be so thankful to you. I hain't got -nothin'--nothin'--but I'll be that thankful--I"--there was a kind of -hysterical break in his voice--"let me go and tell mother," he said, and -he got up stumblingly and rushed into the house. - -Meg and Robin followed him to the kitchen, as excited as he was. The -woman had just put a cracked bowl of something hot on the table, and as -he came in she spoke to him. - -[Illustration: "TO--TO--THE FAIR?" HE SAID, TREMULOUSLY.] - -"Your mush is ready," she said. "Come and eat while it's hot." - -"Mother," he cried out, "they are going to take me in. I'm going! -They're going to take me!" - -The woman stopped short and looked at the twins, who stood in the -doorway. It seemed as if her chin rather trembled. - -"You're going--" she began, and broke off. "You're as poor as he is," -she ended. "You must be, or you wouldn't have come here to room." - -"We're as poor in one way," said Meg, "but we worked, and saved money to -come. It isn't much, but we can do without something that would cost -fifty cents, and that will pay for his ticket." - -The woman's chin trembled more still. - -"Well," she said, "I--I--O Lord!" And she threw her apron over her head -and sat down suddenly. - -Meg went over to her, not exactly knowing why. - -"We could not bear to go ourselves," she said. "And he is like us." - -She was thinking, as she spoke, that this woman and her boy were very -fond of each other. The hands holding the apron were trembling as his -had done. They dropped as suddenly as they had been thrown up. The woman -lifted her face eagerly. - -"What were you thinking of going without?" she asked. "Was it things to -eat?" - -"We--we've got some hard-boiled eggs," faltered Meg, a little guiltily. - -"There's hot mush in the pan," said the woman. "There's nothing to eat -with it, but it's healthier than cold eggs. Sit down and eat some." - -And they did, and in half an hour they left the poor house, feeling -full-fed and fresh. With them went Ben--his mother standing on the steps -looking after him--his pale old face almost flushed and young, as it set -itself toward the City Beautiful. - - - - - XV - - -Before they entered the Court of Honor Meg stopped them both. She was -palpitating with excitement. - -"Robin," she said, "let us make him shut his eyes. Then you can take one -of his hands and I can take the other, and we will lead him. And when we -have taken him to the most heavenly place, he shall look--suddenly!" - -"I should like that," said Ben, tremulous with anticipation. - -"All right," said Robin. - -By this time it was as if they had been friends all their lives. They -knew each other. They had not ceased talking a moment since they set -out, but it had not been about the Fair. Meg had decided that nothing -should be described beforehand; that all the entrancement of beauty -should burst upon Ben's hungry soul, as Paradise bursts upon translated -spirits. - -"I don't want it to be gradual," she said, anxiously. "I want it to be -_sudden_! It can be gradual after." - -She was an artist and an epicure in embryo, this child. She tasted her -joys with a delicate palate, and lost no flavor of them. The rapture of -yesterday was intensified ten-fold to-day, because she felt it throbbing -anew in this frail body beside her, in which Nature had imprisoned a -soul as full of longings as her own, but not so full of power. - -They took Ben by either hand, and led him with the greatest care. He -shut his eyes tight, and walked between them. People who glanced at them -smiled, recognizing the time-honored and familiar child trick. They did -not know that this time it was something more than that. - -"The trouble is," Meg said in a low voice to Robin, "I don't know which -is the most heavenly place to stand. Sometimes I think it is at one end, -and sometimes at the other, and sometimes at the side." - -They led their charge for some minutes indefinitely. Sometimes they -paused and looked about them, speaking in undertones. Ben was rigidly -faithful, and kept his eyes shut. As they hesitated for a moment near -one of the buildings, a man who was descending the steps looked in their -direction, and his look was one of recognition. It was the man who had -watched them the day before, and he paused upon the steps, interested -again, and conscious of being curious. - -"What are they going to do?" he said to himself. "They are going to do -something. Where did they pick up the other one--poor little chap!" - -Meg had been looking very thoughtful during that moment of hesitancy. -She spoke, and he was near enough to hear her. - -"He shall open them where he can hear the water splashing in the -fountain," she said. "I think that's the best." - -It seemed that Robin thought so, too. They turned and took their way to -the end of the Court, where the dome lifted itself, wonderful, against -the sky, and a splendor of rushing water, from which magnificent -sea-monsters rose, stood grand before. - -Their man followed them. He had had a bad night, and had come out into a -dark world. The streams of pleasure-seekers, the gayly fluttering flags, -the exhilaration in the very air seemed to make his world blacker and -more empty. A year before he had planned to see this wonder, with the -one soul on earth who would have been most thrilled, and who would have -made him most thrill, to its deepest and highest meaning. Green grass -and summer roses were waving over the earth that had shut in all dreams -like these, for him. As he wandered about, he had told himself that he -had been mad to come and see it all, so alone. Sometimes he turned away -from the crowd, and sat in some quiet corner of palace or fairy garden; -and it was because he was forced to do it, for it was at times when he -was in no condition to be looked at by careless passers-by. - -He had never been particularly fond of children; but somehow these two -waifs, with their alert faces and odd independence, had wakened his -interest. He was conscious of rather wanting to know where they had come -from and what they would do next. The bit of the story of the Genius of -the Palace of the Sea had attracted him. He had learned to love stories -from the one who should have seen with him the Enchanted City. She had -been a story lover, and full of fancies. - -He followed the trio to the end of the great Court. When they reached -there, three pairs of cheeks were flushed, and the eyes that were open -were glowing. Meg and Robin chose a spot of ground, and stopped. - -"Now," said Meg, "open them--suddenly!" - -The boy opened them. The man saw the look that flashed into his face. It -was a strange, quivering look. Palaces, which seemed of pure marble, -surrounded him. He had never even dreamed of palaces. White stairways -rose from the lagoon, leading to fair, open portals the wondering world -passed through to splendors held within. A great statue of gold towered -noble and marvellous, with uplifted arms holding high the emblems of its -spirit and power, and at the end of this vista, through the archway, and -between the line of columns, bearing statues poised against the -background of sky, he caught glimpses of the lake's scintillating blue. - -He uttered a weird little sound. It was part exclamation, and a bit of a -laugh, cut short by something like a nervous sob, which did not know -what to do with itself. - -"Oh!" he said. And then, "Oh!" again. And then "I--I don't know--what -it's--like!" And he cleared his throat and stared, and Meg saw his -narrow chest heave up and down. - -"It isn't _like_ anything, but--but something we've dreamed of, -perhaps," said Meg, gazing in ecstasy with him. - -"No--no!" answered Ben. "But I've never dreamed like it." - -Meg put her hand on his shoulder. - -"But you will now," she said. "You will now." - -And their man had been near enough to hear, and he came to them. - -"Good morning," he said. "You're having another day of it, I see." - -Meg and Robin looked up at him, radiant. They were both in good enough -mood to make friends. They felt friends with everybody. - -"Good morning," they answered; and Robin added, "We're going to come -every day as long as we can make our money last." - -"That's a good enough idea," said their man. "Where are your father and -mother?" - -Meg lifted her solemn, black-lashed eyes to his. She was noticing again -about the dreary look in his face. - -"They died nearly four years ago," she answered, for Robin. - -"Who is with you?" asked the man, meeting her questioning gaze with a -feeling that her great eyes were oddly thoughtful for a child's, and -that there was a look in them he had seen before in a pair of eyes -closed a year ago. It gave him an almost startled feeling. - -"Nobody is with us," Meg said, "except Ben." - -"You came alone?" said the man. - -"Yes." - -He looked at her for a moment in silence, and then turned away and -looked across the Court to where the lake gleamed through the colonnade. - -"So did I," he said, reflectively. "So did I. Quite alone." - -Meg and Robin glanced at each other. - -"Yesterday Rob and I came by ourselves," said Meg next, and she said it -gently. "But we were not lonely; and to-day we have Ben." - -The man turned his eyes on the boy. - -"You're Ben, are you?" he said. - -"Yes," Ben answered. "And but for them I couldn't never have seen -it--never!" - -"Why?" the man asked. "Almost everybody can see it." - -"But not me," said Ben. "And I wanted to more than any one--seemed like -to me. And when they roomed at our house last night, mother was going to -give me the fifty cents, but--but father--father, he took it away from -us. And they brought me." - -Then the man turned on Robin. - -"Have you plenty of money?" he asked, unceremoniously. - -"No," said Rob. - -"They're as poor as I am," put in Ben. "They couldn't afford to room -anywhere but with poor people." - -"But everybody--" Meg began impulsively, and then stopped, remembering -that it was not Robin she was talking to. - -"But everybody--what?" said the man. - -It was Robin who answered for her this time. - -"She said that last night," he explained, with a half shy laugh, "that -everybody had something they could give to somebody else." - -"Oh, well, it isn't always money, of course, or anything big," said Meg, -hurriedly. "It might be something that is ever so little." - -The man laughed, but his eyes seemed to be remembering something as he -looked over the lagoon again. - -"That's a pretty good thing to think," he said. "Now," turning on Meg -rather suddenly, "I wonder what you have to give to _me_." - -"I don't know," she answered, perhaps a trifle wistfully. "The thing I -give to Rob and Ben is a very little one." - -"She makes up things to tell us about the places we can't pay to go -into, or don't understand," said Robin. "It's not as little as she -thinks it is." - -"Well," said the man, "look here! Perhaps that's what you have to give -to me. You came to this place alone and so did I. I believe you're -enjoying yourselves more than I am. You're going to take Ben about and -tell him stories. Suppose you take me!" - -"You!" Meg exclaimed. "But you're a man, and you know all about it, I -dare say; and I only tell things I make up--fairy stories, and other -things. A man wouldn't care for them. He--he knows." - -"He knows too much, perhaps--that's the trouble," said the man. "A fairy -or so might do me good. I'm not acquainted enough with them. And if I -know things you don't--perhaps that's what I have to give to _you_." - -"Why," said Meg, her eyes growing as she looked up at his odd, clever -face, "do you want to go about with us?" - -[Illustration: "TAKE ME WITH YOU."] - -"Yes," said the man, with a quick, decided nod, "I believe that's just -what I want to do. I'm lonelier than you two. At least, you are -together. Come on, children," but it was to Meg he held out his hand. -"Take me with you." - -And, bewildered as she was, Meg found herself giving her hand to him and -being led away, Robin and Ben close beside them. - - - - - XVI - - -It was such a strange thing--so unlike the things of every day, and so -totally an unexpected thing, that for a little while they all three had -a sense of scarcely knowing what to do with themselves. If Robin and Meg -had not somehow rather liked the man, and vaguely felt him friendly, and -if there had not been in their impressionable minds that fancy about his -being far from as happy as the other people of the crowds looked, it is -more than probable that they would not have liked their position, and -would have felt that it might spoil their pleasure. - -But they were sympathetic children, and they had been lonely and sad -enough themselves to be moved by a sadness in others, even if it was an -uncomprehended one. - -As she walked by the man's side, still letting her hand remain in his, -Meg kept giving him scrutinizing looks aside, and trying in her way to -read him. He was a man just past middle life, he was powerful and -well-built, and had keen, and at the same time rather unhappy-looking, -blue eyes, with brows and lashes as black as Rob's and her own. There -was something strong in his fine-looking, clean-shaven face, and the -hand which held hers had a good, firm grasp, and felt like a hand which -had worked in its time. - -As for the man himself, he was trying an experiment. He had been -suddenly seized with a desire to try it, and see how it would result. He -was not sure that it would be a success, but if it proved one it might -help to rid him of gloom he would be glad to be relieved of. He felt it -rather promising when Meg went at once to the point and asked him a -practical question. - -"You don't know our names?" she said. - -"You don't know mine," he answered. "It's John Holt. You can call me -that." - -"John Holt," said Meg. "Mr. John Holt." - -The man laughed. Her grave, practical little air pleased him. - -"Say John Holt, without the handle to it," he said. "It sounds well." - -Meg looked at him inquiringly. Though he had laughed, he seemed to mean -what he said. - -"It's queer, of course," she said, "because we don't know each other -well; but I can do it, if you like." - -"I do like," he said, and he laughed again. - -"Very well," said Meg. "My name's Margaret Macleod, I'm called Meg for -short. My brother's name is Robin, and Ben's is Ben Nowell. Where shall -we go first?" - -"You are the leader of the party," he answered, his face beginning to -brighten a little. "Where shall it be?" - -"The Palace of the Genius of the Flowers," she said. - -"Is that what it is called?" he asked. - -"That's what we call it," she explained. "That's part of the fairy -story. _We_ are part of a fairy story, and all these are palaces that -the Genii built for the Great Magician." - -"That's first-rate," he said. "Just tell us about it. Ben and I have not -heard." - -At first she had wondered if she could tell her stories to a grown-up -person, but there was something in his voice and face that gave her the -feeling that she could. She laughed a little when she began; but he -listened with enjoyment that was so plain, and Ben, walking by her side, -looked up with such eager, enraptured, and wondering eyes, that she went -on bravely. It grew, as stories will, in being told, and it was better -than it had been the day before. Robin himself saw that, and leaned -towards her as eagerly as Ben. - -By the time they entered the Palace of the Flowers and stood among the -flame of colors, and beneath the great palm fronds swaying under the -crystal globe that was its dome, she had warmed until she was all aglow, -and as full of fancies as the pavilions were of blossoms. - -As she dived into the story of the Genius who strode through tropical -forests and deep jungles, over purple moors and up mountain sides, where -strange-hued pale or vivid things grew in tangles, or stood in the sun -alone, John Holt became of the opinion that his experiment would be a -success. It was here that he began to find he had gifts to give. She -asked him questions; Robin and Ben asked him questions; the three drew -close to him, and hung on his every word. - -"You know the things and the places where they grow," Meg said. "We have -never seen anything. We can only try to imagine. You can tell us." And -he did tell them; and as they went from court to pavilion, surrounded by -sumptuous bloom and sumptuous leafage and sumptuous fragrance, the three -beginning to cling to him, to turn to him with every new discovery, and -to forget he was a stranger, he knew that he was less gloomy than he had -been before, and that somehow this thing seemed worth doing. - -And in this way they went from place to place. As they had seen beauties -and wonders the day before, they saw wonders and beauties to-day, but -to-day their pleasure had a flavor new to them. For the first time in -years, since they had left their little seat at their own fireside, they -were not alone, and some one seemed to mean to look after them. John -Holt was an eminently practical person, and when they left the Palace of -the Flowers they began vaguely to realize that, stranger or not, he had -taken charge of them. It was evident that he was in the habit of taking -charge of people and things. He took charge of the satchel. It appeared -that he knew where it was safe to leave it. - -"Can we get it at lunch time?" Robin asked, with some anxiety. - -"You can get it when you want it," said John Holt. - -A little later he looked at Ben's pale, small face scrutinizingly. - -"Look here," he said, "you're tired." And without any further question -he called up a rolling-chair. - -"Get into that," he said. - -"Me?" said Ben, a little alarmed. - -"Yes." - -And, almost a shade paler at the thought of such grandeur, Ben got in, -and fell back with a luxurious sigh. - -And at midday, when they were beginning to feel ravenous, though no one -mentioned the subject, he asked Meg a blunt question. - -"Where did you eat your lunch yesterday?" he asked. - -Meg flushed a little, feeling that hospitality demanded that they should -share the remaining eggs with such a companion, and she was afraid there -would be very few to offer, when Ben was taken into consideration. - -"We went to a quiet place on the Wooded Island," she said, "and ate it -with the roses. We pretended they invited us. We had only hard-boiled -eggs and a sandwich each; but a kind woman gave us something of her -own." - -"We brought the eggs from home," explained Rob. "We have some chickens -of our own, who laid them. We thought that would be cheaper than buying -things." - -"Oh!" said John Holt. "So you've been living on hard-boiled eggs. Got -any left?" - -"A few," Meg answered. "They're in the satchel. We shall have to go and -get it." - -"Come along, then," said John Holt. "Pretty hungry by this time, aren't -you?" - -"Yes," said Meg, with heartfelt frankness, "we are!" - -It was astonishing how much John Holt had found out about them during -this one morning. They did not know themselves how much their answers to -his occasional questions had told him. He had not known himself, when he -asked the questions, how much their straightforward, practical replies -would reveal. They had not sentimentalized over their friendless -loneliness, but he had found himself realizing what desolate, unnoticed, -and uncared-for things their lives were. They had not told him how they -had tired their young bodies with work too heavy for them, but he had -realized it. In his mind there had risen a picture of the Straw Parlor, -under the tent-like roof of the barn, with these two huddled together in -the cold, buried in the straw, while they talked over their desperate -plans. They had never thought of calling themselves strong and -determined, and clear of wit, but he knew how strong and firm of purpose -and endurance two creatures so young and unfriended, and so poor, must -have been to form a plan so bold, and carry it out in the face of the -obstacles of youth and inexperience, and empty pockets and hands. He had -laughed at the story of the Treasure saved in pennies, and hidden deep -in the straw; but as he had laughed he had thought, with a quick, soft -throb of his heart, that the woman he had loved and lost would have -laughed with him, with tears in the eyes which Meg's reminded him of. He -somehow felt as if she might be wandering about with them in their City -Beautiful this morning, they were so entirely creatures she would have -been drawn to, and longed to make happier. - -He liked their fancy of making their poor little feast within scent of -the roses. It was just such a fancy as She might have had herself. And -he wanted to see what they had to depend on. He knew it must be little, -and it touched him to know that, little as they had, they meant to share -it with their poorer friend. - -They went for the satchel, and when they did so they began to calculate -as to what they could add to its contents. They were few things, and -poor ones. - -He did not sit down, but stood by and watched them for a moment, when, -having reached their sequestered nook, they began to spread out their -banquet. It was composed of the remnant eggs, some bread, and a slice of -cheese. It looked painfully scant, and Meg had an anxious eye. - -"Is that all?" asked John Holt, abruptly. - -"Yes," said Meg. "We shall have to make it do." - -"My Lord!" ejaculated John Holt, suddenly, in his blunt fashion. And he -turned round and walked away. - -"Where's he gone?" exclaimed Ben, timidly. - -But they none of them could guess. Nice as he had been, he had a brusque -way, and, perhaps, he meant to leave them. - -But by the time they had divided the eggs, and the bread and cheese, and -had fairly begun, he came marching back. He had a basket on his arm, and -two bottles stuck out of one coat pocket, while a parcel protruded from -the other. He came and threw himself down on the grass beside them, and -opened the basket. It was full of good things. - -"I'm going to have lunch with you," he said, "and I have a pretty big -appetite, so I've brought you something to eat. You can't tramp about on -that sort of thing." - -The basket they had seen the day before had been a poor thing compared -to this. The contents of this would have been a feast for much more -fastidious creatures than three ravenous children. There were chickens -and sandwiches and fruit; the bottles held lemonade, and the package in -the coat pocket was a box of candy. - -"We--never had such good things in our lives," Meg gasped, amazed. - -"Hadn't you?" said John Holt, with a kind, and even a happy, grin. -"Well, pitch in." - - - - - XVII - - -What a feast it was--what a feast! They were so hungry, they were so -happy, they were so rejoiced! And John Holt watched them as if he had -never enjoyed himself so much before. He laughed, he made jokes, he -handed out good things, he poured out lemonade. - -"Let's drink to the Great Magician!" he said, filling the little glasses -he had brought; and he made them drink it standing, as a toast. In all -the grounds that day there was no such a party, it was so exhilarated -and amazed at itself. Little Ben looked and ate and laughed as if the -lemonade had gone to his head. - -"Oh, my!" he said, "if mother could see me!" - -"We'll bring her to-morrow," said John Holt. - -"Are you--" faltered Meg, looking at him with wide eyes, "are you coming -again to-morrow?" - -"Yes," John Holt answered, "and you are coming with me; and we'll come -every day until you've seen it all--if you three will pilot me around." - -"You must be very rich, John Holt," said Meg. She had found out that it -was his whim to want her to call him so. - -"I have plenty of money," he said, "if that's being rich. Oh, yes, I've -got money enough! I've more land than Aunt Matilda." - -And then it was that suddenly Robin remembered something. - -"I believe," he said, "that I've heard Aunt Matilda speak about you to -Jones. I seem to remember your name. You have the biggest farm in -Illinois, and you have houses and houses in town. Meg, don't you -remember--when he got married, and everybody talked about how rich he -was?" - -And Meg did remember. She looked at him softly, and thought she knew why -he had seemed gloomy, for she remembered that this rich and envied man's -wife had had a little child and died suddenly. And she had even heard -once that it had almost driven him mad, because he had been fond of her. - -"Are you--that one?" she said. - -"Yes," he answered, "I'm the one who got married." And the cloud fell on -his face again, and for a minute or so rested there. For he thought this -thing which had happened to him was cruel and hideous, and he had never -ceased to rebel against it bitterly. - -Meg drew a little closer to him, but she said no more about what she -knew he was thinking of. She was a clever little thing, and knew this -was not the time. - -And after they had eaten of the good things, until hunger seemed a thing -of the past, the afternoon began as a fairy story, indeed. Little by -little they began to realize that John Holt was their good and powerful -giant, for it seemed that he was not only ready to do everything for -them, but was rich enough. - -"Have you been to the Midway Plaisance?" he asked them. He felt very -sure, however, that they had not, or that, if they had, with that scant -purse, they had not seen what they longed to see. - -"No, we haven't," said Meg. "We thought we would save it until we had -seen so many other things that we should not mind so _very_ much only -seeing the outsides of places. We knew we should have to make up stories -all the time." - -"We won't save it," said John Holt. "We'll go now. We will hobnob with -Bedouins and Japanese and Turks, and shake hands with Amazons and -Indians; we'll ride on camels and go to the Chinese Theatre. Come -along." - -And to this Arabian Nights' Entertainment he took them all. They felt as -if he were a prince. And oh, the exciting strangeness of it! To be in -such a place and amid such marvels, with a man who seemed to set no -limit to the resources of his purse. They never had been even near a -person who spent money as if it were made for spending, and the good -things of life were made to be bought by it. What John Holt spent was -only what other people with full purses spent in the Midway Plaisance, -but to Meg and Robin and Ben it seemed that he poured forth money in -torrents. They looked at him with timorous wonder and marvelling -gratitude. It seemed that he meant them to see everything and to do -everything. They rode on camels down a street in Cairo, they talked to -chiefs of the desert, they listened to strange music, they heard strange -tongues, and tasted strange confections. Robin and Ben went about like -creatures in a delightful dream. Every few minutes during the first hour -Robin would sidle close to Meg, and clutch her dress or her hand with a -gasp of rapture. - -"Oh, Meg!" he would say, "and yesterday we were so poor! And now we are -seeing _everything_!" - -And when John Holt heard him, he would laugh half to himself; a laugh -with a touch of pleasant exultation in it, and no gloom at all. He had -found something to distract him at last. - -He liked to watch Meg's face, as they went from one weirdly foreign -place to another. Her eyes were immense with delight, and her face had -the flush of an Indian peach. Once she stopped suddenly, in such a glow -of strange delight that her eyes were full of other brightness than the -shining of her pleasure. - -"Fairy stories _do_ happen!" she said. "You have made one! It was a -fairy story yesterday--but _now_--oh! just think how like a fairy king -you are, and what you are giving to us! It will be enough to make -stories of forever!" - -He laughed again. She found out in time that he often laughed that short -half-laugh when he was moved by something. He had had a rough sort of -life, successful as it had been, and it was not easy for him to express -all he felt. - -"That's all right," he said, "that's just as it should be. But you are -giving something to me, too--you three." - -And so they were, and it was not a little thing. - -Their afternoon was a thing of which they could never have dreamed and -for which they could never have hoped. Before it was half over they -began to feel that not only John Holt was a prince, but that by some -magic metamorphosis they had become princes themselves. It seemed that -nothing in that City Beautiful was to be closed to them. It was John -Holt's habit to do things in a thorough, business-like way, and he did -this thing in a manner which was a credit to his wit and good sense. - -Ben, who had never been taken care of in his life, was taken about in a -chair, and looked after in a way that made him wonder if he were not -dreaming, and if he should not be wakened presently by the sound of his -father's drunken voice. - -Robin found himself more than once rubbing his forehead in a puzzled -fashion. - -Meg felt rather as if she had become a princess. Somehow, she and John -Holt seemed to have known each other a long time. He seemed to like to -keep her near him, and always kept his eye on her, to see if she was -enjoying herself, and was comfortable, or tired. She found herself being -wheeled by Ben, when John Holt decided it was time for her to rest. He -walked by her and talked to her, answering all her questions. More than -once it flashed into her mind that it would be very awful when all this -joy was over, and they parted, as they would. But they were going to see -him to-morrow, he had said. - -It seemed as if they marched from one climax of new experience to -another. - -"You're going to dine with me," he announced. "You've had enough -hard-boiled eggs. And we'll see the illuminations afterwards." - -He took them to what seemed to them a dining-place for creatures of -another world, it was so brilliant with light, so decorated, so -gorgeous. Servants moved to and fro, electric globes gleamed, palms and -flowers added to the splendor of color and brightness. John Holt gave -them an excellent dinner; they thought it was a banquet. Ben kept his -eyes on John Holt's face at every mouthful--he felt as if he might -vanish away. He looked as if he had done this every day of his life. He -called the waiters as if he knew no awe of any human being, and the -waiters flew to obey him. - -In the evening he took them to see the City Beautiful as it looked at -night. It was set, it seemed to them, with myriads of diamonds, all -alight. Endless chains of jewels seemed strung and wound about it. The -Palace of the Flowers held up a great crystal of light glowing against -the dark blue of the sky, towers and domes were crowned and diademed, -thousands of jewels hung among the masses of leaves, or reflected -themselves, sparkling, in the darkness of the lagoons, fountains of -molten jewels sprung up, and flamed and changed. The City Beautiful -stood out whiter and more spirit-like than ever, in the pure radiance of -these garlands of clearest flame. - -When first they came out upon it Robin involuntarily pressed close to -Meg, and their twin hands clasped each other. - -"Oh, Meg!" cried Robin. - -"Oh, Robin!" breathed Meg, and she turned to John Holt and caught his -hand too. - -"Oh, John Holt!" she said; "John Holt!" - -Very primitive and brief exclamations of joy, but somehow human beings -have uttered them just as simply in all great moments through centuries. - -John Holt knew just the degree of rapturous feeling they expressed, and -he held Meg's hand close and with a warm grasp. - -They saw the marvellous fairy spectacle from all points and from all -sides. Led by John Holt, they lost no view and no beauty. They feasted -full of all the delight of it; and at last he took them to a quiet -corner, where, through the trees, sparkled lights and dancing water, and -let them talk it out. - -The day had been such an incredible one, with its succession of -excitements and almost unreal pleasures, that they had actually -forgotten that the night must come. They were young enough for that -indiscretion, and when they sat down and began to realize how tired they -were, they also began to realize a number of other things. - -A little silence fell upon them. Ben's head began to droop slightly upon -his shoulder, and John Holt's quick eye saw it. - -"Have you had a good day?" he asked. - -"Rob," said Meg, "when we sat in the Straw Parlor and talked about the -City Beautiful, and the people who would come to it--when we thought we -could never see it ourselves--did we ever dream that anybody--even if -they were kings and queens--could have such a day?" - -"Never," answered Robin; "never! We didn't know such a day was in the -world." - -"That's right," said John Holt. "I'm glad it's seemed as good as that. -Now, where did you think of spending the night?" - -Meg and Rob looked at each other. Since Rob had suggested to her in the -morning a bold thought, they had had no time to discuss the matter, but -now each one remembered the bold idea. Rob got up and came close to John -Holt. - -"This morning I thought of something," he said, "and once again this -afternoon I thought of it. I don't know whether we could do it, but you -could tell us. Do you think--this is such a big place and there are so -many corners we could creep into, and it's such a fine night--do you -think we could wait until all the people are gone and then find a place -to sleep without going out of the grounds? It would save us buying the -tickets in the morning, and Ben could stay with us--I told his mother -that perhaps he might not come home--and he could have another day." - -John Holt laughed his short laugh. - -"Were you thinking of doing that?" he said. "Well, you have plenty of -sand, anyway." - -"Do you think we could do it?" asked Meg. "Would they find us and drive -us out?" - -John Holt laughed again. - -"Great Csar!" he said, "no; I don't think they'd find you two. Luck -would be with you. But I know a plan worth two of that. I'm going to -take you all three to my hotel." - -"A hotel?" said Meg. - -Ben lifted his sleepy head from his shoulder. - -"Yes," said John Holt. "I can make them find corners for you, though -they're pretty crowded. I'm not going to lose sight of you. This has -begun to be _my_ tea-party." - -Meg looked at him with large and solemn eyes. - -"Well," she said, "it's a fairy story, and it's getting fairyer and -fairyer every minute." - -She leaned forward, with her heart quite throbbing. Because it was he -who did this splendid thing--he to whom all things seemed possible--it -actually seemed a thing to be accepted as if a magician had done it. - -"Oh, how good you are to us!" she said. "How good, and how good! And -what is the use of saying only 'Thank you?' I should not be surprised," -with a touch of awe, "if you took us to a hotel built of _gold_." - -How heartily John Holt laughed then. - -"Well, some of them ought to be, by the time this thing's over," he -said. "But the lights will soon be out; the people are going, and Ben's -nearly dead. Let's go and find a carriage." - - - - - XVIII - - -Yes, they went home in a carriage! John Holt put them into it, and -settled back into it himself, as if comfortable cushions were only what -belonged to tired people. And he took them to one of the hotels whose -brilliantly-lighted fronts they had trudged wearily by the night before. -And they had a good supper and warm baths and delicious beds, and Meg -went to sleep with actual tears of wonder and gratitude on her lashes, -and they all three slept the sleep of Eden and dreamed the dreams of -Paradise. And in the morning they had breakfast with John Holt, in the -hotel dining-room, and a breakfast as good as the princely dinner he had -given them; and after it they all went back with him to the City -Beautiful, and the fairy story began again. For near the entrance where -they went in they actually found Ben's mother, in a state of wonder -beyond words; for, by the use of some magic messenger, that wonderful -John Holt had sent word to her that Ben was in safe hands, and that she -must come and join him, and the money to make this possible had been in -the letter. - -Poor, tired, discouraged, down-trodden woman, how she lost her breath -when Ben threw himself upon her and poured forth his story! And what a -face she wore through all that followed! How Ben led her from triumph to -triumph, with the exultant air of one to whom the City Beautiful almost -belonged, and who, consequently, had it to bestow as a rich gift on -those who did not know it as he did. What wondering glances his mother -kept casting on his face, which had grown younger with each hour! She -had never seen him look like this before. And what glances she cast -aside at John Holt! This was one of the rich men poor people heard of. -She had never been near one of them. She had, often, rather hated them. - -Before the day was over Robin and Meg realized that this wonder was to -go on as long as there was anything of the City Beautiful they had not -seen. They were to drink deep draughts of delight as long as they were -thirsty for more. John Holt made this plain to them in his blunt, -humorous way. He was going to show them everything and share all their -pleasures, and they were to stay at the golden hotel every night. - -And John Holt was getting almost as much out of it as they were. He -wandered about alone no more; he did not feel as if he were only a -ghost, with nothing in common with the human beings passing by. In the -interest and excitement of generalship and management, and the amusement -of seeing this unspoiled freshness of his charges' delight in all -things, the gloomy look faded out of his face, and he looked like a -different man. Once they came upon two men who seemed to know him, and -the first one who spoke to him glanced at the children in some surprise. - -"Hallo, John!" he said, "set up a family?" - -"Just what I've done," answered John Holt. "Set up a family. A man's no -right to be going around a place like this without one." - -"How do you get on with it?" asked the other. "Find it pay?" - -"Pay!" said John Holt, with a big laugh. "Great Scott! I should say so! -It's worth twice the price of admission!" - -"Glad of it," said his friend, giving him a curious look. - -And as he went away Meg heard him say to his companion, - -"It was time he found something that paid--John Holt. He was in a pretty -bad way--a _pretty_ bad way." - -As they became more and more intimate, and spoke more to each other, Meg -understood how bad a "way" he had been in. She was an observing, -old-fashioned child, and she saw many things a less sympathetic creature -might have passed by; and when John Holt discovered this--which he was -quite shrewd enough to do rather soon--he gradually began to say things -to her he would not have said to other people. She understood, somehow, -that, though the black look passed away from his face, and he laughed -and made them laugh, there was a thing that was never quite out of his -mind. She saw that pictures brought it back to him, that strains of -music did, that pretty mothers with children hurt him when they passed, -and that every now and then he would cast a broad glance over all the -whiteness and blueness and beauty and grace, and draw a long, quick -sigh--as if he were homesick for something. - -"You know," he said once, when he did this and looked round, and found -Meg's eyes resting yearningly upon him, "you know She was coming with -me! We planned it all. Lord! how She liked to talk of it! She said it -would be an Enchanted City--just as you did, Meg. That was one of the -first things that made me stop to listen--when I heard you say that. An -Enchanted City!" he repeated, pondering. "Lord, Lord!" - -"Well," said Meg, with a little catch in her breath, "well, you know, -John Holt, she's got to an Enchanted City that won't vanish away, hasn't -she?" - -She did not say it with any sanctified little air. Out of their own -loneliness, and the "Pilgrim's Progress," and her ardent fancies, the -place she and Robin had built to take refuge in was a very real thing. -It had many modern improvements upon the vagueness of harps and crowns. -There were good souls who might have been astounded and rather shocked -by it, but the children believed in it very implicitly, and found great -comfort in their confidence in its joyfulness. They thought of -themselves as walking about its streets exactly as rapturously as they -walked about this earthly City Beautiful. And because it was so real -there was a note in Meg's voice which gave John Holt a sudden touch of -new feeling, as he looked back at her. - -"Do you suppose she is?" he said. "You believe in that, don't you--you -believe in it?" - -Meg looked a little troubled for a moment. - -"Why," she said, "Rob and I talk to each other and invent things about -it, just as we talked about this. We just _have_ to, you see. Perhaps we -say things that would seem very funny to religious people--I don't think -we're religious but--but we do _like_ it." - -"Do you?" said John Holt. "Perhaps I should, too. You shall tell me some -stories about it, and you shall put Her there. If I could feel as if she -were somewhere!" - -"Oh," said Meg, "she must be somewhere, you know. She couldn't _go out_, -John Holt." - -He cast his broad glance all around, and caught his breath, as if -remembering. - -"Lord, Lord!" he said. "No! _She_ couldn't go out!" - -Meg knew afterwards why he said this with such force. "She" had been a -creature who was so full of life, and of the joy of living. She had been -gay, and full of laughter and humor. She had had a wonderful, vivid -mind, which found color and feeling and story in the commonest things. -She had been so clever and so witty, and such a bright and warm thing in -her house. When she had gone away from earth so suddenly, people had -said, with wonder, "But it seemed as if she _could_ not die!" But she -had died, and her child had died too, scarcely an hour after it was -born, and John Holt had been left stunned and aghast, and almost -stricken into gloomy madness. And in some way Meg was like her, with her -vivid little face and her black-lashed eyes, her City Beautiful and her -dreams and stories, which made the realities of her life. It was a -strange chance, a marvellously kind chance, which had thrown them -together; these two, who were of such different worlds, and yet, who -needed each other so much. - -During the afternoon, seeing that Meg looked a little tired, and also -realizing, in his practical fashion, that Ben's mother would be more at -ease in the society she was used to, John Holt sent her to ramble about -with her boy, and Robin went with them; and Meg and John went to rest -with the thousands of roses among the bowers of the fairy island, and -there they said a good deal to each other. John Holt seemed to get a -kind of comfort in finding words for some of the thoughts he had been -silent about in the past. - -"It's a queer thing," he said, "but when I talk to you about her I feel -as if she were somewhere near." - -"Perhaps she is," said Meg, in her matter-of-fact little way. "We don't -know what they are doing. But if you had gone into another world, and -she had stayed here, you know you would have come to take care of her." - -"That's true," said John Holt. "I took care of her when she was here, -the Lord knows. There wasn't anything on earth she liked that I wouldn't -have broken my neck to get at. When I built that house for her--I built -a big house to take her to when we were married--she said I hadn't left -out a thing she cared for. And she _knew_ what things ought to be. She -wasn't like me, Meg. I'd spent my life trying to make a fortune. I began -when I was a boy, and I worked hard. She belonged to people with money, -and she'd read books and travelled and seen things. She knew it all. I -didn't, when first I knew her, but I learned fast enough afterwards. I -couldn't help it while I was with her. We planned the house together. It -was one of the best in the country--architecture, furniture, pictures, -and all the rest. The first evening we spent there----" He stopped and -cleared his throat, and was silent a few seconds. Then he added, in a -rather unsteady voice, "We were pretty happy people that evening." - -Later he showed Meg her miniature. He carried it in an oval case in his -inside pocket. It was the picture of a young woman with a brilliant -face, lovely laughing eyes, and a bright, curving red mouth. - -"No," he said, as he looked at it, "She _couldn't_ go out. She's -somewhere." - -Then he told Meg about the rooms they had made ready for "John Holt, -Junior," as they had called the little child who died so quickly. - -"It was her idea," he said. "There was a nursery, with picture paper on -the walls. There was a bathroom, with tiles that told stories about -little mermen and mermaids, that she had made up herself. There was a -bedroom, with a swinging cot, frilled with lace and tied with ribbons. -And there were picture-books and toys. The doors never were opened. John -Holt, Junior, never slept in his cot. He slept with his mother." - -There he broke off a moment again. - -"She used to be sorry he wouldn't be old enough to appreciate all this," -he said next. "She used to laugh about him, and say, he was going to be -cheated out of it. But she said he should come with us, so that he could -say he had been. She said he had to see it, if he only stared at it and -said 'goo.'" - -"Perhaps he does see it," said Meg. "I should think those who have got -away from here, and know more what being alive really means, would want -to see what earth people are _trying_ to do--though they know so -little." - -"That sounds pretty good," said John Holt; "I like that." - -They had been seated long enough to feel rested, and they rose and went -on their way, to begin their pilgrimage again. Just as they were -crossing the bridge they saw Robin coming tearing towards them. He -evidently had left Ben and his mother somewhere. He was alone. His hat -was on the back of his head, and he was hot with running. - -"Something has happened," said Meg, "and I believe I know----" - -But Robin had reached them. - -"Meg," he said, panting for breath, "Aunt Matilda's here! She didn't see -me, but I saw her. She's in the Agricultural Building, standing before a -new steam plough, and she's chewing a sample of wheat." - - - - - XIX - - -The two children did not know exactly whether they were frightened or -not. If it had not seemed impossible that anything should go entirely -wrong while John Holt was near them, they would have felt rather queer. -But John Holt was evidently not the least alarmed. - -"Look here," he said, "I'm glad of it. I want to see that woman." - -"Do you?" exclaimed Robin and Meg together. - -"Yes, I do," he said. "Come along, and let's go and find her." And he -strode out towards the Agricultural Building as if he were going towards -something interesting. - -It is true that the Agricultural Building had been too nearly connected -with Aunt Matilda's world to hold the greatest attractions for the -little Pilgrims. It had, indeed, gone rather hard with them to find a -name for it with a beautiful sound. - -"But it _is_ something," Meg had said, "and it's a great, huge thing, -whether we care for it or not. That it isn't the thing we care for -doesn't make it any less. We should be fools if we thought that, of -course. And you know we're not fools, Rob." - -"No," Rob had said, standing gazing at rakes and harrows with his brows -knit and his legs pretty wide apart. "And if there's one thing that -shows human beings _can_ do what they set their minds to, it's this -place. Why, they used to thresh wheat with flails--two pieces of wood -hooked together. They banged the wheat on the barn floor with things -like that! I'll tell you what, as soon as a man gets any sense, he -begins to make machines. He bangs at things with his brain, instead of -with his arms and legs." - -And in the end they had called it the Palace of the Genius of the Garth, -and the Seasons, and the Sun. They walked manfully by John Holt through -the place, Robin leading the way, until they came to the particular -exhibit where he had caught sight of Aunt Matilda. Being a business-like -and thorough person, she was still there, though she had left the steam -plough and directed her attention to a side-delivery hay rake, which she -seemed to find very well worth study. - -If the children and John Holt had not walked up and planted themselves -immediately in her path, she would not have seen them. It gave Meg a -little shudder to see how like her world she looked, with her hard, -strong-featured face, her straight skirt, and her square shoulders. They -waited until she moved, and then she looked up and saw them. She did not -start or look nervous in the least. She stared at them. - -"Well," she said. "So this was the place you came to." - -"Yes, Aunt Matilda," said Robin. "We couldn't let it go by us--and we -took our own money." - -"And we knew you wouldn't be anxious about us," said Meg, looking up at -her with a shade of curiosity. - -Aunt Matilda gave a dry laugh. - -"No," she said, "I've no time to be anxious about children. I took care -of myself when I was your age; and I had a sort of notion you'd come -here. Who are you with?" - -John Holt lifted his hat, but without too much ceremony. He knew Mrs. -Matilda Jennings's principles were opposed to the ceremonious. - -"I'm a sort of neighbor of yours, Mrs. Jennings," he explained. "I have -some land near your farm, though I don't live on the place. My name is -John Holt." - -Aunt Matilda glanced from him to Robin. - -She knew all about John Holt, and was quite sufficiently business-like -to realize that it would be considered good luck to have him for a -friend. - -"Well," she said to them, "you've got into good hands." - -John Holt laughed. - -"By this time we all three think we've got into good hands," he said; -"and we're going to see this thing through." - -"They haven't money enough to see much of it," said Mrs. Jennings. - -"No," said John Holt, "but I have, and it's to be my treat." - -"Well," said Aunt Matilda, "I suppose you can afford it. I couldn't. -I've come here on business." - -"You'd better let us help you to combine a little pleasure with it," -said John Holt. "This won't happen twice in your life or mine." - -"There's been a lot of money wasted in decorations," said Mrs. Jennings. -"I don't believe it will pay them." - -"Oh, yes; it will pay them," said John Holt. "It would pay them if they -didn't make a cent out of it. It would have paid _me_, if I'd done it, -and lost money." - -"Now, see here," said Mrs. Matilda Jennings, with a shrewd air, "the -people that built this didn't do it for their health--they did it for -what they'd make out of it." - -"Perhaps they did," said John Holt, "and perhaps all of them didn't. And -even those that did have made a bigger thing than they knew, by -Jupiter!" - -They were all sauntering along together, as they spoke. Meg and Robin -wondered what John Holt was going to do. It looked rather as if he -wanted to see more of Aunt Matilda. And it proved that he did. He had a -reason of his own, and, combined with this, a certain keen sense of -humor made her entertaining to him. He wanted to see how the place -affected her, as he had wanted to look on at its effect on Meg and -Robin. But he knew that Aunt Matilda had come to accumulate new ideas on -agriculture, and that she must be first allowed to satisfy herself on -that point; and he knew the children were not specially happy in the -society of ploughs and threshing-machines, and he did not think Aunt -Matilda's presence would add to their pleasure in the Palace of the -Earth, the Seasons, and the Sun. Besides, he wanted to talk to Mrs. -Jennings a little alone. - -"You know where Ben and his mother are?" he said to Robin, after a few -minutes. - -"Yes," Robin answered. - -"Then take Meg and go to them for a while. Mrs. Jennings wants to stay -here about an hour more, and I want to walk round with her. In an hour -come back to the entrance here and I will meet you." - -Meg and Robin went away as he told them. It was in one sense rather a -relief. - -"I wonder what she'll say to him," said Meg. - -"There's no knowing," Robin answered. "But whatever it is, he will make -it all right. He's one of those who have found out human beings can do -things if they try hard enough. He was as lonely and poor as we are when -he was twelve. He told me so." - -What Aunt Matilda said was very matter-of-fact. - -"I must say," she said, as the children walked off, "you seem to have -been pretty good to them." - -"They've been pretty good to me," said John Holt. "They've been pretty -good _for_ me, though they're not old enough to know it." - -"They're older than their age," said Aunt Matilda. "If they'd been like -other children the Lord knows what I should have done with them. They've -been no trouble in particular." - -"I should imagine not," said John Holt. - -"It was pretty business-like of them," said Mrs. Jennings, with another -dry laugh, "to make up their minds without saying a word to any one, and -just hustle around and make their money to come here. They both worked -pretty steady, I can tell you, and it wasn't easy work, either. Most -young ones would have given in. But they were bound to get here." - -"They'll be bound to get pretty much where they make up their minds to, -as life goes on," remarked John Holt. "That's their build." - -"Thank goodness, they're not like their father," Mrs. Jennings -commented. "Robert hadn't any particular fault, but he never made -anything." - -"He and his wife seem to have made a home that was a pretty good start -for these children," was what John Holt said. - -"Well," said Mrs. Jennings, "they've got to do the rest themselves. He -left them nothing." - -"No other relations but you?" John Holt asked. - -"Not a soul. I shall keep them and let them work on the farm, I -suppose." - -"It would pay to educate them well and let them see the world," said -John Holt. - -"I dare say it would pay _them_," replied Aunt Matilda, "but I've got -all I can do, and my husband's family have a sort of claim on me. Half -the farm belonged to him." - -They spent their remaining hours in the Agricultural Building very -profitably. Mrs. Jennings found John Holt an excellent companion. He -knew things very thoroughly, and had far-seeing ideas of how far things -would work, and how much they would pay. He did not expect Mrs. Jennings -to tell him fairy stories, and he told her none, but before they left -the place they had talked a good deal. John Holt had found out all he -wanted to know about the two children, and he had made a proposition -which certainly gave Aunt Matilda something new to think of. - -She was giving some thought to it when they went out to meet the party -of four at the entrance. She looked as if she had been rather surprised -by some occurrence, but she did not look displeased, and the glances she -gave to Meg and Robin expressed a new sense of appreciation of their -practical value. - -"I've promised Mr. Holt that I'll let him take me through the Midway -Plaisance," she said. "I've seen the things I came to see, and I may as -well get my ticket's worth." - -Meg and Robin regarded her with interest. Aunt Matilda and the Midway -Plaisance, taken together, would be such a startling contrast that they -must be interesting. And as she looked at John Holt's face, as they went -on their way, Meg knew he was thinking the same thing. And it was a -strange experience. Mrs. Jennings strode through the curious places -rather as if she were following a plough down a furrow. She looked at -Samoan beauties, Arab chiefs, and Persian Jersey Lilies with unmovedly -scrutinizing eyes. She did not waste time anywhere, but she took all in -as if it were a matter of business. Camel drivers and donkey boys seemed -to strike her merely as samples of slow travelling; she ascended, as it -were into mid-heaven, on the Ferris Wheel, with a grim air of -determination. Being so lifted from earth and poised above in the clear -air, Meg had thrilled with a strange, exultant feeling of being a bird, -and it had seemed to her that, with a moment's flutter of wings, she -could soar higher and higher, and lose herself in the pure sea of blue -above. Aunt Matilda looked down with cool interest. - -"Pretty big power this," she said to John Holt. "I guess it's made one -man's fortune." - -John Holt was a generous host. He took her from place to place--to -Lapland villages, Cannibal huts, and Moorish palaces. She tramped about, -and inspected them all with a sharp, unenthusiastic eye. She looked at -the men and women, and their strange costumes, plainly thinking them -rather mad. - -"It's a queer sight," she said to John Holt; "but I don't see what good -all this is going to do any one." - -"It saves travelling expenses," answered John Holt, laughing. His -shrewd, humorous face was very full of expression all the time they were -walking about together. She had only come for the day, and she was going -back by a night train. When she left them, she gave them both one of -those newly appreciative looks. - -"Well," she said, "Mr. Holt's going to look after you, he says. He's got -something to tell you when I'm gone. We've talked it over, and it's all -right. There's one thing sure, you're two of the luckiest young ones -_I_'ve heard of." And she marched away briskly. - -Meg and Robin looked at each other and at John Holt. What was he going -to tell them? But he told them nothing until they had all dined, and Ben -and his mother had gone home, prepared to come again the next day. - -By that time the City Beautiful was wreathed with its enchanted jewels -of light again, and in the lagoon's depths they trembled and blazed. -John Holt called a gondola with a brilliant gondolier, and they got into -it and shot out into the radiant night. - -The sight was so unearthly in its beauty that for a few moments they -were quite still. Meg sat in her Straw Parlor attitude, with her elbows -on her knees, and her chin on her hands. Her eyes looked very big, and -as lustrous as the jewels in the lagoon. - -"I'm going to ask you something," said John Holt, in a quiet sort of -voice, at last. - -"Yes," said Meg, dreamily. - -"Would you two like to belong to _me_?" - -Meg's hands dropped, and she turned her shining eyes. - -"I've been talking to your Aunt Matilda about that big house of mine," -he went on. "It's empty. There's too much room in it. I want to take you -two, and see if you can fill it up. Will you come?" - -[Illustration: "IT'S A QUEER SIGHT," SHE SAID TO JOHN HOLT.] - -Meg and Robin turned their eyes upon each other in a dazed way. - -"Will we come?" they stammered. - -"Mrs. Jennings is willing," said John Holt. "You two have things to do -in the world. I'll help you to learn to do them. You," with the short -laugh--"you shall tell me fairy stories." - -Fairy stories! What was this? Their hearts beat in their breasts like -little hammers. The gondola moved smoothly over the scintillating water, -and the jewel-strung towers and domes rose white against the lovely -night. Meg looked around her, and uttered a little cry. - -"Oh, Rob!" she said. "Oh, dear John Holt. We have got _into_ the City -Beautiful, and you are going to let us live there always." - -And John Holt knew that the big house would seem empty no more. - - - - - XX - - -It would have seemed that this was the climax of wonders and -delights--to know that they had escaped forever from Aunt Matilda's -world, that they were not to be parted from John Holt, that they were to -be like his children, living with him, sharing his great house, and -learning all they could want to learn. All this, even when it was spoken -of as possible, seemed more than could be believed, but it seemed almost -more unbelievable day by day, as the truth began to realize itself in -detail. What a marvellous thing it was to find out that they were not -lonely, uncared-for creatures any more, but that they belonged to a man -who seemed to hold all power in his hands! When John Holt took them to -the big stores and bought them all they needed, new clothes and new -trunks and new comforts, and luxuries such as they had never thought of -as belonging to them, they felt almost aghast. He was so practical, and -seemed to know so well how to do everything, that each hour convinced -them more and more that everything was possible to him. And he seemed to -like so much to be with them. Day after day he took them to their City -Beautiful, and enjoyed with them every treasure in it. And they had so -much time before them, they could see it all at rapturous leisure and -ease. No more hungry hours, no more straining of tired bodies and -spurring of weary feet, because there was so much to see and so little -time to see it in, because there was so little money to be spent. There -was time to loiter through palaces and linger before pictures and -marvellous things. And John Holt could explain them all. No more limited -and vague imaginings. There was time to hear everything, and Meg could -tell fairy stories by the hour if she was in the mood. She told them in -tropical bowers; she told them as they floated on the lagoon; she read -them in strange, savage, or oriental faces. - -"I shall have enough to last all my life, John Holt," she would say. "I -see a new one every half-hour. If you like, I will tell them all to you -and Robin when you have nothing else to do." - -"It will be like the 'Arabian Nights,'" said Robin. "Meg, do you -remember that old book we had where all the leaves we wanted most were -torn out, and we had to make the rest up ourselves?" - -There was one story Meg found John Holt liked better than all the rest. -It was the one about the City Beautiful, into which she used to follow -Christian in the days when she and Robin lay in the Straw Parlor. It had -grown so real to her that she made it very real and near in the telling. -John Holt liked the way she had of filling it with people and things she -knew quite well. Meg was very simple about it all, but she told that -story well and often, when they were resting in some beautiful place -alone. John Holt would lead her back to it, and sit beside her, -listening, with a singular expression in his eyes. Ah, those were -wonderful days! - -Ben and his mother shared them, though they were not always with John -Holt and Robin and Meg. John Holt made comfortable plans for them, and -let them wander about and look their fill. - -"It's a great thing for _him_, Mr. Holt," said the poor woman once, with -a side glance at Ben. "Seems like he's been born over again. The way he -talks, when we go home at night, is as if he'd never be tired again as -long as he lives. And a month ago I used to think he'd wear himself out, -fretting. Seemed like I could see him getting thinner and peakeder every -day. My, it's a wonderful thing!" - -And John Holt's kindness did not end there, though it was some time -before Meg and Robin heard all he had done. One day, when they had left -the grounds earlier than usual, because they were tired, he spent the -evening in searching out Ben's disreputable father, and giving him what -he called "a straight talk." - -"Look here," he said, "I'm going to keep my eye on that boy of yours and -your wife. I intend to make the house decent, and see that the boy has a -chance to learn something, and take care they're not too hard run. But -I'm going to keep my eye on you too--at least, I shall see that some one -else does--and if you make things uncomfortable you'll be made pretty -uncomfortable yourself, that's all. I'd advise you to try the new -recreation of going to work. It'll be good for your health. Sort of -athletics." - -And he kept his word. - -It was a marvel of a holiday. It is not possible that among all the -holiday-makers there were two others who were nearer the rapture of -Paradise than these two little Pilgrims. - -When it was at an end they went home with John Holt. It was a wonderful -home-going. The house was a wonderful house. It was one of the -remarkable places that some self-made western men have built and -furnished, with the aid of unlimited fortunes and the unlimited shrewd -good sense which has taught most of those of them whose lives have been -spent in work and bold ventures that it is more practical to buy taste -and experience than to spend money without it. John Holt had also had -the aid and taste of a wonderful little woman, whose life had been -easier and whose world had been broader than his own. Together they had -built a beautiful and lovable home to live in. It contained things from -many countries, and its charm and luxury might well have been the result -of a far older civilization. - -"Don't you think, Robin," said Meg, in a low voice, the first evening, -as they sat in a deep-cushioned window-seat in the library together, -"don't you think you know what She was like?" - -They had spoken together of her often, and somehow it was always in a -rather low voice, and they always called her "She." - -Robin looked up from the book he held on his knee. It was a beautiful -volume She had been fond of. - -"I know why you say that," he said. "You mean that somehow the house is -like her. Yes, I'm sure it is, just as Aunt Matilda's house is like her. -People's houses are always like them." - -"This one is full of her," said Meg. "I should think John Holt would -feel as if she must be in it, and she might speak to him any moment. I -feel as if she might speak to me. And it isn't only the pictures of her -everywhere, with her eyes laughing at you from the wall and the tables -and the mantels. It's _herself_. Perhaps it is because she helped John -Holt to choose things, and was so happy here." - -"Perhaps it is," said Robin; and he added, softly, "this was her book." - -They went once more to Aunt Matilda's world. They did it because John -Holt wanted to see the Straw Parlor, and they wanted to show it to him -and bid it good-by. - -Aunt Matilda treated them with curious consideration. It almost seemed -as if she had begun to regard them with respect. It seemed to her that -any business-like person would respect two penniless children who had -made themselves attractive to a man with the biggest farm in Illinois, -and other resources still larger. They went out to the barn in their old -way, when no one knew where they were going, and when no one was about -to see them place their ladder against the stack, and climb up to the -top. The roof seemed more like a dark tent than ever, and they saw the -old birds' nests, which by this time were empty. - -"Meg," said Robin, "do you remember the day we lay in the straw and told -each other we had got work? And do you remember the afternoon I climbed -up with the old coffee-pot, to boil the eggs in?" - -"And when we counted the Treasure?" said Meg. - -"And when we talked about miracles?" said Robin. - -"And when it made me think human beings could do anything if they tried -hard enough?" said Meg. - -"And when you read the 'Pilgrim's Progress'?" said John Holt. - -"And the first afternoon when we listened to Jones and Jerry, and you -said there _was_ a City Beautiful?" said Meg. - -"And there _was_," said Robin, "and we've been there." - -"It was just this time in the afternoon," said Meg, looking about her; -"the red light was dying away, for I could not see to read any more." - -And for a little while they sat in the Straw Parlor, while the red light -waned; and afterwards, when they spoke of it, they found they were all -thinking of the same thing, and it was of the last day they had spent at -the Enchanted City, when they had gone about together in a strange, -tender, half-sad mood, loitering through the white palaces, lingering -about the clear pools of green sea water, where strange creatures swam -lazily or darted to and fro, looking their last at pictures and stories -in marble, and listening to the tinkle of water plashing under great -tropical leaves and over strange mosses, strolling through temples and -past savage huts, and gazing in final questioning at mysterious, -barbarous faces; and at last passing through the stately archway and -being borne away on the waters of the great lake. - -As they had been carried away farther and farther, and the white wonder -had begun to lose itself and fade into a white spirit of a strange and -lovely thing, Meg had felt the familiar throb at her heart and the -familiar lump in her throat. And she had broken into a piteous little -cry. - -"Oh, John Holt," she said, "it is going, it is going, and we shall never -see it again! For it will vanish away, it will vanish away!" And the -tears rushed down her cheeks, and she hid her face on his arm. - -But though he had laughed his short laugh, John Holt had made her lift -up her head. - -"No," he said, "it won't vanish away. It's not one of the things that -vanish. Things don't vanish away that a million or so of people have -seen as they've seen this. They stay where they're not forgotten, and -time doesn't change them. They're put where they can be passed on, and -passed on again. And thoughts that grow out of them bring other ones. -And what things may grow out of it that never would have been, and where -the end is, the Lord only knows, for no human being can tell. It won't -vanish away." - -Dear little children and big ones, this is a Fairy Story. And why not? -There are not many people who believe it, but fairy stories are -happening every day. There are beautiful things in the world; there are -many people with kind and generous hearts; there are those who do their -work well, giving what is theirs to give, and being glad in the giving; -there are birds in the skies, and flowers and leaves in the woods--and -Spring comes every year. These make the fairy stories. Every fairy story -has a moral, and this one has two. They are these: - -The human creature is a strong thing--when it is a brave one. - -Nature never made a human hand without putting into it _something_ to -give. - - - - - _BOOKS ILLUSTRATED IN COLORS_ - - - Kidnapped: - Being the Memoirs of the Adventures of David Balfour - By Robert Louis Stevenson - With 15 full-page illustrations and full-color cover. Lining paper and - title-page by N. C. Wyeth - $2.25 net - -The fight in the round-house, the Appin murder--these and other scenes -in the unforgettable story that lives in thousands of minds will be more -vivid for Mr. Wyeth's pictures of them. - - Treasure Island - By Robert Louis Stevenson - 16 full-page illustrations in colors by N. C. Wyeth. Large square 4to. - $2.25 - -Mr. Wyeth's bold, vigorous, colorful pictures reproduce perfectly the -spirit of Stevenson's swinging narrative. - - The Arabian Nights: - Their Best Known Tales - Edited by Kate Douglas Wiggin and Nora Archibald Smith - Illustrated by Maxfield Parrish. 8vo. $2.00 net - - The Queen's Museum and Other Fanciful Tales - By Frank R. Stockton - Illustrated by Frederic Richardson. $2.25 net - -"Frederic Richardson has scarcely any peer as the illustrator of the -most delicate fancies."--_The Interior._ - - A Child's Garden of Verses - By Robert Louis Stevenson - 12 full-page illustrations and ornamental cover in colors by Jessie - Willcox Smith. Royal 8vo. $2.56 - The same. Illustrated by Florence Storer. 50 cents net - The same. Illustrated by Emma Troth. 75 cents net - The same. Illustrated by Jean McLane and Charles Robinson. 50 cents - - Poems of Childhood - By Eugene Field - 8 full-page illustrations and ornamental cover in colors by Maxfield - Parrish. Royal 8vo. $2.25 - -"His poems of childhood have gone home, not only to the hearts of -children, but to the heart of the country as well."--_The Outlook._ - - A Little Princess - By Frances Hodgson Burnett - Handsomely illustrated in colors by Ethel Franklin Betts. Royal 8vo. - $2.00 net - -"Here is the whole story of Sara Crewe, nicer than it was at -first."--_The Outlook._ - - Little Lord Fauntleroy - By Frances Hodgson Burnett - 12 full-page illustrations in colors and 24 pen-and-ink sketches by - Reginald B. Birch. 4to. $2.00 net - -Many scenes are new and many old ones are pictured differently, but the -original idea of the different characters is only intensified in these -beautiful full-colored representations. - - - BY ERNEST THOMPSON SETON - _Illustrated by the author_ - -"They all have that fascinating quality which he manages to throw around -all his stories."--_Brooklyn Eagle._ - - Animal Heroes - Lives of the Hunted - Wild Animals I Have Known - Each of the above. Square 12mo. $1.75 net - - Monarch, the Big Bear of Tallac - -"A fascinating account of a bear family."--_Providence Journal._ - - The Trail of the Sandhill Stag - With numerous drawings by the author. Each 50 cents net - -"I had fancied that no one could touch 'The Jungle Book' for a -generation at least, but Mr. Seton has done it."--_Bliss Carman, in The -Bookman._ - - - BY GEORGE BIRD GRINNELL - - Blackfeet Indian Stories - With frontispiece and cover by N. C. Wyeth. $1.00 net - -Twenty-five or more real Blackfeet Indian folk-lore stories gathered -during years of intimate study of the Indians. - - The Wolf Hunters - A Story of the Buffalo Plains - Illustrated. $1.35 net - -The true adventures and thrilling experiences of three young cavalrymen -who spent the winter of 1861-62 in hunting wolves on the Western Plains. - - African Adventure Stories -By J. Alden Loring, field naturalist to the Roosevelt African Expedition - With a foreword by Theodore Roosevelt - Illustrated. 8vo. $1.50 net - -"An illustrated book with thrills for any boy, grown up or -growing."--_New York World._ - - Each Volume Illustrated. 12mo. $1.50 net - Beyond the Old Frontier - Adventures of Indian Fighters, Hunters, and Fur Traders - Edited by George Bird Grinnell - -A series of personal narratives of hunting, Indian fighting, and -exploration in the early pioneer days. - - Missionary Explorers Among the American Indians - By Mary Gay Humphreys - -Stories of the first and greatest of American missionaries to the -American Indians, told largely in their own words. - - True Tales of Arctic Heroism in the New World - By Major-General A. W. Greely, U. S. A. - -The true stories of the most heroic adventures in the Arctic -expeditions, from the earliest explorers to our own day. - - Zebulon M. Pike - Explorer of the Great South-West - Edited by Mary Gay Humphreys - -The thrilling and vivid narrative of Pike's expeditions, told largely in -the words of his own journal. - - The Boy's Drake - By Edwin M. Bacon - -"A worthy book for a boy.... Mr. Bacon has entered into the stirring -time of England's conquest of the seas, and has written a fine biography -of her great pirate captain."--_Chicago Tribune._ - - The Boy's Hakluyt - By Edwin M. Bacon - -The voyages of Hawkins, Drake, and Gilbert, and others, retold from -Hakluyt's Chronicles. - - The Boy's Catlin: My Life Among the Indians - By George Catlin - Edited by Mary Gay Humphreys. With 16 illustrations from Catlin's - drawings - -"As interesting a story of Indians as was ever written and has the merit -of being true."--_New York Sun._ - - Trails of the Pathfinders - By George Bird Grinnell - -"Better reading than many a volume of pure romance."--Jeannette L. -Gilder in _The Reader_. - - A Son of Satsuma - Or, With Perry in Japan - Illus. $1.25 net - -"One of the most spirited writers for boys here depicts one of the most -notable of American naval achievements."--_The Outlook._ - - Midshipman Stuart - Or, The Last Cruise of the Essex - Illus. $1.25 net - -"Will hold the attention of every adventure-loving boy."--_Brooklyn -Life._ - - In Pirate Waters - A Tale of the American Navy - Illus. $1.25 net - -"One of the liveliest and most entertaining historical stories of the -year."--_The Dial._ - - Brethren of the Coast - A Tale of West Indian Pirates - Illus. $1.25 net - -"Full of action and life and variety. A story of Cuba in the early part -of this century."--_Boston Herald._ - - The White Conquerors - A Tale of Toltec and Aztec - Illus. $1.25 net - -"Dealing with the advent of the Spaniards under Cortes in the New -World.... Its interest deepens with dramatic intensity with each -page."--_Boston Transcript._ - - At War with Pontiac - Or, The Totem of the Bear - Illus. $1.25 net - -"Here are adventures not to be overlooked or received half-heartedly. -Every boy will be eager for such a book."--_New York Sun._ - - With Crockett and Bowie - Or Fighting for the Line Star Flag - Illus. $1.25 net - -"Even their elders must feel a thrill as they turn the pages devoted the -defence of the Alamo."--_New York Tribune._ - - Through Swamp and Glade - A Tale of the Seminole War - Illus. $1.25 net - -"A dramatic story full of strange adventure, stirring incidents, and -rapid action."--_San Francisco Bulletin._ - - Campus Days - -"A breezy and wholesome quality pervades this volume of Mr. Paine's -stories of undergraduate life at Yale."--_Phila. Press._ - - The Stroke Oar - -The stroke oar of the "'Varsity" crew, after being shanghaied, returns -after exciting adventures in time to row in the great race at New -London. - - Sandy Sawyer, Sophomore - -Sandy Sawyer has to work in the summer to earn money to pay for his -college course. His adventures make up a jolly, rollicking story. - - The Fugitive Freshman - -"A mysterious disappearance, a wreck, the real thing in a game of -baseball are but a few of the excitements it contains."--_Phila. -Ledger._ - - The Head Coach - -"A corking yarn about football."--_Springfield Union._ - - College Years - -"Wholesome stories of undergraduate life."--_Yale Alumni Weekly._ - - Each of the above illustrated. 12mo. $1.35 net - - The Steam Shovel Man - Illustrated. $1.00 net - -The adventures of an energetic young ball-player, who finds time to play -baseball as well as work on the Panama Canal. - - The Dragon and the Cross - -"An excellent, thrilling story of adventure, travel and -fighting."--_Boston Globe._ - - The Wrecking Master - -Two sons of rival wreckers race to rescue a big steamer ashore in a -peculiar manner on a Florida reef. - - A Cadet of the Black Star Line - -"Will be read with pleasure by the many boys to whom the sea speaks with -an inviting voice."--_New York Herald._ - - Each of the above illustrated. 12mo. $1.00 net - - - BY HOWARD PYLE - -"There is nobody quite like Howard Pyle, after all, when it comes to -stories for children."--_Springfield Republican._ - - The Story of King Arthur and His Knights - The Story of the Champions of the Round Table - The Story of Sir Launcelot and His Companions - The Story of the Grail and the Passing of Arthur - Each illustrated by the author. Royal 8vo. $2.00 net - The Merry Adventures of Robin Hood - of Great Renown in Nottinghamshire - Illustrated by the author. Royal 8vo. $2.75 net - - - BY SIDNEY LANIER - -"Amid all the strange and fanciful scenery of these stories, character -and ideals of character remain at the simplest and purest."--_The -Independent._ - - The Boy's Froissart - Illustrated by Alfred Kappes. - 8vo. $1.80 - - The Boy's King Arthur - Illustrated by Alfred Kappes. - 8vo. $1.80 - - Knightly Legends of Wales; - Or, The Boy's Mabinogonion - Illustrated by Alfred Frededericks. - 8vo. $1.80 - - The Boy's Percy - Illustrated by E. B. Bensell. - 8vo. $1.80 - - - BY W. H. FROST - -"Mr. Frost has succeeded admirably in his attempt to make the doughty -knights and fair ladies of ancient days seem distinct and interesting to -the boys and girls of our own time."--_Public Opinion._ - - Each book attractively Illustrated. 12mo. $1.35 net - Fairies and Folk of Ireland - The Knights of the Round Table - The Court of King Arthur - The Wagner Story Book - - - - - Transcriber's Notes - - ---Copyright notice provided as in the original--this e-text is public - domain in the country of publication. - ---Silently corrected palpable typos; left non-standard spellings and - dialect unchanged. - ---In the text versions, delimited italics text in _underscores_ (the - HTML version reproduces the font form of the printed book.) - - - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Two Little Pilgrims' Progress, by -Frances Hodgson Burnett - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TWO LITTLE PILGRIMS' PROGRESS *** - -***** This file should be named 50471-8.txt or 50471-8.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/0/4/7/50471/ - -Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, Dave Morgan and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - diff --git a/old/old/50471-8.zip b/old/old/50471-8.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4e2fa25..0000000 --- a/old/old/50471-8.zip +++ /dev/null |
